(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "University of New Haven Undergraduate Catalog, 2008-2010"

University of New Haven 






Undergraduate Ci 



yi 




^^ 




INFORMATION DIRECTORY 




President 


Career Services Center 


Registrar, Undergraduate 


Maxcy Hall 


Kaplan Hall 


South Campus Hall 


203-932-7276 


203-932-7342 


203-932-7301 


Provost & Vice President 


Center for Learning Resources 


Registrar, Graduate 


for Academic Affairs 


Maxcy Hall 


South Campus Hall 


Maxcy Hall 


203-932-7215 


203-932-7308 


203-932-7267 


College of Arts and Sciences 


Residential Life 


Academic Services Oflfice 


Maxcy Hall 


BixlerHall 


Maxcy Hall 


203-932-7256 


203-932-7076 


loi-bn-iiii 


Disability Services 


College of Business 


Admissions, Undergraduate 


& Resources 


Maxcy Hall 


Bayer Hall 


Sheffield Hall 


203-932-7120 


203-932-7319 


VOICE/TDD; 203-932-7332 


Tagliatela College 


Admissions, International 


Center for Graduate & 


of Engineering 


Undergraduate 


Adult Student Services 


Buckman Hall 


Bayer Hall 


Echlin Hall 


203-932-7168 


203-932-7320 


203-931-2907 


Henry Lee College 


Admissions, International 


Financial Aid 


of Criminal Justice & 


Graduate 


Maxcy Hall 


Forensic Science 


Gatehouse 


203-932-7315 


South Campus Hall 


205-952-7 AA\ 


Health Services 


203-932-7472 


Admissions, Graduate 


Sheffield Hall 


Student Activities 


Gatehouse 


203-932-7079 


Bartels Hall 


203-932-7440 


International Services Office 


203-479-4582 


Alumni Office 


Bartels Hall 


UNH Southeastern 


Neiv Hall 


203-932-7475 


New London, CT 


203-932-7270 


M.K. Peterson Library 


(860)701-5454 


Athletic Department 


203-932-7197 


Veterans Affairs 


Charger Gymnasium 
203-932-7016 


Intercultural Relations 


South Campus Hall 
203-932-7304 



Busar's Office 

Maxcy Hall 
203-932-7217 



Bartels Hall 
203-932-7427 



Call toll-free 1-800-DIAL-UNH and ask for the four-digit extension required, 
or contact us on the web at: www.newhaven.edu 



I'rH 



UNIVERSITY OF 

NEW HAVEN 

UNDERGRADUATE 
CATALOG 
2008-2010 

300 Boston Post Road 

West Haven, CT 06516 

203.932.7000 

Undergraduate Admissions: 203.932.7319 
or Toll-Free: 1.800.DIAL.UNH 

Fax: 203.931.6093 

Email: admitifo @newhaven. edu 

Financial Aid: 203.932.7315 

Disability Services (Voice/TDD): 203.932.7332 

Health Services Office: 203.932.7079 

Health Services Fax: 203.931.6090 



Website: www.newhaven.edu 



This catalog supersedes all previous bulletins, cata- 
logs, and brochures published by the University of 
New Haven and describes academic programs to be 
offered beginning in Fall 2008. Undergraduate stu- 
dents admitted to the University for Fall 2008 and 
thereafter are bound by the regulations published in 
this catalog. Those admitted prior to Fall 2008 are 
bound by those new regulations, which have been 
duly instituted and announced prior to the semester 
during which they are effective. 

The University of New Haven is committed to 
affirmative action and to a policy that provides for 
equal opportunity in employment, advancement, 
admission, educational opportunity, and administra- 
tion of financial aid to all persons on the basis of 
individual merit. This policy is administered without 
regard to race, color, national or ethnic origin, age, 
gender, religion, sexual orientation, or disabilities 
not related to performance. It is the policy of the 
University of New Haven not to discriminate on the 
basis of gender in admission, educational programs, 
activities, or employment policies as required by 
Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments. This 
school is authorized under federal law to enroll non- 
immigrant alien students. 

Inquiries regarding nondiscrimination, affirmative 
action, equal opportunity, and Tide IX may be 



directed to the University's equal opportunity/affir- 
mative action officer at 300 Boston Post Road, West 
Haven, CT 06516; phone 203.932.7265. Persons 
who have special needs requiring accommodation 
should notify the Director of Disability Services and 
Resources at 300 Boston Post Road, West Haven, CT 
06516, or by Voice/TDD at 203.932.7332. 

Every effort has been made to ensure that the 
information contained in this publication is accurate 
and current as of the date of publication; however, 
the University cannot be held responsible for typo- 
graphical errors or omissions that may have occurred. 



Volume XXX, No. 1 1, June 2008 

University of New Haven, 300 Boston Post Road, 
West Haven, CT, 065 1 6. Postage paid at New 
Haven, CT, publication number USPS 423-410. 
Postmaster: Please send Form 3579 to the Postmaster, 
University of New Haven, P.O. Box 9605, New 
Haven, CT 06535-0605. 



Produced by UNH Department of Marketing and 
Publications. Univ. MandP 668-0308 



The University reserves the right to make, at any time, whatever changes it deems necessary in admission 
requirements, fees, charges, tuition, faculty, instructors, policies, regulations, and academic programs prior to 
the start of any class, term, semester, trimester, or session. The University reserves the right to divide, cancel, 
or reschedtde classes or programs ife7irolltneJit or other factors so require. All such changes are effective at such 
times as the proper authorities determine and may apply not only to prospective students but also to those who 
are already enrolled in the University. 



Dear Student, 

At the University of New Haven, we provide world-class career preparation in all our programs. We consider 
this important to students who seek to achieve success in their careers. But we have another priority as well: to 
prepare students for meaningful lives. Through our courses in the arts, humanities, and sciences, we cultivate 
our students' humanity; and by integrating experiential learning in our academic programs — through such 
areas of emphasis as community service, internships, student-faculty research, and student self-governance — 
we prepare our students for leadership in their careers and as members of a democratic society. 

The technological and economic complexity, as well as the great 
cultural diversity of the world in which we live and work, will 
require that our graduates be exceptionally flexible, compassion- 
ate, and tolerant human beings. I hope the UNH experience will 
lead our students and alumni to measure their personal success 
both by career achievement and by the positive impact they will 
have on the lives of others. For this reason, I encourage all stu- 
dents to explore UNH for courses that will serve to both improve 
their skills and enrich their sense of societal responsibility. 

The faculty at UNH has impressive academic and professional 
credentials, in many cases bringing with them national and even 
international reputations in their field. They are committed in 
unrivaled ways to the success of each and every one of our stu- 
dents, allowing for the establishing of relationships that extend 
beyond their experience at UNH. 

One of my favorite quotations is from the late Ernest Boyer, a former president ot the Carnegie Foundation, 
who once cautioned that the "crisis of our time relates not to technical competence, but to a loss of the social 
and historical perspective, to the disastrous divorce of competence from conscience." As UNH students focus 
on their studies, I encourage them to also allow some time to look for ways to improve the world that they 
will help to form as members of a global society. 

1 wish all our students success in their studies and personal enrichment through their experiences at the 
Universirv of New Haven. 





Steven H. Kaplan 
President 



Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive 

in 2010 witii funding from 

Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation 



n^ 



http://www.archive.org/details/universityof20082010univ 



CONTENTS 



The University 8 

Colleges of the University 10 

Degrees Offered by the University 12 

University Policies 13 

University Curricula 15 

University Core Curriculum 15 

Academic Advising 18 

Honors Program 18 

Developmental Studies Program 20 

Freshman Experience Seminar 20 

The University Community 21 

Academic Support Systems 21 

Student Services 22 

Student Activities 26 

Campus Facilities 29 

Office of University Advancement 31 

Research and Professional Facilities 32 

Admission to the University 34 

Full-Time Admission 34 

Part-Time Admission 37 

Registration 38 

Academic Regulations 39 

Tuition, Fees, and Expenses 50 



Financial Aid 55 

College of Arts and Sciences 65 

College of Business 105 

Tagliatela College of Engineering 119 

Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and 

Forensic Sciences 151 

University College 167 

Courses 171 

Course Descriptions 172 

Board, Administration, and Faculty 261 

Undergraduate Academic Calendar 292 

Index 295 

Campus Map Inside Back Cover 



Undergraduate Programs of Study 



College of Arts and Sciences 

Degree Programs 

Art, B.A 101 

Biology, B.S 70 

General Biology 71 

Biochemistry 70 

Pre-medical/Pre-dental/Pre-veterinars' 70 

Biotechnology, B.S 71 

Chemistry, B.A 74 

Communication, A.S 76 

Communication, B.A 76 

Communication, B.S 76 

Dental Hygiene, A.S 88 

Dental Hygiene, B.S 87 

English, B.A 80 

Literature 80 

Writing 80 

Environmental Science, B.S 72 

General Studies, A.S 68 

Global Studies, B.A 82 

Graphic Design, A.S 101 

Graphic Design, B.A 101 

History, B.A 83 

Interior Design, A.S 104 

Interior Design, B.A 102 

Pre-architecture 103 

Liberal Studies, B.A 67 

Marine Biology, B.S 73 

Mathematics, B.A 91 

Education 91 

Mathematics, B.S 91 

Computer Science 91 

Applied Mathematics 92 

Statistics 92 



Music, B.A 98 

Music Industry, B.A 99 

Music and Sound Recording, B.A., B.S 99 

Nutrition and Dietetics, B.S 88 

Political Science, B.A 85 

Psycholog)', B.A 95 

Community-Clinical 95 

Forensic Psychology' 95 

General 95 

Certificates 

Journalism 77 

Mass Communication 77 

Public Policy 85 



College of Business 



Degree Programs 

Accounting, B.S 108 

Finance, B.S 109 

Hotel and Restaurant Management, B.S 115 

Management, A.S 112 

Management, B.S Ill 

Management of Sports Industries Ill 

Management of Sports Industries, B.S 115 

Marketing, B.S 113 

Public Administration, B.S 116 

Tourism and Event Management, B.S 115 

Tagliatela College of Engineering 

Degree Programs 



Chemical Engineering, B.S 124 

Chemistry, B.S 126 

Civil Engineering, B.S 139 

Computer Engineering, B.S 129 



Computer Science, A.S 133 

Computer Science, B.S 131 

Electrical Engineering, B.S 134 

General Engineering, B.S 145 

Information Technology, B.S 136 

Mechanical Engineering, B.S 141 

System Engineering, B.S 148 

Certificates 

Computer Programming 134 

Logistics 150 

The Henry C. Lee College of 
Criminal Justice and Forensic 
Sciences 

Degree Programs 

Criminal Justice, A.S 156 

Criminal Justice, B.S 153 

Corrections 1 54 

Crime Analysis 1 54 

Forensic Psychology 154 

International Justice and Security 1 54 

Investigative Services 155 

Juvenile and Family Justice 155 

Law Enforcement Administration 155 

Victim Services Administration 156 

Fire and Occupational Safety, A.S 165 

Fire Science, B.S 162 

Fire/Arson Investigation 163 

Fire Administration 163 

Fire Science Technology 164 

Fire Protection Engineering, B.S 164 

Forensic Science, B.S 158 



Legal Studies, A.S 160 

Legal Studies, B.S 158 

Dispute Resolution 160 

Paralegal Studies 160 

Public Affairs 159 

Certificates 

Crime Analysis 158 

Fire/ Arson Investigation 166 

Fire Prevention 166 

Forensic Computer Investigation 156 

Hazardous Materials 166 

Industrial Fire Protection 166 

Information Protection and Security 157 

Law Enforcement Science 157 

Paralegal Studies 161 

Private Security 157 

Victim Services 157 



THE UNIVERSITY 



UNIVERSITY OF 

NEW HAVEN 



We make tomorrow. 

At the University of New Haven, we are wholly dedicated to the professional 
future of our students and caringly committed to their achievement. 
We provide the people, the programs, and the places that enable our students to 
prepare for personal success — in their careers and in life. 



The University of New Haven is a private, inde- 
pendent, comprehensive University based in southern 
New England, specializing in qualify educational 
opportunities and preparation of both traditional and 
returning students for successfiil careers and self- 
reliant, productive service in a global society. 

Our Mission 

The University of New Haven is a student- 
focused comprehensive University with an emphasis 
on excellence in arts and sciences and professional 
preparation. Our mission is to prepare our students 
to lead purposeful and fulfilling lives in a global soci- 
ety through experiential, collaborative, and discovery- 
based learning. 

Our Vision 

Our vision is to be the institution of choice for 
students who seek the highest quality education for 
professionally oriented careers. We will be noted for 
our ability to combine professional education with 
liberal arts and sciences and with the development of 
high ethical and cultural standards among our gradu- 
ates. 

Our Guiding Principles 

UNH is committed to educational innovation, to 
continuous improvement in career-tocused and pro- 
fessional education, and to support tor scholarship 
and professional development. 

UNH takes pride in, and models itself by, the 
standard of best practices in its commitment to serv- 



ice, quality, integrity, and personal caring. All aca- 
demic programs, as well as campus and student life, 
provide rich opportunities for leadership, personal 
growth, and participation in the aesthetics of life so 
that the University of New Haven will personify a 
successful commitment to diversit)', equality, and "the 
pursuit of happiness." 

Our goal is to distinguish ourselves by the meas- 
ures of student admissions; retention; career develop- 
ment; collaboration with business, industry, and 
community; and the success of our graduates and 
their support as alumni. 

Our Values 

We emphasize these values as we strive for educa- 
tional excellence: 

• Belief in and practice of UNH's mission and 
vision 

• Commitment to the success of our students 
through caring and responsive service 

• Teamwork: helping each other to succeed 

• Communication: trusting, open, honest, and 
straightforward 

• Commitment to thoughtful action 

• Thinking, articulating, doing, and evaluating 

• Leading by example with continuous improve- 
ment 

• Facing all issues and being accountable 

• Respect for the individual, including his or her 
thoughtful input 

• Recognizing success 



The University 9 



How We Will Be Known 

We wish to be known tor the tollowing qualities: 
Excellence in career professions 
Currency in information technology and knowl- 
edge management 

Exceptional faculty, talented students, and accom- 
plished alumni 

Mentored and engaged real-life learning 
Cultural awareness in a global society 
Community, business, and professional partner- 
ships 

Ideal size and presence 
Student satisfaction 
The hallmarks of a UNH education are quality 
educational opportunities at all post-secondary levels, 
through career-oriented academic programs with a 
strong liberal arts foundation, taught by a caring and 
highly qualified faculty in safe, convenient, and 
diverse campus environments. 

A solid core curriculum of liberal, humanistic 
course work is balanced with professional programs 
in business, engineering, applied computer sciences, 
public safety, and other advanced technical areas. 
Moreover, the University is flexible enough to 
meet the needs of students who work while they 
attend UNH. A range of programs for part-time 
study is offered at night. A cooperative education 
program makes it possible for students to augment 
their academic program with related work experience. 
The Graduate School offers students the opportu- 
nity to continue study beyond the bachelor degree on 
a part-time or full-time basis. 

By responding to the educational needs of its stu- 
dents, the University of New Haven has become a 
major regional University serving both our students 
and the business community. 

Accreditation 

The University of New Haven is a comprehensive, 
nonsectarian, independent institution of higher learn- 
ing chartered by the General Assembly of the State of 
Connecticut. 



The University of New Haven is accredited by the 
New England Association of Schools and Colleges 
(NEA.S.C), Inc., a nongovernmental, nationally rec- 
ognized organization whose affiliations range from 
elementary schools to collegiate institutions offering 
postgraduate instruction. 

Accreditation by NEA.S.C indicates that an insti- 
tution meets or exceeds criteria for the assessment of 
institutional quality periodically applied through a 
peer group review process. An accredited school or 
college is one which has available the necessary 
resources to achieve its stated mission through appro- 
priate educational programs, is substantially doing so, 
and gives reasonable evidence that it will continue to 
do so in the foreseeable future. Institutional integrity 
is also addressed through accreditation. 

Accreditation by NEA.S.C is not partial but 
applies to the institution as a whole. It is not a guar- 
antee of the quality of every course or program 
offered or of the competence of individual graduates. 
Rather, it provides reasonable assurance of the quality 
of opportunities available to students. 

The UNH College of Business is actively seeking 
accreditation by the Association to Advance 
Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB). The College 
has voluntarily committed to participate in a system- 
atic program of quality enhancement and continuous 
improvement that makes AACSB accreditation a 
more realistic and operational objective. 

The University of New Haven's curricula leading 
to the bachelor degrees in chemical, civil, electrical, 
industrial, and mechanical engineering are fully 
accredited by the Engineering Accreditation 
Commission of the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). The 
computer science bachelor degree program is fully 
accredited by the Computing Accreditation 
Commission of ABET (CAC/ABET). 

Individual programs, departments, and schools hold 
various forms of national professional accreditation, 
which are listed in relevant sections of the catalog. 



10 



History 

The University of New Haven was founded in 
1 920 as the New Haven YMCA Junior College, a 
division of Northeastern University. It became New 
Haven College in 1926 by an act of the Connecticut 
General Assembly. For nearly forty years, the College 
held classes in space rented from Yale University. 

In September 1958, the College completed con- 
struction of a classroom building on Cold Spring 
Street, New Haven, for its daytime engineering pro- 
grams. That same year, the College received authori- 
zation from the Connecticut legislature to offer the 
bachelor of science degree in the fields of business, 
accounting, management, and industrial engineering. 

Although the student body on the new Cold Spring 
Street campus numbered fewer than 200, the College's 
facilities were fast becoming overcrowded. To meet the 
needs of the College and the local community, the 
Board of Governors purchased, in 1 960, three build- 
ings and twenty-five acres of land in West Haven for- 
merly belonging to the New Haven County 
Orphanage. 

The combination of increased classroom space and 
four-year degree programs sparked a period of tremen- 
dous growth in enrollment and facilities. In 1961, the 
year after the College moved to West Haven, the gradu- 
ating class numbered seventy-five. Fort)'-seven years later 
the figure has climbed to 1 ,200 graduates annually. 

New Ha\'en College received full accreditation for 
its baccalaureate programs from the New England 
Association of Schools and Colleges in 1966. In 
1969, the College took a major step forward with the 
addition of the Graduate School. Initially offering 
programs in business administration and industrial 
engineering, the Graduate School expanded rapidly. 
Today, twenty-eight master programs, along with a 
wide variety of graduate certificates, offer the approx- 
imately 1 ,800 graduate students many choices for 
post-baccalaureate study. 

In 1970, on the fiftieth anniversary of its found- 
ing. New Haven College became the University of 
New Haven, reflecting the increased scope and the 
diversity of academic programs offered. Today, the 
University offers a rich variety of undergraduate and 
graduate degree programs in five schools: the College 



of Arts and Sciences, the College of Business, the 
Tagliatela College of Engineering, the Henty C. Lee 
College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences, 
and the Graduate School. 

Undergraduate and graduate courses and programs 
are offered on the Main Campus in West Haven and 
at other off-campus and in-plant sites. Graduate 
courses in selected fields are offered at our 
Southeastern campus in New London and in 
Waterbuty, Shelton, and Newington. The graduate 
program in national security is also offered at a satel- 
lite location in New Mexico. 

Philosophy 

The University of New Haven, a private, compre- 
hensive, multi-campus University based in southern 
New England, provides quality educational opportu- 
nities and preparation tor self-reliant, productive, 
ethical service in a global society. 

Since its founding in 1920, the University of New 
Haven has been an innovator in providing quality 
educational opportunities with special emphasis on 
programs addressing current and emerging social 
needs. Building on its successful past, the University 
will strive to achieve prominent and distinctive lead- 
ership as an institution that empowers students with 
substantive knowledge, the ability to communicate, 
skills in problem-solving, and the practical experience 
appropriate for success as leaders in their professions 
and as citizens of the local and world communities. 

The University is committed to participatory gov- 
ernance and quality management through continuous 
improvement as the means to achieve its goals and 
perform its primary service — successful student and 
faculty growth and learning. 

Colleges of the University 

The College of Arts and Sciences 

The College of Arts and Sciences offers associate 
and bachelors degrees in numerous fields, from tradi- 
tional to career-focused, all of which prepare gradu- 
ates for life in a global environment. 



The University 1 1 



Through the Graduate School, the College ot Arts 
and Sciences also offers masters degree programs and 
graduate certificates. Detailed information on the gradu- 
ate programs is available in the Graduate School catalog. 

The College of Business 

The College of Business offers programs in the 
fields of business administration, accounting, market- 
ing and electronic commerce, finance, management of 
sports industries, hotel and restaurant management, 
and tourism and hospitality management. 

Through the Graduate School, the College of 
Business offers the M.B.A. and other master degree 
programs as well as a number of business-related 
graduate certificates. 

The Tagliatela College of 
Engineering 

The Tagliatela College of Engineering offers eleven 
degree programs in ten fields: chemistry, chemical en- 
gineering, civil engineering, computer engineering, 
computer science, electrical engineering, general engi- 
neering, information technology/network administra- 
tion and security, information technology/web and 
database development, mechanical engineering, and 
system engineering. 

Master of science degree programs and graduate 
certificates in several engineering and applied science 
fields are offered through the Graduate School. 
Students should consult the Graduate School catalog 
for details. 

The Henry C. Lee College of 
Criminal Justice and Forensic 
Sciences 

The Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice 
and Forensic Sciences provides programs for students 
who wish to major in degree programs specifically 
oriented toward careers in criminal justice, forensic 
science, forensic psycholog)', fire science, arson inves- 
tigation, fire protection engineering, forensic com- 
puter investigation, legal studies, and related 
programs. The College provides a broad professional 



education, which often incorporates classroom learn- 
ing with laboratory and field experience. The 
College attracts students of varied ages and levels of 
experience, from recent high school graduates to sea- 
soned industry professionals. It also serves profes- 
sionals seeking programs designed to meet 
requirements of national and/or regional accredita- 
tions and licensures. 

Graduate degree programs are available in 
national security and public safety, criminal justice, 
forensic science, and fire science, as are numerous 
certificate programs. 

University College 

The University of New Haven was founded in 1920 
as New Haven College to train students to meet the 
local needs of the community and region, often inte- 
grating education with experiences in business and 
industry. For more than 80 years UNH has contin- 
ued to provide upward mobility to adult students 
who otherwise would not be able to receive a college 
education. University College was created in 2007 to, 
reflect UNH's continued dedication to meeting the 
educational needs of adult students. 

The Graduate School 

The Graduate School, founded in 1969, offers 
rwenty-five master programs and a variety of graduate 
certificates. The Main Campus in West Haven offers 
all our graduate programs. Courses leading to the mas- 
ter degree in business administration, education, engi- 
neering management, public administration, 
industrial/organizational psychology, national security, 
and other selected subjects are also offered at off-cam- 
pus locations in Connecticut (New London, 
Newington, Shelton, and Waterbur}'), and New 
Mexico, depending on the program. 

The following programs are offered by the 
Graduate School: 

Business Administration, M.B.A. 
Business Administration, M.B.A., Emerging Leaders 
Business Administration, M.B.A., Executive 
Business Administration/Industrial Engineering 
(dual degree) 



12 



Business Administration/Public Administration 

(dual degree) 
Cellular and Molecular Biology 
Community Psychology 
Computer Science 
Criminal Justice 
Education 

Electrical Engineering 
Environmental Engineering 
Environmental Science 
Engineering Management, M.S., Executive 
Fire Science 
Forensic Science 
Health Care Administration 
Human Nutrition 
Industrial Engineering 
Industrial/Organizational Psychology 
Labor Relations 

Management of Sports Industries 
Mechanical Engineering 
National Securiu' and Public Safety 
Public Administration (M.PA.) 
Taxation 

Graduate certificates are also offered through the 
Graduate School. 

The Graduate School operates on a trimester cal- 
endar, with terms beginning in September, January, 
and April. Classes generally meet once each week 
during the regular trimesters. In addition, an abbrevi- 
ated summer session is offered during July and 
August. Classes meet twice each week during the 
summer session. 

To accommodate working professionals, most 
courses meet in the evenings, beginning at 5:30 or 6 
p.m. A few classes are scheduled earlier in the day or 
on weekends. Students may enroll either full time 
or part time. 

Additional information regarding graduate pro- 
grams may be obtained from the Graduate School 
Admissions Office, by emailing 

gradinfo@newhaven.edu, or by calling 203.932.7133, 
or 1.800.DIAL.UNH, ext. 7133. 



Degrees Offered 
by the University 

The University of New Haven offers undergradu- 
ate programs leading to the bachelor of arts degree, 
the bachelor of science degree, and the associate in 
science degree. A number of undergraduate certifi- 
cates are also available. 

Bachelor's Degrees 

The bachelor's degree programs at the University 
ol New Haven require 120 or more credits of study 
and generally take a minimum of four years for full- 
time students. Part-time students take advantage of 
courses offered in the evening and complete their 
undergraduate degrees on a schedule that comple- 
ments their careers. Accelerated programs for work- 
ing adults are offered in various disciplines. 

Associate Degrees 

Associate degree programs are designed to encour- 
age students to begin their college education even 
though they do not yet want to commit themselves 
to a full, four-year course of study. A minimum of 
sixty credits is required for the associate degree, and 
the credits earned usually apply toward relevant bach- 
elor degree programs. 

Certificates 

Students can take their first step toward an 
undergraduate degree by registering for one of the 
certificates offered by the University. 

Each certificate is carefully designed as a concen- 
trated introduction to a particular subject area and 
consists of courses totaling twelve or more credits. 

Later, students may choose to apply the credits 
they have earned toward a relevant undergraduate 
degree at the University. 

Please contact University College or the appro- 
priate academic department for further details. 



The University 13 



Graduate Degrees 

Through the UNH Graduate School, programs are 
offered leading to the master of arts, the master of sci- 
ence, the master of public administration, the master 
of business administration, the executive master of 
business administration, the executive master of sci- 
ence in engineering management, and a number of 
graduate certificates. For more information, contact 
the Graduate School Admissions Office, or consult 
the Graduate School catalog. 

University Policies 

Diversity Policy 

The University of New Haven is committed to 
achieving a diverse and pluralistic community that 
reflects the multiracial and culturally diverse society 
of contemporary America. 

The Diversity Committee has been established to 
2;uide the University in implementing this diversity 
policy. The University will work toward attracting and 
retaining a diverse faculty, staff, and student body for 
the purpose of creating a pluralistic scholarly commu- 
nity. The Committee will assist the administration in 
developing and implementing programs and policies 
that support an enriched educational experience for a 
diverse University community. 

The University of New Haven does not discrimi- 
nate in admissions, educational programs, or employ- 
ment against any individual on the basis of gender 
identity or expression, race, color, religion, age, dis- 
ability, sexual orientation, marital or civil union sta- 
tus, or national or ethnic origin. 

Notice of Nondiscrimination/Equal 
Opportunity Statement 

The University of New Haven is committed to equal 
access in educational and employment opportunities 
for all applicants, regardless of race, color, religion, 
gender, gender identity or expression, national or eth- 
nic origin, age, sexual orientation, marital or civil 
union status, or disabilities not related to perform- 



ance, in compliance with federal and state statutes. 
Benefits, privileges, and opportunities offered by the 
University of New Haven are available to all students 
and employees on a nondiscriminatory basis in accor- 
dance with federal and state statutes. In recruitment 
of students and employees, the University ot New 
Haven subscribes to a policy of affirmative action and 
equal opportunity. Inquiries regarding affirmative 
action, equal opportunity, and Title IX may be 
directed to the university's Affirmative Action Officer 
at 300 Boston Post Road, West Haven, CT 06516; 
Phone 203.932.7479. 

Notification of the Family Educational 
Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) 

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
affords students certain rights with respect to their 
education records, as follows: 

{ 1 ) The right to inspect and review records within 
45 days of the day the University receives a request for 
access. Students should submit to the registrar, dean, 
head of academic department, or other appropriate 
official written requests that identify the record(s) they 
wish to inspect. The University official will make 
arrangements for access and notify the student of the 
time and place where the records may be inspected. If 
the records are not maintained by the University official 
to whom the request was submitted, that official shall 
advise the student of the correct official to whom the 
request should be addressed. 

(2) The right to request amendment of records 
that the student believes are inaccurate or misleading. 
Students may ask the University to amend a record 
that they believe is inaccurate or misleading. They 
should write the University official responsible for the 
record, clearly identify the part of the record they want 
changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or mislead- 
ing. If the University decides not to amend the record 
as requested by the student, the University will notify 
the student of the decision and advise the student of 
his or her right to a hearing regarding the request for 
amendment. Additional information regarding hearing 
procedures will be provided to the student when noti- 
fied of the right to a hearing. 



14 



(3) The right to consent to disclosures of per- 
sonally identifiable information contained in the 
student's education records, except to the extent 
that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. 

One exception that permits disclosure without con- 
sent is a disclosure to school officials with legitimate 
educational interests. A school official is a person 
employed by the University in an administrative, 
supervisory, academic, research, or support staff 
position (including law enforcement unit personnel 
and health staff); a person or company with whom 
the University has contracted (such as an attorney, 
auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the 
Board of Governors; or a student serving on an offi- 
cial committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance 
committee, or assisting another school official in 
performing his or her tasks. A school official has a 
legitimate educational interest if the official needs to 
review an education record in order to fulfill his or 
her professional responsibility. 

(4) The right to file a complaint with the U.S. 
Department of Education concerning alleged fail- 
ures by the University of New Haven to comply 
with the requirements of FERPA. The name and 
address of the office that administers FERPA are 
Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department 
of Education, 600 Independence Avenue SW, 
Washington, D.C. 20202-4605. 

The Student Right-to-Know and 
Campus Security Act 

In accordance with Connecticut's Public Act 90- 
259 concerning campus safety and the 1990 federal 
law, PLlOl-542: The Student Right-to-Know and 
Campus Security Act, all colleges and universities 
receiving state and federal financial assistance are 
required to maintain specific information related to 
campus crime statistics and security measures, annu- 
ally provide such information to current students and 
employees, and make the data available to prospective 
students and their families and to prospective 
employees upon request. 

Safety on the University campus is a natural source 
of concern for parents, students, and University 



employees. Education — the business of the 
University of New Haven — can take place only in an 
environment in which each student and employee feels 
safe and secure. UNH recognizes this and employs a 
number of security measures including its own sworn 
police department to protect the members of this com- 
munity. 

The Student Right-to-Know and Campus Security 
Act (Clery Act) is a federal law that requires all col- 
leges and universities to disclose annually information 
about crime on and around their campuses. The 
Campus Crime Report includes statistics for the 
three most recently completed calendar years. 

The full report for the University of New Haven, 
prepared by the UNH Police Department, is available 
on the UNH website and in printed form at the 
UNH Police Department. This report also includes 
information on University policies concerning sexual 
assaults, alcohol, drugs, weapons, and residence hall 
security. 

Drug-Free and Smoke-Free 
Environment 

In accordance with federal law concerning a drug- 
free campus environment, the relevant University 
policy and regulations are provided to all current stu- 
dents and employees. The information is also avail- 
able upon request at the human resource department. 

The No Smoking policy is in effect in any campus 
administrative, academic, or recreational building. 
This restriction applies to all UNH offices, class- 
rooms, hallways, stairwells, restrooms, dining facili- 
ties, conference/meeting facilities, athletic facilities, 
and any other public spaces within these buildings. 
Smoking is confined to outdoor space, with ashtrays 
provided at entrances to each building. 

In accordance with Connecticut law, smoking is 
not permitted in the residence halls. 



University Curricula 15 



UNIVERSITY CURRICULA 



University Core Curriculum 

The University oi New Haven's Core Curriculum 
strives to develop six basic competencies among 
undergraduate students so that they may better 
understand and get along with other people, succeed 
in their chosen careers, and pursue lifelong learning 
after completing the requirements for the bachelor 
degree. The revised core aims at graduating students 
who are 

• good thinkers, speakers, and writers, 

• skilled at analysis and problem solving, 

• skilled at using computer technology, 

• effective citizens of their own country and the 
world, 

• aware of cultural similarities and differences, and 

• sensitive to artistic accomplishments. 

In consultation with a faculty adviser, the student 
will select at least 40 credits of core courses from six 
categories. Individual interests are to be encouraged 
as is a breadth and depth ot knowledge through tra- 
ditional and contemporary areas of study. 

Note well: 

1 . Courses with prerequisites are followed by an aster- 
isk. 

2. The adviser and student are cautioned to regard 
the prerequisites tor some courses and plan core 
choices accordingly. 

3. A student may not use a single core course to sat- 
isfy more than one category of the core. 

4. An academic worksheet may prescribe or proscribe 
certain choices within core categories but, in gen- 
eral, must allow the adviser and student the widest 
choice possible. Program worksheets may not 
limit core course choices without the approval of 
the University Undergraduate Curriculum 
Committee. 

5. For students who place out of E 105, E 1 10 will 
be the beginning English requirement. One course 



must be selected from Competency 1 .2 to replace 
E 105. That 1.2 course may not be used to also 
satisfy the 1.2 competency. 

Bachelor's Degree 
Core Requirements 

Competency 1 — Communication (9 credits) — 
Ability to develop ideas from critical reading and gen- 
eral observation and to express ideas effectively through 
writing and speaking. 

CC 1.1 Required: 

E 105 Composition 

E 1 10 Composition and Literature* 

CC 1 .2 Select one of the following: 

CO 100 Human Communication 

CO 205 Intercultural Communication* 

E 220 Writing for Business and Industry* 

E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation* 

E 230 Public Speaking 

Foreign Language 

Any Literature (E) course* 

(list of acceptable courses can be found at the con- 
clusion of this section) 

Competency 2 — Analysis and Problem Solving 

(10-1 1 credits) — Ability to dissect and explain con- 
cepts, data, actions, and events in order to understand 
their meaning, value, and relationship to the whole. 

CC 2.1 Select one of the following: 

BI 121 General and Human Biology with Lab I 

BI 1 22 General and Human Biology with Lab II* 

BI 125 Contemporary Issues in Biology 

BI 253 Biology for Science Majors with Lab I 

BI 254 Biology for Science Majors with Lab 11* 

BI 259 Anatomy and Physiology with Lab I* 

BI 260 Anatomy and Physiology with Lab II* 



16 



CH 103/104 Introduction to General Chemistr)' and 

Labi 
CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic 

Chemistry with Lab 
CH 115/117 General Chemistry and Lab I* 
CH 1 16/118 General Chemistry and Lab 11* 
EA.S. 120 Chemistry with Applications to 

Biosystems* 
EN 101/102 Introduction to Environmental Science 

and Lab 
PH 100 Introduction to Physics with Lab* 
PH 103 General Physics with Lab I* 
PH 104 General Physics with Lab 11* 
PH 150 Mechanics, Heat and Waves with Lab* 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Lab* 

CC 2.2 Select one of the following: 
M 109 Intermediate Algebra* 
M 127 Finite Mathematics* 

Any more advanced mathematics or quantitative analy- 
sis course* 

CC 2.3 Select one of the following: 

Option A — one of the following courses: 

CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice* 

EC 134 Principles of Economics II 

EAS 107 Introduction to Engineering* 

HS 108 History of Science 

HU 300 Nature of Science* 

PL 210 Logic 

PL 240 Philosophy of Science and Technology 

Option B — three laboratory science courses (4 cred- 
its each) representing at least two of the following 
disciplinary groups: 
Biology and Environmental Science (BI, EN, or MR 

prefixes) 
Chemistry (CH prefixes) 
Physics (PH prefixes) 

Courses used to satisfy this option cannot be simulta- 
neously used to satisfy Competencies 2.1, 4.2, or 5.3. 



Competency 3 — Using Technology (3 credits mini- 
mum) — Ability to apply computer skills to academic 
endeavors. 

Select one of the following: 

Option A — one of the following courses: 

BI 520 Bioinformatics* 

CS 107 Computers and their Applications 

CS 110 Introduction to Programming C* 

EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis* 

EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information 

Systems 
M 203 Calculus III* 
M 204 Differential Equations* 
M 31 1 Linear Algebra* 
MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia* 
QA 380 Operations Management* 

Option B — one of the following two-course 
sequences: 

Sequence I — 

M 228 Elementary Statistics* 

or 
P 301 Statistics for Behavioral Sciences* 

or 
CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal 

Justice*; 

and 
SO 350 Survey Research* 

Sequence II — 

P 301 Statistics for Behavioral Sciences* 

or 
M 228 Elementary Statistics*; 

and 
P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology* 

Competency 4 — A Sense of History and Effective 
Citizenship (3-6 credits) — Ability to understand 
local, national, and international issues affecting one's 
own nation and the world and to draw lessons from the 
experience of the past. 



University Curricula 17 



CC 4.1 Select one of the following: 

HS 101 Foundations of the Western World 

HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 

CC 4.2 Select one ot the following or, as directed by 

your program worksheet, take an additional course 

from Competency 2. 

HS 1 10 American History since 1607 

HS 120 History of Blacks in the United States 

HS 312 United States in the Twentieth Century 

PS 121 American Government and Politics 

PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics 

PS 332 Constitutional Law* 

Competency 5 — Social Interaction and Global 

Perspective (6-9 credits) — Ability to understand, 
appreciate, and work well with others. 

CC 5.1 Select one of the following: 

CS 416 Social and Professional Issues in Computing 

EC 133 Principles of Economics I 

Pill Introduction to Psychology 

PL 215 Nature of the Self 

PL 222 Ethics 

PL 333 Professional Ethics* 

PS 101 Introduction to Politics 

SO 1 13 Sociology 

SO 1 14 Contemporary Social Problems* 

SO 221 Cultural Anthropology 

SO 390 Organizations* 

UNIV 450 Oskar Schindler Humanities 

CC 5.2 Select one ot the following: 

Foreign Language (3—6 credits) 

CJ 535 Global Perspective on Crime and Justice 

E 201 World Literature I* 

E 202 World Literature 11* 

E 217 African-American Literature I* 

E 218 African-American Literature 11* 

E 406^09 International Literature* 

EC 200 Global Economy* 

GLS 100 Introduction to Global Studies 

HS 207 World History Since 1945 

HS 260 Modern Asia 



HS 262 Modern Chinese History 
HS 264 Modern Japanese History 
HS 270 Europe from Renaissance Through 

Enlightenment 
HS 306 Modern Technology and Western Culture 
HS 345 Europe in the Nineteenth Century 
HS 351 Russia and the Soviet Union 
HS 353 Modern Britain 
HS 355 Modern Germany 
HS 381-389 Selected Studies in History 
HS 446 Europe in the Twentieth Century 
HTM 166 Touristic Geography I — The Western 

Hemisphere 
HTM 167 Touristic Geography II — The Eastern 

Hemisphere 
HTM 307 Cultural Understanding of Food and 

Cuisine 
LS 350 Global Legal Studies 
MU 1 12 Introduction to World Music 
PS 222 United States Foreign Policy 
PS 241 International Relations 
PS 281-285 Comparative Governments 

CC 5.3 Select a second course from 5.1 or 5.2 or, as 
directed by your program worksheet, an additional 
course from Competency 2. 

Competency 6 — Aesthetic Responsiveness (3 credits) 
— Ability to understajid and appreciate anistic achieve- 
ments. 

CC 6 Select one ot the following: 

AT 101 Introduction to Studio Art I 

AT 231 History of Art I 

AT 232 History of Art II 

AT 331 Contemporary Art 

Any Literature (E) course* 

(list of acceptable courses can be found at the con- 
clusion of this section) 

MU 1 1 1 Introduction to Music 

MU 112 Introduction to World Music 

MU 125 Elementary Music Theory 

MU211 History of Rock 

PL 356 Philosophy of Art 

T 131 Introduction to Theatre 



T 132 Theatrical Style 

T 241 Early World Drama and Theatre 

T 242 Modern World Drama and Theatre 

Associate Degree Core Requirements 

Students pursuing an associate degree must satisfy the 
following core curriculum competencies: 

Communication (CCl) — 6 credits 

Analysis and Problem Solving (CC2) — 3 credits 

Using Technology (CC 3) — 3 credits 

Social Interaction and Global Perspective (CC 5) 

— 3 credits 

A Sense of History and Effective Citizenship 

(CC 4) — 3 credits 

Aesthetic Responsiveness (CC 6) — 3 credits 
These competencies are explained in detail above. All 
core requirements satisfied by the student for the 
associate degree will be applied toward the larger 
bachelor's degree core if the student continues study. 

Literature Courses 

The following list includes all English courses that 
are designated in the Universit)' Core Curriculum as 
Literature (E) courses: 

E 201 Early World Literature 

E 202 Modern World Literature 

E 21 1 Early British Writers 

E 212 Modern British Writers 

E 213 Early American Writers 

E 214 Modern American Writers 

E 217 African-American Literature I 

E 218 African-American Literature II 

E 260 The Short Story 

E 275 Popular Lyrics 

E 281 Science Fiction 

E 290 The Bible as Literature 

E 323 The Renaissance in England 

E 341 Shakespeare 

E 353 Literature of the Romantic Era 

E 356 Victorian Literature 

E 371 Literature of the Neoclassic Era 

E 390 The Novel in English 

E 392 Poe, Hawthorne, and Melville 



E 393 Mark Twain 
E 394 American Humor 
E 395 American Realism and Naturalism 
E 406^09 International Literature 
E 477 American Literature Between the World Wars 
E 478 Contemporary American Literature 
E 481 Special Topics — when clearly defined as liter- 
ature by title/description 

Academic Advising 

To assist students in their academic development, 
the Universit)' assigns an academic adviser from the 
department of each student's chosen field of study. As 
soon and as often as possible, wise students seek the 
advice of their academic advisers regarding major 
requirements, career opportunities, choice of a minor, 
and progress in their major, as well as other areas of 
personal interest. At the time of registration, the aca- 
demic advisers assist in and approve course selection. 
Students also confer with their advisers when adding 
or dropping courses, and advisers often make referrals 
to other qualified personnel on campus. The aca- 
demic adviser is, therefore, the link between the stu- 
dent and the academic regulations of the University. 

The Honors Program 

The UNH Honors Program is designed for excep- 
tionally motivated students who have shown high lev- 
els of academic achievement. In order to enter the 
Program, students currently at the University or trans- 
fer students must have completed at least rwenty-four 
credits with a cumulative grade point average of at 
least 3.3 at the time the first honors course is under- 
taken. Incoming first-year students with exceptional 
high-school grade point averages and strong SAT 
scores, particularly in the reading and writing sections, 
will be invited to make application to begin the 
Program upon entrance to the Universit)'. These latter 
students will take honors seminars during the first 
year, as well as the seminars described below. 

Applicants for the Program are evaluated on the 
basis of high school performance, college perfor- 
mance, standardized test (SAT, ACT) scores, and rec- 
ommendations of college teachers. 



University Curricula 19 



The University requires every student, regardless 
of major, to take a number of core courses in six gen- 
era! areas. The Honors Program offers students an 
intellectually exciting and challenging way to satisfy 
some of these core requirements. 

Students in the Program take one honors seminar 
each semester for four semesters. Each seminar actively 
involves students in problem-solving and inquiry. 
Topics in the seminars draw from several disciplines 
and study linkages between disciplines. Each course 
satisfies one of the University Core Curriculum 
requirements. 

Honors seminars offered recently included the fol- 
lowing: 

Engineering and Society — Relationships between 
engineering and society are investigated by focusing 
on environmental concerns. 

Contexts and Images: African-Americans in 
Literature and Film — This course provides an 
opportunity to examine literature and film as integral 
elements of African-American experience, heritage, 
and culture, from the Civil War to the present. 

Arabic and Christian Influences on Western 
Culture in the Middle Ages — The Renaissance of 
the fourteenth century brought forth a flowering of 
learning in Europe in science, art, music, politics, 
and economics. This course investigates how forces 
outside of Europe — in particular the Arab world — 
had major influences on this rebirth of learning. 

Psycholinguistics and Science Fiction — This 
course presents a psycholinguistics investigation of 
the impact of the influence of language on the per- 
ception of reality as exemplified in selected works of 
science fiction. 

Classical Experiments in Science — In this course, 
classical science experiments are studied in their his- 
toric intellectual context and reproduced in the labo- 
ratory. This course is built around nine experiments: 
three in biology, three in chemistry, and three in 
physics. Students recreate the conditions that existed 
in the labs at the times of the experiments, conduct 
the experiments, and report their findings in the con- 
text of the understanding of the day. 



The Ethics of Sport — This course examines con- 
troversial issues in contemporary sports within the 
context of several major ethical frameworks. This 
course draws heavily on both philosophy and 
sociology. 

Cultural Entrepreneurialism — In this course the 
relationship between the cultural importance and 
interpretation of the artifacts of Connecticut and 
their potential as sites for tourism and economic 
development is explored. Historical, cultural, literary, 
and economic impact are assessed in relation to geog- 
raphy, population, education, cultural expectations, 
and funding and long-range planning resources. 

After completing the four honors seminars, stu- 
dents write an honors thesis in their major discipline 
under the guidance of a professor in the major 
department. Up to six credits may be awarded for 
this thesis. The results of the research are to be pre- 
sented orally to members of the student's major 
department and to members of the Honors 
Committee. 

In order to remain in the Program, students must 
maintain a cumulative grade point average of at least 
3.3 throughout their studies at UNH. 

Advantages of the Honors Program 

In addition to a challenging and exciting curricu- 
lum, the Honors Program offers several advantages: 

Financial Aid: A student who has successfully com- 
pleted four seminar courses and one additional semes- 
ter of work on an honors thesis, all with a cumulative 
grade point average of 3.3 or higher, will be granted a 
50 percent tuition reduction by UNH for the final 
semester in residence at UNH. In addition, students in 
the Honors Program with a cumulative grade point 
average of 3.5 or higher and who are either rising jun- 
iors or seniors are eligible to apply for one of six John 
Hatfield Scholar awards. These competitive awards are 
$ 1 ,000-per-semester tuition scholarships, given to 
Honors Program students with high grade point aver- 
ages who are active in student life and community serv- 
ice. In addition to the financial award, John Hatfield 
Scholar recipients receive special parking privileges, a 
bronze medallion, and a certificate of recognition. 



20 



Small Classes: Honors Program classes provide an 
opportunity for participation and discussion in a set- 
ting where students know their instructors and their 
fellow students especially well. 

Recognition: A student who successfully completes 
the Honors Program, including the honors thesis, 
will be designated as an Honors Scholar on the 
transcript and will receive an Honors Scholar 
medallion at graduation. Thus, prospective employ- 
ers, graduate schools, and other institutions will be 
aware of this extra accomplishment in the student's 
pursuit of the undergraduate degree. 

Developmental Studies Program 

The Developmental Studies Program is designed 
to strengthen the basic skills of entering students. 
Courses within the Program are taught by members 
of the faculry of the Mathematics Department and 
the English Department. 

The English Department offers two developmental 
courses: E 1 02 Academic Reading and Speaking and E 
103 English Fundamentals. These courses offer stu- 
dents a comprehensive study of the basic reading, 
speaking, and writing skills necessary in using the 
English language effectively. M 103 Fundamental 
Mathematics is taught by the Mathematics 
Department. 

Placement in these courses is determined by stu- 
dents' SAT scores, in the case of English, and by a 
placement examination, in the case of mathematics. 
Such placement becomes a first priority for affected 
students because the University believes that they can 
become successful college students only upon correc- 
tion of skill deficiencies. 

Please note that although E 102, E 103, and M 
103 each carry three college credits, these cannot be 
applied toward degree programs. E 103 and M 103 
usually meet for up to six hours per week to provide 
intensive help. 

Complete descriptions of the developmental 
courses appear in this catalog as part of the course of- 
ferings of the Mathematics Department and the 
English Department. 



Freshman Experience Seminar 

In their first year, college students face a number 
of challenges. The Freshman Experience Seminar at 
UNH is designed to help students make the transi- 
tion from high school to college. 

This seminar incorporates the talents of more than 
thirty University personnel, both faculty and staff, 
and reflects the University of New Haven's commit- 
ment to high-quality student advising. 

During their first semester, all freshmen are 
required to take the one-credit team-taught FE 00 1 
Freshman Experience Seminar, which addresses topics 
such as academic standards, diversity, time and stress 
management, college life versus high school life. 
University relationships, responsible human sexuality, 
exploration of self alcohol and substance abuse, and 
experiential learning. The goal of this seminar is to 
give students the tools to help them understand and 
succeed in what can be, and increasingly is, a very 
competitive environment. FE 001 is also a wonderfirl 
support system for students who may be away from 
home for the first time. FE 001 is mandatory for 
incoming first-time freshmen with no previous col- 
lege experience and is a requirement for graduation. 

A key component of the Freshman Experience 
Seminar involves introducing the student to his or her 
academic adviser, who will serve as the link between 
the student and the academic regulations of the 
University. 



The University Community 21 



THE UNIVERSITY 
COMMUNITY 



The University of New Haven provides an environ- 
ment designed to foster the personal growth of its stu- 
dents. Through its programs, services, and facihties, it 
provides the opportunity for students to become 
involved in meaningful activities that can develop into 
lifelong interests. These activities include recreational, 
social, community outreach, professional and, of 
course, academic pursuits. In addition, the campus 
provides services to assure the comfort and well-being 
of its students. 

Academic Support Systems 

Academic services are provided to facilitate and 
enhance students' academic progress through the 
University by furnishing guided access to advisory 
sources and ancillary support systems. Many of the 
available services are described below. 

Office of Academic Services 

The Office of Academic Services provides a wide 
range of academic support to day and evening under- 
graduate students. 

Academic skills counselors work with students 
individually or in small groups to strengthen abilities 
or make referrals to other qualified personnel on 
campus. They help students develop an individual- 
ized study strategy that focuses on textbook reading, 
lecture note-taking, time management, learning and 
memory strategies, and test-taking skills. 

The Office provides monitoring services to enable 
counselors, mentors, and coaches to assess student 
progress in their courses. The Office also coordinates 
the efforts of mentors who work with students 
enrolled in developmental Math and English courses. 
In addition, the Office provides advisers for the activ- 



ities of both the day and evening honor societies, and 
provides access to the student ombudsman, who can 
assist in resolving student complaints, perceived 
grievances, or concerns. 

Center for Learning Resources 

The Center for Learning Resources (CLR) offers 
free tutoring and writing assistance to students seek- 
ing extra help with their courses. The tutoring staff 
consists of experienced instructors who hold 
advanced degrees in their respective fields. Many are 
instructors at UNH; thus, they bring an intimate 
understanding of the classroom to each session. Our 
highly competent graduate and undergraduate stu- 
dent tutors are chosen based on the enthusiastic rec- 
ommendations of their professors. 

The CLR is located in the heart of the campus in 
Maxcy Hall, Rooms 106-1 10. It includes three labs: 
the Mathematics, Science and Business Lab; the 
Writing Lab; and Computer Lab. Tutoring is available 
six days a week throughout the semester. The Math 
Lab tutors offer drop-in help with freshman- and 
sophomore-level core courses in mathematics, science 
and business; the Writing Lab tutors offer drop-in and 
by-appointment assistance with all writing assign- 
ments. The graduate student tutors in the Computer 
Lab are available tor assistance with the latest 
Microsoft software, math tutorials, and Internet access. 

Developmental Studies Program 

The Developmental Studies Program is designed to 
strengthen the basic skills of entering students. Courses 
within the Program are taught by members of the fac- 
ulty of the Mathematics Department and the English 
Department. (See the University Curricula section of 
this catalog for additional information.) 



22 



Freshman Experience Seminar 

The Freshman Experience Seminar at UNH is 
designed to smooth the transition of first-time stu- 
dents from high school into the substantially different 
environment of a university. (See the University 
Curricula section of this catalog for the course descrip- 
tion of FE 001, the Freshman Experience Seminar.) 

Student Services 



The University of New Haven cares deeply about 
the well-being of its students. A variety of services is 
available on campus to meet needs ranging from 
career advising to health care. Every effort is made to 
accommodate special student needs, such as helping 
international students to adjust to a new culture or 
ensuring that classes and facilities are readily accessi- 
ble to students with disabilities. Many of the avail- 
able services are described in the following pages. 

Campus Card Office and Parking 
Permits 

The UNH ID card is a credit-card-sized, color 
photo identification card issued to all members of the 
University community. It is used as the official UNH 
library card and residential meal plan card. It is also 
used for security access identification and for a nimiber 
of other services. All new students are required to 
obtain a UNH ID card. 

ID card photos are taken in Echlin Hall on the 
Main Campus in the Campus Card Office. Hours 
are posted and emailed at the beginning of each 
term. In order to register for a parking permit a valid 
UNH ID card must be presented. 

Resident freshmen are not permitted to have vehi- 
cles on campus, or to park on city streets in the 
neighborhoods adjacent to campus. 

In the interest of maintaining good relations with 
our neighbors, it is important that resident students 
limit parking to the designated on-campus parking 
areas. Resident student parking on cir\' streets in the 
neighborhoods adjacent to campus is prohibited by 
the University. Vehicles in violation are subject to 



University sanctions including, but not limited to, 
UNH parking tickets. 

The University of New Haven is not responsible 
for damage to, or theft from, personal vehicles parked 
on University property. 

New students may obtain a Main Campus park- 
ing permit for their cars or motorcycles at the 
Campus Card Office or at the Campus Police Office 
located in the lower level of the Campus Bookstore. 
All cars must display a UNH parking permit; vehicles 
parked in violation may be ticketed or towed. 
Detailed information on parking regulations, viola- 
tions, and reporting of accidents is contained in the 
Student Handbook. 

University Police Department 

The University Police Department is located in 
the lower level of the Campus Bookstore building. 
The Department is staffed by certified police officers 
who patrol the campus 24 hours a day, year round, 
and have full arrest powers. They have been trained 
in first aid, CPR and AED. A defibrillator is carried 
by an officer on each shift. 

The Police Department is always open and staffed 
by a trained and certified dispatcher. In addition to 
handling radio and telephone communications, dis- 
patchers assist the public as needed, including issuing 
UNH parking permits. 

Officers patrol campus on foot, moimtain bicycles, 
golf carts and in fully marked cruisers. They work closely 
with local, state, and federal agencies to enforce the law. 
They also enforce the provisions of the UNH condua 
code and other University rules and regulations. 

The University maintains a network of emergency 
telephones, placed in strategic locations throughout 
campus, that can be used by anyone in case of emer- 
gency 

Our nationally certified instructors conduct self- 
defense training for women in the UNH community. 
The Rape Aggression Defense (R.A.D.) course is a 
free, 1 2-hour awareness and self-defense course that 
is offered each semester. 

The UNH Police Department assists students and 
staff with car lock-outs, and has a battery jumper to 



The University Community 23 



loan as needed. The Department also maintains a 
Lost and Found service. 

The University has an Emergency Notification 
System, "e2campus," by which students, faculty and 
staff can receive emergency notifications to cell 
phones, wireless PDAs, and email addresses. Be 
among the first to know about school closings, news 
and events, parking and traffic advisories, and more. 
This is currently an opt-in feature. For details, visit 
http://www.newhaven.edu/campustext. 
To contact the UNH Police Department: 
Emergency: 203.932.7070 
Routine: 203.932.7014 
To summon emergency police, fire or EMS service 
from the City of West Haven: 
Dial 9-1-1 

Career Services Center 

The mission of the University of New Haven's 
Career Services Center (CSC) is to contribute to the 
lifelong development and career advancement of stu- 
dents and alumni, and to continue development of a 
vibrant network of alumni, students, faculty, and 
friends. The mission will be supported by the overar- 
ching goal of EMPOWER! rig the University's vested 
constituencies through Education, Motivation, 
Personal development. Opportunities, Wisdom, 
Employment, and Reporting. 

The CSC provides services for students, alumni, 
faculty, and employers. These services include assist- 
ing with career planning and job searching, preparing 
and reviewing resumes, providing mentorship oppor- 
tunities, and teaching interviewing skills. Individual 
appointments may be scheduled by phone at 
203.932.7342 or stop by Kaplan Hall, Room 210, to 
speak with the Career Services Specialist. The CSC 
may also be contacted through e-mail at 
jobs@newhaven.edu. 



Student Employment 

During each academic year, employer representa- 
tives visit the campus to interview graduating 



University of New Haven students. While the CSC is 
not an employment service and does not guarantee 
jobs, it does maintain an extensive listing of full-time 
and part-time positions to provide a common meet- 
ing ground for employers and prospective employees. 
Students will find this useful in locating part-time 
and full time jobs while in school as well as employ- 
ment following graduation. Alumni seeking positions 
are also encouraged to use the services of the CSC. 

Employers wishing to list positions should call or 
email, giving a description of the position available 
and other pertinent details. There is no placement fee 
charged for these services. 

Information 

The CSC publishes updates of recruiter visits in 
The Charger Bulletin as well as information regarding 
CSC events, the employment outlook for graduates, 
and job-search hints. CSC information is also pro- 
vided in University of New Haven Alumni Magazine, 
the UNH alumni publication. 

Office of Internships and 
Employer Relations 

University of New Haven students engage in a 
variety of work-related experiential learning encoun- 
ters including internships and cooperative education. 
Co-ops are generally arranged on a student-by-stu- 
dent and company-by-company basis. Though simi- 
lar, there are significant differences between 
internships and co-ops, including duration of assign- 
ment and time commitment of the student and the 
company. The vast majority of UNH students partic- 
ipate in internships. 

An internship is a supervised pre-professional 
learning experience in which students apply their 
skills and knowledge in a professional setting. 
Through an investment of their time, talent, and 
enthusiasm, interns contribute to an organization's 
mission and goals while gaining valuable skills for the 
future and determining if a particular career is right 
for them. More than a regular summer or part-time 
job, an internship has certain goals. 



24 



Goals of an internship are as follows: 

• To provide students with a full and realistic view 
of workplace culture and expectations. 

• To integrate academic preparation with profes- 
sional challenges. 

• To build confidence and success through intern- 
ship experiences. 

• To help students build professional networks. 

How does an internship work? 

Internships contribute to the professional develop- 
ment of the student and are always supervised or 
mentored. Regular feedback sessions are part of the 
experience and the position may be either paid or 
unpaid, depending upon the level of work, and num- 
ber of hours. Regardless of the experiential learning 
activity, both the experience and the learning are fun- 
damental. Reflection is a key component of intern- 
ships. The Office of Experiential Education will assist 
students in understanding how to make the most of 
their internship experiences. 

Professionals in the Office of Internship and 
Employer Relations do not place students or guaran- 
tee jobs for students. They do, however, teach stu- 
dents the rudiments of researching industries and 
companies — even beyond those companies that 
already recruit UNH students — as well as how their 
individual skills can transfer to various fields. UNH 
students are encouraged to take advantage of the 
Career Services workshops geared to helping students 
learn the fine points of job searching, including 
resume preparation, interviewing skills, networking 
etiquette, and pitfalls to avoid. Individual appoint- 
ments may be scheduled by phone 203.932.7342 or 
stop by Kaplan Hall, Room 210, to speak with the 
Career Services Specialist. The CSC may also be con- 
tacted through e-mail at jobs@newhaven.edu. 

Counseling Center 

The Counseling Center offers services to help stu- 
dents with problems that may interfere with their 
academic, social, or personal activities. Services pro- 
vided include confidential counseling, vocational- 
interest testing, and educational assessment. For more 



information, please call 203.932.7332 or visit our 
office in lower Sheffield Hall. 

Student Ombudsman 

The student ombudsman serves as a neutral party 
to whom students (and parents) can appeal for reso- 
lution of complaints, perceived grievances, or con- 
cerns. The student ombudsman mediates disputes 
and attempts to develop an equitable resolution 
between the involved parties. For more information, 
please call 203.932.7213. 

Disability Services and Resources 

The Disability Services and Resources Office is 
responsible for and committed to providing services 
and support that promote educational equity for stu- 
dents with disabilities, either temporary or perma- 
nent. The Office provides assistance and information 
on issues of access and full participation for students 
with disabilities. Any UNH student with a disabling 
condition can benefit from these services. Referrals 
and inquiries concerning matters relating to students 
with disabilities and/or reasonable accommodations 
should be directed to this office. 

The staff works with those who self-identify in the 
following categories: 

• mobility/orthopedic disabilities 

• specific learning disabilities 

• attention-deficit disorders 

• vision and hearing impairments 

• head injuries 

• psychological/emotional disorders 

• chronic health-related disabilities 

• speech impairments 

Staff members serve as advocates, liaisons, and 
planners for ensuring access to academic, cultural, 
and recreational offerings of the campus, and are 
available to students whenever questions or problems 
arise. The director assists the University's 504/ADA 
Compliance Officer with oversight of the University's 
compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation 



The University Community 25 



Act of 1973, the Americans with DisabiHties Act 
(ADA), and other government regulations. The direc- 
tor also handles student grievances, whether informal 
or formal, regarding allegations of discrimination 
based on disability. 

In order to receive accommodations and/or services, 
a student is responsible for selt-identifying as a student 
with a disability, submitting appropriate documenta- 
tion, making a specific request for reasonable accom- 
modations, and following established policies and 
procedures for arranging accommodations each semes- 
ter/trimester. 

The Disability Services and Resources Office is 
located on the ground level in the rear of Sheffield 
Hall. The director can be reached at 203.932.7331. 
The University's 504/ADA Compliance Officer can 
be reached at 203.932.7199. 

Health Services Center 

The University Health Services Center is open to 
all students without charge. Located on the ground 
level in the rear of Sheffield Hall, the Center is staffed 
with two registered nurses and part-time physicians. 
The Health Services Center provides initial care for 
minor illnesses and injuries, as well as diagnosis, refer- 
ral, and follow-up care for more serious conditions. 
Also provided are care and counseling in health-related 
issues. The Health Services Center coordinates the 
health insurance program sponsored by the University. 

A part of the health program is a weekly women's 
clinic, which takes place at the health center and cov- 
ers gynecological problems, birth control, and sex- 
related issues. 

One requirement of the Center is that students 
entering the Full-Time Division provide documenta- 
tion of a physical exam from within the last year and 
a record of their immunizations. This can be done by 
completing the health form provided by the 
Undergraduate Admissions Office and returning it to 
the Health Services Center. The health form can also 
be found on the University's website under Health 
Services. Students entering the Part-Time Division 
must provide documentation of their immunizations. 
Students who plan to live in University housing and 
athletes must provide proof of having received a 



Measles and Rubella 
To All Students (full-time undergraduate, part-time 
undergraduate day and evening, full- and part-time 
graduate): Students must provide documentation of 
two valid measles vaccinations. The first must have 
been given after 1/1/69, and that date must be after 
your first birthday. The second must have been 
given after 1/1/80. Also, a rubella vaccine must have 
been given after your first birthday. Blood tests 
(showing immunity) from a laboratory will also be 
accepted. It is the policy of the University to with- 
hold registration each semester for non-compliance. 
Proper immunization information must be on file in 
the Health Services Center. 



meningitis vaccine. These requirements are in com- 
pliance with the State of Connecticut Health 
Department's guidelines for immunization and dis- 
ease control. 

Office of Intercultural Relations 

The Office of Intercultural Relations seeks to 
advance the mission of the University of New Haven 
by providing students with opportunities to gain 
intercultural understanding and to succeed in an 
inclusive academic and social environment that 
respects the uniqueness and contributions of all com- 
munity members. Contact the Director of 
Intercultural Relations at 203.932.7427. 

International Services 

Each year the University of New Haven admits 
students from many nations. These students, repre- 
senting more than fifty different countries, bring an 
international dimension to the campus. 

The International Services Office provides for the 
special needs and concerns of international students. 
The staff assists students with U.S. Citizenship and 
Immigration Services regulations; provides information 
on travel to and from the United States; and advises 
students on academic, social, and cultural adjustment. 
The Office also serves as a liaison between interna- 
tional students and the University community. 



26 



A wide range of programs has been developed, 
including publication of an international newsletter, 
special orientation events, information seminars, and 
an international festival. For more information, call 
203.932.7475 or email iso@newhaven.edu. 



Students may select from meal plans that include 
declining balance and board options. Purchasing a 
meal plan is highly recommended and is required for 
resident students. Detailed information on meal 
plans is available at the Dining Services Office. 



Residential Life 

The character of residential living is often a 
good indication of the spirit and quality of lite on 
campus. The goal of the University's Residential 
Life program is to provide a living/learning envi- 
ronment that promotes academic and personal 
growth and a sense of community among students. 
A student's on-campus living experience is an inte- 
gral part of the educational process. 

Students live in ten residence halls: three for 
freshmen and seven for upperclassmen, supervised 
by resident directors responsible for the administra- 
tion of each hall. Resident assistants (RAs) live on 
each floor and serve as peer advisers, role models, 
and initiators of activities and programs. 

University housing is occupied on an academic- 
year basis, and it is recommended that all freshmen 
and sophomores live on campus unless they live with 
a parent or an extended-family member. All resident 
students are required to purchase a University meal 
plan. 

The Office of Residential Life refers those wish- 
ing to look for off-campus housing to a website 
that lists students looking tor roommates, apart- 
ments, condos, and homes in the UNH area. 
Students are responsible for any contract under- 
taken for such housing and should consider care- 
fully the nature of that contract and the 
responsibilities incurred. 

University Dining Services 

University Dining Services facilities on campus 
include the Marketplace Food Court and Jazzman's 
Cafe, which are located in Barrels Hall Campus 
Center and Marvin K. Peterson Library; the Quad 
Convenience Store and Sandellas, located in 
Borwinik Hall; and Pandinis and Sky Ranch Grill, 
located in New Hall. 



Student Activities 

Being a student at the University of New Haven 
means having the best of two worlds: an active on- 
campus community and the c'lvy ot New Haven. Stu- 
dents interested in cidtural, intellectual, or social 
pursuit have a wealth of opportunities from which to 
choose. 

The Office ot Student Activities, in conjunction 
with student clubs and organizations, provides a wide 
variet}' of events each week. With an increase in the 
quantit)' and qualit)' of activities over past years, theme 
weekends such as Spring Weekend, Family Weekend, 
and Homecoming Weekend have been supplemented 
by an ongoing activities calendar of weekly events. 
There are plenty of opportunities to socialize and 
interact with fellow students, faculty, and staff — 
whether by enjoying a band, lecture, comedian, or 
magician; participating in volunteer opportunities; or 
taking a bus trip to a regional theater or recreation 
center. 

Students are also encouraged to develop their cul- 
tural and intellectual interests by participating in liter- 
ary, artistic, and dramatic events. Visiting artists, play 
and concert productions, invited lecturers, forums, and 
panel discussions are among the variety of programs 
available to students. UNH has more than eighty 
active student-run clubs and organizations. 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

Recognizing the importance of a broad range of 
physical and emotional outlets to a well-balanced col- 
lege experience, the University of New Haven seeks 
to involve students in various levels of active partici- 
pation in games and sports, as well as to provide an 
opportunity for community and student support for 
its varsity intercollegiate athletics program. 



The University Community 27 



Varsity Sports 

The Universit)' of New Haven athletics program is 
one of the most respected and successful NCAA 
Division II programs in the country. In Fall 2008, 
UNH began competing in the athletically and aca- 
demically prestigious Northeast- 10 Conference, one 
of the largest and most comprehensive conferences in 
the nation. 

UNH teams have enjoyed national recognition 
throughout the years. UNH was the first school from 
the Northeast Region to capture the NCAA Division 
II Women's Basketball Championship (1987) and has 
been to the NCAA tournament seven times. 
Women's volleyball has been to the postseason 22 
times, and the baseball program has made 31 postsea- 
son appearances, including 18 World Series berths. In 
1997, the Charger football program competed for the 
national championship, and the men's soccer team 
has been to the Final Four twice. UNH has over 120 
postseason appearances. 

UNH offers 18 varsity sports: baseball, men's and 
women's basketball, men's and women's cross country, 
football, men's golf, women's lacrosse, men's and 
women's soccer, softball, women's tennis, men's and 
women's indoor and outdoor track and field, and 
men's and women's volleyball. 

Students can also participate in a number of spirit 
groups including cheerleading, dance team and pep 
band. The Department of Athletics welcomes all 
interested candidates and invites active involvement 
in support of our programs. 

For more information about varsity athletics, log 
on to www.newhaven.edu/athletics, or call 
203.932.7016 or 203.932.7017. 

Intercollegiate Athletic Facilities 
North Campus 

Charger Gymnasium is located on the North 
Campus and is home to the UNH men's and women's 
basketball and volleyball programs. It also serves as a 
practice facility for UNH's other varsity athletic teams 
and as a gathering place for large university-wide 



events, including commencement and musical concerts. 
Charger Gymnasium includes a full-size basketball 
court with seating for 1,200, as well as the varsity ath- 
letic weight room, equipment, administrative offices, 
and athletic training facilities. Adjacent to the gymna- 
sium are outdoor basketball courts, tennis courts, a 
Softball competition venue, Frank Vieira Field (base- 
ball), and Ralph F DellaCamera Stadium, a multi-pur- 
pose field which is home to the Charger football 
program and can host soccer and lacrosse games. 

Main Campus 

Kayo Field is located on the Main Campus, adja- 
cent to the David A. Beckerman Recreation Center. 
The field underwent a $1.3 million transformation in 
the summer of 2007, which saw the installation of a 
synthetic turf surface, new scoreboard and fencing. 
The field is home to the men's and women's soccer and 
women's lacrosse programs, and serves as a practice 
facility for all of the Charger varsity athletic programs. 

Campus Recreation (ChargerREC) 

The goal of the Department of Campus 
Recreation is to provide students with a wide variety 
of programs and services in order to maximize stu- 
dent participation and involvement. Whether you're 
interested in working out on your own, or you want 
to take part in one of our programs or activities, 
you're sure to find something that fits your needs. For 
more information about ChargerREC, log on to 
www.newhaven.edu/ChargerREC. 

David A. Beckerman Recreation Center 

Located in the heart of campus and open up to 17 
hours a day, the Beckerman Center is a 58,000- 
square-foot state-of-the-art facility and includes two 
activity courts (for basketball, volleyball, badminton), 
a multi-activity court (MAC court, ideal for indoor 
soccer and floor hockey), 6,000 square feet of fitness 
space, two group fitness studios, two racquetball 
courts, locker rooms, an indoor running track, and a 
juice bar. 



28 



RECSports (Intramurals) 

RECSports is an integral part of campus life, giv- 
ing students the opportunity to come together for 
competition and camaraderie. RECSports activities 
are free to UNH undergraduate students. RECSports 
offers a variety of individual and team sports/activi- 
ties in three different divisions: Men's, Women's and 
Co-REC. RECSports offers two seasons of activities 
per academic semester, including a regular season and 
playoffs. 

Some of our offerings include outdoor soccer, 4- 
on-4 volleyball, kickball, flag football, tennis, basket- 
ball, whiffleball, floor hockey, indoor soccer, 
volleyball, Softball, and racquetball. 

Fitness and Wellness 

If you're interested in taking a class or learning 
about how to get healthy, then our Fitness and 
Wellness program is for you. From abs to Zumba, 
and everything in between, we pride ourselves on 
offering the best variety of classes and personal train- 
ing programs to suit your needs. 

Student Employment 

Student-maintained and operated. Campus 
Recreation is the largest employer of students on the 
campus. Positions offer experiential learning opportu- 
nities and true leadership experience. Ranging from 
Welcome Center attendants to RECSports officials, 
Campus Recreation student employees are the back- 
bone of the Department. 

Clubs and Organizations 

More than fifty University clubs and organizations 
serve interested students. Included are student chapters 
of professional societies, community-service organiza- 
tions, social groups, and special-interest clubs. Every 
student club and organization has a mailbox located on 
the top floor of Barrels Hall. 

Fraternities and Sororities 

National and local service, social, and honorary 
fraternities and sororities are active on campus. They 



sponsor programs such as banquets, game shows, the 
semiannual blood drive, fundraisers to benefit chari- 
ties, and numerous hours of community service. 

Off-Campus Activities 

For those who want a change of pace from the 
college scene, the University's proximity to the city of 
New Haven offers students many cultural opportuni- 
ties. Musical entertainment includes year-round per- 
formances by the New Haven Symphony Orchestra, 
live concerts at a variety of nearby venues, and local 
and national bands at many downtown clubs. 
Professional theater thrives in New Haven, home to 
three nationally recognized theaters: the Long Wharf 
Theatre, the Yale Repertory Company, and the 
Shubert. Some of the region's outstanding art collec- 
tions can be seen on the Yale University campus. 

On weekends, the Connecticut shore. Cape Cod, 
the ski slopes of Vermont and New Hampshire, and 
New York City are just a short drive or train ride away. 

Publications 

Student publications include The Charger Bulletin, 
the student newspaper, and The Chariot, the year- 
book. Students may volunteer their services to these 
student publications by emailing chargerbulletin@ 
newhaven.edu or chariotyearbook@newhaven.edu. 

Student Government 

Separate undergraduate full-time, part-time, and 
graduate student councils have responsibility for initiat- 
ing, organizing, and presenting extracurricular activities 
and acting as liaisons between students and University 
staff. 

The Undergraduate Student Government 
Association (USGA) is a forum where undergradu- 
ate full-time students provide input to the adminis- 
tration to improve all aspects of undergraduate 
education at the University. Student-elected senators 
represent the voice of their constituencies at weekly 
USGA meetings. 

Students are strongly encouraged to get involved 
in leadership positions within student government 



The University Community 29 



and other clubs and organizations. The University 
believes that leadership development is an integral 
part of all students' education. The USGA offices are 
located on the top floor of Barrels Hall. 

The Evening Student Council (ESC) is a board 
composed of students attending UNH evening 
classes. It has three primary objectives: (1) to pro- 
mote the welfare of the evening student body, (2) to 
give counsel and encouragement to evening students 
as well as to develop and encourage school spirit, and 
(3) to convey evening students' opinions to the 
administration and work with the administration in 
accomplishing student objectives. 

Membership in the Evening Student Council is 
open to all undergraduate evening students enrolled 
in courses for credit. The Council meets regularly, 
and all evening students are invited to participate. 
The ESC office is located in the Center for Graduate 
and Adult Student Services in Echlin Hall, Room 
204. To contact ESC, email esc@newhaven.edu. 

WNHU Radio 

WNHU is the University of New Haven's non- 
commercial, FCC-licensed FM radio station located 
in the basement of Maxcy Hall. Daily operations are 
maintained by a general manager, student station 
managers, and a staff comprising undergraduate stu- 
dents, community volunteers, and faculty members. 
"WNHU's signal emanates from the Main Campus, at 
a frequency of 88.7 and a power of 1 ,700 watts, and 
extends nearly thirty miles in every direction, reach- 
ing nearly all of southern Connecticut and even parts 
of eastern Long Island. WNHU's programming is 
also available as streaming audio online at 
www.wnhu.net. 

WNHU has recently undergone state-of-the-art 
renovations to its on-air and production studios, 
procuring professional-level broadcast equipment uti- 
lized by staff members to produce shows. "Wfiile pro- 
duction of more than twenty hours of programming 
a day is a vital aspect of WNHU, it is not the only 
work to be done. Recording speeches on campus, 
providing music for on-campus events, and putting 
on shows in the community are examples of what 



WNHU does besides on-air functions, and the sta- 
tion plans to expand these areas in the future. 

With positions available for news, productions, 
sports, and promotions, WNHU isn't just about 
being a DJ, and there is a spot for anyone interested 
in a variety of concentrations. WNHU is open to 
full-time or part-time undergraduate students, gradu- 
ate students, faculty, staff and community volunteers 
with an interest in radio and its functions. 

Campus Facilities 

The University's 78-acre campus contains twenty- 
seven buildings that offer students modern laboratory 
and library facilities, smart classrooms, the latest in 
computer technology and equipment, an athletic com- 
plex, and residential facilities. 

Located in West Haven, about ten minutes from 
downtown New Haven, the Main Campus includes 
administration, library, laboratory, computer, and class- 
room facilities as well as the admissions building, book- 
store, student center, and residence halls. Recent 
additions to the Main Campus include a new residence 
hall and an outdoor plaza. 

The South Campus includes Harugari Hall and 
South Campus Hall, the student records building. 
The North Campus is the site of the University's ath- 
letic fields and gymnasium. 

Computer Facilities 

The University of New Haven maintains numer- 
ous computer laboratories and teaching classrooms at 
various locations around the campus. Schedules are 
provided at the beginning of each academic term. 

The labs provide students with Microsoft Office, 
Firefox and Internet Explorer, SPSS statistical software 
and other software that changes yearly. Printers are also 
available for student use in conjunction with the 
UNH ID card (charges may apply). The general access 
Internet labs are dedicated to providing students with 
access to email, web surfing, and other standard uses. 
The general access labs are staffed by graduate stu- 
dents, who are available to answer questions. The 



30 



hardware and software available in the labs are contin- 
uously upgraded as computer technology changes. 

The University maintains, on behalf its colleges or 
departments, a number of computer labs and teach- 
ing classrooms. The hours that these labs are open 
and the resources available are at the discretion of the 
individual college or department. 

Computer facilities provided by UNH as of 
Spring 2008 are as follows: 
Tagliatela College of Engineering 

Buckman Hall, 225 and 225a 
Tagliatela College of Engineering Multimedia 

Teaching Classroom, Buckman Hall 227 
Hospitality and Tourism 

HarugariHall 114 
College of Business Lab and Teaching Classroom 

Dodds Hall 218 
Department of Biology and Environmental Science 

Dodds Hall 305 
Department of Visual and Performing Arts/Philosophy 

Dodds Hall 413 
Center for Learning Resources Tutorial Lab 

Maxcy Hall 
New Hall Computer Laboratory 

New Hall 
Marvin K. Peterson Library 

Ground Floor* 
*The computers in the library do not comprise a 
computer lab, but do represent the largest collection 
of general-use computers on campus. 

Marvin K. Peterson Library 

The Marvin K. Peterson Library, named in honor 
of a former University president and dedicated in 
1974, includes three floors of reading space, an 
Information Commons, Jazzman's Cafe, group-study 
rooms, stacks, and reference areas. Information is 
accessible through manual as well as electronic 
retrieval methods. Computers with Internet access, 
the Microsoft Office Suite and SPSS are available for 
research purposes. Students and faculty can plug in 
cheir laptop computers to connect to the campus net- 



work at more than 100 ports available throughout 
the library's three floors. Wireless networking is avail- 
able in all areas of the library. Materials are stored in 
a variety of formats including online, print, audio, 
video, microform, and CD-ROM or DVD. 

The library's home page is available at 
www.newhaven.edu/library. It serves as a gateway to 
information and library services and includes the 
library's online catalog, which allows for both basic 
and advanced searching of library holdings. To bor- 
row library materials, a valid UNH ID card must be 
presented at the Circulation Desk. Books already 
borrowed can be renewed online. Recent additions to 
the collection are listed on the library's home page. 
Library Guides, prepared by professional librarians, 
are posted. Interlibrary Loan forms for students and 
faculty are available online. Electronic access to more 
than 17,044 ftill-text electronic journal holdings is 
accessible from a link on our home page. Facult)' and 
students — in their offices or residence halls or at 
home — have access to a variety of online databases 
and library support from our website. 

UNH subscribes to many online electronic data- 
bases in all subjects. Resources, including many full- 
text books and journal sources, are accessed in online 
databases such as LEXIS/NEXIS, ABI/INFORM, 
Criminal Justice Periodicals, CCH Online, 
Computing, Education Complete, BNA Human 
Resources Library, Literary Reference Center, 
Engineering Village, FirstSearch, CQ Researcher, 
Hein Online, Academic OneFile, ENGnetB.A.SE, 
IEEE Computer Science Digital Library, Hoover's 
Online, Reference USA, Country Watch, 
PsycARTICLES, FORENSICnetB.A.SE, and IRIS. 

The UNH library's collection includes more than 
249,238 volumes, 1,400 journal and newspaper sub- 
scriptions, electronic access to more than 17,044 full- 
text journal and newspaper titles, 555,374 pieces of 
microfiche, 15,237 volumes of microfilm, and 
161,687 U.S. government paper documents. 

The library is a U.S. Government Documents 
Depository Library, and selects approximately one- 
third of the U.S. government yearly output to sup- 
port UNH programs. 

UNH students mav borrow materials from the 



The University Community 31 



AlbertLis Magnus College Library. Students who 
obtain a borrowing card from a Connecticut public 
library may borrow from other public libraries 
statewide. As a member of OCLC, UNH has access 
through Interlibrary Loan to the holdings of the 
more than 7,500 member libraries' 96 million 
records. The hbrary uses electronic means to transmit 
articles and information between itself and other 
libraries across the country whenever possible. 

Students are assisted by professional reference 
librarians. One-on-one consultations are available to 
locate information for research papers and projects. 
Freshmen receive instruction in how to use a modern 
library. Subject-specific library orientations are avail- 
able for upperclass and graduate students. Library 
instruction courses geared to international students 
are also provided. 

Library Guides, as well as selected instructional 
support resource materials, are provided; and a 
reserve collection is in place to support courses 
taught at UNH. Online library tutorials are available 
to assist students in learning effective research tech- 
niques. Library Guides help facilitate access to infor- 
mation resources for effective research. Sample topics 
covered include forensic science, psychology, national 
security resources, criminal justice resources, dental 
hygiene resources, biology, a business information 
guide, how-to-find Connecticut law, how-to-find lit- 
erary criticism, a style sheet for research papers, and 
an introductory research guide. 

Campus Bookstore 

The Campus Bookstore sells all textbooks, new 
and used, required for courses at the University. It 
also carries school supplies, greeting cards, imprinted 
clothing and gifts, candy, and a selection of maga- 
zines. A wide selection of software is available, priced 
at a substantial academic discount for currently 
enrolled students, at www.efollett.com. 

The campus store buys back used texts through- 
out the year. It also handles class ring orders and 
places special orders for books. 

Students who would like to order books online 
may do so on our website, www.unh.bkstr.com. 



Students may opt to have books held at the book- 
store or to have them shipped directly to their home 
or office. If you have any questions, call 
203.932.7030. 

Bartels Hall 

The renovated campus center provides a focal 
point for student activities. Offering lounges, student 
offices, a large cafeteria. Jazzman's Cafe, and multiple 
meeting rooms, the facility serves as a center for stu- 
dents' non-academic college interests. Live entertain- 
ment and films are often presented in the evenings. 
Bartels Hall houses the offices of the associate provost 
for student affairs and dean of students. International 
Services, Intercultural Relations, Student Activities, 
Community Service, and Dining Services, as well as 
the Undergraduate Student Government Association 
and its affiliated groups. 

Office of University 
Advancement 

The Office of University Advancement works 
with the University community to develop philan- 
thropic support for enhancement of the University's 
programs, facilities, and endowment. Gifts to the 
University enhance student financial aid, faculty 
development, equipment, library resources, and 
other institutional opportunities for growth. 

The generosity of corporations, foundations, par- 
ents, students, alumni, and friends contributes to the 
excellence of the University of New Haven. 

Alumni Relations 

The Alumni Relations staff invites you to stay con- 
nected to UNH by enjoying the many activities and 
benefits sponsored by the University's Alumni 
Association. Committed to a lifelong relationship 
among alumni, the Association fosters friendships and 
professional networking opportunities and promotes a 
host of educational, social, and athletic events. 



32 



Benefits include career development services, the 
chance to audit courses at a reduced fee, use of the 
University's library, low-interest credit card privileges, 
discounts on home and auto insurance, and much 
more. In 2003 we proudly introduced UNH Online, 
an online directory and interactive community, to 
help alumni stay in touch with friends and network 
with other alums. The service is free to UNH alumni 
and can be accessed through the alumni web page at 
www.newhaven.edu\alumni. 

Each Fall, alumni are invited back to campus for 
Homecoming festivities. Throughout the year, events 
include Alumni Cocktails and Networking, the 
Holiday Party, and our Scholarship Ball, which raises 
significant funds for student scholarships. 
Information about current activities is available 
through the website, our e-newsletter, and special 
mailings, including University of New Haven Alumni 
Magazine. Please be sure to update your contact 
information so that we may keep you informed of 
the latest membership events and benefits. 

The Alumni Board of Directors, a valued 
University advisory group, oversees the Association 
and works to strengthen University ties by promoting 
communication within the extended UNH commu- 
nity. If you have suggestions for your Alumni 
Association, please email alumni@newhaven.edu. 

Research and 
Professional Facilities 

Bureau for Business Research 

The Bureau tor Business Research offers access to 
databases for research on products, markets, compe- 
tition, and international issues. In addition, the 
University's biannual, refereed academic journal, 
American Business Review, is published under the 
auspices of the Bureau. 



UNH Center for Dispute Resolution 

The Center for Dispute Resolution at the 
University of New Haven is a focal point for the 
interdisciplinary study and practice of conflict resolu- 
tion. The Center offers conflict management services 
to individuals and to businesses, institutions, govern- 
mental agencies, and community organizations. 
Services include mediation, program evaluation, 
design of conflict management systems, consultation, 
and training. Through research and educational pro- 
grams for students and the community at large, the 
Center also strives to advance the understanding and 
application of alternative means of dispute resolu- 
tion, including mediation. 

Center for Family Business 

The Center for Family Business (CFB) was 
founded in 1994 as a unique learning environment 
for family business members. Its mission is to help 
ensure the future and continuity of family businesses, 
preserve the values held by family business members, 
and strengthen Connecticut's economy. The Center 
offers its members a variety of programs that deal 
with issues faced by family businesses, regardless of 
the nature of the business. 

Eight major programs are presented each year for 
members, held in both New Haven and Fairfield 
Counties. These programs feature some of the most 
significant national and international speakers in the 
field of family business. Attendees have the opportu- 
nity to learn from one another as well as from the 
speakers. 

CFB also features small-group forums, which con- 
sist of members in similar circumstances. These 
groups function as ad hoc advisory boards to their 
fellow members. 

Periodically, breakfast meetings are held to address 
specific topics that appeal to the interests of our 
members. The CFB publishes a newsletter and is a 
source for family-business educational materials. 



The Center for Family Business is sponsored by 
the accounting firm ot Bailey, Shaefer and Errato, 
LLC; Daniel M. Smith and Associates; Sequence 
Financial Group; U.S. Trust, N.A.; and the law firm 
of Wiggin and Dana. 

For further information, visit us on the web at 
www.newhaven.edu/cft). 



The University Community 33 



Center for the Study of Crime 
Victims' Rights, Remedies, 
and Resources 

The UNH Center for the Study of Crime Victims' 
Rights, Remedies, and Resources is maintained under 
the auspices of The Henry C. Lee College ot 
Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences. The Center 
provides, and is in the process of developing, numer- 
ous initiatives to enhance the knowledge base on 
crime victims' rights and on services that assist crime 
victims through educational, training, and technical 
opportunities via the various academic disciplines and 
professional groups that study, advocate for, or serve 
victims. 

These programs and services are statewide, re- 
gional, and national in scope. They include instruc- 
tional programs; field and program evaluation 
research services; internships, fellowships, and visit- 
ing scholar programs; legal, legislative, and public 
policy analysis and advocacy; and publications, 
conferences, and symposia. Information is available 
through the director's office at the University. 



34 



ADMISSION TO 
THE UNIVERSITY 



Kevin J. Phillips, B.S., B.A., Director 

Office of Undergraduate Admissions 

Phone: 203.932.7319 

Toll-free; I.800.D1AL.UNH, ext. 7319 

(1.800.342.5864) 

Email: adminfo@nevvhaven.edu 

Undergraduate Admission Policy 

Students are admitted full time (tour or five 
courses, 12-15 credit enrollment and registration 
load) or part time (up to 1 1 credits). Acceptances are 
customized and students are placed according to their 
academic needs. 

Placement 

Incoming students are placed in courses in English 
and mathematics according to their individual abili- 
ties as demonstrated through SAT scores (in the case 
of English), the University placement testing pro- 
gram, or transfer credit from previous college records. 
Some students may be placed in courses designed to 
upgrade their skills in particular subject areas and 
prepare them for more advanced courses at the 
University. Students whose major requires chemistry 
may be required to take a chemistry placement test. 
Students planning to major in music, music industry, 
or music and sound recording are required to take a 
placement test for music theory. 

English placement policy: a student who tests out 
ol E 105 Composition must replace the course with 
E 220, E 225, E 230 or any course listed in the CC 
1.2 competency in the University Core Curriculum. 
A student who tests out of E 110 Composition and 
Literature must replace E 105 as outlined above and 



E 1 10 with any literature course. A list of English 
courses designated as Literature courses can be found 
under the University Core Curriculum section. 

Mathematics placement policy: a student who 
tests above the core mathematics level and has no 
other mathematics requirement in his/her program 
may replace the core requirement with a free elective. 
If a student tests above the core mathematics level 
and has other mathematics courses required in the 
program beyond the core level, such courses must be 
replaced with other mathematics courses. 

Full-Time Admission 

The University of New Haven is committed to 
equal access to educational opportunities and wel- 
comes applicants regardless of race, creed, color, reli- 
gion, gender, national or ethnic origin, age, sexual 
orientation, disability, economic level, or geographic 
area. 

Students wishing to take any course at the 
University, regardless of whether they seek a degree, 
must first satisfy the admission procedures specified 
below. Students should note that some academic 
majors may have additional admission requirements. 
You become a student of the University of New 
Haven only after you have completed the require- 
ments listed below, have been officially accepted, 
have registered for courses for your first semester, and 
have made the appropriate tuition and fee payments. 
The University requires accepted full-time students to 
submit a non-refundable/non-transferable enrollment 
commitment fee in order to hold their placement in 
the incoming class. The fee is due May 1 for the Fall 
semester and January 2 for the Spring semester. 



Admission To The University 35 



Admission Procedure: 
Full-Time Freshman Students 

• Complete the Undergraduate Apphcation for 
Admission and submit it to the Office of 
Undergraduate Admissions with the non-refund- 
able application fee. Applications are available on 
our website: www.newhaven.edu. We are also 
members of the Common Application and the 
Universal College Application. You can access 
their applications through their websites: 
www.commonapp.org and www.universalapp- 
.com, respectively. Equal consideration for admis- 
sion is given to students who submit the UNH 
Application, Common Application, or Universal 
College Application. 

• Submit an official copy of your secondary/high 
school transcript to the Office of Undergraduate 
Admissions. A satisfactory General Equivalency 
Diploma (GED) is acceptable in place of a high 
school diploma. If you are currently attending sec- 
ondary/high school and will be sending us a tran- 
script before completing your senior year, you 
must send us your final high school transcript with 
graduation date as soon as it becomes available. 

• Submit official Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or 
American College Testing (ACT) scores. Our SAT 
code is 3663 and our ACT code is 0576. 

• Submit at least one letter ol recommendation. 

• Submit a personal essay. The essay is an opportu- 
nity for us to get to know you as a person, beyond 
your grades and test scores. It also gives us an 
example of how you express yourself and demon- 
strates your ability to organize your thoughts. The 
personal essay should be between 250 and 500 
words on a topic of your choice. 

Admission Procedure: 
Full-Time Transfer Students 

• Complete the Undergraduate Application for 
Admission and submit it to the Office of 
Undergraduate Admissions with the non-refund- 
able application fee. Applications are available on 
our website, www.newhaven.edu. We are also 



members of the Common Application and the 
Universal College Application. You can access 
their applications through their websites: 
www.commonapp.org and www.universalapp- 
.com, respectively. Equal consideration for admis- 
sion is given to students who submit the UNH 
Application, Common Application, or Universal 
College Application. 

• Submit official transcripts from all the 
colleges/universities that you have attended. 

• If you have completed fewer than twenty-four 
credits from your previous college(s), you must 
submit an official copy of your secondary/high 
school transcript which includes your date of 
graduation. A satisfactory General Equivalency 
Diploma (GED) is acceptable in lieu of a high 
school diploma. 

• If you have completed fewer than twenty-four 
credits from your previous college(s), you must 
submit official Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or 
American College Testing (ACT) scores. Our SAT 
code is 3663 and our ACT code is 0576. 

• Transfer students have the option to submit a per- 
sonal essay and at least one letter of recommenda- 
tion from an academic source. 

Transfer students, if accepted, will receive a transfer 
credit evaluation shortly after they are accepted. 

Admission Procedure: 
International Students 

• Complete the International Undergraduate 
Application for Admission and submit it to the 
International Undergraduate Admissions Office 
with the non-retundable application fee. 
Applications are available on our website at 
www.newhaven.edu. We are also members of the 
Common Application and the Universal College 
Application. You can access their applications 
through their websites: www.commonapp.org and 
www.universalapp.com, respectively. Equal consid- 
eration for admission is given to students who 
submit the UNH Application, Common 
Application, or Universal College Application. 



36 



• First-year applicants (students who just finished, 
or are in the process of finishing, secondar)/high 
school) must submit official copies of their senior 
secondary/high school records to the International 
Undergraduate Admissions Office. This includes 
mark sheets, academic transcripts, final examina- 
tion results, diplomas, and degree certificates such 
as Std. X (SSC), Std. XII (HSC), O Levels, A 
Levels, WAEC, CXC, IB, etc. 

• In addition to the above, transfer applicants must 
submit official copies of all post-secondar)' (uni- 
versit)'/college) academic records from all institu- 
tions previously attended. This includes mark 
sheets, academic transcripts, examination results, 
diplomas, and degree certificates. Transfer appli- 
cants must also submit official course descriptions 
or syllabi, with exact course names and numbers, 
for all post-secondar)' (universiry/college) aca- 
demic work attempted so that it may be evaluated 
for possible transfer of credit. Student-generated 
course descriptions are not acceptable. 

• If post-secondary (university/college) studies were 
done outside the U.S., a course-by-course evalua- 
tion of all academic work is strongly recom- 
mended for possible transfer of credit. The 
preferred education credential evaluator is the 
World Education Service; please contact 
www.wes.org for more information. 

• International applicants must submit word-for- 
word certified English translations in the same for- 
mat as the official document if the official 
document is not in English. It is important that 
ever\'thing on the official document be translated. 
Translations should be done by a bona fide trans- 
lating agency in your country' or in the U.S. 

• Submit at least one letter of recommendation 
from an academic source. 

• Submit a personal essay, personal statement or a 
statement of purpose. The essay is an opportunity 
for us to get to know you as a person, beyond 
your grades and test scores. It also gives us an 
example of how you express yourself and demon- 
strates your abilin,' to organize your thoughts. The 
personal essay should be between 250 and 500 
words on a topic of your choice. 



• ,\11 non-native English language speakers must 
demonstrate English language competency by 
providing a Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL) score of 190 on the computer-based 
test (CBT) or 70 on the Internet Based test (IBT). 
The University of New Haven School Code for 
TOEFL is 3663. The International English 
Language Testing System (lELTS) with a mini- 
mum score of 5.5 is also acceptable. Students who 
have been educated in English-speaking systems 
may substitute the SAT or ACT for the TOEFL. 
Our SAT code is 3663 and our ACT code is 
0576. Depending on their academic background, 
students transferring from accredited colleges/ 
universities within the United States may also be 
required to submit TOEFL scores unless they have 
taken an English Composition 101 course and 
obtained a grade of C or better. 

• Verification of financial support must also accom- 
pany the International Admission Application for 
I-20or DS-2019 issuance. 

• Submit a clear copy of your passport information 
page with your complete name, date of birth, and 
country of citizenship. 

• Applicants currently in the U.S. must submit clear 
copies of their U.S. visa stamp, 1-94 card, 1-20 (if 
any), 1-797 (if any), and all other immigration 
documents. 

• Please note that as of Fall 2008, the ELS Language 
Center will open a new branch on the UNH cam- 
pus. ELS/Nevv Haven will offer Intensive English, 
Semi-intensive English and the America Explorer 
programs. UNH will offer conditional acceptance to 
those who are academically qualified and admissible 
but who need to improve their English language 
abilities before beginning their academic course 
work at UNH. This means that if you have no 
TOEFL or lELTS scores or a low TOEFL or lELTS 
score, you can still apply to the undergraduate 
degree program of your choice at UNH. If the 
International Undergraduate Admission Committee 
determines that your application meets the require- 
ments for admission except for the English language 
requirement, you will be granted conditional accept- 
ance. Conditional acceptance provides you with the 



Admission To The University 37 



assurance that once you have met the English 
language requirement for admission into a degree 
program, you will be allowed to begin your aca- 
demic course work at UNH. 



Part-Time Admission 

The University of New Haven has a rolling admis- 
sions process, which means that we do not have spe- 
cific deadlines. Applications are accepted until the 
start of the specific academic term; however, we rec- 
ommend that you submit your application as early as 
possible to allow time for processing to the following 
address: 

University of New Haven 
University College 
Echlin Hall 
300 Boston Post Road 
West Haven, CT 06516 

Degree-Seeking Students 

• Complete the online Part-Time and Adult 
Undergraduate Application for Admission on our 
website at www.newhaven.edu and pay the $25 
non-refundable application fee. (You can choose 
to submit the paper version of the application to 
University College along with the $50 non- 
refundable application fee). APPLY ONLINE 
AND SAVE 50 PERCENT ON THE APPLICA- 
TION FEE! 

• Submit an official copy of your secondary/high 
school transcript to University College. A satisfac- 
tory General Equivalency Diploma (GED) is 
acceptable in place ot a high school diploma. 

• Submit official transcripts from all the 
colleges/universities that you have attended. Have 
them sent directly to University College. Upon 
receipt of your transcripts you will receive an aca- 
demic worksheet for your intended major with a 
preliminary transfer credit evaluation (TCE). The 
1 CE outlines how many transfer credits you can 
be awarded and details which courses at your pre- 
vious college(s) are accepted as transfer credit for 



UNH courses in your major. 

• Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American 
College Test (ACT) scores may be requested if the 
applicant has graduated from high school within 
12 months of filing the admission application. 

• The University recognizes both the College 
Entrance Examination Board's Advanced 
Placement Program (AP) and the College Level 
Examination Program (CLEP). Credit may be 
granted for AP grades of 3, 4 or 5; credit may be 
granted for CLEP passing percentile scores of 50 
or better. Credit will be evaluated by the appropri- 
ate department chair. For further information or 
to have your scores sent to UNH, go to www.col- 
legeboard.com and search for AP or CLEP. 

• Information and instructions about registration 
are included in the acceptance packet for students 
who have been accepted to the University. 

Non-Degree Students 

• Complete the online Part-Time and Adult 
Undergraduate Application for Admission on our 
website at www.newhaven.edu and pay the $25 
non-refundable application fee. (You can choose 
to submit the paper version of the application to 
University College along with the $50 non- 
refundable application fee). APPLY ONLINE 
AND SAVE 50 PERCENT ON THE APPLICA- 
TION FEE! Be sure to select "Non-Degree" as 
your intended major. College transcripts may be 
required from non-degree students if they wish to 
take courses that have prerequisites. 

• Students may earn up to 12 credits as a non- 
degree student before they are required to matric- 
ulate into a degree or certificate program. 

• Information and instructions about registration 
will be mailed to you when your application has 
been processed. 

If you have questions please contact University 
College at 203.932.7180 or universit)'college@- 
newhaven.edu. 



38 



REGISTRATION 



Academic Advising and the 
Registration Process 

Registration is the process of selecting classes each 
term in consultation with an academic adviser. All 
matriculated students have assigned faculty advisers 
who provide guidance on academic matters and assist 
with registration. Normally, the assigned adviser is 
the chair or coordinator of the student's major course 
of study or another faculty member designated by 
the chair. 

Online registration is offered through the Matrix 
Student Information System. Matrix is also where 
final grades are posted for viewing at the end of each 
academic period. If you are a current student, you 
should have received a notification informing you of 
your student ID, login, password, and University 
email address. Newly accepted students receive this 
information once the acceptance process has been 
completed. This enables you to access your UNH 
email account, the Blackboard Learning System, and 
the Matrix Student Information System. 

Full-Time Students 

Registration dates tor upcoming terms are pub- 
lished in advance and currently enrolled students will 
receive an email notification of the dates via their 
UNH email account. Once the dates are published, 
full-time students must pick up a copy of their aca- 
demic worksheet from the Registrar's Office and 
schedule an appointment with their academic 
adviser. After the academic adviser has approved the 
selection of courses, students may register online on 
their designated day as outlined in the email notifica- 
tion of registration dates. 

Students desiring to register for more than 18 
credits in any one semester must obtain written con- 
sent from their adviser and department chair, and 
must have a cumulative grade point average (G.P.A.) 
of 3.20 or higher. 

All undergraduate international students are required 
to enroll for a minimum of 1 2 credits each semester. 



New students or former students returning to 
UNH as full-time students should contact the 
Undergraduate Admissions OfiTice to obtain informa- 
tion and an application. You will receive registration 
information and instructions upon completion of the 
acceptance process. 

Part-Time Students 

Registration dates for upcoming terms are pub- 
lished in advance and currently enrolled students will 
receive an email notification of the dates via their 
UNH email account. Once the dates are published, 
part-time students are encouraged to contact their 
academic adviser to assist with course selection. After 
the academic adviser has approved the selection of 
courses, students may register online on their desig- 
nated day as outlined in the email notification of reg- 
istration dates. 

Part-time students may register for up to 11 cred- 
its in any term, semester, or module. Students desir- 
ing to enroll for more than 1 1 credits must change 
their standing to fiill time and be charged full time 
tuition. 

New students or former students returning to 
UNH as part-time students should contact 
University College to obtain information and an 
application. You will receive registration information 
and instructions upon completion of the acceptance 
process. 

Alumni Auditors 

Alumni who audit courses pay a reduced tuition 
but must be approved through the Alumni Office 
before registering for courses. Auditing at the 
reduced rate is limited to courses at or below the 
level of the degree earned while previously enrolled as 
a student at UNH. Alumni may be required to com- 
plete an application for admission if their current 
information is not available in the Matrix Student 
Information System. Please contact University 
College to obtain information and an application. 



Academic Regulations 39 

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 



Ways of Earning Credit 

Academic Credit 

Academic credit is granted on a credit-hour basis. 
In addition to successfully completing regular 
courses, students may earn credit by independent 
study, coordinated courses, crediting exams or CLEP 
exams, or transfer of previously awarded credit from 
other institutions. These methods are detailed in the 
following pages of this section. 

Transfer of Credit to the University 

Students may transfer to the University after com- 
pleting academic work at other institutions. 
Normally, the University accepts credit from region- 
ally accredited colleges on an equivalency basis. The 
regional institutional accreditation bodies in the U.S. 
are Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools 
(MSA), New England Association of Schools and 
Colleges (NEA.S.C), North Central Association of 
Colleges and Schools (NCA), Northwest 
Commission on Colleges and Universities 
(NWCCU), Southern Association of Colleges and 
Schools (SACS), and Western Association of Schools 
and Colleges (WA.S.C). 

Students transferring from another institution 
must have at least a 2.0 grade point average based on 
a four-point scale. Credit is normally granted for 
undergraduate courses completed with at least a grade 
of C, or its equivalent. Credit is not awarded for 
pass/fail courses or pass/fail grades. Credit transferred 
from a two-year institution is generally limited to 
sixty credits and restricted to freshman- and sopho- 
more-level courses, unless otherwise approved in writ- 
ing by the dean of the school in which the student 
seeks to enroll. Credit will be considered only for 
transfer courses that are equivalent to UNH courses 
or electives; all accepted credit must pertain to UNH 
degree requirements. 



Coordinated Courses 

In order to maintain continuity in a degree pro- 
gram, students are encouraged to use UNH Summer 
Sessions and Winter Intersession; however, courses 
taken by matriculated UNH students at regionally 
accredited institutions may be designated as coordi- 
nated courses. Credit for such courses is accepted and 
posted to students' transcripts, and the grades are 
included in students' grade point averages. 

Credit for courses taken at a two-year institution 
is restricted to equivalent UNH courses at the fresh- 
man and sophomore levels. (Students with junior or 
higher standing at UNH may not take coordinated 
courses at two-year institutions.) 

Prior authorization for a coordinated course must 
be obtained from the department(s) housing the stu- 
dent's major and the related course at UNH. The 
appropriate form must be obtained at the Registrar's 
Office, approved by the academic department(s), and 
returned to the Registrar's Office before the course 
begins. Normally, approval is granted only for those 
courses that are equivalent to courses offered at 
UNH, and/or standard courses in a given discipline 
unavailable at UNH because of frequency of offer- 
ings, cancellation, etc., or courses that are inaccessible 
to the student because of temporary residency at a 
distant location. Complete detailed instructions can 
be found on the Coordinated Course form. 

Students must be continuously matriculated at 
UNH while taking a coordinated course. Approval 
for a coordinated course will become void upon with- 
drawal from the University by the student or dis- 
missal of the student from the University. 

Students are responsible for securing an official 
transcript upon completion of their course work. 
Official transcripts must be mailed directly from the 
other institution to the attention of the Registrar's 
Office at UNH. Credit will not be posted to the stu- 
dent's UNH transcript until the official transcript 
from the other institution has been received by the 
Registrar's Office. 



40 



Advanced Placement 

The University recognizes the program of 
advanced placement available to talented high school 
students through the College Entrance Examination 
Board. Students satisfactorily completing advanced 
placement courses in high school and the final exami- 
nation prepared by the Educational Testing Service 
(ETS) may be given appropriate college credit if their 
courses are similar to those offered at the University 
of New Haven. 

ETS advanced placement examinations are graded 
from 1 to 5. Credit may be allowed when the grade 
earned is 3, 4, or 5. Students desiring to submit 
advanced placement courses for college credit should 
have all results of these courses and tests sent in with 
their application for admission. 

The University of New Haven accepts credit by 
examination from the College-Level Examination 
Program (CLEP), subject to academic department 
chair approval. The passing percentile for CLEP and 
subject examinations is 50. Credit will be evaluated 
by the appropriate department chair. 

The University of New Haven awards credit for 
scores of 4 or greater on International Baccalaureate 
(IB) exams. To receive credit, students must request 
that the testing service forward official test results 
directly to the University of New Haven. Credit will 
be evaluated by the appropriate department chair. 

Credit by Examination 

A student who has at least a 2.0 cumulative G.P.A. 
and has independent knowledge of the content of an 
undergraduate course offered by the University may, 
with the approval of the appropriate department 
chair and dean, take a special crediting examination 
in lieu of taking the course. 

Students are reminded that they must earn at least 
thirty credits through regular UNH course work if 
they are to meet the residency requirements for grad- 
uation. Credits by examination do not count toward 
the residency requirement. 

Students may not take crediting examinations 
during the first term in which they are enrolled. 



External Credit Examinations 

Learning acquired through various traditional and 
nontraditional approaches can be measured and vali- 
dated by objective procedures acceptable to the faculty 
of UNH. This learning must appropriately parallel 
the curriculum of the University in order to be 
awarded UNH credit. Sources of external credit that 
may be evaluated currently include the following: 

• College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) 

• Proficiency Examination Program (ACT PEP) 

• Dantes Subject Standardized Tests (DSST) 

• Modern Language Association Foreign Language 
Proficiency Tests (MLA) 

• Military Service School Courses 

Enrollees on active duty in the U.S. Armed Forces 
should arrange for DD Form 295 to be completed 
and forwarded from the duty station. Veterans of any 
period of active service should provide the University 
with a copy of DD Form 214 or other notice of sepa- 
ration for each period of service. This may assist in 
identifying possible sources of academic credit. 

Independent Study 

In all courses of independent study the student 
and adviser must jointly file a project outline with 
the registrar within four weeks of the beginning of 
the course. This outline shall serve as the basis for 
determining satisfactory completion of course 
requirements. 

Normally, independent study is restricted to no 
more than six credits and open only to seniors, jun- 
iors, and exceptionally qualified sophomores. 
Students must have at least a 3.0 grade point average. 

Regularly scheduled courses (that is, those offered 
at least once every four semesters) are not normally 
acceptable as independent study. 

Field Experience 

In all credit-bearing courses of field experience, 
including internships, practical theses, and work 
study, students will earn credit for the learning 
gained through the activity. The student and adviser 
must jointly file a project outline with the registrar 



Academic Regulations 41 



within four weeks of the beginning of the course. 
This outhne shall serve as the basis for estabhshing 
the mechanism by which the adviser will evaluate the 
learning to occur and thus for determining comple- 
tion of course requirements. 

Academic Standing and Progress 

Full-Time Students 

Full-time student standing is attained by register- 
ing for a minimum of 1 2 credits per semester, or 
equivalent term, on either a matriculated or non- 
matriculated basis. Such standing is continued to a 
succeeding term provided a minimum of 12 credits is 
completed in the current term. Completion is defined 
as receipt of a letter grade of A+ through D-, F, S, or 
U. Other letter grades do not signify course comple- 
tion. 

Full-time students are eligible for all daytime stu- 
dent activities and benefits and are subject to full- 
time tuition charges and other relevant fees. It is 
assumed that full-time students will select the great 
majority, if not all, of their courses from daytime 
course schedules, unless needed courses are unavail- 
able during the day. 

Part-Time Students 

Students who register for 1 through 1 1 credits 
during a semester or equivalent term maintain part- 
time standing. Part-time standing may be held by 
students attending UNH during the day or in the 
evening. 

Matriculation 

Matriculation is the formal act of registering to 
study for a specific degree offered by the University. 
Matriculation is, therefore, not automatic. A student 
must request matriculation by seeking admission to a 
specific University degree program. Formal accept- 
ance into a degree program shall constitute the grant- 
ing of matriculation. 

Students seeking credit to be transferred to 
another institution, or simply wishing to audit 
courses or to take them without working toward a 



degree, need not matriculate. Nonmatriculated stu- 
dents must register to take their chosen courses, how- 
ever, and will be allowed to enroll in courses only as 
space permits. It is the student's responsibility to seek 
matriculation should he or she later decide to pursue 
a University of New Haven degree. 

Academic Worksheets 

Generally, matriculating students are subject to 
those requirements defined in the Undergraduate 
Catalog and listed on the academic worksheet in 
effect for the semester of initial enrollment. 

If students change academic majors, they are sub- 
ject to the requirements of the catalog and worksheet 
in effect at the time of the change. 

If students withdraw or are dismissed from the 
University and decide to return at a later date, they 
are subject to the requirements of the catalog and 
worksheet in effect at the time of their return. 

Part-time students are permitted a total of three 
semesters (consecutive or otherwise) of break in study 
during which they may continue on the original aca- 
demic worksheet. After the three-semester limit has 
been reached, students are subject to the require- 
ments of the new catalog and worksheet in effect at 
that time. 

Students who initiate a leave of absence, will con- 
tinue on the same academic worksheet upon their 
return to the University. However, students who fail 
to return after the designated leave of absence period 
will be considered withdrawn students and are sub- 
ject to the catalog and worksheet requirements out- 
lined above. 

Students who begin their studies based on a cata- 
log and worksheet that subsequently changes may 
request to use the latest worksheet for that major; 
however, those students are not required to change to 
the current worksheet unless they have been away 
from the University as described above. 

Class 

A student's year of study at the University of New 
Haven is defined at the undergraduate level using the 
following scale: 



42 



Freshman — to 26 completed credits 
Sophomore — 27 to 56 completed credits 
Junior — 57 to 86 completed credits 
Senior — 87 or more completed credits 

It is important to note that a student's year of 
study does not transition to the next level until cred- 
its have been completed. Attempted credits, such as 
those not yet completed in a current term, or those 
for which a student is pre-registered in a future term, 
are not included in determining a student's year of 
study. 

Change of Student Standing 

Undergraduate students who wish to change their 
standing from full time to part time or from part 
time to full time must complete a Classification 
Package Change form available from the Registrar's 
Office. 

Part-time students who wish to enroll in more 
than 1 1 credits in any term must change their stand- 
ing to full time. Full-time students wishing to change 
to part-time standing may become part-time day or 
part-time evening students. To qualify for part-time 
evening standing, a student normally is restricted to 
enrolling in evening courses only. 

Major 

Each matriculated student must designate a spe- 
cific degree program, called a major. Major program 
requirements are detailed in the Catalog under the 
relevant department listing. A minimum cumulative 
2.0 G.P.A. in major courses is required for graduation 
in addition to a minimum cumulative 2.0 G.P.A. in 
all courses. See program requirements for further clar- 
ification of specific courses/requirements. 

Minor 

Many baccalaureate programs can be supple- 
mented by an associated minor program, which nor- 
mally includes five or six courses. The University 
encourages students to augment their major program 
with an associated minor. Details, requirements, and 
a minor worksheet can be obtained from the aca- 
demic department that offers the minor. 



The minor worksheet, developed by the appropri- 
ate department, must be submitted to the Registrar's 
Office in order for a student to receive credit for the 
minor. A minimum of one-half of the courses 
required for any minor must be completed in resi- 
dence at UNH. 

Minors are recorded on the student's transcript in 
conjunction with the degree and major awarded. 
Minors cannot be awarded without completion of a 
baccalaureate degree. 

Grading System 

The following grading system applies except where 
otherwise specified, both to examinations and to 
term work. The weight of a final examination grade is 
a matter individually determined by each instructor. 
(See the Grade Point Average section for additional 
information.) 

A+ Excellent 4.0 quality points 

A Excellent 4.0 quality points 

A- Excellent 3.7 quality points 

B+ Good 3.3 quality points 

B Good 3.0 quality points 

B- Good 2.7 quality points 

C+ Fair 2.3 quality points 

C Fair 2.0 quality points 

C- Fair 1 .7 quality points 

D+ Poor 1 .3 quality points 

D Poor 1 .0 quality point 

D- Poor, lowest passing 

grade 0.7 quality points 

F Failure quality points 

AU Audit. Indicates course was attended without 
expectation of credit or grade (0 quality 
points). 
INC Incomplete. Indicates one of the following two 
possibilities: 

1. Some work remains to be completed to gain 
academic credit for the course. An INC is 
assigned in this instance at the discretion of 
the instructor. This assignment shall not be 
automatic but shall be based upon an evalu- 
ation of the student's work completed up to 
that point and an assessment of the student's 



Academic Regulation 43 



ability to complete course requirements 
within the allowed time limit. Work to 
remove an INC must be performed as soon 
as possible but in no case later than 12 
months following the last day of the semes- 
ter in which the INC is incurred, or earlier 
if the instructor so requires. When such 
work is completed, the instructor will assign 
a final grade for the course. 
2. The student has failed to complete unful- 
filled academic assignments within the spec- 
ified 12 months, and the grade of INC has 
been entered on the student's transcript. No 
further opportunity to complete the course 
will be available to the student after this 
time (0 quality points). 
DNA Did Not Attend. Indicates nonattendance in a 
course for which a student had previously reg- 
istered but not officially dropped (0 quality 
points). 
W Withdrawal. Indicates unofficial withdrawal 
(i.e., non-attendance) from a course after the 
first half of the semester, or withdrawal from 
the University at any time after the last date to 
drop a course as published in the academic cal- 
endar. The grade of W will not be assigned to a 
student who has taken the final examination in 
the course (0 quality points). 
S Satisfactory. Given only in noncredit courses (0 

quality points). 
U Unsatisfactory. Given only in noncredit courses 
(0 quality points). 

Grade Point Average 

The academic standing of each student is deter- 
mined on the basis of the grade point average 
(G.P.A.) earned each term. Each letter grade is 
assigned a quality point value. (See the Grading 
System section.) 

The grade point average is obtained by multiply- 
ing the quality point value of each grade by the num- 
ber of credits assigned to each course as listed in the 
Catalog, then dividing the sum of the quality points 
earned by the number of credits attempted in courses 



for which a grade of A+ through F is awarded. 
Course grades of AU, DNA, INC, S, U, and W are 
not calculated in the grade point average since they 
carry no quality points. A cumulative grade point 
average is obtained by calculating the grade point 
average for all courses attempted at the University of 
New Haven. 

Satisfactory Progress 

For full-time matriculated students, satisfactory 
progress toward a degree is defined as successful com- 
pletion of 24 credits applicable to that degree pro- 
gram during an academic year. This should include 
registration for at least 12 credits per semester and 
successful completion of at least nine credits per 
semester. Completion is defined as the receipt of a 
final letter grade (A+ to F), but not the receipt of a 
Withdrawal (W), Did Not Attend (DNA), or an 
Incomplete (INC). Successful completion is defined 
as the receipt of a passing letter grade (A+ to D-). 

Students are required to maintain a minimum 
cumulative grade point average in accordance with 
the following scale: 
Cumulative grade point average of 1 .75 for 3 to 27 

credits attempted; 
Cumulative grade point average of 1.85 for 28 to 57 

credits attempted; 
Cumulative grade point average of 2.0 lor 58 or 

more credits attempted. 

A minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 is required in the 
major, in a minor, or in any undergraduate certificate 
program in order to graduate with that credential. 

In addition, financial aid eligibility is limited to 
accumulated attempted credits totaling no more than 
150 percent of the published credits required to 
receive an undergraduate degree. For example, a pro- 
gram that requires 120 credits x 1.5 = 180 maximum 
allowable credits attempted for financial aid eligibil- 
ity. Evety semester that you are enrolled in school is 
counted, even the semesters when you do not receive 
financial aid. Transfer credits accepted by the 
University from other institutions count toward the 
maximum credit limit. 



44 



Dean's List 

The dean's list honors undergraduate students 
who demonstrate excellence in their academic per- 
formance. Full-time undergraduate students who 
earn a grade point average (G.P.A.) of 3.50 or better 
in any one semester will be appointed to the dean's 
list for that semester. 

Part-time undergraduate students who have accu- 
mulated a minimum ot 14 credits of course work at 
the University will automatically be considered for 
the dean's list at the end of each semester. A cumula- 
tive G.P.A. of 3.50 or better is required. 

Academic Probation 

Students are placed on academic probation when 
they fail to maintain a minimum cumulative grade 
point average in accordance with the following satis- 
factory progress scale: 

Cumulative grade point average of 1.75 for 3 to 27 

credits attempted; 
Cumulative grade point average of 1.85 for 28 to 57 

credits attempted; 
Cumulative grade point average of 2.0 for 58 or 

more credits attempted. 

Academic probation of transfer students is deter- 
mined in accordance with the same graduated, mini- 
mum cumulative grade point average scale as for 
non-transfer students, as detailed above. In determin- 
ing a transfer students academic standing, the stu- 
dent's total semester hours completed — those 
transferred from other institutions plus those 
attempted at the Universiry of New Haven — are 
applied to the minimum cumulative grade point 
average scale. 

Students who are on academic probation are lim- 
ited to a course load not to exceed four courses (13 
credits). Any course above the four-course limit taken 
by a student at another institution during a period of 
academic probation is not accepted for credit by the 
University. 

The counting of the number of academic proba- 
tions for any student shall not change as the result of 
an academic dismissal. A student shall be dismissed 
automatically as a result of the third or, if readmitted, 



any subsequent probation. 

Academic probation{s) are recorded on the stu- 
dent's transcript. 

Academic Dismissal 

Students are dismissed from the University (1) 
upon qualification for a third probation, (2) upon 
qualification for any subsequent probation after read- 
mission from an academic dismissal, or (3) when the 
student's grade point average for any individual 
semester is less than 1.0 and the student's cumulative 
grade point average does not indicate satisfactory 
progress as described in the Satisfactory Progress sec- 
tion. If the cumulative grade point average indicates 
Satisfactory Progress as described in the satisfactory 
progress section, an academic warning is issued 
instead of an academic dismissal. 

First-semester freshmen earning a grade point 
average of less than 1.0 for the first semester are not 
dismissed, but are automatically placed on academic 
probation. 

Academic dismissals are recorded on the student's 
transcript. 

Dismissal/ Readmission Procedure 

Notification of academic dismissal is made by the 
Registrar via certified letter. This letter specifies the 
time span and criteria for appeal. 

Upon written submission by the student, an 
appeal will be heard by the Academic Standing and 
Readmissions Committee (A.S.RC). If the appeal has 
merit and is granted, the student will be so notified 
by the chair of the Committee. The Committee may 
require special arrangements or conditions to allow 
the student to continue. Satisfaction of such condi- 
tions is an obligation of the student. 

If there is no appeal or if an appeal is denied, the 
student will be removed from any courses for which 
he or she is registered that have not yet begun. The 
student may continue in any intersession or summer 
course that began before the date of the dismissal, 
but may not begin any courses after the dismissal is 
effective. 



Academic Regulations 45 



Notations of readmission by successful appeal and/ 
or denial of appeal appear on the student's transcript. 

Application tor readmission of students who have 
been dismissed and who either did not appeal or 
whose appeal was denied normally will be considered 
only after the lapse of one semester and only when 
students provide evidence that indicates probable suc- 
cess if readmitted. Requests for readmission should 
be submitted in writing to the chair of the ASRC at 
least three weeks before the opening of the semester 
and should include evidence supporting the student's 
belief that he or she will succeed if readmitted. If the 
student has attended another college or in the 
interim, an official academic transcript is required 
from that institution. Because the student is not 
matriculated at UNH during this period, no coordi- 
nated courses will be accepted. 

Readmission is not automatic. The committee 
reviews each application and makes a decision on 
acceptance, rejection, or conditional acceptance of 
students. A student who is readmitted may be pro- 
hibited from continuing with the academic program 
in which he or she was enrolled at the time of dis- 
missal as a condition of readmission. 

Upon successfijl readmission, a student may enroll 
in the normal manner as a continuing student and 
does not need to submit a new application unless he 
or she does not return to UNH in the semester 
immediately following the date of readmission. 
Students who decide not to return until a later date 
must submit a new application and pay another 
application fee to the Undergraduate Admissions 
Office (for full-time students) or to University 
College (for part-time students). 

Repetition of Work 

A course that a student has completed may be 
repeated only with the consent of the chair of the 
department that offers the course or if a minimum 
grade is required to enroll in a subsequent course in a 
series. If a student achieves a higher grade in the sec- 
ond attempt, that grade rather than the first is used 
to compute the cumulative grade point average. 
However, both the higher and lower grades in the 



course remain on the student's transcript. 

When credit for a graded course previously 
attempted at UNH is earned through a method that 
does not carry a grade with a quality point value, the 
previous instance of that course is removed from the 
cumulative G.RA. calculation. However, both 
instances are recorded on the students transcript. 

Changes 

Dropping/ Adding a Class 

A student who wishes to add or drop a course 
must refer to the deadline dates as published in the 
undergraduate academic calendar. Drop/Add forms 
are available online and from the Undergraduate 
Records Office. For full-time students, all adds and 
drops require the signature of the instructor and the 
student's adviser. In the case of part-time students, 
adds and drops require the signature of the instructor 
only, although it is strongly recommended that part- 
time students consult with their advisers. 



Withdrawal from a Class 

Submitting a properly signed Drop form to the 
Registrar's Office before the last day to drop as pub- 
lished in the academic calendar removes the student's 
name from the class roster and removes the enroll- 
ment from the student's transcript. After the last day 
to drop a course, student names remain on class ros- 
ters and on transcripts, even if a student decides to 
stop attending a class. In this case, the student should 
request a final grade of W (withdrawal) from the 
instructor of the course. Because full-time students 
are assessed fiiU-time tuition based upon a credit 
range, dropping a course does not qualify full-time 
students for cancellation of tuition or fees. Because 
part-time students are assessed tuition on a per-credit 
basis, the tuition refund policy is applied when a 
course is dropped. 

Changing a Major 

Students wishing to change their major must meet 
with the chair of the department into which they 



46 



wish to transfer. In consultation with the student, the 
chair completes an Academic Program Change 
Request (available online and in the Registrars 
Office) and forwards it to the Registrar's Office. 

Students who wish to declare an additional major 
must meet with the chair of the department that 
houses the additional major. In consultation with the 
student, the chair completes an Additional Major 
Request (available online and in the Registrar's 
Office) and forwards it to the Registrar's Office. 

Leave of Absence 

Undergraduate matriculated students may inter- 
rupt continuous enrollment by electing to take a 
leave of absence from the Universit)' for medical or 
personal reasons, to pursue a program of study at 
another institution, or to engage in other off-campus 
educational experiences without severing their con- 
nection with the University of New Haven. Before 
taking a leave of absence, students are encouraged to 
discuss their particular situation with an academic 
adviser, the dean of their school, an academic skills 
counselor in the Office of Academic Ser\'ices, or a 
counselor in the Counseling Center. 
The policies regarding leaves of absence are as follows: 

• Noninternational students must file for a leave of 
absence through the Registrar's Office or the 
Office of Academic Services; international stu- 
dents must initiate the leave of absence through 
the International Student Services Office. 

• Students who are on University disciplinar}' pro- 
bation are not eligible for a leave of absence. 

• A student who has been dropped or dismissed 
from the Universit)' for disciplinary or academic 
reasons is not eligible for a leave of absence until 
properly reinstated. 

• A student who has withdrawn as a degree candi- 
date is not eligible for a leave of absence. If a stu- 
dent withdraws while on leave of absence, the 
leave is invalidated. 

• Leaves of absence are not required or granted for 
intersession or summer terms. 

• Normally, leaves are not approved for a period 
longer than two semesters. Under special extraor- 



dinary circumstances, usually medical in nature, a 
leave of absence may be approved for a maximum 
of four semesters or two years. 

• A student who wishes to return later than the 
semester originally stated on the leave of absence 
form must apply through the Registrar's Office for 
an extension of the leave of absence, not to exceed 
the maximum period as outlined above. 

• A student who plans to enroll in course work at 
another accredited institution during a leave of 
absence should review program plans with his or 
her academic adviser to verify eligibilit}' for receiv- 
ing credit at the University of New Haven. 

• Taking a leave of absence may affect a student's 
financial aid. Students receiving financial aid are 
encouraged to contact the Financial Aid Office 
before taking a leave of absence. 

• A student who fulfills the conditions of an 
approved leave of absence may return to the 
Universit)' and register for classes without apply- 
ing for readmission; such students may preregister 
for the semester in which they plan to return. 

• A student who does not apply for an extension or 
who exceeds the maximum period but wishes to 
return to the Universit)' must be formally readmit- 
ted by the Undergraduate Admissions Office (full- 
time students) or by University College (part-time 
students). Upon successful readmission, the stu- 
dent may register for classes for the first term of 
their return through the Undergraduate 
Admissions Office or University College. 

• For leaves of absence completed during the first 
twelve weeks of the semester, the student's tran- 
script will contain no record of courses attempted 
or grades received during that semester. 

• Leaves of absence completed after the twelfth 
week but before the end of the semester may 
result in receipt of grades such as INC, W, or F 
for courses in which the student is registered at 
the time of the declaration of the leave of absence. 

Withdrawal from the University 

Undergraduate students desiring to withdraw 
from the Universit)' must complete a Withdrawal 
form (available online, in the Office of Academic 



Acader 



Reeul: 



47 



Services, and in the Registrar's Office), submit it to 
the Office of Academic Services or the Registrar's 
Office, and notify each of their instructors. It is the 
student's obHgation to complete this formal proce- 
dure. Failure to do so leaves the student liable for all 
of the current semester's tuition and fees and may 
result in grades of F being assigned in courses. 

Formal withdrawal must be completed during the 
first four weeks of the semester in order to obtain any 
cancellation of tuition and fees according to the 
tuition refund policy. Formal withdrawal completed 
during the first twelve weeks of the semester will 
ensure that the student's transcript contains no record 
of courses attempted or grades received during that 
semester. Formal withdrawal completed after the 
twelfth week but before the end of the semester may 
result in receipt of grades such as INC, W, or F for 
courses in which the student is registered at the time 
of the declaration of the withdrawal. 

Because of the serious ramifications of formal 
withdrawal from the University, students contemplat- 
ing this action should discuss the matter with their 
academic adviser, an academic skills counselor in the 
Office of Academic Services, or a counselor in the 
Counseling Center as soon as problems are perceived. 

If a student wishes to return to the University 
after having withdrawn and at least one semester has 
elapsed, or if the student has failed to register, 
thereby reverting to an inactive standing, the student 
must reapply to the University through the 
Undergraduate Admissions Office (full-time stu- 
dents) or University College (part-time students). 
The degree requirements in place at the time of read- 
mission will apply. 

General Policies 

Academic Honesty 

The University of New Haven expects its students 
to maintain the highest standards of academic conduct. 
Academic dishonesty is not tolerated at the University. 
To know what it is expected of them, students are 
responsible for reading and understanding the state- 
ment on academic honestv in the Student Hiindbook. 



One of the most common forms of academic dis- 
honesty is plagiarism, defined as the failure to cite 
properly the words and/or the ideas of another. 
Students are expected to adhere strictly to accepted 
academic standards of attribution in their work and 
should seek the guidance of their instructors if they 
have any questions in this regard. 

Violation of University standards on academic 
honesty, including those on plagiarism, will be suffi- 
cient reason for an F in a course and may be reported 
to the dean of students. A second violation may be 
cause for suspension or expulsion from the University. 

Attendance Regulations 

Students are expected to attend regularly and 
promptly all their classes, appointments, and exer- 
cises. While the University recognizes that some 
absences may occasionally be necessary, these should 
be held to a minimum. A maximum of two weeks of 
absences will be permitted for illness and emergen- 
cies. The instructor has the right to dismiss from class 
any student who has been absent more than the max- 
imum allowed. After the last date to drop as pub- 
lished in the academic calendar, a student will receive 
a failure (F), if failing at that point, or a withdrawal 
(W), if passing at the time of dismissal. 

A student who is not properly registered with the 
University is not permitted to attend classes regularly 
or take part in the course. 

Excuses from classes for participation in extracur- 
ricular activities must be arranged in advance by the 
faculty or staff adviser of the group, with the consent 
of the instructor. 

Students absent from any class are responsible for 
making up missed assignments and examinations at 
the convenience of the instructor. 

Course Work Expectations 

All undergraduate full-time and part-time students 
are expected to spend at least two hours on academic 
studies outside and in addition to each hour of class 
time. This expectation should be used by the student 
as a guide in determining how much time to spend 
on academic studies outside class. It should also be 



used by the student, in consultation with the aca- 
demic adviser, to help determine the student's course 
load each semester so that the course load matches 
the amount of time available for academic studies. 
The Office of Academic Services works with stu- 
dents individually or in small groups to assist them to 
become academically successful. The mission of the 
Office of Academic Services is to facilitate and enhance 
students' academic progress through the University by 
providing guided access to advisory sources and rele- 
vant support systems. One of their objectives is to 
focus on strengthening study and time-management 
skills. Workshops to accomplish this objective are 
offered throughout the academic year. 

Make-Up Policy 

Make-up examinations are a privilege extended to 
students at the discretion of the instructor, who may 
grant consent for make-up examinations to those stu- 
dents who miss an exam as a result of a medical 
problem, personal emergency, or previously 
announced absence. On the other hand, instructors 
may choose to adopt a "no make-up " policy. Students 
should refer to the instructor's make-up policy in the 
course syllabus and, if no mention is made therein, 
should inquire directly of the instructor. 

If an instructor does choose to offer a make-up test, 
there are two options for them to choose from: 1 ) to 
use University proctors; 2) to make private arrange- 
ments to offer the examination. If a University proctor 
is used, the student must pay a make-up exam fee for 
regular examinations and final examinations. If private 
arrangements are made, the make-up exam fee is 
charged at the instructor's discretion. In either case, the 
make-up examination fee will be paid by the student 
through the Bursar's Office. 

Graduation 

Graduation Criteria 

Graduation is not automatic. Graduation petitions, 
once filed, ensure that a student's record will be for- 
mally assessed in terms of degree requirements. A 
petition may be denied if graduation requirements 



are not met. If a petition is approved, a degree will be 
awarded for the appropriate commencement. 

A degree will be conferred when a student has sat- 
isfied all program requirements and met all University 
requirements by having done the following: 

• successfully petitioned and paid all graduation 
fees; 

• earned a cumulative grade point average (G.P.A.) 
of no less than 2.00 in all courses applicable 
toward the undergraduate degree; 

• earned a cumulative grade point average (G.P.A.) 
of no less than 2.00 (or higher if required by an 
individual department) in all courses in the stu- 
dent's major field of study; 

• passed the University's Writing Proficiency 
Examination (for bachelor's degree candidates); 

• been recommended by the faculty (via department 
chair approval of the petition); 

• met all financial and other obligations and con- 
formed to any local, state, or federal law concern- 
ing graduation; and 

• met the residency requirement of the University. 

If a student does not meet all the requirements as 
outlined above prior to the commencement date, a 
diploma with the requested commencement date will 
not be issued. It is the student's responsibility to re- 
file and make payment for a new petition for a future 
commencement date. 

Residency Requirement 

The residency requirement for undergraduate 
degrees is 30 undergraduate credits taken at the Main 
Campus or at one of the University's off-campus cen- 
ters. This requirement applies to all associate and 
bachelor's degrees. Transfer credit, coordinated 
courses, credit by examination, AP, CLEP, DANTES, 
or other proficiency examinations do not fulfill the 
residency requirement. 

To ensure depth of study, the residency require- 
ment must include 1 2 credits of work in the declared 
major for an associate degree and 18 such credits for 
a bachelor's degree. Exceptions may be granted only 
by the dean who administers the major. 



Academic Regulations 49 



Writing Proficiency Examination 

Because the University' of New Haven believes 
that good writing skills are essential for success, it 
requires undergraduate students to demonstrate such 
skills before it will confer a bachelor degree. Thus, 
during the first semester after achieving 57 credits, all 
students must take an examination in writing skills. 
No student will be eligible to receive the B.A. or B.S. 
degree unless the examination is passed. 

The examination consists of writing an 
impromptu theme on one of several topics of inter- 
est. If syntax, punctuation, and diction are in accord 
with the conventions of standard English and if the 
argument or exposition is clear and coherent, the stu- 
dent will pass. If a student's writing is found to be 
deficient in these respects, notice of the unsatisfactory 
performance on the examination will be sent to the 
student, to the student's academic adviser, and to the 
Registrar. 

A student who fails the examination must take 
specific steps to improve skills in written English. 
These steps may be systematic tutoring at the Center 
for Learning Resources, enrollment in E 103 
Fundamentals, or the formulation of a program of 
self-study. The student must retake the examination 
each subsequent semester until the examination is 
passed. In no case shall the requirements for a four- 
year degree be completed without satisfactory per- 
formance on the Writing Proficiency Examination. 

Honors 

Academic honors are posted on the student's final 
transcript along with the name of the degree earned 
and the date the degree was conferred. 

Honors are conferred upon candidates for gradua- 
tion according to the following standards: 

• An associate degree With Hotwrs is awarded to 
students who have a grade point average of 3.25 
for the credits specifically required for the degree 
program from which they are graduating and who 
have taken 30 or more hours ot required work at 
this University. 

• An associate degree With High Honors is awarded 
to students who have a grade point average of 



3.50 for the credits specifically required for the 
degree program from which they are graduating 
and who have taken 30 or more hours of required 
work at this University. 

• The bachelor degree Cum Laude is awarded to 
students graduating with a cumulative grade point 
average of at least 3.50 who have taken 60 or 
more credits of required work at UNH and com- 
pleted all the suggested courses within their cur- 
riculum. 

• The bachelor degree Magna Cum Laude is 
awarded to students graduating with a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 3.70, whose grade 
point average in all courses counting toward their 
major is at least 3.70, and who have taken 60 or 
more credits of required work at UNH and com- 
pleted all the suggested courses within their cur- 
riculum. 

• The bachelor degree Summa Cum Laude is 
awarded to students graduating with a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 3.90, whose grade 
point average in all courses counting toward their 
major is at least 3.90, and who have taken 60 or 
more credits of required work at UNH and com- 
pleted all the suggested courses within their cur- 
riculum. 

In determining eligibility for degrees with honors, 
transfer credit and credits earned by crediting exami- 
nation will not be considered. Only the cumulative 
grade point average for courses completed at the 
University of New Haven is considered in determin- 
ing a student's eligibility for honors. 



50 



TUITION, FEES, 
AND EXPENSES 



The tuition and other expenses hsted in this sec- 
tion reflect the charges for the 2007-08 academic 
year. 

Full-time students taking courses offered during 
the day or the evening will pay the full-time tuition 
rate for the first 17 credits per semester. 

Any student who is registered as a full-time Day 
Division student on the first day of the semester will be 
responsible for payment of full-time Day Division 
tuition for the entire semester, regardless of any subse- 
quent dropping of credits or withdrawal fi'om a course. 
Full-time Day Division students who plan to enroll for 
fewer than 12 credits in any given term must change 
their enrollment standing to part time prior to the first 
day of the term. 

Students enrolled as full-time Day Division stu- 
dents who take 18 or more credits in a single term 
will be charged additional tuition for each credit over 
17, unless the additional credits are required for that 
semester on the student's major worksheet. 



Engineering Tuition Differential 

Courses with the designations CE, CEN, CH, 
CM, CS, EE, EA.S., IE, ME, or SE offered by the 
Tagliatela College of Engineering are charged an $80 
per credit tuition differential. 

Student Activity Fee 

The student activity fee is distributed to various 
student groups by the Undergraduate Student 
Government Association. It covers the cost of student- 
supported services such as the newspaper and radio 
station and helps defray the expenses of clubs, organi- 
zations, social activities, and so on. 



International Student Acceptance Fee 

The international student fee is required of inter- 
national undergraduate and graduate students when 
they first enroll. It supports a variety of services and 
programs, cross-cultural workshops, community activ- 
ities, international alumni programs, library subscrip- 
tions to international newspapers and magazines, and 
the International Services Office. 



Tuition and Fees 2008-2009 



Tuition, Fees, and Expenses 51 



Undergraduate 



Per 


Per 


Yearly 


Occurrence 


Term 


Total 


$50 


n/a 


n/a 


$25 


n/a 


n/a 


$200 


n/a 


n/a 


$400 


n/a 


n/a 


$200 


n/a 


n/a 


n/a 


$13,500 


$27,000 


$900 


n/a 


n/a 


n/a 


$595 


$1,190 


n/a 


$845 


$1,690 


Per 


Per 


Yearly 


Occurrence 


Credit 


Total 


n/a 


$900 


n/a 


$20 


n/a 


$40 


$38 


n/a 


$76 


$56 


n/a 


$112 


$45 


n/a 


$90 


n/a 


$450 


n/a 


$18 


n/a 


$36 


$45 


n/a 


$90 


Per 


Per 


Yearly 


Occurrence 


Credit 


Total 



Pre-Enrollment Fees 

Paper Application Fee 

Online Application Fee 
Enrollment Fee — Commuter Students 
Enrollment Fee — Residential Students 
Acceptance Fee for New International Students 

Tuition: Full-Time Day 

Tuition (12-17 Credit Hours) 

Additional Charge for Credits Over 1 7 (Per Credit) 

General Student Fee 

General Student Fee Internationa! 



Tuition: Part-Time Day 

Part-Time Tuition (1-11 Credits) 
Mandatory Activity Fee for 3-5 Credits 
Mandatory Activity Fee for 6-8 Credits 
Mandatory Activity Fee for 9-1 1 Credits 
Mandatory Technology Fee 

Tuition: Evening 

Part-Time Tuition 

Mandatory Activity Fee (For Students in Modules A and C Only) 

Mandatory Technology Fee (Non-Module) 



Summer I and Summer II (starting May 2009) 

Part-Time Tuition 



n/a 



$450 



52 



Per 

Occurrence 



Per 

Term 



Yearly 

Total 



Auditing 

Alumni 
Non-^-Mumni 

DifiFerentials 

Engineering Courses 
Computer Science Courses 
Chemistr\- Courses 



n/a 
n/a 



n/a 
n/a 
n/a 



S70 
S120 



$80 
$80 



n/a 
n/a 

n/a 
n/a 
n/a 



Per 



occurrence 



Per 

Term 



Yearly 
Total 



Residential Life Charges 

Room — Double OccupancA- 

Room — Freshman Triple Occupancy 

Room — New Residence Hall 

Room — Forest Hills 

Room — Regency 

Interim Housing (Per Week) 

Housing Acti^'it^• Fee 

Room Selection Deposit tor Returning Students 

Parking Fee (Residential Students Only) 

Meal Plan A 

Meal Plan B 

Meal Plan C 

Meal Plan D 

Meal Plan E 



n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
S200 
n/a 
S200 
S200 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 



53,500 
S3,000 
S3,500 
S3,500 
S3,500 

n/a 

S50 

n/a 

n/a 
S2,283 
S2,203 
51,881 
51,881 
52,203 



57,000 
56,000 
5:^,000 
57,000 
57,000 
n/a 
5100 
5200 
5200 
54,566 
54,406 
53,762 
53,762 
54,406 



Per 



Jccurrence 



Per 
Credit 



Additional Fees 

Co-op Registration — Full-Tune 

Co-op Registration — Part-Time 

Late Registration Fee 

Late Payment Fee 

Lab Fees 

Study Away Fees 

Crediting Exams 

Graduation Fee 

Graduation Refiling 

Diploma Replacement Fee 



5150 
575 
525 
S50 
532-700 
5500-1,500 
n/a 
5110 
$50 
$50 



n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 
5100 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 



Tuition, Fees, and Expenses 53 



The University reserves :he right to make, at any time, whatever changes it deems necessary in admission re- 
quirements, fees, charges, tuition. Faculty, instructors, policies, regulations, and academic programs prior to 
the start of any class, term, semester, trimester, or session. The University reserves the right to divide, cancel, 
or reschedule classes or programs if enrollment or other factors so require. All such changes are effective at 
such times as the proper authorities determine and may apply not only to prospective students but also to 
those who are already enrolled in the University. 



General Fee 

The general tee provides a partial contribution 
supporting essential infrastructure, facilities and insti- 
tutional services necessary to promote student learn- 
ing. This fee covers access to infirmary and 
counseling services and it supports student initiatives 
including, but not limited to, networks, electronic 
information resources, computer laboratories and 
smart technology classrooms. This fee also covers 
facility enhancements and other administrative serv- 
ices such as providing academic transcripts. The gen- 
eral fee is charged for each semester in which a 
student enrolls. 

Payments 

Tuition, fees, and other charges are payable no 
later than the University's posted due date. Checks or 
money orders should be made payable to University 
of New Haven. There is a penalty charge of $20 per 
check for all checks returned by the payer's bank. 

The University withholds issuance of grades, 
awarding of diplomas, issuance of transcripts, and 
granting of honorable dismissal to any student whose 
account is in arrears. The University employs external 
collection agencies to assist with the collection of 
delinquent tuition accounts. Students are responsible 
for paying any collection costs and attorney's fees 
associated with the collection of their tuition 
account. 

The University offers a deterred payment option to 
assist families with meeting the costs of higher educa- 
tion. In partnership with Tuition Management Systems 
(TM.S.), the nation's top-rated education payment plan 
provider, UNH offers an interest-free monthly payment 



plan that allows a family to spread education expenses 
over ten monthly payments per year. 

There is an annual enrollment fee of $70, which 
includes toll-free and Internet access to education pay- 
ment counselors and account information. In addition, 
this fee includes a life insurance policy for the person 
responsible for paying the bill. Information and enroll- 
ment forms tor TM.S. are available by calling 
1.800.722.4867, or online at www.afiford.com. 
Application for this plan must be made at least 10 days 
prior to the first day of each semester. 

Tuition Refund Policy 

After a formal withdrawal request is initiated by 
undergraduate students, tuition is refunded or can- 
celed according to the following scale: 



Date of Receipt of 
Withdrawal Request 

1st week of semester 
2nd week of semester 
3rd week of semester 
4 th week of semester 
After the 4th week 



Percentage 
Canceled 

80 percent 
60 percent 
40 percent 
20 percent 
percent 



A prorated refund, rather than a refund based on 
the above-mentioned scale, may be made in situations 
involving clearly extenuating circumstances such as 
protracted illness of a student. All appeals based on 
such circumstances must be made in writing and 
include documentation of the extenuating circum- 
stances. Appeals are to be sent to the directors of 
Counseling and Health Services; prorated refiinds will 
be determined by the Committee on Withdrawals. All 
requests for refunds should be initiated before the 
close of the semester of withdrawal. Any student 



54 



under the age of 18 must have the written consent of 
a parent or guardian indicating to whom any refund, 
if applicable, is to be paid in order to withdraw from 
the University. 

The University offers tuition insurance through 
AWG Dewar, Inc. Tuition insurance may protect any 
monies paid or loans obtained in the event that a stu- 
dent withdraws from the University due to a docu- 
mented medical condition. Additional information 
about this service may be obtained directly from 
AWG Dewar by calling 617.774.1555. 

Summer Sessions and Intersession 

In cases of withdrawal from a course or courses 
within the first week of each term, a refund of 50 
percent of tuition is made. There is no refund of 
summer or intersession tuition after the first week. 

The foregoing policy is intended to protect the 
University, which plans its expenses and bases its 
budget on full collection of tuition and fees from ail 
registered students and assumes the obligation of 
supplying instruction and other services throughout 
the year. 

Residence Hall Fee and Withdrawal Policies 

• A $400 nonrefundable enrollment fee is required of 
new students requesting on-campus housing. A 
$200 nonrefundable room selection fee, which is 
applied to the Fall semester housing fees, is required 
of returning students. 

• Housing and meal plan fees are billed on a semes- 
ter basis in June and December. 

• An activity fee of $50 is billed each semester. 

• All resident students are required to purchase a 
University meal plan. 

• The housing agreement is binding for the 
2008—09 academic year. 

• Students who cancel their housing agreement for 
the 2009 Spring semester and remain enrolled as 
full-time students for the Spring semester will be 
billed for the Spring semester housing fees. 

• Students who are leaving the University must 
withdraw from housing by January 9, 2009. 
Failure to meet the withdrawal deadline of 



Januar)' 9, 2009 will result in a charge of $100, 
which will be deducted from the student's dam- 
age deposit. 
Proper withdrawal includes 

• notifying the Office of Residential Life 
in writing that the student is leaving 
University housing, 

• checking out with a resident director, and 

• returning all keys to the Office of 
Residential Life. 

Housing fees are nonrefundable after August 30, 
2008 and January 16, 2009. 



Financial Aid 55 



FINANCIAL AID 



Karen M. Flynn, B.A., M.A., Director 
Christopher Maclean, B.A., M.A., Associate Director 

The University of New Haven offers a compre- 
hensive financial aid program, with students receiving 
assistance in the form of grants, scholarships, loans, 
and part-time employment. Funds are available from 
federal and state governments, private sponsors, and 
University resources. More than 80 percent of the 
University's full-time undergraduate students receive 
some form of financial assistance. 

Most financial aid awards are based on an individ- 
ual applicant's demonstration of need. Some funds 
are available on a merit basis for students who have 
exceptional academic records or athletic ability. 
Need-based awards are available only to U.S. citizens 
or eligible non-citizens. 

Financial aid award decisions are made after care- 
ful consideration of a student's application for assis- 
tance. Eligibility for financial aid is based on financial 
need. Need is determined by subtracting the 
Expected Family Contribution (EFC), as determined 
by the federal "needs analysis" formula using the 
financial information provided on the Free 
Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), from 
the Cost of Attendance. In calculating need, the 
Financial Aid Office attempts to consider all aspects 
of a student's financial circumstances and to meet the 
need of aid applicants through a "package" of assis- 
tance, generally including a combination of grants, 
loans, and employment. 

Students interested in applying for financial aid 
are encouraged to do so as early as possible. New stu- 
dents must apply by March 1 for the Fall semester 
and December 1 for the Spring semester Returning 
students must submit application materials no later 
than March 1 . All students are encouraged to apply 
for aid as early as possible to ensure full consideration 
for available fiands. 

Applications completed after the deadline will be 
considered on a rolling basis depending upon the 
availability of funds. 



The following application materials must be com- 
pleted and submitted by each financial aid applicant: 

• Free Application for Federal Student Aid 

(FAFSA). The FAFSA is required to be considered 
for financial aid from federal, state, and institu- 
tional student financial aid programs. Students 
should list the University of New Haven on the 
form as one of the colleges authorized to receive 
this information. The UNH Title W School Code 
is 001397. Students should apply online at 
www.fafsa.ed.gov. 

• Tax Documentation. Applicants must submit 
signed copies of both the student's and parents' 
completed federal income tax returns, with W-2 
forms, from the most recent tax year prior to the 
academic year. Students filing as independents on 
the FAFSA are not required to submit their par- 
ents' tax documentation. 

• Verification. Federal regulations require that our 
office verify the accuracy of the information pro- 
vided on the FAFSA by an applicant for federal 
financial aid. This process is called verification. 
Other forms and documents may be requested 

from applicants as their aid applications are reviewed. 
Upon completion of the review of an application, the 
Financial Aid Office will notify an applicant of his or 
her eligibility for financial aid. 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 

When students are entitled to a refund as a result 
of withdrawal from courses, refunds of charges and 
financial aid will be based on the institutional refund 
policy, as described in the academic policies section 
of the Undergraduate Catalog, and on the Return of 
Title IV Funds calculation, as required by Section 
484B of the Higher Education Act. Federal regula- 
tions require that any unearned Title IV aid be 
returned to the program(s) that provided the funds. 



56 



Return of Title IV Funds 

A withdrawal requires that the University calculate 
the amount of unearned aid a student has received. 
The University must determine the student's official 
withdrawal date as documented in the Registrar's 
Office. The withdrawal date is used to determine the 
percentage of the payment period completed and, 
therefore, the amount of aid a student earned. 
Students who have completed more than 60 percent 
of the term are not subject to the federal calculation. 

The University must then calculate earned aid by 
multiplying the total aid disbursed or which could 
have been disbursed (excluding Federal Work Study) 
by the percentage of the payment period the student 
completed. 

If less aid has been disbursed than a student has 
earned, then a post-withdrawal disbursement must be 
made. The University will notify the student or parent 
in writing within 30 days of the withdrawal date that a 
post-withdrawal disbursement is available. The stu- 
dent/parent must respond within 14 days of notification 
in order to receive the funds. The student/parent may 
accept all or part of the post-withdrawal disbursement. 

If more aid was disbursed than earned, then the 
University, the student, or both must return all 
unearned aid in a specific order: 

1) Unsubsidized Stafford Loans 

2) Subsidized Stafford Loans 

3) Federal Perkins Loans 

4) Federal PLUS Loans 

5) Federal Pell Grants 

6) Federal Academic Competitiveness Grant 

7) Federal Smart Grant 

8) Federal SEOG 

9) Other Title IV assistance for which return of 
funds is required 

Students are responsible for repaying all unearned 
aid a school is not required to return, as well as any 
balance created on their Bursar account by the appli- 
cation of the Title IV return of funds formula. The 
University will notify the student in writing within 
30 days of determining an overpayment. Students 
must repay as follows: 



Loans: repayment according to terms of the loan 
Grants: repayment is 50 percent of unearned grant 
Students who owe Title IV grant repayments have 
45 days to repay in fiill, arrange to repay the Univer- 
sity, and arrange to repay the U.S. Department of 
Education. 

Students who fail to take action to repay will be 
reported to the Department of Education and 
National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS) 
immediately after the 45-day period has elapsed. 

Additional information is available from the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Academic Requirements for the 
Retention of Financial Aid Eligibility 

Students must be making satisfactory academic 
progress and be in good academic standing in order 
to be eligible to receive financial aid. 

Students receiving financial aid as fiill-time under- 
graduates must successfully complete a minimum of 
24 credits during the academic year in order to main- 
tain satisfactory progress; fiill-time students who 
attend for only one semester during the academic 
year must complete a minimum of 12 credits. 
Satisfactory academic progress for part-time students 
is defined as successful completion of all the credits 
for which financial aid was awarded. 

"Successful completion" is defined as the receipt of 
a passing letter grade (A+ to D-), and does not 
include the receipt of an F (Failure), INC 
(Incomplete), DNA (Did Not Attend), or W 
(Withdrawal). The requirements for good academic 
standing are described in the Academic Regulations 
section of the Catalog. 

In addition, financial aid eligibility is limited to 
accumulated attempted hours totaling no more than 
150 percent of the published credits required to 
receive an undergraduate degree. For example, a pro- 
gram that requires 120 credits x 1.5 = 180 maximum 
allowable credits attempted for financial aid eligibil- 
ity. Every semester in which you are enrolled in 
school will be counted, even the semesters when you 
do not receive financial aid. Transfer hours from 
other institutions accepted by the University will also 
count toward the maximum credit limit. 



Financial Aid 57 



Major Aid Programs 



Grants 

Federal Pell Grants — The Pell Grant is a federal 
program providing grant assistance to low-income 
students. Grants for the 2007-08 academic year 
ranged from $400 to $4,310, with the student's eligi- 
bility being determined by the U.S. Department of 
Education. 

Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants — (SEOG) is a federal program to provide 
grant assistance to exceptionally needy students. 
Students are selected by the University to receive the 
grants. 

Connecticut Independent College Student Grant 
Program — Funds provided by the Connecticut 
General Assembly are awarded to needy Connecticut 
residents attending the University. 

Capitol Scholarship Program — Connecticut stu- 
dents who have finished in the top 20 percent of 
their high school class or who have scored 1800 or 
higher on their combined Scholastic Aptitude Test 
(SAT) may be eligible for the Capitol Scholarship. 
Students must obtain an application from their high 
school guidance office. 

University Grants-in-Aid — University grants are 
made on the basis of need. 

Presidential Scholarship — Awarded to incoming 
full-time freshmen who have a combined SAT score 
of 1200 or above on their Critical Reading and Math 
Combined Score or 26 ACT Composite Score, and 
have maintained a minimum 3.0 G.P.A. on a 4.0 
scale. Awards will be renewed for up to three addi- 
tional years provided the student maintains a B (3.0) 
cumulative average, remains a full-time student, and 
makes satisfactory academic progress. The deadline 
for consideration is May 1 . 

Distinguished Scholar Awards — The Distinguished 
Scholar Award is awarded to incoming freshmen 
based on a combination of high school G.P.A. and 
SAT/ACT scores achieved by the student. The mini- 



mum criteria are a 3.0 on a 4.0 scale and a combined 
SAT Critical Reading and Math score of 1050 or a 
Composite Score of 23 on the ACT. Awards will be 
renewed for up to three additional years provided the 
student maintains a B (3.0) cumulative average, 
remains a full-time student, and makes satisfactory 
academic progress. 

Academic Achievement Award — An Academic 
Achievement Award is presented to students who 
have shown strong academic performance in high 
school, while maintaining active participation and 
leadership in community and civic organizations as 
well as in high school clubs and sports. Recipients of 
this scholarship may be awarded up to $7000 annu- 
ally provided they maintain a B (3.0) cumulative 
average, remain a full-time student, and make satis- 
factory academic progress. 

Presidential Scholarship for Transfer Students — 

Incoming transfer students who have completed a 
minimum of 12 credits at their previous institution 
and have a minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 may qualify for 
an academic scholarship. The award amounts vary 
depending on the student's G.P.A. Students may 
receive the award for a maximum of seven semesters 
provided they maintain a B (3.0) cumulative average, 
remain full-time students, and make satisfactory aca- 
demic progress. The deadline for consideration is 
May 1. 

If a transfer student demonstrates academic success 
but has completed fewer than 1 2 credits, the student 
will be evaluated for a scholarship based on the fresh- 
man academic scholarship criteria. 

Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships — A transfer student 
who has been inducted into the Phi Theta Kappa 
Honor Society may be considered for an additional 
$2000 scholarship. This award is in addition to being 
considered for the Transfer Presidential Scholarship 
and is renewable each academic year 

Departmental Scholarships — A limited number of 
awards are available from the individual colleges at 
the University to incoming full-time freshmen. 



58 



Athletic Grants-in-Aid — Athletic gtants ate pto- 
vided to students fot paiticipation in spotts. Selection 
fof the awards is made by the athletic department 
based on students' athletic abilities. Awards can range 
up to full tuition, room, and board. Athletic grants 
are available in the following sports: 



Men 

Baseball 

Basketball 

Cross Country 

Football 

Golf 

Soccer 

Track and Field 



Women 

Basketball 

Cross Country 

Lacrosse 

Soccer 

Softball 

Tennis 

Track and Field 

Volleyball 



Miscellaneous State Scholarsliips — Students from 
other states may be eligible to apply for state scholar- 
ships that can be brought to Connecticut for atten- 
dance at the University of New Haven. Students 
should contact their state scholarship agencies for 
information. 

Donor Scholarships — Many scholarship awards are 
available each year through the generosity of busi- 
nesses, charitable organizations, and friends of the 
University. Scholarship funds are awarded from 
annual gifts from sponsors and from income from 
the University's endowments. 

Loans 

Federal Perkins Loan Program — Repayment on 
Perkins Loans begins nine months after a recipient 
leaves school or drops below half-time attendance, 
and carries a 5 percent rate of interest commencing 
with the start of repayment. Students are selected by 
the UniversitV' to receive Perkins Loans. 

Federal Stafford Student Loan (SSL) — The Stafford 
Student Loan is a federally subsidized loan program 
available on the basis of financial need to students 
enrolled at least half-time. The annual loan limits are 
as follows: 

First year undergraduate S3, 500 

Second year undergraduate $4,500 



Third year through completion $5,500 
Graduate students $8,500 

The interest is subsidized by the federal government 
while the student is enrolled on at least a half-time 
basis. Repayment begins six months after graduation 
or withdrawal from college. Entrance and exit coun- 
seling sessions must be conducted with all borrowers. 
The entrance session must be completed prior to the 
student's receiving the first loan check. Exit counsel- 
ing must be conducted prior to a student's gradua- 
tion or withdrawal. Applicants must submit a 
complete financial aid application. 

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Student Loan — The 

Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is similar to the SSL 
above except that it is not based on financial need 
and there is no in-school interest subsidy. Combined 
Subsidized and Unsubsidized loans cannot exceed the 
annual loan limits stated above. 

Federal Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students 
(PLUS) — The PLUS Loan Program is a federal pro- 
gram in which parents of dependent students are per- 
mitted to apply for up to the cost of attendance 
minus any financial aid. Information on this program 
is available from the Financial Aid Office. 

Student Employment 

Federal Work Study Program (FWS) — This is a 
federal financial aid program that provides employ- 
ment opportunities for needy students. 

Alternative Financing Options 

Tuition Management Services (TMS) — The TMS 
Plan offers a monthly system to pay for educational 
expenses through regularly scheduled payments over 
a ten-month contract. This plan carries an enroll- 
ment fee, but there are no interest or finance charges. 
Applications are available at the Bursar's Office. For 
further information, contact Tuition Management 
Services at 1.800.722.4867 or vvnAw.affbrd.com. 



Financial Aid 59 



Donor Scholarships 

Tlie folloiving schoLvshlps are awarded at the discretion 
of the University and, unless otherwise noted, require no 
special application form. 

Alumni Association Scholarships — These merit- 
based awards support tull-time day students with 
exemplary academic records. 

Alvine Legacy Scholarship — Established to carry on 
the legacy of Carol Alvine by providing educational 
opportunities for students unable to afford higher 
education, this endowed fund provides an annual 
award to a worthy, needy student. 

Amity Charitable Trust Fund — An annual award is 
given from the income of this fund to a worthy, 
needy student. Preference is given to students from 
the greater New Haven area. The fund was made 
possible through the generosity of the Amity Club. 

John J. Armstrong Scholarship — This award was 
established by the Connecticut Department of 
Corrections in honor of UNH alumni John 
Armstrong's retirement, and provides an annual 
scholarship with priority to family members of cur- 
rent, retired, or deceased employees of the Depart- 
ment of Corrections. 

Eximund M. Autuori Scholarship — This is an 
endowed scholarship for accounting majors who 
demonstrate both financial need and scholastic ability. 

The Barn Sale Scholarship — A scholarship is avail- 
able each year for a deserving, junior or senior dis- 
abled student. The award is made possible by an 
endowment established by the Barn Sale, Inc. 

Angela Zappia and Philip Batchelor Scholarship — 

Angela Zappia and Philip Batchelor created this 
scholarship upon their graduation from the 
University's Executive M.B.A. program. The annual 
award is made to an undergraduate or graduate stu- 
dent who is in good academic standing and has 
financial need, with preference to students enrolled 
in the College ot Business. 



Carmel Benevento Memorial Scholarship — This 
award is made annually to a woman entering the 
University as a freshman. The award was established 
in memory of Carmel Benevento and is based on 
need and academic and creative ability. 

Roland and Margaret Bixler Scholarship — This 
endowed scholarship is awarded annually. The schol- 
arship was established by Mr. Bixler, who is a mem- 
ber of the UNH Emeritus Board, and his wife, who 
is cofounder of Friends of the UNH Library. 

Norman Botwinik Fund for Academic Excellence — 

This endowed scholarship is awarded annually to an 
undergraduate who, over a period of four years at the 
University, has demonstrated marked academic 
achievement. Mr. Botwinik is the former Chairman 
of the UNH Board of Governors. 

Bozzuto Charity Sports Classic Scholarship — 

Income from this endowment provides an annual 
award to a needy student. 

Clarice L. Buckman Scholarship Fund for 
Chemistry and Chemical Engineering — An annual 
award is given to a junior majoring in chemical engi- 
neering or chemistry in recognition of achievement 
and demonstration of incentive. 

Coca-Cola Scholarship — Established by the Coca- 
Cola Foundation, an award is made annually to an 
incoming student who attended the Connecticut Pre- 
Engineering Program (CPEP) at any established 
Connecticut college or University for at least two 
years. The scholarship is renewable over a five-year 
period. 

Connecticut Student Loan Foundation Scholarship 

— The Connecticut Student Loan Foundation pro- 
vides an annual scholarship to a needy student. 

C. Cowles and Co. Scholarship — This award is 
made annually to a Connecticut resident with finan- 
cial need who aspires to a career in manufacturing. 

Aldo DeDominicis Foundation — Scholarships are 
awarded annually to students majoring in the field of 



60 



communication. Awards are based on financial need 
and academic achievement. 

Dr. Lawrence and MaryLou DeNardis Scholarship 

— This award is made annually to a full-time under- 
graduate with financial need and academic achieve- 
ment. The student selected may not also be a 
recipient of the Presidential Scholarship. 

William DeSenti Scholarship — An annual award is 
made to a needy student in the Tagliatela College of 
Engineering. 

Robert B. Dodds Scholarship — This endowed 
scholarship is awarded annually to an engineering 
student. The fund was established by Mr. Dodds as 
his gift to the Fund for Engineering. 

Clarence Dunham Scholarship — A merit-based 
award is made each year to a deserving student 
majoring in civil engineering. Selection is made by 
the Civil Engineering faculty. 

Rick Eaton Memorial Scholarship — This scholar- 
ship was established in memory of Rick Eaton, Sr., 
who served as director of public affairs at the 
University. It is awarded to students who demonstrate 
financial need, and who are motivated and deter- 
mined. Preference is given to those majoring in com- 
munication. 

Echlin Family Scholarships — Several annual awards 
of $2000 are made to needy business or engineering 
students. The awards are made possible through an 
endowment established through the generosity of 
John and Beryl Echlin. 

Lynn Ellis Endowed Scholarship — Established in 
honor of Lynn Ellis, a former professor at the 
University, an award is made annually to a student in 
the College of Business with academic promise and 
financial need. 

Ernst and Young Scholarship — An award is made 
each year from this endowment to a student major- 
ing in accounting. 



Murray and Shirley Gerber Scholarship — This 
award is made to students in the College of Business 
or Engineering based on their entrepreneurship and 
leadership abilities. 

James Jacob Gerowin Memorial Scholarship — An 

award is made to a needy engineering student show- 
ing academic promise. The award is in memory of 
James Gerowin of the Class of 1985. 

Anthony Giusto Scholarship — This award, given 
annually to a Connecticut resident studying criminal 
justice, is based on academic merit and financial need. 

Wilfred Harricharan Scholarship — This award was 
established by Dr. Harricharan, former professor of 
management at the University, to provide financial 
support for students in the College of Business with a 
preference for those majoring in business administra- 
tion. 

Dr. John D. Hatfield Memorial Scholarship — An 

annual award is made in memory of Dr. John D. 
Hatfield, who served as executive vice president and 
provost at UNH. The scholarship supports an under- 
graduate or graduate student with financial need and 
good academic standing, with preference to recipients 
who demonstrate care and concern by helping others 
bring out the best in themselves. 

William Randolph Hearst Scholarship — This 
endowed scholarship is made possible through the 
generosity of the William Randolph Hearst 
Foundation. It is awarded annually to first-generation 
and minority students. 

The Robert Hendrickson Scholarship — Mr. 

Hendrickson, an alumnus of UNH, established this 
award in 2006 in order to give back to the University 
that gave him the chance to obtain an education. It is 
awarded to students who demonstrate motivation, 
determination, and financial need. 

David Hennessey Memorial Scholarship — David 
Hennessey was a highly respected member of the 
University communit)', having received two master 
degrees from UNH, as well as serving as director of 



Financial Aid 61 



human resources and adjunct faculty. This memorial 
scholarship will be awarded annually to an undergrad- 
uate or graduate student in good academic standing 
and demonstrating financial need, with preference to 
those residing in the Lower Naugatuck Valley region, 
including Seymour, Ansonia, and Derby, and who are 
enrolled in the University's industrial/organizational 
psychology or communication programs. 

Hershey-Frey Scholarship — This endowed scholar- 
ship is available to students residing in the 
Naugatuck Valley Preference is given to students 
enrolled in the Tagliatela College of Engineering. The 
award is funded through the generosity of the Paul 
H. Hershey Foundation and Mildred and John Frey 

Paul Kane Memorial Scholarship — An award is 
available each year to an active scholar-athlete, with 
preference given to a Hamden, Connecticut, resident. 
The award is made in memory of Paul Kane, a 
University alumnus who was killed in the service of 
his country. 

Nathanial Kaplan Memorial Scholarship — An 

award in memory of Nathanial Kaplan, a former 
English professor, is made each year to a student who 
has been enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences 
for at least two years. Student must demonstrate 
financial need. 

An Fu Wang Lee Scholarship — This endowed fund 
was established by Dr. Henry Lee in memory of his 
mother and her heartfelt interest in providing oppor- 
tunities to students unable to afford tuition on their 
own. An annual scholarship is awarded to needy stu- 
dents who are of Chinese ancestry and/or are pursu- 
ing a degree in the Henry C. Lee College of Criminal 
Justice and Forensic Sciences. 

Peggy Leuzzi Memorial Scholarship — An annual 
award is made in memory of Mrs. Leuzzi, a former 
employee of the University. The scholarship is made 
possible through the generosity of Joseph Macionus. 

Martin Luther King, Jr., Memorial Scholarship — 

An annual award in honor of Dr. King is made to a 
deserving, needy student. Preference is given to 
minority students. 



Ahmed Mandour Memorial Scholarship — An 

award is available each year to a junior or senior stu- 
dent majoring in economics enrolled as a part- 
time/evening student. The award is made in memory 
of Dr. Mandour, a former dean at the university. 

Arnold Markle Scholarship — An annual award is 
made to a criminal justice major in memory of 
Arnold Markle, former State's Attorney for the 
Judicial District of New Haven. 

Ellis C. Maxcy Scholarship — This scholarship was 
established in memory of UNH founder and former 
president and chairman of the board Ellis C. Maxcy, 
in recognition of the seminal role he played in the 
development of the University. The award is pre- 
sented annually to a "nontraditional" undergraduate 
or graduate student who comes to UNH from the 
workplace and demonstrates high achievement, 
exemplary character, and leadership within his or her 
community. 

Edward J. McCormack Memorial Scholarship — 

The intent of this memorial scholarship is to reflect 
the interest and life of Edward J. McCormack by 
making an annual award to a student majoring in 
sports management. The scholarship is renewable 
based on the recipient maintaining good academic 
standing. 

James R. McCormack Memorial Scholarship — 

Established by Nancy and Kevin McCormack in 
memory of their son James, a student in the fire sci- 
ence program at the University, this full-tuition 
scholarship is awarded annually to a student enrolled 
in the fire science program who demonstrates finan- 
cial need. Applications for this scholarship are avail- 
able in the Financial Aid Office. 

William J. and Virginia S. McCurdy Scholarship — 

This endowed scholarship is supported through the 
McCurdy Family Charitable Trust and is awarded 
annually to a student with demonstrated financial 
need. 

Arthur Moulton Memorial Scholarship — 

Established by Evelyn and David Moulton in honor 
of Arthur Moulton, former president of the George 



62 



Ellis Company, this Full-tuition scholarship is 
awarded to a student in the Tagliatela College of 
Engineering who demonstrates excellent academic 
promise and financial need. Applications for this 
scholarship are available in the Financial Aid Office. 

Joseph O'Dowd MemoriaJ Scholarship — This 
scholarship is granted to a student in the Department 
of Fire Science who best exemplifies the personal 
qualities of Fire Specialist Joseph O'Dowd and who 
has completed his or her fieshman year with a 3.0 
G.P.A. or higher. 

Parents Association Scholarship — This is an 
endowed scholarship funded by the UNH Parents 
Association. 

Virginia M. Parker Scholarship - — Each year Chi 
Kappa Rho sorority makes an award from this 
endowed scholarship to an undergraduate woman. 

H. Pearce Family and Friends Scholarship — This 
endowed scholarship was made possible through the 
Pearce Family, longtime friends and supporters of the 
University. It is awarded to a resident of the state ot 
Connecticut who demonstrates financial need and 
academic ability. 

Marvin K. Peterson Evening Student Council 
Scholarship — This scholarship was established in 
1 969 by the Evening Student Council of the 
University of New Haven to honor past president 
Marvin K. Peterson (1953-1973). The scholarship, 
awarded to undergraduate part-time/evening students, 
is entirely funded by the Evening Student Council. 

Reid Achievement Scholarship — Distinguished 
UNH alumnus and Board of Governors member 
Laura Reid established this scholarship to provide 
tuition support to students with demonstrated finan- 
cial need, academic promise, and/or achievement in a 
club, sport, or activity. 

Rosazza Scholarship — This fund was established in 
memory ol Eugene Rosazza, an alumnus of the 
University, and is made annually to a needy student 
with an exemplary academic record. 



New Haven Wives of Rotarians — An annual award 
from this endowment is made to a female student 
from the Greater New Haven area on the basis of 
academic achievement and financial need. 

Douglas D. Schumann Scholarship — This endowed 
scholarship is awarded annually, on the basis of per- 
sonal and academic integrity, to an engineering stu- 
dent who has completed his/her freshman year. 

Donald R. Scott Scholarship — This scholarship is 
in memory of Donald R. Scott, former Chief of 
Campus Police at UNH, and is awarded jointly by 
the University of New Haven and the West Haven 
Black Coalition. 

William A. Simons Scholarship — This scholarship 
fund, created by William A. Simons, an alumnus of 
the University's M.B.A. program, makes an annual 
award to an undergraduate or graduate student in 
good academic standing and in financial need, with 
preference to students enrolled in the Tagliatela 
College of Engineering, particularly those intending 
to major in chemical engineering. 

Helen Jackson Sneed Scholarship Fund — This 
scholarship was established by Helen Sneed in appre- 
ciation of her excellent education at UNH and is 
awarded to female or minority students sharing a 
similar background to the donor. 

Louis and Mary Tagliatela Endowed Scholarship — 

This award is made annually to a junior or senior 
majoring in a field related to either the construction 
or the hotel industry and demonstrating financial 
need and academic merit. 

Edward Tichy Memorial Scholarship — Established 
by Karen Tichy in memory of her father, who gradu- 
ated from UNH in 1951 with an engineering degree. 
Mr. Tichy was a strong believer in the power of edu- 
cation. The scholarship is designated to assist a part- 
time student, preferably from a family of three or 
more children, who exhibits passion, commitment to 
learning, and promise in his or her chosen field. 



Eat Healthy Promote Wellness, The Tichy Legacy 
Scholarship for Nutrition — Established by Karen 
Tichy, this scholarship honors the importance of 
nutrition in our general health. It is awarded annually 
to a student demonstrating financial need who shows 
promise in the field of nutrition and dietetics. The 
recipient shall provide community outreach under 
the guidance of the nutrition faculty. 

Betty Lorello Treadwell Scholarship — This award 
was established by Charles and Lawrence Treadwell in 
memory of their mother. The scholarship is awarded 
to a full-time, non-traditional student in need ol 
financial assistance. 

Dany J. Washington Scholarship — This scholarship 
is in memory of Dany Washington, former dean of 
continuing education at UNH, and is awarded to 
nontraditional adult students based on scholarship 
and leadership displayed in the University or com- 
munity environment. 

Robert Wilson Scholarship — Awarded annually to a 
freshman and renewable for up to three years, provid- 
ing a 3.0 G.P.A. is maintained, this award is based on 
the following criteria: an African-American from New 
Haven County demonstrating financial need and high 
achievement in academics and other activities. 

Mrs. Yeh Ko Hsien-Tao Scholarship — Created by 
Dr. Poe-Len Ye in memory of his mother, this schol- 
arship supports students from Taiwan and the 
People's Republic of China, as well as students of 
Chinese/ Asian ancestry, who are majoring in criminal 
justice or forensic science and demonstrate academic 
achievement and financial need. 



Financial Aid 63 

Dorothy S. Weiss Scholarship — fhis scholarship, 
established by UNH alumnus Frank Warner in honor 
of his friend Dorothy Weiss, is awarded annually to a 
student who is in good academic standing and 
demonstrates financial need. 

World Journal Scholarship — This scholarship was 
established in 2001 by Howard Lee, president of the 
World Journal, and the Henry C. Lee Institute of 
Forensic Science, in honor of the victims whose lives 
were sacrificed on September 1 1, 2001. An award is 
made annually to an undergraduate or graduate stu- 
dent attending the University's Henry C. Lee College 
of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences, with prior- 
ity given to family members of police officers or fire- 
fighters who sacrificed their lives or were injured 
during the September 1 1, 2001 attacks, and second- 
ary preference to family members of any victim who 
perished in the attacks. 

Dr. Frank R. Yulo Memorial Scholarship — This 
fund was created by Lori A. and Robert F. Polito, Jr., 
E.M.B.A. '98, in memory of Robert's uncle, Dr. 
Frank R. Yulo, a distinguished state educator. 
Recognizing Dr. Yulo's commitment to educational 
opportunities for all, this scholarship is awarded to a 
minority student or student ol color who is majoring 
in education and has demonstrated financial need. 



Rubin W. Vine Veterans Scholarship — UNH Board 
member and World War II veteran Rubin Vine estab- 
lished this award to provide scholarships to veterans 
and/or family members of veterans in financial need. 

UHY Scholarship — This award is made to account- 
ing majors with high grade point averages and 
demonstrated financial need. The scholarship was 
made possible through the generosity of the Simione, 
Scillia, Larrow and Dowling Charitable Foundation. 



64 



College of Arts and Sciences 63 



COLLEGE OF ARTS 
AND SCIENCES 



Dr. Ranald H. Nowaczyk, Ph.D., Dean 

The College of Arts and Sciences prepares students 
for lifelong learning. Through its varied academic dis- 
ciplines, the College provides the foundation for suc- 
cess as a global citizen. The College's degree programs 
prepare students for meaningful careers or for contin- 
ued study in graduate or professional schools. The 
College offers the bachelor of arts, the bachelor of 
science, a number of associate degrees and undergrad- 
uate certificates. The College's graduate programs lead 
to the master of arts and master of science degrees, 
and to a number of graduate certificates. The College 
also complements programs in other Colleges at 
UNH and offers many of the essential courses in the 
University Core Curriculum. Those undecided about 
a major will find a welcoming home in the undeclared 
major program that allows ample flexibility to sample 
courses from a variety of disciplines. 

The dynamic nature of the world today requires 
students to be open-minded, critical thinkers who 
can approach society's issues and problems from a 
variety of perspectives. Your education in the College 
of Arts and Sciences is designed to provide that back- 
ground. We offer you the opportunity to study and 
learn historical, cultural, social, individual, and politi- 
cal perspectives on your world. Our goal is to chal- 
lenge you to take advantage of the many resources 
and talents within the College to help you prepare 
for your future. 



The professors in the College of Arts and Sciences 
are committed to the student learning experience. 
The commitment goes beyond classroom instruction 
to include student opportunities to work with faculty 
on their scholarship and research, study abroad, and 
to apply knowledge and skills through internships or 
in the community working on real-lite projects. We 
also expect students to expand their knowledge and 
understanding of the world to a global level. 
Graduates of the College of Arts and Sciences are 
prepared to make an impact in tomorrow's world. 

The College of Arts and Sciences also offers a host 
of extracurricular activities to supplement the learn- 
ing experience. These events include campus-wide 
debates, symposia, and faculty forums. The College 
adds to New Haven's vibrant cultural environment. It 
supports the UNH Theater through its student pro- 
ductions. The Seton Gallery is a well-established 
University art gallery featuring, in addition to a per- 
manent collection, a wide variety of work by stu- 
dents, renowned artists, and sculptors at shows 
throughout the academic year. 

For students, staff and faculty, the College has 
developed Arts@Noon events that feature UNH tal- 
ent in poetry, theatre, music, dance, and film. 
Through Arts@Night, the College presents entertain- 
ment events on campus for UNH and public atten- 
dance, with performances in various musical styles, 
comedy, and dance. 



66 



Programs and Concentrations 

Undergraduate Programs 
Bachelor of Arts 

Art 

Chemistry 
Communication 
English 

Literature 

Writing 
Global Studies 
Graphic Design 
History 
Interior Design 

Pre-architecture 
Liberal Studies 
Mathematics 

Education 
Music 

Music Industry 
Music and Sound Recording 
Political Science 
Psychology 

Communiry/Clinical 

Forensic Psychology* 

General Psychology 
Undeclared 

*Permission for approval of this concentration is 
being sought from the Connecticut Department of 
Higher Education. 

Bachelor of Science 

Biology 

Biochemistry 

General Biology 

Pre-medical/Pre-dental/Pre- veterinary 
Biotechnology 
Communication 
Dental Hygiene 
Environmental Science 
Marine Biology 
Mathematics 

Computer Science 

Applied Mathematics 

Statistics 



Music and Sound Recording 
Nutrition and Dietetics 

Associate in Science 

Communication 
Dental Hygiene 
General Studies 
Graphic Design 
Interior Design 

Graduate Programs 

Master of Arts 

Community Psychology 
Industrial/Organizational Psychology 

Master of Science 

Cellular and Molecular Biology 
Education 

Environmental Science 
Human Nutrition 

Graduate Certificates 

Applications ol Psychology 

Geographic Information Systems 

International Relations 

Legal Studies 

Mental Retardation Services 

Psychology of Conflict Management 

Teaching as a Career 

Students interested in earning a teaching certificate 
to qualify to teach at the elementary or secondary level 
may do so by entering the graduate program in educa- 
tion at UNH. This Bachelors Plus program enables stu- 
dents in any undergraduate major to complete both the 
B.A. and an M.S. degrees in Education in five years. 

Minors 

It is highly recommended that students working 
toward a degree in one area of study give serious 
thought to organizing their elective courses so as to 
receive a minor in a second discipline. A minor usu- 
ally consists of 1 8 credits devoted to the study of 



College of Arts and Sciences 67 



either a group of courses on related subjects or a 
series of courses offered by one department. 

Students interested in studying for a minor should 
consult with the chair of the department offering the 
minor. Possible minors are listed below: 

Art 

Bioengineering 

Biology 

Black Studies 

Chemistry 

Communication 

English 

Environmental Science 

History 

Mathematics 

Multimedia 

Music 

Nutrition 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Sociology 

Theatre Arts 

Certificates 

Students can take their first step toward an under- 
graduate degree by registering for one of the certifi- 
cates offered by the College of Arts and Sciences. 
Each certificate is carefully designed as a concentrated 
introduction to a particular subject area and generally 
consists of courses totaling 15 to 18 credits. Later, 
students may choose to apply the certificate credits 
they have earned toward their undergraduate degree 
at the University. The following certificates are 
offered: 
Journalism 

Mass Communication 
Public Policy 



University Core Curriculum 

In addition to departmental requirements, stu- 
dents must fulfill all requirements of the University 
Core Curriculum. 



General Policies in the College of 
Arts and Sciences 

• Each student is assigned an academic adviser. 
Normally, the adviser is a member of the faculty in the 
major department for the student's degree program. 

• A student may select a minor in a department 
other than the major department after consulta- 
tion with the adviser or the appropriate depart- 
ment chair. 

• To receive a degree from the College of Arts and 
Sciences, the student must be awarded his/her last 
30 credits by the University of New Haven. 

• A minimum of 1 20 credits is required for graduadon. 

Coordinated Course Policy 

To implement the University's coordinated course 
policy, the College of Arts and Sciences has adopted 
the following additional guidelines: 

• A student may take a maximum of two Arts and 
Sciences courses on a coordinated basis. The 
courses must be either (a) upper-division courses; 
that is, equivalent to 300- or 400-level courses at 
UNH, or (b) courses required by the student's 
major program; that is, non Arts and Sciences 
elective courses. 

• Coordinated courses from two-year colleges will 
be accepted only for students who have freshman 
or sophomore standing at UNH. A student who 
has completed a total of 57 credits cannot obtain 
consent for a coordinated course taken at a two- 
year college. 

• Any exceptions to the previously stated guidelines 
must be approved by the dean of the College of 
Arts and Sciences. 

• Students should note that in all cases they must 
seek approval before taking a coordinated course. 

B.A., Liberal Studies 

The B.A. degree in liberal studies serves students 
whose needs are addressed by an interdisciplinary 
program of study. The flexible nature of this program 
permits students to integrate courses from across the 



68 



University for the achievement of personalized educa- 
tional goals. Those goals may be directed toward the 
realization of specific career objectives not met by 
other programs. 

All students earning a bachelor's degree in liberal 
studies must complete the University Core 
Curriculum as part of the 1 2 1 credits required for the 
degree. 

Students will also select a minimum of eight 
courses from two of the focus areas listed below, for a 
minimum of 48 credits. Students should choose a 
minimum of three and a maximum of six courses 
from any one of the disciplines within each of the 
four focus areas, which ensures a breadth of study 
within this program. Students must choose at least 
ten focus-area courses from the 300 level or above 
that they have not taken to satisfy Core Curriculum 
requirements. 

Focus Areas 

Focus Area 1 : Humanities 

Disciplines: Communication, English, Modern 
Languages, History, Philosophy 



A.S., General Studies 

The College of Arts and Sciences offers the A.S. 
degree in general studies to serve students who seek a 
general liberal arts education for purposes of personal 
enrichment. Nearly half of the 61 credits required for 
the degree are free electives. This flexibility permits 
students to take courses in a number of different 
fields prior to choosing a major. By judicious choice 
of electives, it is possible to transfer into majors in 
any of the Colleges in the University. 

Students planning to transfer to four-year pro- 
grams in the College of Arts and Sciences should 
note additional core requirements in science and 
mathematics, English literature, art, and social sci- 
ence, as well as special requirements in particular 
major programs. 

Required Courses 

Students must complete 61 credits of courses to earn 

the associate degree with a general studies major, 

including the courses listed below. 

E 105 Composition (cc) 

E 110 Composition and Literature (cc) 

HS 101 Foundations of the Western World 



Focus Area 2: Mathematics and the Natural Sciences 

Disciplines: General Biology, Chemistry, Environ- 
mental Science, Marine Biology, Mathematics, 
Physics 

Focus Area 3: Social/Behavioral Sciences 

Disciplines; Economics, Political Science, Psychology, 
Sociology, Legal Studies 

Focus Area 4: Visual and Performing Arts 
DiscipUnes: Art, Graphic Design, Interior Design, 
Music, Theater 

In consultation with the Arts and Sciences adviser, 
students develop a personal plan of study. This plan 
includes an elective sequence of credits to support the 
student's academic/professional goals. Students may 
choose their elective sequence from the areas of arts 
and sciences, business, engineering, or public 
safety/professional studies. 



HS 1 02 The Western World in Modern Times (cc) 

Plus 1 mathematics course: M 109 

orM 127 

or higher (cc) 

1 literature or philosophy course* (cc) 

1 art or music or theatre course* (cc) 

1 computer course* (cc) 

1 science course with laboratory* (cc) 

4 social science courses: EC 133, P 111, PS 121, and 

SO 113 (cc) 
cc — Course which satisfies the University Core 

Curriculum requirements 
* — Courses chosen from the University Core 

Curriculum listing 

Undeclared Major 

UNH recognizes that students may enter college 
wanting to explore several options before declaring an 
academic major. The undeclared major is designed 



College of Arts and Sciences 69 



for those students. The program is designed to help 
students select a major that best suits their life and 
career objectives. This program is also open to first- 
year and second-year students at UNH who are con- 
templating a change in majors. It is estimated that 
nationally over 40 percent of undergraduates change 
majors in college. 

Features 

Upon enrollment at UNH, a student choosing the 
undeclared major is assigned a faculty adviser. The 
adviser has the responsibility to guide the student in 
course selection and exploration of academic disci- 
plines and majors. We believe quality advising is criti- 
cal to the success of undeclared major students. 
Faculty advisers work with students to select courses 
in disciplines of interest so that students can explore 
their options. 

The faculty adviser works with students and the 
Office of Student Life to learn more about the stu- 
dents' interests through personality and career inven- 
tories. 

At any point during the first two years of study, 
students have the opportunity to declare a major 
once they decide on a course of study. 

Many of the courses in the undeclared major are 
selected to meet the University Core Curriculum 
requirements so that once a major is declared the stu- 
dent is able to smoothly transition into that curricu- 
lum. The core education requirement (40 credits) is a 
University requirement for all UNH programs. The 
focus of the core is to ensure that graduates are 

• Good thinkers, speakers, and writers 

• Skilled at analysis and problem solving 

• Skilled at using today's technology 

• Effective and responsible citizens 

• Aware of cultural similarities and differences globally 

• Sensitive to artistic and cultural accomplishments 
Other courses are selected to enable students to 

learn more about specific majors and decide if the 
major is a good match for them. 

Students transferring from another institution 
may select the undeclared major while they consider 



a major from among the many offered at UNH. 

While the undeclared major is part of the College 
of Arts and Sciences, the College works closely with 
the other Colleges — the College of Business, the 
Tagliatela College of Engineering, and the Henry C. 
Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 
— to best meet the needs of students with an unde- 
clared major. 

Art 

See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Visual 
Arts. 

Biology and 
Environmental Science 

Chair: Roman N. Zajac, Ph.D. 

Professors Emeriti: Burton C. Staugaard, Ph.D., 

University of Connecticut; H. Fessenden Wright, 

Ph.D., Cornell University 
Professors: R. Laurence Davis, Ph.D., University of 

Rochester; Charles L. Vigue, Ph.D., North 

Carolina State University; Henry E. Voegeli, 

Ph.D., University of Rhode Island; Roman N. 

Zajac, Ph.D., University of Connecticut 
Associate Professors: Carmela Cuomo, Ph.D., Yale 

University; Michael J. Rossi, Ph.D., University of 

Kentucky; Eva Sapi, Ph.D., Eotvos Lorand 

University 
Lecturers: James Ayers, M.S., Purdue University; 

Nina Flay, Ph.D., University of Health Sciences/ 

Chicago Medical School 
Practitioners-in-Residence: Norman Abell, D.P.M., 

Ohio College of Pediatric Medicine; David 

DePodesta, M.B.A., Quinnipiac University; 

Anthony Melillo, M.S., University of New Haven 

The Co-op Program 

The department participates in the cooperative 
education program (co-op), which enables students 
to combine their education with practical, paid work 



70 



experience in their career field. For further details see 
the "OfFice of Internships and Employer Relations" 
earlier in the catalog, or contact the co-op coordina- 
tor for the College of Art and Sciences. 

Biology 

Biology provides one of the cornerstones of a lib- 
eral education by increasing knowledge and apprecia- 
tion of oneself and of other living organisms in the 
ecosphere. It is an active and exciting field leading to 
careers in drug discovery, medicine, and education. 
As a major, biology prepares the student for profes- 
sional or graduate training or for technical and 
research positions in one of the health or life science 
fields and also the various sub-disciplines of the bio- 
logical sciences. 

B.S., Biology 

Students earning a B.S. degree with a major in 
biology must complete 122-124 credits. Courses 
include the University Core Curriculum and the 
course requirements for the particular biology con- 
centra,tion as indicated below. 



Concentration in Pre-medical/Pre-dental/ 
Pre-veterinary Medical Biology 

This concentration gives the student the basic 
entrance requirements of virtually every U.S. college 
of medicine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine. 
Entrance into these colleges is highly competitive, 
and completion of the concentration does not guar- 
antee acceptance into a medical, dental, or veterinary 
medical college. Graduates have gone on to pursue 
medical, dental, and veterinary medical degrees at 
such schools as Georgetown University, Tufts 
University, the University of Connecticut, Ohio State 
University, and the University of Tennessee. Students 
who complete the program but decide not to pursue 
a medical career are highly qualified to enter the 
workforce in one of the technically oriented research, 
health, or related life science fields. In addition to the 
University Core Curriculum and seven free electives, 
the following courses are required: 



BI 253-254 Biology for Science Majors with 

Laboratory I and II 
BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory 
BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory 
BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory 
BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory 
BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature 
CH 115-116 General Chemistry I and II 
CH 1 17-1 18 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory 
CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 
CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory 
CH 21 1 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory 
M 117 Calculus I 
M 228 Elementary Statistics 
PH 103-104 General Physics I and II with 

Laboratory 

Plus three of the following: 

BI 259—260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology 

with Laboratory I and II 
BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory 
BI 306 Genetics 

BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology 
BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry 
BI 506 Genomics 
BI 520 Bioinformatics 
CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with 

Laboratory 

Concentration in Biochemistry 

This concentration is most appropriate for stu- 
dents interested in a career in the rapidly growing 
fields of biotechnology and biomedical/pharmaceuti- 
cal research or in pursuing an advanced degree in bio- 
chemistry or molecular biology. The program offers 
extensive hands-on experience in biochemical, cellular, 
and molecular techniques. Recent graduates are 
employed at Bristol-Myers Squibb, Protein Sciences, 
Bayer Corporation, Pfizer, U.S. Surgical, Neurogen 
Corporation, Cytotherapeutics, Curagen, and Yale 
University School of Medicine. In addition to the 
University Core Curriculum and seven free electives, 
the following courses are required: 

BI 253-254 Biology tor Science Majors with 

Laboratory I and II 
BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory 



College of Arts and Sciences 71 



BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory 

BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory 

BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory 

BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature 

CH 115-1 16 General Chemistry I and II 

CH 117-118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory 

CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 

CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory 

CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with 

Laboratory 
M 117 Calculus I 
M 228 Elementary Statistics 
PH 103-104 General Physics I and II with 

Laboratory 
Plus two of the following biochemistry courses: 
BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology 
BI 502 Biochemistry of Bioenergetics 
BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry 
Plus two of the following restricted electives: 

BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory 

BI 506 Genomics 

BI 511 Molecular Biology of Proteins with 

Laboratory 
BI 513 Molecular Biology of Nucleic Acid with 

Laboratory 
BI 520 Bioinformatics 

Concentration in General Biology 

This concentration gives the student a general 
overview of the biological sciences. It is appropriate 
for the student with a broad interest in biology. In 
addition to the University Core Curriculum and 
seven free electives, the following courses are 
required: 
BI 253-254 Biology for Science Majors with 

Laboratory I and II 
BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory 
BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory 
BI 31 1 Molecular Biology with Laboratory 
BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory 
BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature 
CH 115-1 16 General Chemistry I and II 
CH 1 17-1 18 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory 
CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 
CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory 



M 117 Calculus I 

M 228 Elementary Statistics 

PH 103-104 General Physics I and II with 

Laboratory 
Plus four of the following: 
BI 259-260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology 

with Laboratory I and II 
BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory 
BI 306 Genetics 

BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory 
BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology 
BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry 
BI 506 Genetics 
BI 510 Environmental Health 
BI 520 Bioinformatics 
CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with 

Laboratory 
EN 500 Environmental Geoscience 
MR 260 Marine Vertebrate Zoology with Laboratory 
MR 300 Marine Ecology with Laboratory 
MR 310 Marine Biology with Laboratory 

B.S., Biotechnology 

The bachelor of science program in biotechnology 
prepares students to enter the growing biopharma- 
ceutical and biotechnical fields. The program inte- 
grates courses in biochemistry, genetics, and cellular 
and molecular biology. 

All students earning a B.S. degree with a major in 
biotechnology must complete 128 credits. Courses 
include the University Core Curriculum, the required 
courses listed below, and elective courses. 

Required Courses 

BI 253-254 Biology for Science Majors with 

Laboratory I and II 
BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory 
BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory 
BI 306 Genetics 

BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory 
BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory 
BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory 
BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature 
BI 513 Molecular Biology of Nucleic Acid with 

Laboratory 
CH 1 15-116 General Chemistry I and II 



72 



CH 117-118 General Chemistry Laboratory I 

and II 
CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 
CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I 

and II 
CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with 

Laboratory 
M 117 Calculus I 
M 228 Elementary Statistics 
PH 103-104 General Physics I and II with 

Laboratory 
Plus two of the following: 
BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry 
BI 506 Genomics 
BI 51 1 Molecular Biology ot Proteins with 

Laboratory 
BI 520 Biointormatics 

Minor in Biology 

To minor in biology, students must complete the 
courses listed below. In some instances, an upper- 
level biology course can be substituted for general 
biology. 
BI 121-122 General and Human Biology with 

Laboratory I and II 
or 
BI 253-254 Biology for Science Majors with 

Laboratory I and II 
BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry 
or 
BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory 

Plus the following: 

BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory 

BI 308 Cell Biology with Laborator)' 

BI 31 1 Molecular Biology with Laboratory 

Environmental Science 

Environmental scientists are employed by munici- 
pal, state, and federal agencies and by consulting 
companies and businesses both large and small. They 
work on problems such as wetland mapping and pro- 
tection; watershed management; ground and surface 
water contamination; aquifer delineation and protec- 



tion; marine resource management; crop and pest 
management; natural hazards; regulatory compliance; 
environmental health and safety; water, wastewater, 
and air treatment; and pollution prevention and 
remediation. 

Usually, specialized training is necessary if one 
wishes to hold an administrative job at a high salary 
level. Our programs are designed to enable students 
to enter a graduate or specialty school to continue 
their education. Examples of advanced study include 
a graduate program in environmental science or engi- 
neering; a school of forestry, planning, or public 
health; a program in urban ecology or environmental 
geology; or even, with proper selection of electives, 
business or law school. 

The B.S. degree program establishes a solid back- 
ground in the biological and earth sciences, chem- 
istry, physics, and mathematics in the first three 
years. In the fourth year students concentrate on 
advanced environmental science courses. 

B.S., Environmental Science 

Required Courses 

All students earning a bachelor's degree in envi- 
ronmental science must complete the University Core 
Curriculum and the courses listed below. 
EN 101 Introduction to Environmental Science 
EN 102 Environmental Science Laboratory 
EN 500 Environmental Geoscience 
EN 502 Environmental Effects of Pollutant 
BI 253-254 Biology for Science Majors I and II with 

Laboratory 
BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory 
BI 510 Environmental Health 
CH 115-1 16 General Chemistry I and II 
CH 117-118 General Chemistry Laboratory I 

and II 
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory 
PH 103-104 General Physics I and II with 

Laboratory 
M 228 Elementary Statistics 

Plus 21 to 28 credits of biology, science, or chemistry 
electives 



College of Arts and Sciences 73 



CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 

and 

CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II 

M 109 Intermediate Algebra 

and 

M 115 Pre-Calculus 

or 

M 115 Pre-Calculus 

and 

M 117 Calculus I 

or 

M 117-1 18 Calculus I and II 

Plus four electives 

Minor in Environmental Science 

The minor in environmental science provides a 
useful background for students majoring in other 
areas who have concern for the environment. For 
example, students majoring in political science might 
well combine their program with a minor in environ- 
mental science. Another useful combination is an 
environmental science minor and a major in business 
administration or engineering. 

For specific information concerning a minor in 
environmental science, please consult with the pro- 
gram coordinator. 

Required Courses 

EN 101 Introduction to Environmental Science 

EN 1 02 Environmental Science Laboratory 

EN 320 Introduction to Environmental Geoscience 

or 

EN 500 Environmental Geoscience 

EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information 

Systems 
BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory 
Plus 3 of the following: 
EN 502 Environmental Effects of Pollutants 
EN 521 Hydrology 
EN 525 Geomorphology 
MR 300 Marine Ecology with Laboratory 
MR 330 Coastal Resources Management 
MR 331 Marine Conservation and Restoration 



B.S., Marine Biology 

This program prepares students to enter the rap- 
idly expanding fields of aquaculture, resource man- 
agement, environmental assessment, protection and 
conservation, biotechnology, and education related to 
estuarine, coastal, and marine environments. The 
level of experience required for an individual to con- 
tribute in these fields is not adequately satisfied by an 
undergraduate degree in biology or environmental 
science; therefore, individuals with specific, advanced, 
and focused training are needed. This program, with 
a strong basic emphasis on the biological and chemi- 
cal sciences, will prepare students for these fields. 

Required Courses 

All students majoring in marine biology must 
complete the University Core Curriculum and the 
following courses: 

MR 101 Introduction to Marine Biology 
MR 102 Seminar in Marine Biology 
MR 200 Fundamentals of Oceanography 
MR 260 Marine Vertebrate Zoology with Laboratory 
MR 300 Marine Ecology with Laboratory 
MR 310 Marine Botany with Laboratory 
MR 320 Marine Pollution 

MR 501-502 Senior Project in Marine Biology I and II 
BI 250 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory 
BI 253-254 Biology for Science Majors with 

Laboratory I and II 
BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory 
BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory 
CH 115-116 General Chemistry I and II 
CH 1 17-1 18 General Chemistry Laboratory I and II 
CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 
CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II 
HS 102 Modern Western World 
M 115 Pre-Calculus 
M 117 Calculus I 
M 228 Elementary Statistics 
PH 103-104 General Physics I and II with 

Laboratory 

Plus two of the following restricted electives: 
CH 221 Instrumental Methods with Lab 
EN 533 Special Topics in Field Geology 
EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information 
Systems 



74 



MR 330 Coastal Resources and Management 

MR 331 Marine Conservation and Restoration 

MR 410 Marine Aquaculture and Biotechnology 

MR 420 Marine Biogeochemistry with Lab 

Plus one of the following: 

BI 306 Genetics 

BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory 

BI 31 1 Molecular Biology with Laboratory 

BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory 

Minor in Bioengineering 

No rigid group of courses constitutes a minor in 
bioengineering. Students wishing to follow such a 
program should major in one aspect of engineering 
and take a minor (20 credits) in biology, or the biol- 
ogy major program may be combined with a minor 
or concentration in engineering. Students should 
consult with the particular engineering and biology 
department chairs before starting the program. 

Teaching Biology 

Students interested in earning a teaching certifi- 
cate in secondary education in biologv' may enter the 
graduate program at UNH. The B.S. in biology with 
a concentration in general biology is the best choice 
for a major for those planning to teach at the second- 
ary level, but other related majors are also acceptable. 
Please contact the Education Department for addi- 
tional information. 

Biotechnology 

See BIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE. 



Chemistry 



The Department of Chemistry and Chemical 
Engineering resides in the Tagliatela College of 
Engineering but offers the B.A. degree in chemistry 
through the College of Arts and Sciences. Please see 
the departmental listing in the Tagliatela College of 
Engineering section of the catalog for additional 



information, including a list of faculty members and 
details on other degree programs offered by the 
Department. 

B.A., Chemistry 

This program is designed to provide a traditional 
liberal arts background with the basic requirements 
of a chemistry major. 

Required Courses 

All students in the B.A. program in chemistry 
must complete 125 credits. Courses must include the 
University Core Curriculum and the following: 

CH 115-116 General Chemistry I and II 
CH 1 17-1 18 General Chemistry 1 and II with 

Laboratory 
CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 
CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory 
CH 21 1 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory 
CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with 

Laboratory 
CH 331-332 Physical Chemistry I and II 
CH 333-334 Physical Chemistry I and II Laboratory 
CH 341 Synthetic Methods in Chemistry 
CH 411 Chemical Literature 
CH 412 Seminar 

CH 501 Advanced Organic Chemistry 
CH 521 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 
EC 133 Principles of Economics 
M 117-118 Calculus I and II 
M 203 Calculus III 
PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Opticswith 

Laboratory 
Plus 24 credits of electives 

B.S., Chemistry 

Minor in Chemistry 

These programs appear in this catalog under the 
Tagliatela College of Engineering. 



College of Arts and Sciences 75 



Teaching Chemistry 

Students interested in earning a teaching certifi- 
cate in secondary education in chemistry may enter 
the graduate program at UNH. The B.A. or B.S. in 
chemistry is the best choice for a major for those 
planning to teach at the secondary level, but other 
related majors are also acceptable. Please contact the 
Education Department for additional information. 



Communication, 
Film, and Theatre 

Chair: Jerry L. Allen, Ph.D. 

Professors: Jerry L. Allen, Ph.D., Southern Illinois 

University at Carbondale; Marilou McLaughlin, 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; Steven A. 

Raucher, Ph.D., Wayne State University; Donald 

C. Smith, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts at 

Amherst 
Instructor: Paul C. Falcone, M.B.A., University ot 

New Haven 
Lecturer: Robert C. Boles, M.F.A., Sarah Lawrence 

College 

Students in this program develop a comprehensive 
understanding of interpersonal communication as 
well as organizational communication, public rela- 
tions, advertising, and mass communication (journal- 
ism, radio, television, and film). The program blends 
theoretical concepts and skills, academic rigor, and 
hands-on experience to prepare students for careers in 
business, the public sector, or the media, or for addi- 
tional studies at the graduate level. 

An active internship is a valuable complement to 
the student's classroom studies. The Department 
offers internships with regional and national busi- 
nesses, public service organizations, and print and 
electronic media. Communication majors can gain 
additional experience through writing for The 
Charger Bulletin (the student newspaper), working at 
WNHU-FM (the campus radio station), doing pro- 
gramming for local television, or producing special- 
ized film and video programs. 



Department factJty have served as editors or associ- 
ate editors of more than a halt dozen of the top-tier 
scholarly journals in the communication field and have 
received national and international recognition. All fac- 
ulty members do research, publish, and have practical 
experience in their communication specialties. Faculty 
and students belong to professional organizations such 
as the International Communication Association; the 
Public Relations Society of America; the Eastern 
Communication Association; the National Association 
of College Broadcasters; the National Academy of 
Television Arts and Sciences; the National Academy of 
Cable Programming; the National Federation ot Local 
Cable Programming; the American Film Institute; the 
Broadcast Educators' Associarion; the National 
Communication Association; the Association for 
Educational Journalism and Mass Communication; the 
Organization for the Study of Communication, 
Language, and Gender; the World Communication 
Association; and the International Listening Association. 

In the interest of maximizing students' communica- 
tion experiences as well as encouraging professional 
contacts and advancement, the Department urges stu- 
dents to enter regional and national competitions in 
public relations, advertising, radio, television, and film. 

Lambda Pi Eta 

The Department sponsors the Beta Kappa 
Chapter of Lambda Pi Eta, the national communica- 
tion honor society. To receive honorary membership 
in this prestigious organization, students must have at 
least 45 University credits and at least nine credits in 
communication courses. They must have a 3.0 cumu- 
lative G.P.A. and a 3.25 G.P.A. in communication 
courses. Members become part of a national network 
of communication majors and may showcase their 
work at regional and national conterences. 

The Co-op Program 

The Department participates in the cooperative 
education program (co-op), which enables students to 
combine their education with practical, paid work 
experience in their career field. For further details see 
the "Office of Internships and Employer Relations" 
earlier in the catalog, or contact the Department chair. 



76 



B.A., Communication 

The bachelor of arts degree program has a strong 
journalism and public relations concentration. In 
addition, interpersonal communication theory is 
emphasized, giving the student a broad background 
in all the elements of the communication field. 

Required Courses 

All students in the B.A. program in communica- 
tion must complete 121 credits. Courses must 
include the University Core Curriculum and the fol- 
lowing: 

CO 100 Human Communication 

CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass Communication 

CO 102 Writing for the Media 

CO 114 Production Fundamentals 

CO 205 Intercultural Communication 

CO 212 Television Production I 

CO 214 Elements of Film 

CO 300 Persuasive Communication 

CO 301 Communication Theor\' and Research 

CO 302 Social Impact of Media 

CO 306 Public Relations Systems and Practices 

CO 308 Broadcast Journalism 

CO 309 Public Relations Writing 

CO 420 Communication and the Law 

CO 500 Seminar in Communication Studies 

J 201 News Writing and Reporting 

J 311 Copy Desk 

Plus three communication electives 

Plus seven electives 

B.S., Communication 

Students earning a B.S. degree in communication 
are required to complete 121 credits, including the 
Universit)' Core Curriculum, and the 
Communication program core. 

Core Curriculum 

40 credits 

The following courses must be completed and will be 
utihzed in partial fulfillment of Universit)' Core 
Curricidum requirements. 



HS 108 Histor)' of Science 

or 

HU 300 The Nature of Science 

This course will be used to fulfill core competency 

requirement 2.3. 

MM 301 Introduction to Multimecha 

This course may be used to fulfJl core competenc}' 

requirement 3. 

Core Curriculum Electives 

12 credits 

Students should check their academic program of 

choice for specific credit hour requirements. 

Communication Core 
42 credits 

These courses develop the foimdation knowledge and 
competencies from which additional advanced course 
work may follow. 

CO 100 Human Communication 

CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass Communication 

CO 102 Writing for the Media 

CO 114 Production Fundamentals 

CO 205 Intercultural Commimication 

CO 212 Television Production I 

CO 214 Elements of Film 

CO 220 Film Production 

or 

CO 203 Radio Production 

CO 300 Persuasive Communication 

CO 30 1 Communication Theor)' and Research 

CO 302 Social Impact of Media 

CO 312 Television Production II 

CO 420 Communication and the Law 

CO 500 Seminar in Communication 

Plus 6 credits of communication or journalism 

courses chosen with the adviser 

Plus 21 credits chosen with the adviser. 

A.S., Communication 

Upon successfiil completion of 60 credits of the 
four-year B.S. program in communication, students 
may petition to receive an associate in science (A.S.) 



College of Arts and Sciences 77 



degree with a major in communication. The follow- 
ing specific communication/journalism course work 
must be completed: 

CO 100 Human Communication 
CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass Communication 
CO 102 Writing for the Media 
CO 208 Introduction to Broadcasting 
J 201 News Writing and Reporting 
Plus 9 credits of communication courses chosen with 
the adviser. 

Students must also complete the following core cur- 
riculum requirements: 

6 credits (E 105, E 110): Core Competency 1 
3 credits (M 127): Core Competency 2 
3 credits (CS 107): Core Competency 3 
3 credits (HS 102): Core Competency 4 
3 credits (EC 133): Core Competency 5 
3 credits: Core Competency 6 

Additional credits are chosen in consultation with the 
adviser. 

Minor in Communication 

A total of 18 credits of communication courses 
must be earned in order for a student to declare the 
area of study as a completed minor. This work must 
include CO 100 Human Communication. The addi- 
tional credits are chosen in consultation with the 
adviser. 

Communication Certificates 

The Communication Department offers certificates 
in journalism and mass communication. Students 
must complete 15 credits with a minimum G.P.A. of 
2.0 to earn a certificate. Students may choose to take 
these courses on a matriculated or nonmatriculated 
basis. For those who choose the nonmatriculated 
option, it is not necessary to apply for admission to a 
degree program at the University. However, if you are 
admitted, the credits earned may be applied toward 
the requirements for a degree program. 



Journalism Certificate 

The program provides basic journalism skills in 
both print and broadcast media. This certificate may 
supplement students' experience or prepare them for 
other areas in their current field of work. All students 
are required to take 15 credits, with a minimum 
G.P.A. of 2.0 courses include the following: 

Required Courses 

CO 102 Writing for the Media 
CO 309 Public Relations Writing 
J 201 News Writing and Reporting 

Plus two courses from among the following: 

CO 302 Social Impact of Media 

CO 308 Broadcast Journalism 

J 202 Advanced News Writing and Reporting 

J 311 Copy Desk 

J 351 Journalistic Performance 

J 367 Interpretive and Editorial Writing 

Mass Communication Certificate 

This program offers options in television production, 
radio production, writing for media, interpersonal 
communication, or a combination of radio/television 
and film. All students are required to take 1 5 credits, 
with a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 courses include the 
following: 

CO 100 Human Communication 
CO 114 Production Fundamentals 

Nine additional credits are chosen in consultation 
with the adviser. 

Theatre Arts 

Coordinator: Robert C. Boles, M.F.A. 

Theatre courses may be used to satisfy the arts core 
requirements. Refer to the University Core Curriculum 
to determine the specific courses permitted. 

Productions 

The University community may take part in all 
departmental productions. Volunteers may act in 
productions as well as help with lighting, set, and 



78 



costume design; set construction; publicit)-; and stage 
management. Participants need not be enrolled in 
theatre classes. 

Minor in Theatre Arts 

Students may complete a minor in theatre arts by 
taking 18 credits in the theatre program. Three major 
productions are mounted each year by the 
Department, with opportunities for students in per- 
formance, directing, and backstage work. 

Required Courses 

T 1 3 1 Introduction to the Theatre 

T 132 Theatrical Srv^le 

T 241 Early World Drama and Theatre 

T 242 Modern World Drama and Theatre 

Plus 6 credits in theatre arts, chosen from T 341 

Acting, T 342 Play Directing, T 491 Production 

Practicum I, T 492 Production Practicum 11, and T 

599 Independent Study 



Dental Hygiene 



See DI\TS10N OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS. 



Education 



Chair: Paulette L. Pepin, Ph.D., Fordham Universit)' 
Professors: Louise M. Soares, Ph.D., University of 
Illinois; Shirley Wakin, Ph.D., University of 

Massachusetts 

Associate Professors: Paulette L. Pepin, Ph.D., 

Fordham University; Judy Randi, Ed.D., Teachers 
College of Columbia University 

Lecturer: John Ciochine, M.A. and 6th Year 

Certificate, Fairfield University; Susanne Murphy, 
M.S. and 6th Year Certificate, Southern 
Connecticut State Universitv' 

Practitioner-In-Residence: Patricia G. Maiorino, 
M.S. and 6th Year Certificate, Southern 
Connecticut State University; David Perry, Ed.D., 
Columbia University; Robert Law, M.S., Southern 
Connecticut State Universirv, 6th Year Certificate, 



Connecticut Center for Gestalt Therapy 
While the University of New Haven does not 
offer an undergraduate degree in the subject of edu- 
cation, the Education Department does offer two 
programs of graduate study: Teacher Certification, for 
those seeking initial teacher certification, and 
Professional Education, for currently certified teach- 
ers seeking professional advancement. Both programs 
lead to the master of science in education degree. 
These programs represent the Universit)''s commit- 
ment to the preparation of teacher candidates for 
meaningfiil roles in teaching the youth of the twenty- 
first century. The Education Department prepares 
future elementary and secondan,' school teachers. 
Secondary school subject areas include business edu- 
cation, English/language arts, mathematics, science, 
and social studies. 

All students who are interested in pursuing a 
teaching career should contact the Education 
Department as soon as possible during their under- 
graduate career. University of New Haven undergrad- 
uates who wish to pursue a career in teaching may be 
eligible for early admission to the UNH Education 
Department's graduate program through the 
Bachelors Plus Program. This process allows qualified 
undergraduates to begin their education course work 
as undergraduates, enabling them to earn a bachelor's 
degree, a master's degree, and Connecticut certifica- 
tion in just five years. Students in this program 
develop a modified major worksheet; for example, a 
"Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics — Pre-Education." 

Students in the Bachelor's Plus Program take their 
first education course during the spring semester of 
their junior year. This course, ED 350, Introduction 
to Education, provides students with an overview of 
the field of education. (All credit requirements for 
financial aid and undergraduate standing must be 
maintained while pursuing the Bachelor's Plus 
Program.) In their senior year undergraduates con- 
tinue to take foundation education courses. 
Following their undergraduate graduation, students 
begin the graduate program in August and an intern- 
ship in a public school, which provides payment for 
tuition. Students attend classes in the evening. Our 
program's field component places students in a local 



College of Arts and Sciences 79 



school to work with schoolchildren under the direc- 
tion of a classroom teacher. This experience gives our 
students the opportunity to observe professional 
teachers in their own classrooms, thus gaining valu- 
able hands-on experience in an urban and/or a subur- 
ban school district as well as linking theory and 
practice. UNH's Education Department is currently 
placing interns in 36 Connecticut public schools. 
Students also experience thirteen weeks of student 
teaching and are fully responsible for the cost of stu- 
dent teaching. 

By the end of June, students complete the pro- 
gram and receive a master's degree, one year after 
graduating with a bachelor's degree. The master's 
degree is tuition-free with participation in the public 
school internship program. Successful completion of 
all requirements, including the student teaching com- 
ponent, will result in UNH's recommendation to the 
State Department oi Education for Connecticut cer- 
tification. Students are able to apply for Fall teaching 
positions in Connecticut public schools. 

Entrance Requirements 

• Students are required to have and maintain a 3.0 
G.P.A. 

• Students must develop a modified major work- 
sheet by their sophomore year. For example, a 
mathematics major would develop a worksheet tor 
the "B.A. in Mathematics — Pre-Education." 
Formal admission into the program occurs 
between junior and senior year. 

• Successful completion of Praxis I, or a total of 
11 00 on the SATs for a waiver. Secondary stu- 
dents must pass Praxis II (content exam) before 
entrance into the graduate program. 

• Passing grade on the UNH Writing Proficiency 
Exam by the end of junior year. 

• Successful completion of ED 350 Introduction to 
Education. 

• Approval/recommendation from both major and 
education advisers. 

• Completion of formal application lor graduate 
school and satisfaction of all graduate school 
requirements. All fees waived. 



English 



Chair: Donald M. Smith, Ph.D. 

Director of Freshman English: Richard J. Farrell, 
M.Phil., Yale University 

Professors Emeriti: Paul M.irx, Ph.D., New York 
University; Douglas Robillard, Ph.D., Wayne 
State University 

Professors: Srilekha Bell, Ph.D., University of 
Wisconsin; David E. E. Sloane, Ph.D., Duke 
University; Donald M. Smith, Ph.D., New York 
University; Brenda R. Williams, Ph.D., 
Washington University 

Senior Lecturers: Wesley J. Davis, M.A., Southern 
Connecticut State University; Richard J. Farrell, 
M.Phil., Yale University 

Lecturers: Stephen A. Listro, Ph.D., Indiana 
University of Pennsylvania; Diane C. Russo, 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 

An English major may choose the concentration 
in either literature or writing. Students in the litera- 
ture concentration develop their analytic skills and 
critical ability by reading widely varied works in the 
English language: William Shakespeare to Walt 
Whitman, Jane Austen to Gwendolyn Brooks. The 
study of English and American literature provides a 
depth and breadth of liberal education as it also 
improves one's thinking, writing, and speaking. A 
major in literature is looked upon very favorably by 
admissions officers of law, medical, and dental 
schools. It is good preparation for graduate work in 
fields such as business, education, urban planning, 
social work, and public health. Employers in many 
areas of business, industry, and government seek col- 
lege graduates with broad knowledge and the abiliry 
to communicate effectively. 

In the writing concentration, students practice a 
variety of written language from the expository essay 
to business and technological applications to more cre- 
ative forms. Some specific areas in which writing skills 
have immediate practical worth are journalism, adver- 
tising, public relations, sales training, and promotion. 
Many companies hire writers and editors for company 
periodicals and reports, equipment handbooks, and 



80 



service manuals. Publishing houses provide employ- 
ment, of many kinds and on many levels, for persons 
skilled in writing. For writers of proven ability, there 
are numerous opportunities to freelance for trade jour- 
nals, newspapers, magazines, and other publications. 
An English major may also prepare for teacher certifi- 
cation at the elementary or secondary level. 

Modern Language Study 

While study ot a modern language is not required, 
it is strongly recommended that the student who 
majors in English know at least one modern lan- 
guage. Knowledge of a modern language makes one 
more sensitive to the use and meaning ot words in 
one's own language. Furthermore, knowledge ot a 
modern language widens ones perspective and deep- 
ens one's understanding through the insights gained 
into another culture. Students who are considering 
graduate study certainly should be competent in at 
least one modern language. 

The Literary Club 

The English Department sponsors the University's 
Literary Club, which is open to all UNH students. 
Its aim is to further interest in the literary arts. The 
Club's primary activity is publishing The Elm City 
Review, a journal of students' art and writing. 

Transfer Credit for Writing Courses 

The English Department awards credit for fresh- 
man writing courses taken at an accredited American 
college or University if the courses are essentially the 
same as E 105 or E 110 and if the student received at 
least a "C." If the courses were taken at a foreign col- 
lege, the student must demonstrate proficiency in 
writing before credit is awarded. In the latter case, 
the student should make an appointment with the 
secretary of the English Department for the writing 
of a one-hour composition. 

The Co-op Program 

The Department participates in the cooperative 
education program (co-op), which enables students 



to combine their education with practical, paid work 
experience in their career field. For further details see 
the "Office of Internships and Employer Relations" 
earlier in the catalog, or contact the co-op coordina- 
tor for the College of Arts and Sciences. 

B.A., English 

Thirty credits in English beyond the freshman 
level, with the restrictions indicated below, are 
required for a major in English. All English majors 
must take the University Core Curriculum and the 
following courses: 
E211 Early British Writers 
E 213 Early American Writers 
HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 
HS 353 Modern Britain 
Plus 1 5 free electives 

Concentration in Literature 

The literature concentration requires eight addi- 
tional literature courses, at least one from Category I 
and at least two from each of the other three cate- 
gories of upper-level English courses. 
Category I Category II Category III Category FV 

E214 
E218 
E260 
E275 
E394 
E478 

Concentration in Writing 

The writing concentration requires two additional 
literature courses, each from a different category of 
the above list, and six of the following writing 
courses: 
E 220 Writing for Business and Industry (now 

online) 
E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation 
E 251 Narrative Nonfiction 
E 267 Creative Writing I 
E 268 Creative Writing II 
E 270 Advanced Essay Workshop 
E 480 Internship 



E201 


E202 


E217 


E290 


E2I2 


E281 


E323 


E353 


E392 


E341 


E356 


E395 


E371 


E390 

E 406-409 


E477 



College of Arts and Sciences 81 



Teaching Language Arts 

Students interested in earning a teaching certifi- 
cate for secondary education in language arts may 
enter the graduate program at UNH. The B.A. in 
English is the best choice for a major, but other 
majors are also acceptable. Please contact the 
Education Department for additional information. 

Minor in English 

Fifteen credits in literature and/or writing courses, 
selected by the student in consultation with the 
department adviser, are required for the minor. 

Minor in Black Studies 

The minor in black studies is an interdisciplinary 
program offered in the College of Arts and Sciences 
and housed in the Department of English. The 
minor consists of courses in English, history, political 
science, sociology, and world music. A student may 
minor in this program by completing 18 credits of 
courses selected from the following: 
E 217 African-American Literature I 
E 218 African-American Literature II 
HS 120 History of Blacks in the United States 
MU 112 Introduction to World Music 
MU 550 Studies in Urban Ethnic Music 
PS 205 The Politics of the Black Movement in 

America 
SO 221 Cultural Anthropology 
SO 315 Social Change 
SO 400 Minority Group Relations 

Environmental Science 

See BIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE. 

Division of Global 
Studies, History, and 
Political Science 

Courses in global studies, history, modern lan- 



guages, political science, and philosophy offer stu- 
dents an understanding of the social, political, and 
cultural forces that have shaped the contemporary 
world. Increasingly, citizens of a global society need to 
gain expertise in the rich array of courses offered in 
this division, from an understanding of international 
relations and the analysis of historical events, to the 
discussion of the role of women and religion in mod- 
ern society. 

The Division offers the B.A. degree in global stud- 
ies, in history, and in political science, and minors in 
history, political science, and philosophy. It is also the 
home tor the modern languages, which include ele- 
mentary and intermediate-level courses in Arabic, 
Chinese, French, German, Italian, Russian, and 
Spanish. Faculty members also have organized inters- 
ession and summer study abroad programs in China, 
the United Arab Emirates, Oman, and Russia. This 
Division also contributes many of the courses to the 
major in global studies, reflecting the University's 
commitment to develop interdisciplinary ties within 
the social sciences. 

Global Studies 

Director: Brett McCormick, Ph.D., Cornell 

University 

The B.A. in global studies is an innovative interdis- 
ciplinary major designed to serve students who seek to 
understand global issues that increasingly affect all 
aspects of our lives. These issues include international 
terrorism and crime networks, global stresses on the 
environment, transnational economic issues, and the 
effectiveness of diplomacy in responding to global 
crises and opportunities. The program permits stu- 
dents to integrate courses from across the University 
with real-life learning experiences (internships and 
study abroad) in order to achieve global competency. 
Students in this major will be prepared to enter career 
opportunities in government, nongovernmental 
organizations, or multinational companies. 

B.A., Global Studies 

All students earning a bachelor's degree in global 
studies must complete the University Core 



82 



Curriculum as part of the 1 2 1 credits required tor the 
degree. Additional requirements are as follows: 

• GLS 100 Introduction to Global Studies (3 credits) 
during the first semester in the major. 

• A minimum of two semesters (6 credits) of a 
modern language to be taken by the end of the 
sophomore year. Students concentrating in area 
studies as described below should take a language 
relevant to their specific region of specialization. 

• Five global foundation courses, with a minimum 
of two courses from each of the following groups: 
Group 1: Cultural Studies 

E 202 Modern World Literature 

HS 207 History Since 1945 

HTM 1 66/7 Touristic Geography 

MU 112 World Music 

SO 221 Cultural Anthropology 

Group 2: International Relations and Oiganizations 

CO 205 Intercultural Communication 

CJ 535 Global Perspectives on Crime and Justice 

EC 200 Global Economy 

PS 222 U.S. Foreign Polic>' 

PS 241 International Relations 

PS 243 International Law and Organization 

PS 355 Terrorism 

• A global studies concentration. Upon completion 
of the first year of study in the major, students 
choose a global studies concentration and take 8 
additional courses from among the following con- 
centration courses. A minimum of 5 of these 
courses should be specific to the student's chosen 
concentration. Concentrations are offered in 
global economy, Latin American studies, Asian 
studies, and European studies. Courses for each 
concentration are listed below. 

Global Economy 

Note: Most of these courses and EC 200 from the 
foundation courses can be taken only upon com- 
pletion of EC 133 and EC 134. 
EC 342 International Economics 
EC 440 Economic Development 
IB 421 Operation of the Multinational 
Corporation 



IB 422 International Business Negotiations 

MK 326 Overview of E-commerce 

MK 413 International Marketing 

MK 442 Marketing Research in the Global 

Environment 
Latin American Studies 

E 409 International Literature 
HS 350 Latin American Histor)' 
MU 300 Studies in Music 
PS 283 Comparative Political Systems: Latin 
America 

Asian Studies 

HS 260 Modern Asia 

HS 262 Modern Chinese History 

HS 264 Modern Japanese History 

PS 281 Comparative Political Systems: Asia 

European Studies 

E 406-409 International Literature 

HS 345 Europe in the Nineteenth Century 

HS 351 Russia and the Soviet Union 

HS 353 Modern Britain 

HS 355 Modern Germany 

HS 446 Europe in the Twentieth Century 

MU 201-202 Analysis and History of European 

Art Music I and 11 
PS 282 Comparative Political Systems: Europe 

• An internship and study abroad. In consultation 
with the Global Studies adviser, students will 
complete a minimum of 3 credits through an 
internship. All students in this program are 
encouraged strongly to study abroad for a semes- 
ter or summer term. 

• Ten 300-level or 400-level courses must be com- 
pleted. 

History 

Associate Professor: Edmund N. Todd, Ph.D., 

University of Pennsylvania 
Assistant Professor: Brett McCormick, Ph.D., 

Cornell University 
Lecturer: Bradley Woodworth, Ph.D., Indiana 

University 



College of Arts and Sciences 83 



Practitioner-in-Residence: Matthew Wranovix, 

Ph.D., Yale University 

History provides a framework for a liberal educa- 
tion. The study of human experience — failures as 
well as achievements — is the core of historical study. 
It gives insight into related disciplines in the humani- 
ties and social sciences and broadens the perspective 
of students in the professional fields of business and 
engineering by revealing the complexity and interre- 
latedness of human experience. 

History is also excellent preparation for a variety 
of careers in business, government, law, journalism, 
foreign service, and many other areas. Because of the 
great variety of professional programs at the 
University of New Haven, the student interested in 
history can combine this interest with highly techni- 
cal professional training. 

The Department strives to meet its objectives by 
teaching not only content but critical and writing 
skills through reading, class presentations and discus- 
sion, research, and writing. Historical methodology is 
stressed in all advanced courses, and students take the 
history seminar in their senior year to sharpen their 
critical and analytic skills. 

Phi Alpha Theta 

The University of New Haven has a chapter of the 
international honor society in history. Phi Alpha 
Theta, which is open to students who have com- 
pleted at least 12 credits of history and have main- 
tained an average of better than 3.0 in history courses 
and better than 2.9 overall. The University chapter of 
Phi Alpha Theta provides students and faculty with a 
social and intellectual experience beyond classroom 
work, offering films, speakers, and roundtable discus- 
sions. Students not eligible for membership in the 
society are welcome to participate in all of the chap- 
ter's activities. 

B.A., History 

All students in the B.A. in history program must 
complete 121 credits. These courses must include the 
University Core Curriculum and 36 credits of history 
courses, including those hsted below. The balance of 



the program can be arranged in consultation with an 
adviser. 

Required Courses 

HS 101 Foundations of the Western World 
HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 
Plus either HS 211 United States History to 1865 

and HS 212 United States History Since 1865 
or 
HS 1 10 American History Since 1607 and any 

other United States history course excluding 

HS211/212 
HS 260 Modern Asia 
HS 491 Senior Seminar 

Plus one upper-division Asian history course, two 
upper-division courses in European history, and one 
upper-division course in American history 
Plus two electives in history 

Minor in History 

A total of 18 credits in history is required for a 
minor in history. Courses must include the two listed 
below and any other four courses in history that sup- 
port the student's interests and needs. 

Required Courses 

HS 101 Foundations of the Western World 
HS 102 The Western Wodd in Modern Times 

Modern Languages 

Practitioners-in- Residence: Ramon Funcia, Lie, 
University of Havana; Yasir Hamed, M.Ed., 
American Intercontinental University; Chien Wen 
Yu, M.B.A., Wake Forest Universit)' 

In an interconnected world, the knowledge of 
modern languages has become increasingly important 
and greatly enhances global awareness. The Division 
regularly offers courses in beginning Arabic, Chinese, 
French, Italian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in 
other major world languages may also be offered on a 
less regular basis. These courses fulfill the core cur- 
riculum requirements on all worksheets. In addition, 
students interested in study abroad are encouraged to 
begin their study of a modern language at UNH. 



84 



The Division offers the following courses: 

AR 101 Elementary Arabic I 

AR 102 Elementary Arabic II 

AR 450-459 Special Topics in Arabic 

CN 101 Conversational Chinese 1 

CN 102 Conversational Chinese II 

CN 201 Chinese Language and Culture 

CN 204 Chinese Language and Literature 

CN 450^59 Special Topics in Chinese 

FR 101 Elementar}' French I 

FR 102 Elementar)' French II 

FR 450^59 Special Topics in French 

GR 101 Elementar}' German 1 

GR 102 Elementary German II 

GR 450^59 Special Topics in German 

IT 101 Elementary Italian I 

IT 102 Elementar)' Italian II 

IT 450—459 Special Topics in Italian 

RU 101 Elementar)' Russian 1 

RU 102 Elementar)' Russian II 

RU 20 1 Intermediate Russian I 

RU 202 Intermediate Russian II 

RU 450-459 Special Topics in Russian 

SP 101 Elementar)' Spanish I 

SP 102 Elementar)' Spanish II 

SP 201 Intermediate Spanish I 

SP 202 Intermediate Spanish II 

SP 450^59 Special Topics in Spanish 



Philosophy 



Lecturer: Da\id Brubaker, Ph.D., Universit)' of 

Illinois 
Practitioners-in-Residence: Edward Waggoner, 

Ph.D., Yale Universit)'; Brian Bellamy, M.A., Yale 

Universit)' 

The main attraction of philosoph)' always has 
been and always will be the intrinsic fascination of 
thinking about the "perennial questions." Is there 
purpose in the universe or only random causation? 
Does human existence have meaning, or is it absurd? 
Are moral obligations real, or are they just social con- 
structs? Is the mind an)-thing more than the func- 
tioning of the brain? Are we capable of acting freely, 
or do we behave as nature dictates? Is reason the slave 
of the passions? Is it better to be Socrates dissatisfied 



than a fool satisfied? 

But studying in this field also helps a person to 
develop skills that have wide practical application. 
Philosophy students practice logical thinking, analNti- 
cal reading and listening, and precise writing and 
speaking. They also practice "thinking outside the 
box " and, hence, cultivate creativit)', even humor, 
because their occupation is none other than the ques- 
tioning of fundamental assumptions in all areas. 
Thus, philosoph)' has ser\'ed as a useful background 
for people who have gone on to successful careers in 
diverse professions, such as computer systems pro- 
gramming, music, management, insurance, invest- 
ment, marketing, film-making, publishing, real 
estate, technical writing, literar)' writing, government, 
human services, journalism, law, medicine, teaching, 
research... and stand-up comedy! 

Philosophy courses at UNH examine the major 
world traditions of thought from ancient times to the 
present. Emphasis is placed on ethical inquiry, 
including the application of ethical thinking to our 
dailv and professional lives. 

Minor in Philosophy 

A student in this program must complete 1 5 cred- 
its, as follows: 

Required Courses 

PL 210 Logic 
PL 222 Ethics 

Plus at least three additional philosophy courses cho- 
sen in consultation with a philosophy adviser 

PoHtical Science 

Professors: Lawrence]. DeNardis, Ph.D., New York 
Universit)'; James W. Dull, Ph.D., Columbia 
Universit)'; Natalie J. Ferringer, Ph.D., Universit)' 
of Virginia; Joshua H. Sandman, Ph.D., New 
York University 

A major in pohtical science provides the student 
with a foundation for a career in government on the 
local, state, national, and international levels; for a 
career in law; for graduate school programs in politi- 
cal science, international relations, and public policy; 



College of Arts and Sciences 85 



and for careers in the areas of campaign management, 
communication, public relations, and business. All 
political science and pre-law majors or minors should 
discuss career goals and educational objectives with a 
Department adviser within one month of entrance 
into the program. 

Further, advice on the Law School Admissions 
Test (LSAT) and the Graduate Record Examination 
(GRE) preparation courses, which our pre-law and 
graduate school-oriented students are urged to take, 
is available through the Department. 

Pre-law majors and minors in the Department of 
Political Science have been especially successful in gain- 
ing entrance to law schools throughout the country. 

The political science faculty grants the RoUin G. 
Osterweis Award for Excellence in Political Science to 
an outstanding political science student. 

B.A., Political Science 

All students in the B.A. in political science pro- 
gram must complete 121 credits. These courses must 
include the University Core Curriculum and 48 cred- 
its of political science courses, including those listed 
below. 

Required Courses 

PS 121 American Government and Politics 

PS 1 22 State and Local Government and Politics 

PS 241 International Relations 

PS 243 International Law and Organization 

PS 261 Modern Political Analysis 

Plus one of the following: 

PS 281, 282, 283, 285 Comparative Political Systems 
(Asia, Europe, Latin America, Middle East) 

Plus one of the following: 

PS 304, 308, 309 Political Parties, Legislative Process, 

The American Presidency 
PS 332 Constitutional Law 
PS 461 Political Theory: Ancient and Medieval 
PS 462 Political Theory: Modern and Contemporary 
PS 499 Senior Seminar I 

Plus 1 8-2 1 credits of political science electives to be 
chosen with the student's departmental adviser 



Minor in Political Science 

The Department of Political Science offers several 
course clusters for students from other disciplines 
who wish to enhance their degree programs. The 
minor consists of 18 credits of political science 
courses, chosen with a departmental adviser. Several 
three-course clusters are suggested below for inclusion 
in the minor to address particular interests. In each 
case, nine additional credits are to be chosen in con- 
sultation with a departmental adviser. 

American Government 

PS 121 American Government and Politics 

PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics 

PS 332 Constitutional Law 

International Relations 

PS 241 International Relations 
PS 243 International Law and Organization 
PS 281-285 Comparative Political Systems 
(at least one) 

Legal Studies 

PS 230 Anglo-American Jurisprudence 
PS 231 Judicial Behavior 
PS 332 Constitutional Law 

General Political Science 

Students whose needs are best served by a mixture 
of political science courses may construct an individ- 
ualized minor, in consultation with a departmental 
adviser, or a certification in campaign management. 

One additional minor cluster is offered through 
the Institute of Law and Public Affairs as follows: 

Certificate in Public Policy 

(Campaign Management) 

A certificate in public policy is issued to students 
who complete 18 credits with a minimum G.P.A. of 
2.0 in areas of public affairs designed to serve the stu- 
dent's intellectual and professional needs. An example 
is the program in campaign management. 



86 



Required Courses 

PS 121 American Government and Politics 

Plus five of the following: 

PS 224 Public Attitudes and Public Policy 

PS 340 Campaign Management: Procedures and 

Operations 
PS 341 Campaign Management: Structure and 

Organization 
PS 344 Campaign Management: Survey Research, 

Polling, Computers 
PS 346 Campaign Management: Financing and 

Election Laws 
PS 450 Campaign Management: Internship 

Additional related elective courses may be selected 
with the approval of a departmental adviser. 

Global Studies 

See DIVISION OF GLOBAL STUDIES, HISTORY, 
AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 

Graphic Design 

See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Visual 
Arts. 

Division of 
Health Professions 

Chair: Rosa A. Mo, Ed.D., R.D. 

The Division of Health Professions of the College 
of Arts and Sciences is the home of science-based 
professional training programs in health care. 
Combining a strong foundation in biological science 
with practical real-life learning and field experience, 
programs are offered in dental hygiene and in nutri- 
tion and dietetics. The Division also offers a graduate 
degree in Human Nutrition, described in the 
Graduate Catalog. 

Dental Hygiene 

Director: Sandra D'Amato-Palumbo, M.P.S. 



Associate Professors: Mark Kacerik, M.S., Universit)' 

of Bridgeport; Renee Prajer, M.S., University of 

Bridgeport 
Assistant Professor: Sandra D'Amato-Palumbo, 

M.P.S. , Quinnipiac College; Gwen Grosso, M.S., 

Universit)' of Bridgeport; Teal Mercer, M.P.H., 

University of Connecticut 

The cornerstone of the UNH dental hygiene pro- 
gram is the bachelor of science degree. This program 
enables the student to be involved in dental hygiene 
course work throughout all four years of the curricu- 
lum. The course of study integrates science prerequi- 
sites and general (core) education requirements with 
foundational and advanced-level dental hygiene 
courses. Graduates of the bachelor of science program 
will be prepared not only to seek employment in pri- 
vate dental offices but also to pursue employment in a 
variety of other health care settings such as dental 
hygiene and dental business/industr)', nursing homes, 
centers for the development;illy disabled, hospitals, 
home health care agencies, correctional facilities, and 
communit)' health centers. Bachelor of science degree 
students also have the knowledge and skills necessary 
to pursue education at the graduate level. 

Students who wish to exit the program at the end 
of three years of study may earn an associate in sci- 
ence degree in dental hygiene. This program prepares 
graduates for necessary board examinations and 
employment primarily in the dental office setting. 
The associate degree program integrates science pre- 
requisite courses and foundational dental hygiene 
courses into a three-year curriculum. Graduates of the 
program are positioned to practice as dental hygienists 
and, if desired, complete the bachelor's degree by par- 
ticipating in one additional year of study. 

In addition to the programs described above, 
UNH offers a dental hygiene degree completion pro- 
gram. This curriculum is designed for practicing den- 
tal hygienists who are graduates of associate degree 
programs. The degree completion program enables 
dental hygienists to transfer credits from an accred- 
ited dental hygiene program and utilize their aca- 
demic and work experience as the basis for 
completing course work leading to the bachelor of 
science degree. 



College of Arts and Sciences 87 



Admission Requirements 

In addition to the general admission requirements 
for all prospective UNH students, it is recommended 
that applicants to the dental hygiene program 
demonstrate satisfactory performance in the sciences 
and mathematics. It is strongly recommended that 
applicants have completed both high school biology 
and chemistry with laboratory and two years of col- 
lege preparatory mathematics. An in-person or tele- 
phone interview with the department director or a 
faculty member is recommended; letters of recom- 
mendation supporting the students ability to pursue 
a rigorous science-based curriculum and desire to 
contribute in the health care delivery system are 
strongly encouraged. Admission to the program is 
limited, and part-time study is available only during 
the first year of the curriculum. All students enrolled 
in the dental hygiene clinical course sequence must 
be full-time. 

Professional Accreditation and Licensure 

The program in dental hygiene is accredited by 
the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the 
American Dental Association, a specialized accredit- 
ing body recognized by the Commission on 
Recognition of Postsecondary Accreditation and by 
the United States Department of Education. 

Students in the program are provided with appli- 
cation materials for the Dental Hygiene National 
Board Examination (written) and the Northeast 
Regional Board Examination (NERB/clinical). Both 
the National Board Examination and a clinical exam- 
ination are required for program graduates to apply 
for dental hygiene licensure in Connecticut and most 
other states. 



B.S., Dental Hygiene 

Students earning a bachelor of science degree in 
dental hygiene must complete 128 credits. Courses 
must include the University Core Curriculum for 
bachelors degree students and the required courses 
listed below. Once students are enrolled in the dental 
hygiene clinical course sequence (DH 220, 240, 330, 



350, 460), they must be enrolled in a full-time 
course ot study. 

Required Courses 

CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic 

Chemistry with Laboratory 
CS 107 Computers and their Applications 
DH 105-1 10 Introduction to Dental Hygiene I 

and II 
E 105 Composition 
E 110 Composition and Literature 
HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 
M 109 Intermediate Algebra 
or 

M 127 Finite Math 
Pill Introduction to Psychology 
SO 1 13 Sociology 

BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I 
DI 215 Principles of Nutrition 
DH 214 Oral Facial Structures 
DH215 Radiology 
DH 220 Dental Hygiene Concepts I 
E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion 
or 

CO 100 Human Communication 
DH 240 Dental Hygiene Concepts II 
BI 259/260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology I 

and II with Laboratory 
BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry 
BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory 
PA 308 Health Care Delivery Systems 
DH 320 Pharmacology and Pain Management 
DH 325 General and Oral Pathology 
DH 327 Periodontology 
DH 330 Dental Hygiene Concepts III 
DH 342 Dental Materials 
DH 350 Dental Hygiene Concepts IV 
DH 360 Local Anesthesia 
DH 423 Instructional Planning and Media 
DH 438 Dental Hygiene Research 
DH 455 Dental Hygiene Public Health 
DH 460 Advanced Dental Hygiene Practice 
DH 461 Oral Medicine 
DH 462 Dental Hygiene Internship 
DH 468 Dental Hygiene Senior Project 

Plus two three-credit electives 



A.S., Dental Hygiene 

Students earning an associate in science degree in 
dental hygiene must complete 100 credits. Courses 
must include the University Core Curriculum for 
associate degrees and the required courses listed below. 
Students enrolled in the dental hygiene clinical course 
sequence (DH 220, 240, 330, 350, 460), must be 
enrolled in a full-time course of study. Those students 
earning an associate degree must enroll in the clinical 
course during the designated summer session. 

Required Courses 

DH 105-1 10 Introduction to Dental Hygiene I 

and II 
CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic 

Chemistry with Laboratory 
CS 107 Computers and their Applications 
E 105 Composition 
E 110 Composition and Literature 
HS 1 02 The Western World in Modern Times 
M 109 Intermediate Algebra 
or 

M 127 Finite Math 
Pill Introduction to Psychology 
SO 113 Sociology 

BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I 
DI 215 Principles of Nutrition 
DH 214 Oral Facial Structures 
DH 215 Radiology 
DH 220 Dental Hygiene Concepts I 
E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion 
or 

CO 100 Human Communication 
DH 240 Dental Hygiene Concepts II 
BI 259/260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology I 

and II with Laboratory 
BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry 
BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory 
DH 320 Pharmacology and Pain Management 
DH 325 General and Oral Pathology 
DH 327 Periodontology 
DH 330 Dental Hygiene Concepts III 
DH 342 Dental Materials 
DH 350 Dental Hygiene Concepts IV 
DH 360 Local Anesthesia 



DH 455 Dental Hygiene Public Healdi 
DH 460 Advanced Dental Hygiene Practice 

Nutrition and Dietetics 

Program Director: Georgia Chavent, Assistant 
Professor, M.S., Columbia University, RD, 
Medical College of Virginia 

B.S., Nutrition and Dietetics 

Nutrition and dietetics professionals are well 
equipped to enter the health and wellness field. 
Managing the delivery of food and providing healthy 
eating guidance to health professionals, athletes, pri- 
vate practice clients, chefs, food service managers, 
food scientists, and consumers of all ages is the 
essence of the dietetics field, offering challenges for 
students to prepare themselves for varied and exciting 
career opportunities. 

The Nutrition and Dietetics Program is within the 
Division of Health Professions and is designed for the 
student seeking a career as a nutritionist or registered 
dietitian (RD). The program includes management, 
food, and clinical course work that is accredited by 
the Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD), and by the 
Commission on Accreditation for Dietetics 
Education (CADE) of the American Dietetic 
Association, 120 South Riverside Plaza, Suite 2000, 
Chicago, IL 60606-6995, phone 312.899.5400. 
Students earning credits toward a dietetics degree 
may apply for associate membership in the American 
Dietetic Association. 

The registered dietitian (RD) credential is recog- 
nized nationally, enabling graduates to practice the art 
and science of the nutrition care process throughout 
the United States. Graduates are providing food and 
nutrition services in private practice settings, health 
care institutions such as teaching hospitals and 
extended-care facilities, community nutrition sites, 
child care centers, school lunch programs, corporate 
food companies, physicians' offices, and specialized 
programs for eating behavior and weight management. 

Students who have earned a bachelor's or graduate 
degree in another discipline may apply credits toward 



College of Arts and Sciences 89 



a nutrition and dietetics degree or be eligible to 
receive a verification statement authorizing their entry 
into a supervised practice program, such as an accred- 
ited dietetic internship program, once they have com- 
pleted the required dietetics courses. A minimum of 
seven to ten didactic program courses must be taken 
at the University of New Haven for a student to 
receive a verification statement from the director of 
the program. 

The undergraduate nutrition and dietetics pro- 
gram is also associated with the master of science 
program in human nutrition, enabling qualified stu- 
dents to complete graduate study concurrently with 
the undergraduate program. 

Required Courses 

A minimum total of 123 credits, including the 
University Core Curriculum, must be completed for 
the bachelor of science degree in nutrition and dietet- 
ics. The courses included are as follows: 
A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting 
BI 1 2 1 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I 
Bl 259-260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology 

with Laboratory I and II 
BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry 
BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory 
CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic 

Chemistry with Laboratory 
CO 100 Human Communication 
DI 150 Sports Nutrition (optional) 
DI 200 Food Science and Preparation with 

Laboratory 
DI 214 Menu Planning 
DI 215 Principles of Nutrition 
DI 216 Food Safety, Sanitation, and Procurement 
DI 222 Careers in Health and Wellness 
DI 315 Nutrition and Disease 
DI 326 Principles ol Dietetics Management 
DI 330 Dietetic Practice in Today's Society 
DI 342 Healthy Food Preparation 
DI 350 Nutrition Throughout the Lifecycle 
DI 405 Community and Institutional Nutrition 
DI 450-459 Special Topics 
DI 597 Dietetic Practicum (optional) 
E 220 Writing for Business and Industry 



E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion 

MK 200 Principles of Marketing 

PA 308 Health Care Delivery Systems 

Plus one restricted elective 

Plus four free electives 

Minor in Nutrition 

The minor in nutrition is highly desirable in 
today's health-conscious marketplace and offers an 
opportunity for students to study personal nutrition, 
healthy eating for disease prevention or sports per- 
formance, food science, or cultural cuisine while 
strengthening their food preparation skills in the food 
laboratory. 

A total of 19 credits of nutrition and related 
course work must be earned by a student to declare a 
minor in nutrition. This minor course of study has 
been approved by the Connecticut Division of 
Higher Education and includes the following three 
required courses: 

BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I 
DI 215 Principles of Nutrition 
DI 342 Healthy Food Preparation 

Plus any three of the following courses (or others) 
chosen in consultation with the program director: 

DI 150 Sports Nutrition 

DI 200 Food Science and Preparation with 

Laboratory 
DI 214 Menu Planning 

DI 216 Food Safety, Sanitation, and Procurement 
DI 315 Nutrition and Disease 
HR 315 Volume Food Production and Service 
HR 315 Cultural Understanding of Food and 

Cuisine 

History 

See DIVISION OF GLOBAL STUDIES, HISTORY, 
AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 

Interior Design 

See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Visual 
Arts. 



90 



Marine Biology 

See BIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL 
SCIENCE. 

Mathematics 



Mathematics students have direct access to 
University computing facilities via computer labora- 
tories throughout the campus. Several modern com- 
puting languages are available. The most modern and 
up-to-date data processing packages as well as mathe- 
matical and statistical software packages have been 
installed and are utilized in instruction. 



Chair: James W. Uebelacker, Ph.D. 
Coordinator of Pre-Calculus Mathematics: 

Ali A. Jafarian, Ph.D. 
Professors Emeriti: Donald Fridshal, Ph.D., 
University of Connecticut; Joseph M. Gangler, 
Ph.D., Columbia University; Bruce Tyndall, M.S., 
University of Iowa 
Professors: Ali A. Jafarian, Ph.D., Universit)' of 
Toronto; Erik Rosenthal, Ph.D., University of 
California, Berkeley; Baldev K. Sachdeva, Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania State University; Ramesh Sharma, 
Ph.D., Banaras Hindu University, Ph.D., 
University of Windsor; James W. Uebelacker, 
Ph.D., Syracuse University; Shirley Wakin, Ph.D., 
University of Massachusetts; W. Thurmon 
Whitley, Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and 
State University 
Associate Professor: Marc H. Mehlman, Ph.D., 

University of California, Riverside 
Lecturer: Roger Fiondella, M.S., University of 
Bridgeport 

The study of mathematics opens the door to a 
wide variety of career opportunities and academic 
pursuits. Mathematics is a major part of the frame- 
work of modern science and technology, business and 
social sciences. Persons with strong mathematics 
backgrounds qualify for stimulating occupations in 
an ever-increasing number of fields, from private 
industry to government service. 

The Mathematics Department offers a B.A. degree 
in mathematics. In addition, concentrations in 
applied mathematics, computer science, or statistics 
leading to a B.S. degree are offered. Students who do 
not take the computer science concentration are 
encouraged to consider a minor in computer science 
to be better prepared for our technological society. 
Students majoring in other fields may minor in 
mathematics. 



Student Awards 

Each year, the Mathematics Department awards 
two outstanding mathematics students free honorary 
memberships in the Mathematical Association of 
America and the Society for Industrial and Applied 
Mathematics. 

In addition, the department annually awards the 
Bert Ross Mathematics Prize to the outstanding sen- 
ior mathematics major. This award consists of a set of 
mathematics books and a certificate of achievement. 



The Co-op Program 

The department participates in the cooperative 
education program (co-op), which enables students 
to combine their education with practical, paid work 
experience in their career field. For further details see 
the "Office of Internships and Employer Relations" 
earlier in the catalog, or contact the chair of the 
Mathematics Department. 

Basic Courses Required for All 
Mathematics Majors 

All students earning a bachelor's degree in mathe- 
matics must complete the University Core 
Curriculum, the course requirements for their partic- 
ular math program, and the basic math courses listed 
below. 

M 117-118 Calculus I and II 

M 203 Calculus III 

M 204 Differential Equations 

M 305 Discrete Structures 

M 308 Introduction to Real Analysis 

M 311 Linear Algebra 

M 32 1 Modern Algebra 

M 331 Combinatorics* 



College of Arts and Sciences 91 



M 361 Mathematical Modeling* 

M 338 Numerical Analysis 

M 371 Probability and Statistics I 

M 472 Probability and Statistics II 

M 491 Department Seminar 

*Both are required for the B.S. concentration in 

applied mathematics 

B.A., Mathematics 

This program provides students with a broad 
overview of mathematics and its applications, espe- 
cially those students who wish to study pure mathe- 
matics or for those whose career objectives include 
mathematics education or the application of mathe- 
matics to fields such as business, economics, or the 
social sciences. 

Students earning a B.A. degree with a mathemat- 
ics major must complete a minimum of 124 credits. 
Courses include the basic courses required for all 
mathematics majors listed above, the University Core 
Curriculum, and the courses listed below. 

Required Courses 

CS 110 Introduction to C Programming 
CS 210 Java Programming 
CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections 
PH 1 50 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
Plus 6 credits of mathematics compatible with the 
area of concentration, M 300 series or above 

Concentration in Mathematics — Education 

This program is designed for students interested 
in earning a teaching certificate in secondary educa- 
tion in mathematics. The restricted electives and elec- 
tives give the student the opportunity to add a 
second certification. Students in this program receive 
a B.A. degree in mathematics and have the opportu- 
nity to participate in the University's Bachelor's Plus 
program, which results in the completion of both the 
bachelor's and the master's degree in 5 years. During 
the undergraduate program, students may apply to 
the University of New Haven's Department of 
Education. Upon acceptance they move directly into 



the graduate education program. Upon successful 
completion of the fifth year of this program, students 
are certified to teach mathematics in Connecticut 
and hold a master's degree in education. 

Students earning a B.A. in mathematics with an 
education concentration must complete 124 credits. 
Courses include the basic courses required of all 
mathematics majors, listed above, except M 204, M 
338, and M 472, the University Core Curriculum, 
and the courses listed below. 

Required Courses 

CS 1 10 Introduction to C Programming 

CS 210 Java Programming 

or 

MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia 

M 304 Using Technology to Teach Mathematics 

PH 1 50 Mechanics, Heat and Waves with Laboratory 

ED 350 Introduction to Education and Field Study 

ED 503 Human Growth and Development 

ED 504 Educational Psychology 

ED 606 History of American Education 

ED 620A Seminar in Multicultural Issues 

Plus six hours of mathematics, chosen from M 204 

or M 300 or above series 

B.S., Mathematics 

Students interested in applied mathematics should 
pursue the B.S. degree. Within this degree program, 
the concentrations of computer science, applied 
mathematics, and statistics are offered. 

Students earning a B.S. degree with a major in 
mathematics must complete a minimum of 124 cred- 
its. Courses must include the basic courses required 
for all mathematics majors listed above, the 
University Core Curriculum, and the courses listed 
below for one of the three concentrations. 

Concentration in Computer Science 

This program is primarily for students interested 
in using computing techniques to solve mathematical 
problems in a wide variety of disciplines. In addition 
to the mathematics requirements, students take eight 
or nine courses in computer science designed to 



92 



provide training in the structure of computer laji- 
guages, computing machines, and computing systems. 
Students in this program must complete a mini- 
mum of 124 credits. Courses include the basic 
courses required for all mathematics majors listed 
above, the University Core Curriculum, and the 
courses listed below. 

Required Courses 

CS 110 Introduction to C Programming 
CS 210 Java Programming 
CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections 
CS 326 Data Structures and Algorithms 
PH 1 50 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
Restricted CS or Math Elective 
Plus 9-12 credits in computer science; 9-12 credits in 
mathematics, chemistry, or physics (the number of cred- 
its here depends on specific upper-level electives chosen) 

Concentration in Applied Mathematics 

This program is primarily for students whose math- 
ematical interests are in the application of mathematics 
to fields such as physics, chemistry, operations research, 
and engineering. In addition to the courses listed 
below, students take five to seven courses in a single 
discipline of the natural sciences or engineering. 

Students in this program must complete a mini- 
mum of 125-127 credits. Courses include the basic 
courses required for all mathematics majors listed 
above, the University Core Curriculum, and the 
courses listed below. 

Required Courses 

M 204 Differential Equations 

M 338 Numerical Analysis 

M 472 Probability and Statistics II 

CS 1 10 Introduction to C Programming 

CS 210 Java Programming 

CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections 

PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 
Two-course science sequence 

Plus 6 credits of mathematics compatible with the 
area of concentration, M 300 series or above 



Concentration in Statistics 

This program provides students with a back- 
ground in mathematical statistics. The mathematics 
courses required enable a person to gain employment 
as a statistician in business or government or to pur- 
sue graduate study in statistics. These courses are also 
necessary for students wishing to pursue careers in 
the actuarial field. 

Students in this program must complete a mini- 
mum of 124 credits. Courses include the basic 
courses required lor all mathematics majors listed 
above, the University Core Curriculum, and the 
courses listed below. 

Required Courses 

M 204 Differential Equations 

M 338 Numerical Analysis 

M 472 Probability and Statistics II 

M 473 Advanced Statistical Inference 

M 481-482 Linear Models I and II 

CS 1 10 Introduction to C Programming 

CS 210 Java Programming 

CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections 

Plus 1 2 credits in science, computer science, or 

mathematics 

Minor in Mathematics 

Students may minor in mathematics by complet- 
ing six mathematics courses approved by the 
Department. Those students contemplating a minor 
in mathematics should consult with the Department 
as early as possible in their academic careers as to the 
choice and availability of courses. 

Required Courses 

M 118 Calculus II 

M 203 Calculus III 

M 31 1 Linear Algebra 

Plus 9 credits of upper-level mathematics courses that 

complement the major area of interest 

Recommended Courses 

M 204 Differential Equations 

Any course in the M 300 series or above 



College of Arts and Sciences 93 



Modern Languages 

See DIVISION OF GLOBAL STUDIES, HISTORY, 
AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 

Multimedia/Web Creation Studies 

See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > 
Multimedia / Web Creation Studies 

Music and Sound Recording 

See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Music / 
Music Industry / Music and Sound Recording 

Music 

See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Music. 

Nutrition and Dietetics 

See DIVISION OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS. 

Philosophy 

See DIVISION OF GLOBAL STUDIES, HISTORY, 
AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 



Physics 



Coordinator: Matthew Griffiths, Ph.D. 
Associate Professors: Matthew Griffiths, Ph.D., 

University of Edinburgh; Saion Sinha, Ph.D., 

University of Kentucky 

Physics is concerned with the most basic aspects 
of our knowledge of the natural world. It is a subject 
in which experiment and theory evolve constantly to 
provide a precise and simple description of the physi- 
cal phenomena around us in terms of a relatively 
small number of physical laws and theories. 

As a fundamental science, physics is at the root of 
almost all branches of science and technology. It has 
provided the microscopic basis for chemistry, has 
stimulated important developments in mathematics, 
is the basis of most branches of engineering and, dur- 
ing the past decade, has proved to be increasingly 



valuable to the life sciences. 

Consequently, a basic knowledge of physics is 
excellent preparation for diverse careers: research in 
University and government laboratories, industrial 
research and development, applied science and engi- 
neering, biological and medical sciences, research in 
environmental problems, and teaching at all levels 
from the elementary school to the University. It also 
prepares students for careers in non-physics-related 
fields such as philosophy, business, and law. 

The University does not currently offer a bache- 
lor's degree in physics. The Department does, how- 
ever, offer a minor in physics suitable for majors in 
any of the University's colleges and departments. A 
physics minor is particularly valuable for students in 
chemistry, environmental science, biology, forensic 
science, fire science, or occupational safety, as well as 
for any student planning to teach science at the ele- 
mentary or secondary level. 

The physics minor requires a total of 20 credits of 
work in physics. Students should plan their minor in 
consultation with a faculty adviser in the Physics 
Department. 

Required Courses for Physics Minor 

PH 1 50 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Laboratory 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 
PH211 Modern Physics 

Plus 9 credits of selected physics courses depending 
on the career interests of the student 

Political Science 

See DIVISION OF GLOBAL STUDIES, HISTORY, 
AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 



Psychology 



Professor Emeritus: Thomas L. Mentzer, Ph.D., 

Brown University 
Professors: Michael Morris, Ph.D., Boston College; 

Ronald H. Nowaczyk, Ph.D., Miami University; 

Gordon R. Simerson, Ph.D., Wayne State 

University 



94 



Assistant Professors: Tara LHeureux-Barratt, Ph.D., 
University of Connecticut; W. Amor)' Carr, Pii.D., 
Fordhani University; Alexandria E. Guzman, Ph.D., 
State University of New York at Binghamton; Stuart 
D. Sidle, Ph.D., DePaul Universit)' 

Practitioners-In-Residence: Dennis McGough, 
Ph.D., Union Institute in Cincinnati; Danielle I. 
Moreggi, Ph.D., Pacific Graduate School of 
Psychology 

Although psychology is one of the newest 
branches of science, it has some very old roots. 
Psycholog)' endeavors to answer some of humanity's 
oldest questions: How does our mind work? How do 
we interpret and use the information gathered by our 
senses.' How do we learn things? How do we remem- 
ber things? How and why are some things forgotten? 
How do we acquire language? How do we communi- 
cate verbally and non-verbally? What kinds of behav- 
ior are abnormal, why do they occur, and how can 
they be prevented? In what ways do our intellectual 
and perceptual faculties break down following brain 
damage? As the scientific study of mind and behav- 
ior, psycholog}' tries to find answers to these and 
many other fiindamental questions. 

Our dedication to these goals requires that students 
study psychology from a variet)' of viewpoints. Thus, 
students take courses in cognitive, developmental, social, 
physiological, and clinical psycholog)'. Our students also 
develop skills in experimental design and scientific 
analysis through the study of statistics, experimental 
methods, and psychological theor)'. Furthermore, 
through involvement in fieldwork, students have the 
opportunity for direct, practical experience in areas such 
as behavior therapy and community psychology. 

We offer a general psychology concentration, 
which permits students to tailor their preparation in 
a number of areas. This program combines basic sci- 
ence and applications and prepares students for fiirther 
professional training in psycholog)' or for careers in 
human services, law, education, business, and industry. 
We also have a specialty concentration in community/ 
clinical psychology for those students who have well- 
defined professional goals. 



Psychology majors are also encouraged to widen 
their preparation by taking courses (or minors) in 
sociolog)', political science, social welfare, manage- 
ment, computer science, criminal justice, mathemat- 
ics, and biology. This ensures that our students have a 
broad knowledge of many disciplines in the College 
of Arts and Sciences. 

The psycholog)' program benefits from a psycholog}' 
laboratory building on the main campus. The labora- 
tory contains facilities for student and faculty research. 

The University of New Haven also offers the master 
of arts degree in community psychology and in indus- 
trial/organizational psycholog)' as well as a graduate cer- 
tificate in applications of psychology. For descriptions 
of these programs, see the Graduate School Catalog. 

Psychology Club 

Students in psychology have the opportunity to 
participate in the Psychology Club. Its purpose is to 
provide opportunities both to socialize and to 
develop students' interests in the science and profes- 
sion of psychology. Throughout the year, the club 
sponsors guest lecturers and a variety of field trips. 
All students are welcome to join. 

Psi Chi Honor Society 

Membership in the Universit)' chapter of Psi Chi, 
the national honor society, is open to students in the 
top 35 percent of their class who have completed at 
least nine credits of psychology with grades of B or 
better and who are making the study of psychology 
one of their major interests. 

Graduating seniors also may nominate themselves 
for the annually awarded McGough psychology prize. 

The Co-op Program 

The Department participates in the cooperative 
education program (co-op), which enables students 
to combine their education with practical, paid work 
experience in their career field. For further details see 
the Department chair. 



College of Arts and Sciences 95 



B.A., Psychology 

The B.A. in psychology program requires the 
completion of 120-123 credits, 37-46 of which are 
required to complete the major. 

To complete the major, students must complete 
16 credits of core psychology courses and select one 
of two 21 -credit concentrations: general psychology 
or community-clinical psychology, or the 30-credit 
concentration in forensic psychology. The concentra- 
tions are described below. 

Concentration in General Psychology 

The general psychology concenttation consists of 21 
credits of psychology courses beyond the required 
core courses. 

Required Core Courses 

Pill Introduction to Psychology 

P 301 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences 

P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology 

P 306 Psychology Laboratory 

P 341 Psychological Theory 

Depth and Breadth Areas 

(1 course from each area below) 

Biological Psychology ( 1 course) 

P 261 Drugs and Behavior 

P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience 

P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience 

Clinical Psychology (1 course) 

P 330 Introduction to Community Psychology 

P 336 Abnormal Psychology 

P 350 Human Assessment 

P 375 Foundations of Clinical/Counseling Psychology 

Cognitive and Experimental Psychology ( 1 course) 

P 218 Sensation and Perception 

P 220 Psychology of Language and Reading 

P 312 Cognitive Psychology 

P 315 Human and Animal Learning 

Developmental/Personality/Social Psychology 

(1 course) 

P 216 Psychology of Human Development 

P 321 Social Psychology 



P 355 Organizational Behavior 

P 370 Psychology of Personality 

Plus three psychology electives (9 credits) chosen 

with the academic adviser. 

Concentration in Community-Clinical 
Psychology 

The community-clinical psychology concentration 
consists of 2 1 credits of psychology courses beyond the 
required core courses. 

Required Community-Clinical Psychology Courses 

P 216 Psychology ot Human Development 

P 330 Introduction to Community Psychology 

P 336 Abnormal Psycholog)' 

P 350 Human Assessment 

P 375 Foundations of Clinical/Counseling Psychology 

Depth and Breadth Areas 

(1 course from each area below) 

Biological Psychology ( 1 course) 

P 261 Drugs and Behavior 

P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience 

P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience 

Cognitive and Experimental Psychology ( 1 course) 

P 218 Sensation and Perception 

P 220 Psychology of Language and Reading 

P 312 Cognitive Psychology 

P 315 Human and Animal Learning 

Concentration in Forensic Psychology 

The forensic psychology concentration consists of 
30 credits of psychology courses beyond the required 
core courses, and 6 credits of criminal justice courses. 

Required Forensic Psychology Courses 

P 205 Introduction to Forensic Psychology 
P 2 1 6 Psychology of Human Development 
P 336 Abnormal Psychology 
P 345 Police and Investigative Psychology 
P 357 Legal Psychology 

P 365 Law, Psychology, and the Mental Health 
System 



96 



P 370 Psychology of Personality 
P 475 Senior Seminar in Forensic Psychology 
CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
CJ 311 Criminology 

Depth and Breadth Areas 

( 1 course from each area below) 

Biological Psychology ( 1 course) 

P 261 Drugs and Behavior 

P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience 

P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience 

Cognitive and Experimental Psycholog)' ( 1 course) 

P 2 1 8 Sensation and Perception 

P 220 Psychology of Language and Reading 

P 3 1 2 Cognitive Psychology 

P 315 Human and Animal Learning 

Minor in Psychology 

Psychology, perhaps more than any other subject, 
relates closely to many other disciplines. A minor in 
psychology prepares you for graduate study in the 
field and can add another dimension to your studies 
in other programs at the University. A total of six 
courses is required for a minor in psychology. 

Required Courses 

Pill Introduction to Psychology 
P 301 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences 
P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology 
Plus 9 credits of psychology electives 

Exceptions to the requirements above can be made 
for students whose major programs contain required 
courses that are equivalent to P 301 and P 305 (such 
as CJ 251 and CJ 250). Such students may be per- 
mitted to substitute advanced psychology courses for 
P 301 and P 305. Exemptions will be granted on a 
case-by-case basis by the chair of the Psychology 
Department. 



Sociology 

Practitioners-in-Residence: Brian Bellamy, M.A., 

Yale Universit)'; Edward Waggoner, Ph.D., Yale 

University 

Sociology is the study of social life and the social 
causes and consequences of human behavior. 
Sociology's subject matter ranges from analysis of fam- 
ilies, corporations, cities, and sports to that of sexual- 
ity, death, race, gender, and ethnicity, as well as the 
impact of demographic and environmental policies 
and other social phenomena. The sociological per- 
spective is empirically grounded and sufficiently broad 
to be relevant to those considering careers in related 
fields such as research, governmental service, social 
work, personnel management, advertising, law, medi- 
cine, journalism, social gerontology, and hospitality 
and tourism. 

The University of New Haven does not currently 
offer a major in sociology. For those students wishing 
to satisfy core or elective requirements, or for stu- 
dents who may wish to select sociology or social wel- 
fare as a minor, a selection of courses is offered. 

Minor in Sociology 

A minimum of 18 credits (6 courses) is required 
for the minor in sociology. Three of the courses are 
specified. 

Required Courses 

SO 1 13 Sociology 
One of the following: 
SO 250 Research Methods 
CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice 
P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology 
One of the following: 
P 301 Statistics for Behavioral Sciences 
M 228 Elementary Statistics 

CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal Justice 
The remaining three courses must be sociology elec- 
tives that meet with the approval of the Sociolog)' 
chair. 



Colkge of Arts and Sciences 97 



Theatre Arts 

See COMMUNICATION, FILM AND THEATRE. 

Visual and 
Performing Arts 

Chair: Guillermo E. Mager, Pii.D. 

Professors Emeriti: Elizabeth J. Moffitt, M.A., 

Hunter College; Ralf E. Carriuolo, Ph.D., 

Wesleyan Universit)' 
Professor: Michael G. Kaloyanides, Ph.D., Wesleyan 

University 
Associate Professor: Guillermo E. Mager, Ph.D., 

New York University 

Assistant Professors: Albert G. Celotto, M.A., 

Indiana University; Christy A. Somerville, M.A., 
California State University, Long Beach 

Lecturer: Todd Jokl, M.A., University of Connecticut; 
Victor Markiw, M.EA., SUNY Purchase 

Practitioner-in-Residence: Richard Blakin, 
Recording Studio Manager 

Multimedia/Web Creation Studies 

Coordinator: Todd Jokl, M.EA. 

Multimedia is the use of computers for the inte- 
gration of graphics, animation, video, music, speech, 
and live presentation. Active markets for multimedia 
include (I) the Internet, where careers in web page 
creation and website management have grown expo- 
nentially in recent years; (2) business, where com- 
puter presentations have taken the place of slide 
shows; (3) education, where teachers and parents are 
finding new ways to present their material; and (4) 
the entertainment industry, with the ever-growing 
use of computers tor special effects in games, music 
videos, and films. 

Multimedia studies will enable graduates from 
programs in graphic design, music, education, busi- 
ness, and many other disciplines to use the computer 
not only to generate traditional print materials but 



also to design interactive programs for use in web- 
sites, CD-ROMs, business presentations, games, and 
educational software. 

The multimedia courses and the web page cre- 
ation courses have been designed to allow students to 
use computer, audio, video, and graphic technologies 
to conceptualize and implement interactive interfaces 
in a comprehensive approach that includes the multi- 
media production process, the technology, and the 
aesthetic design. 

Minor in Multimedia 

A total of seven courses (21 credits) is required to 
complete the minor in multimedia. 

Required courses 

MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia 

MM 311 Advanced Multimedia 

or 

MM 312 Web Creation 

MM 401 Multimedia Seminar 

Plus two of the following sequences (12 credits)*: 

MU 31 1-312 Multitrack Recording I and II 

AT 203-204 Graphic Design I and II 

CO 212-312 Television Production I and II 

* These courses must be taken outside the student's 

major area of study (for example, music majors may 

not use MU 31 1-312). Also, note that some of these 

courses have prerequisites. 

Music 

Coordinator: Michael G. Kaloyanides, Ph.D. 

Music courses may be used to satisfy the arts core 
requirements. 

The program in music is unique. Music is studied 
as a worldwide phenomenon, not defined simply in 
the western European art tradition. Students are 
encouraged to view music as a creation of all cultures 
and civilizations on both the folk and art levels, 
including our own urban and ethnic subcultures. 
Exposure to various music should lead students to spe- 
cialization in a particular area as upper-class persons. 



98 



Since music i& a pertorming art, students are 
expected to reach a satisfactory level of proficiency in 
either a traditional western instrument or one central to 
the particular culture in which they choose to specialize. 

A degree in music qualifies students for profes- 
sions as performers, composers, music publishers, 
critics and journalists, teachers, curators, and librari- 
ans. Combining music with other fields, graduates 
may enter the fields of concert and ensemble man- 
agement and sound engineering areas. There are, of 
course, countless performance opportunities for 
instrumentalists, vocalists, and composers. Vocations 
such as music publishing, recording sales and promo- 
tions, and music criticism and journalism are also 
available to graduates with a degree in music. 
Students may also pursue careers in music education, 
not only as teachers in schools and conservatories but 
also as curators and librarians. 

Performance/Practice and Recording 
Facilities 

In addition to traditional performance and prac- 
tice rooms, the following special areas are equipped 
for the use of students enrolled in the music industry 
and sound recording programs. 

Our recording studios are designed as both teach- 
ing and professional recording environments. Both 
control rooms offer comfortable seating for students 
as well as providing excellent views of the consoles, 
computer screens, and associated technology. 

Studio A 

Advanced recording seminar classes take place in 
our newest facility, an all-digital computer-based stu- 
dio running Digidesign's Pro-Tools TDM system, the 
industry standard for professional recording studios. 
Additional equipment includes a Yamaha 56-input 
digital console, Roland music workstation, Yamaha 
MOTIF synthesizer, and Universal Audio micro- 
phone pre-amplifiers. 



Studio B 

The multitrack recording technology classes take 
place in a second recording facility. Equipment 
includes a 24-track analog and two 8-track digital 
recorders for a total of 40 tracks; a 40-input/32-mon- 
itor console for a total of 72 inputs in mix mode; an 
Apple Macintosh computer running Digidesign's Pro- 
Tools system; an extensive selection of outboard (sig- 
nal processing) equipment; and MIDI gear, including 
synthesizer, drum machine, and an AKAI music pro- 
duction center. 

Studio C 

Recording fundamentals classes take place in a third 
recording facility with a 16-input/l6-monitor con- 
sole, a digital multitrack recorder, a computer with 
digital audio and MIDI sequencing capabilities, 
assorted signal processing equipment, and MIDI syn- 
thesizer and drum machine. 

Workstations 

Our digital mixing workstation contains Tascam 
multitrack recorders and a digital mixing board, a 
Macintosh computer running Digidesign's Pro-Tools, 
and assorted signal processing gear. 

Additional workstations can be rolled into class- 
rooms for the Recording Fundamentals and the 
Sound Synthesis/MIDI classes. 

B.A., Music 

The bachelor of arts in music is a dynamic pro- 
gram for the study of music within a liberal arts cur- 
riculum. It is distinctive in its treatment of music as a 
world-wide phenomenon. It is also flexible, allowing 
students to focus on performance or musicology. 

Students focusing on performance are urged to 
take private instruction on an instrument or in voice 
each semester of enrollment. Seniors must present 
either a senior thesis or a senior recital to qualify for 
graduation. There are options in the senior year cur- 
riculum for courses appropriate for thesis or recital 
preparation. 



College of Arts and Sciences 99 



All students majoring in the B.A. in music must 
complete 121-122 credits. 

Required Courses 

Courses must include the University Core 

Curriculum plus the following: 

MU 1 1 1 Introduction to Music 

MU 1 12 Introduction to World Music 

MU 1 16 Performance 

(12 credits minimum) 
MU 125-126 Elementary Music Theory with 

Laboratory (if required) 
MU 150-151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II 
MU 175-176 Musicianship I and II 
MU 201-202 Analysis and History of European Art 

Music I and II 
MU 501 Seminar in Advanced Research I 
or 

MU 416 Advanced Performance 
MU 502 Seminar in Advanced Research II 
or 

MU 416 Advanced Performance 
Plus music electives (6 credits) 
Plus ten electives 

B.A., Music Industry 

The music industry degree is offered to anyone 
interested in an exciting career in the fields ol music 
management, arts administration, record production, 
promotion and sales, marketing, artist management, 
music publishing, and any other areas in the enter- 
tainment industry. 

The program provides a unique balance ol courses 
in the areas of music, sound recording, and business 
as well as music industry. Music courses include top- 
ics such as music theory, musicianship, music history, 
and performance. Sound recording courses include 
multitrack recording, digital audio, and the use of 
computers in the recording studio. Business courses 
cover areas such as accounting, management, and 
marketing. 

Music industry courses, specifically designed for 
this program, cover topics such as record companies, 
contracts, music marketing and merchandising. 



recording studio management, music publishing, 
copyright law and concert planning, promotion, and 
management. Special emphasis is given to career 
planning and development. 

Required Courses 

Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus 

the following: 

MU 1 1 1 Introduction to Music 

or 

MU 1 12 Introduction to World Music 

MU 125-126 Elementary Music Theory with 

Laboratory (if required) 
MU 150-151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II 
Plus the following: 
MU 116 Performance 
MU 175-176 Musicianship I and II 
or 
MU 201-202 Analysis and History of European Art 

Music I and II 
MU211 History of Rock 
MU 261 Introduction to the Music Industry 
MU 301 Recording Fundamentals 
MU 311 Multitrack Recording I 
MU 312 Multitrack Recording 11 
or 

MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI 
MU 361 Production, Promotion, and Distribution 
MU 362 Legal Issues, Copyrights, and Contracts 
MU 461-462 Internship in the Music Industry I and II 
Plus music electives (6 credits) 
A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting 
A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting 
MG 210 Management and Organization 
MK 200 Principles of Marketing 
Pkis business electives (6 credits) 
Plus three electives 

B.A., Music and Sound Recording 

The bachelor of arts in music and sound recording 
is a unique four-year degree program. Its development 
is based on the philosophy that musicians should have 
a working knowledge of the media through which 
their art is most often heard and that sound recordists 



100 



should have a working knowledge of the art form they 
are recording. Thus, the program is designed to 
instruct students in three interrelated areas: 1) music 
history, theory, and aesthetics; 2) musicianship; and 3) 
sound recording methodology and technique. 

Required Courses 

Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus 
the following: 

MU 1 1 1 Introduction to Music 
MU 1 12 Introduction to World Music 
MU 1 16 Performance (6 credits minimum) 
MU 125-126 Elementary Music Theory with 

Laboratory (if required) 
MU 150-151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II 
MU 175-176 Musicianship I and II 
MU 201-202 Analysis and Histor)' of European Art 

Music I and II 
MU211 History of Rock 
MU221 Film Music 
MU 301 Recording Fundamentals 
MU 311-312 Multitrack Recording 1 and II 
MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI 
MU 401^02 Recording Seminar/ Project I and II 
PH 100 Introductory Physics with Laboratory 
PH 203 The Physics of Music and Sound with 

Laborator)' 

B.S., Music and Sound Recording 

The bachelor of science in music and sound 
recording is similar to the bachelor of arts program in 
its philosophy and design, but it provides a stronger 
background in the science and technology of record- 
ing through classes in calculus, physics, and electrical 
engineering. 

Required Courses 

Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus 
the following: 

MU 1 1 1 Introduction to Music 
MU 112 Introduction to World Music 
MU 116 Performance (6 credits minimum) 
MU 125-126 Elementary Music Theory with 

Laboratory (if required) 
MU 150-151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II 
MU 175-176 Musicianship I and II 



MU 201-202 Analysis and History of European Art 

Music I and II 
MU211 Histor)' of Rock 
MU 221 Film Music 
MU 301 Recording Fundamentals 
MU 311-312 Multitrack Recording I and II 
MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI 
MU 401^02 Recording Seminar/Project 1 and II 
EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog 

Devices 
EE 235 Analog Circuits 
M 117-1 18 Calculus I and II 
PH 1 50 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 

Minor in Music 

A total of 1 8 credits in music courses (other than 
performance) is required for the minor in music. A 
student's program should be planned in consultation 
with a member of the music faculty. 

Visual Arts 

Coordinators: Interior Design, Christy Somerville; 

Art, Graphic Design and Multimedia, Todd S. 

Jokl, M.F.A. 

Study of the visual arts provides an opportunity for 
self-realization and gives the individual a perception of 
his or her relationship to socien'. Foundational courses 
in the basics of two- and three-dimensional design, 
color, and drawing, plus work in major disciplines 
such as painting, sculpture, and the use of computers 
as a design tool provide the student with the necessary 
vocabulary for effective visual communication. 

Knowledge of the development of art throughout 
human cultural evolution from the cave era to pres- 
ent day is provided through studies in art history and 
the contemporary art scene. Thus, equipped with a 
working vocabulary of visual form and a sense of art 
history, students progress toward the goal of making 
a mature visual statement in their chosen field. 

University of New Haven art programs provide 
preparation for graduate study or career opportunities 
in fields related to art, graphic design, interior design. 



College of Arts and Sciences 101 



and architecture. 

Students in all B.A. art programs listed below 
must complete at least 121 credits. These courses 
must include the core requirements for the University 
and the required courses as listed for each program. 

B.A., Art 

This program is designed to assist students in dis- 
covering their potential lor creative expression in the 
plastic arts and the development of a personal idiom 
in disciplines of their own choosing, including paint- 
ing, sculpture, drawing, and printmaking. 
Acquisition of an effective visual vocabulary is pro- 
moted by foundational courses in two- and three- 
dimensional design, color, and drawing. Art historical 
studies provide perspective on art forms of the past. 

The program prepares students for graduate study 
in art as well as for career opportunities in a broad 
spectrum of art and art-related fields. 

Required Courses 

Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus 

the following: 

AT 101-102 Introduction to Studio Art I and II 

AT 105-106 Basic Drawing I and II 

AT 201-202 Painting I and II 

AT 205 Ceramics I 

AT 209 Photography I 

AT 21 1-212 Basic Design I and II 

AT 213 Color 

AT 231-232 History of Art I and II 

AT 302 Figure Drawing 

AT 304-305 Sculpture I and II 

AT 315 Printmaking 

AT 401-402 Studio Seminar I and II 

Plus one art history elective and two art electives 

Plus five electives 



B.A., Graphic Design 

Graphic design, the art of visual communication 
through words and pictures, is an expanding disci- 
pline. Posters, publications, identity systems, graphs, 
diagrams, information design, signage, and exhibits 



are components of the visual environment in which 
we live. The graphic designer's duty is to bring clarity 
and visual aesthetics to communication through an 
understanding of theory, design practice, and tech- 
nology. 

The introductory courses in the graphic design 
program concentrate on basic design vocabulary, 
composition, color perception, drawing, introduction 
to the use of computers as a design tool, and photog- 
raphy. The junior and senior year curriculum focuses 
on typographic studies, illustration, critical analysis, 
problem-solving methodology, advanced computer 
projects, and complex applied design projects, 
preparing students for graphic design positions in 
design studios, corporations, and agencies, as well as 
for graduate studies in the field. 

Required Courses 

Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus 
the following: 

AT 105-106 Basic Drawing I and II 

AT 122 Graphic Design Production 

AT 201 Painting I 

AT 203-204 Graphic Design I and II 

AT 209 Photography I 

AT 211-212 Basic Design I and II 

AT 213 Color 

AT 221-222 Typography I and II 

AT 231-232 History of Art I and II 

AT 309 Photographic Design 

AT 315 Printmaking 

AT 322 Illustration 

AT 401^02 Studio Seminar I and II 

AT 403-412 Special Topics (one course) 

AT 599 Independent Study 

MK 307 Advertising and Promotion 

Plus four electives 

A.S., Graphic Design 

Required Courses 

AT 105-106 Basic Drawing I and II 
AT 122 Graphic Design Production 
AT 203-204 Graphic Design I and II 
AT 209 Photography I 



102 



AT 211 Basic Design I 

AT 213 Color 

AT 221-222 Typography I and II 

AT 309 Photographic Design 

Plus the University's associate degree core, one Special 

Topics in Design History course, and one free elective. 

Minor in Art 

A total of 18 credits in art is required for the 
minor in art. Students may take the courses listed 
below and any other courses that fill their needs and 
interests. 

Recommended Courses 

AT 105 Basic Drawing I 
AT 201 Painting I 
AT 213 Color 
AT 302 Figure Drawing 
AT 304 Sculpture I 

Recommended Courses for a Photography Interest 

AT 209-210 Photography I and 11 

AT 225 Photographic Methods 

AT 309 Photographic Design 

AT 310 Photographic Lighting 

Plus one special topics course such as Digital Imaging 

Recommended Courses for a Graphic Design 
Interest 

AT 122 Graphic Design Production 

AT 211 Basic Design I 

AT 203-204 Graphic Design I and II 

AT 213 Color 

AT 22 1 Typography I 

or 

AT 322 Illustration 

Recommended Courses for an Interior Design 

Interest 

ID 109-1 10 Architectural Drawing I and II 

ID 21 1-212 Interior Design I and II 

ID 213 Color 

ID 315 History of Architecture and Interiors I or 

ID 316 History of Architecture and Interiors II 



B.A., Interior Design 

Studies in the interior design programs are organ- 
ized to focus on the construction and technology of 
the built environment for a broad range of residen- 
tial, commercial, and institutional spaces. 
Programming and problem-solving abilities are devel- 
oped through two-dimensional visualization tech- 
niques and three-dimensional model building. 
Hand-drawn and computer-generated drawings and 
documents provide the basis for implementing design 
solutions. During the first two years of the program, 
students develop their theoretical understanding of 
design and their technical drawing skills through 
courses in architectural drawing, sketching and ren- 
dering, construction documents, lighting design, and 
residential and commercial interior design studios. 

During the third and fourth years, students take 
advanced courses in interior systems, materials, codes, 
and interior products and specifications; computer 
aided design (CAD); and history of architecture, 
interiors, and furniture. Independent studies and 
internships, as well as interior design studies focused 
on areas such as kitchen and bath design, oflTice 
design, hospitalit)' and restaurant design, retail, 
health care, historic preservation, universal design 
and sustainability design are also completed during 
the third and fourth years. Career preparation is 
developed through a professional practices course and 
a series of portfolio design and production courses 
culminating in a senior portfolio. 

Through experiential learning projects and field 
trips, students develop an understanding of the rela- 
tionship between interior designers and clients, the 
interaction between interior designers and architects 
and other specialized professionals, and methods of 
communication between designers and fabricators. 
The program's award-winning student chapter of the 
American Society of Interior Designers and our affili- 
ations with the design communit}' for internships 
and job placements provide students with excellent 
opportunities to network and develop a clear under- 
standing of the profession of interior design. 



College of Arts and Sciences 103 



Required Courses 

Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus 

the following required courses for interior design 

majors, B.A.: 

ID 100 Portfolio Design 

ID 109-1 10 Architectural Drawing I and II 

ID 200 Portfolio Production I 

ID 21 1-212 Interior Design I and II 

ID 214 Lighting Design and Specifications 

ID 215-216 Construction Documents I and II 

ID 217 Sketching and Rendering for Interiors 

ID 218 Interior Systems, Materials and Codes 

ID 300 Portfolio Production II 

ID 31 1-312 Interior Design III and IV 

ID 313-314 CAD for Interiors I and II 

ID 315-316 History of Architecture and Interiors I 

and II 
ID 317 Interior Products and Specifications 
ID 400 Portfolio Presentation 
ID 41 1-412 Interior Design V and VI 
ID 413 Professional Practices for Interior Designers 
ID 598 Internships for Interiors and Allied Fields 



Required Courses 

Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus 

the following courses for interior design/pre-architec- 

ture concentration majors, B.A.: 

ID 100 Portfolio Design 

ID 109-1 10 Architectural Drawing I and II 

ID 200 Portfolio Production I 

ID 211-212 Interior Design I and II 

ID 214 Lighting Design and Specifications 

ID 215-216 Construction Documents I and II 

ID 217 Sketching and Rendering tor Interiors 

ID 218 Interior Systems, Materials and Codes 

ID 300 Portfolio Production II 

ID 311-312 Interior Design III and IV 

ID 313-314 CAD for Interiors I and II 

ID 315-316 History of Architecture and Interiors I 

and II 
ID 317 Interior Products and Specifications 
ID 400 Portfolio Presentation 
ID 41 1-412 Interior Design V and VI 
ID 413 Professional Practices for Interior Designers 
ID 598 Internships for Interiors and Allied Fields 



ID 598 Independent Study 
Plus the following art courses: 

AT 105 Basic Drawing I 

AT 21 1-212 Basic Design I and II 

AT 213 Color 

And one of the following art history courses: 

AT 231-232 History of Art I or II, or 

AT 331 Contemporary Art 

Plus two electives (6 credits) 

Concentration in Interior Design/ 
Pre-architecture 

Studies in the interior design/pre-architecture con- 
centration follow the same program format as the 
interior design degree program with the additional 
preparation of calculus, physics, and city planning. 
This concentration prepares the student to poten- 
tially enter a professional degree program such as 
architecture at the graduate school level. 



ID 598 Independent Study 
Plus the following art courses: 

AT 105 Basic Drawing I 

AT 21 1-212 Basic Design I and II 

AT 213 Color 

And one of the following art history courses: 

AT 231-232 History of Art I or II, or 

AT 33 1 Contemporary Art 

Plus the following courses for the pre-architecture 

concentration: 

M 115 Pre-calculus (fulfills the core curriculum math 
requirement) 

M 117 Calculus 

PH 103 General Physics with Laboratory 

or 

PH 1 50 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 
Laboratory (either course fulfills the core 
curriculum science with lab requirement) 

CE 403 Cit}' Planning 



104 



A.S., Interior Design 

Required Courses 

Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus 

the following courses for interior design majors, A.S.: 

ID 100 Portfolio Design 

ID 109-1 10 Architectural Drawing I and II 

ID 200 Portfolio Production I 

ID 21 1-212 Interior Design I and II 

ID 214 Lighting Design and Specifications 

ID 217 Sketching and Rendering for Interiors 

ID 315-316 History of Architecture and Interiors I 

and II 
Plus the following art courses: 

AT 105 Basic Drawing I 
AT 211-212 Basic Design I and II 
AT 213 Color 

Plus one elective or MR (major requirement) elec- 
tive* (3 credits) 
* MR elective in interior design lor NCIDQ 

Recommended Electives 

AT 203 Graphic Design I 

AT 416 ST: Digital Photography and Imaging I 

MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia 

Visual Arts 

See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS. 



College of Business 105 



COLLEGE OF BUSINESS 



Richard A. Highfield, B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Dean 

Vision Statement 

To be a preeminent and distinguishable leader 
among institutions of higher education in the provi- 
sion of academic business programs. 

Mission 

To provide high-quality, career-advancing business 
education opportunities within an environment of life- 
long learning. The College of Business sets the PACE 
through its dedication to ensuring the following: 
P: Practical technology applications and professional 

enrichment 
A: Academic excellence 
C: Communication skill development 
E: Experiential learning opportunities 



Bi 



Progr 



Bachelor of Science (B.S.) 

• Accounting 

• Finance 

• Hotel and Restaurant Management 

• Management 

• Management: Concentration in Management of 
Sports Industries 

• Management of Sports Industries 

• Marketing 

• Tourism and Event Management 

Associate in Science (A.S.) 

• Management 

Minors 

• Accounting 

• Behavioral Economics 

• Entrepreneurship 

• Finance 

• International Business 



• Management 

• Marketing 

• Quantitative Analysis 

Business-Related Programs 

Bachelor of Science (B.S.) 

• Public Administration (evening courses only) 

The College of Business PACE Program 

The College of Business Personalized Academic 
Curricular Experience (PACE) program is open to all 
College of Business majors pursuing a B.S. degree, 
regardless of the area of study. This program provides 
each student with an opportunity to become engaged 
in a thematic learning experience that focuses on the 
student's career interests and aspirations. Using this 
area as a guide, the student selects twelve credits of 
corresponding courses, with the assistance of an 
adviser, offered outside the College of Business. These 
courses must be thematically linked in a way that 
advances preparation for career placement and must 
strengthen the academic background in a way that 
supplements business-related expertise. Additional 
information may be obtained from College of 
Business advisers. 

The Robert Alvine Professional 
Enrichment Program 

All College of Business students may participate in 
the Robert Alvine Professional Enrichment Program. 
Students pursuing a B.S. degree in a business program 
must participate by way of curricular requirements in 
certain courses. This program offers co-curricular 
activities during which students meet and network 
with area specialists; learn from business leaders; 
become involved in work-related endeavors such as 
internships, practicum, and job shadowing; and attend 
various seminars, workshops, and forums that deal 
with professional readiness and work-related issues or 



106 



emerging issues that impact the business environment. 
The Professional Enrichment Program builds upon the 
academic programs by (a) providing cutting-edge 
information and knowledge concerning matters that 
impact the operation of business and (b) merging the- 
ory into practice by way of the professional expertise 
and orientation of the session speakers. 

Academic Policies 

Following are the academic policies of the College 
of Business. 

1. At least 50 percent of business program core cred- 
its (i.e., a minimum of 15 credits) required for the 
B.S. degree must be earned through course work 
completed at the UNH College of Business. 

2. At least 50 percent of the major-specific credits 
(i.e., a minimum of 15 credits) required for the 
B.S. degree must be earned through course work 
completed at the UNH College of Business. 
Major-specific course work includes all credit 
requirements in both the eighteen-credit major 
requirement and the twelve-credit business 
restricted elective requirement. 

3. No credit for course work completed at a commu- 
nity/two-year institution may be applied to, or 
transferred in as, 300-, 400-, or 500-level courses 
that are offered by the College of Business. 

4. Courses completed at AACSB-accredited institu- 
tions may be transferred into the business pro- 
grams for equivalent-level courses offered by the 
College of Business. Credits earned at four-year 
non-AACSB-accredited schools may be transferred 
only with the approval of the chair of the depart- 
ment offering the course and the dean of the 
College of Business. 

5. Students pursuing either a dual College of 
Business major or a second College of Business 
B.S. degree must meet all degree curriculum 
requirements tor each major/degree. A minimum 
of eighteen College ot Business non-overlapping 
credits must be completed for each new 
major/degree program completed; credits taken 
must have the approval of the department 
chair/program director. 



6. To receive a degree from the College of Business, 
the final 30 credits completed must be earned at 

UNH. 

Evening Accelerated Business Programs 

The College of Business offers Evening 
Accelerated Business Programs for both full- and 
part-time day students as well as part-time working 
professionals. Full-time students who are financial aid 
recipients must consult with the Financial Aid Office 
to ensure that accelerated program courses meet 
enrollment eligibility criteria for federal financial aid 
programs. The accelerated program courses are sched- 
uled in four modules plus summer terms throughout 
the academic year and are primarily cohort-driven. 
Complete degree requirements for the B.S. in 
Management and the B.S. in Accounting are offered 
for evening students; curriculum requirements for 
day and evening programs are identical. For addi- 
tional information about the Evening Accelerated 
Business Programs, please call University College at 
203.932.7180 or 1.800.DIAL.UNH, ext. 7180. 

University Core Curriculum 

In addition to departmental requirements, stu- 
dents must fulfill all requirements of the University 
Core Curriculum outlined on page 15. 

Business Program Structure 

College of Business B.S. degree program credits 
are categorized into one of six groups and conform to 
the following template: 

University Core Curriculum: 
Core: 37 credits (40 credits including QA 380) 
Electives/PACE program: 12 credits 
Non-Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits 

Business Program Core: 

30 credits* 

Major: 18 credits 

Restricted Electives: 12 credits 

* QA 380 satisfies a core curriculum requirement but 

is tabulated with the business program core credits. 



College of Business 1 07 



Additional detail is provided below. 

University Core Curriculum: 

37 credits (40 credits including QA 380) 

The following courses must be completed and will be 

utilized in partial fulfillment of core curriculum 

requirements: 

Communication (choose one) 

CO 100 Human Communication 

E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 1.2. 

Quantitative Analysis 

M 109 Intermediate Algebra 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.2. 

Technolog)' Applications 

QA 380 Operations Management 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 3. 

Economic Foundations 

EC 133 Principles of Economics I 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 5.3. 

EC 134 Principles of Economics II 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.3. 

Political Science (choose one) 

PS 121 American Government and Politics 

PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 4.2. 

Behavioral Science (choose one) 

Pill Introduction to Psychology 

SO 113 Sociology 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 5.1. 

Non-Business Electives/PACE Program: 

12 credits 

These credits may be used to fulfill the requirements 
of the College of Business PACE program; otherwise 
they may be used as free electives in a non-business 
topic, unless specifically designated. Students should 
check their academic program of choice for specific 
credit requirements. 

Non-Business Restricted Electives: 

12 credits 

QA 1 18 Business Mathematics 

QA 216 Business Statistics 

Six additional credits in a non-business topic are 

required and may be specifically designated by major. 



Consult the academic program of choice for courses 
that satisfy this requirement. 

College of Business Program Core: 

30 credits 

These courses develop the foundation knowledge and 

competencies from which major-specific course work 

may follow. 

A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting 

A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting 

LA 101 Business Law and the Regulatory 

Environment 
FI 213 Business Finance 
MK 200 Principles of Marketing 
MG 210 Management and Organization 
MG 240 Business Ethics and Diversity 
QA 343 Management Information Systems 
QA 380 Operations Management 
MG 550 Business Policy 
BA 500 Experiential Learning Capstone (required, 

non-credit*) 
*This non-credit requirement reflects the commit- 
ment of the College of Business to engaged, profes- 
sional learning as well as to international awareness. 

College of Business Major Requirement: 

1 8 credits 

Students should check their academic program of 
choice for specific curricular requirements, which 
build upon the business program core and offer in- 
depth exposure to advanced material related to the 
area of study. 

College of Business Restricted Electives: 

1 2 credits 

These credits provide advanced material, either in the 
major or in course work that reflects emerging issues 
of importance. Students should check their academic 
program of choice for specific curricular requirements. 

Business-Related Program Structure 

College ot Business business-related program 
requirements are specific to the area of study. 
Students pursuing these academic programs should 
check the academic program of choice for all specific 
curricular requirements. 



108 



Accounting 



Chair: Robert E. Wnek, L.L.M., J.D., CPA 
Professors: Robert E. Wnek, L.L.M. Boston 

University School of Law, J.D., CPA 
Associate Professors: Alireza Daneshfar, Ph.D., 

Concordia University; Robert McDonald, M.B.A., 

New York University, CMA, CPA, CIA, CFA; 

Michael Rolleri, M.B.A., University of 

Connecticut, CPA; Martin A. Goldberg, L.L.M. , 

New York University, J.D.; Scott J. Lane, Ph.D., 

University of Kentucky, CPA 
Instructor: Mary Miller, M.B.A., CPA University of 

New Haven 

The Accounting Department oversees courses in 
accounting, business law, and taxation. While the study 
of accounting has its roots in economic theory, the 
courses emphasize practical application to real-world 
problems and the decision-making process, as well as 
principles and procedures used to produce the informa- 
tion required by decision-makers. Accounting promotes 
an appreciation for not only the nature of accounting 
information but also the use of that information in the 
complex process of decision-making by individuals, 
business firms, and government. The Department of 
Accounting at the University of New Haven seeks to 
serve the educational needs of those involved in all 
areas of accounting: public, private, or government. 

There are many career opportunities for account- 
ing students in the business world, government, and 
academia. Accounting professionals are needed by 
consulting firms, public accounting firms, and pri- 
vate industry as well as by federal, state, and local 
governments. An educational opportunity is also 
available to students who desire to meet the 1 50- 
credit educational requirements necessary to take the 
Certified Public Accounting (CPA) examination. 
These additional educational requirements may be 
taken at the graduate level, leading to an M.B.A. 



B.S., Accounting 

The accounting major is selected by students 
wishing to pursue a career in management account- 
ing or in public accounting leading to the Certified 
Public Accounting (CPA) license. The integration of 
business law, taxation, and finance into the program 
requirements provides the necessary academic back- 
ground to meet the challenges of the accounting pro- 
fession. 

Students earning a B.S. degree in accounting are 
required to complete 121 credits, including the core 
curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum restricted 
electives (12 credits), and core curriculum 
electives/PACE requirements (12 credits), and the 
business program core (30 credits). Requirements are 
identical tor both day and evening programs. The 
following are in addition to the aforementioned cur- 
ricular requirements: 

Core Curriculum Non-Business Restricted Elective: 

EC 200 Global Economy 

Together with QA 1 18 and QA 216, this course par- 
tially fulfills the core curriculum non-business 
restricted elective requirement. 

Business Program Core: 

A 250 Accounting Information Systems 
For all accounting majors, this course replaces QA 
343 Management Information Systems in the busi- 
ness program core. 

Business Major: 18 credits 

A 220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I 

A 221 Intermediate Financial Accounting II 

A 323 Cost Accounting 

A 422 Intermediate Financial Accounting III 

A 431 Advanced Financial Accounting 

A 433 Auditing and Assurance Services 

Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits 

A 435 Federal Income Taxation I 

A 436 Federal Income Taxation II 

Plus six credits chosen in consultation with the adviser. 



College of Business 1 09 



Minor in Accounting 
(Business program majors only) 

Requirements for the minor in accounting, for 
business program majors only, are nine credits 
beyond the business program core. 
A 220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I 
A 221 Intermediate Financial Accounting II 
Plus three accounting credits chosen in consultation 
with the adviser. 

Economics and Finance 



an analytic appreciation of the financial system and the 
financial decision-making process in which society — 
through its individuals, business firms, and govern- 
ments — is continually engaged. In particular, the 
study of finance provides a structured analysis of the 
financial system and the financial decision-making 
process as determinants of the economic wealth of the 
individual, the business firm, and the nation. The study 
of finance enables the student to pursue the preparation 
required for a number of financial decision-making 
positions in government and industry, including the 
financial services industry. Both a B.S. and a minor in 
finance are available for the interested student. 



Chair: Kamal P. Upadhyaya, Ph.D. 
Professors Emeriti: Edward A. Downe, Ph.D., New 
School for Social Research; Phillip Kaplan, Johns 
Hopkins University; Ward Theilman, Ph.D., 
University of Illinois 
Professors: Peter I. Berman, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 
University; Robert M. Rainish, Ph.D., City 
University of New York; Steven J. Shapiro, Ph.D., 
Georgetown University; Kamal P. Upadhyaya, 
Ph.D., Auburn Universit)' 
Associate Professors: Wentworth Boynton, Ph.D., 
University of Rhode Island; John J. Phelan, 
Ph.D., George Washington University; Demissew 
Ejara, Ph.D., University of Connecticut; Armando 
Rodriguez, Ph.D., University of Texas 
The Department of Economics and Finance offers 
courses in both economics and finance. Faculty in 
the Department have a wide range of research inter- 
ests, as well as extensive experience in government 
policymaking, consulting, and industry. 

Economics courses provide a basis for an under- 
standing of economic structures, a wide range of 
domestic and international issues, and trends in the 
economic life of modern societies. These courses offer 
training in analysis of economic problems as an aid 
to the evaluation of economic policies. The minor in 
behavioral economics addresses the emerging impor- 
tance of understanding market behavior and the 
heuristics and biases that impact on decision-making 
in the context of uncertainty. 

Finance, as an area of study, is designed to promote 



B.S., Finance 

Students earning a B.S. degree in finance are 
required to complete 121 credits, including the core 
curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum restricted 
electives (12 credits), and core curriculum electives/ 
PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business 
program core (30 credits). The following are in addi- 
tion to the aforementioned curricular requirements: 

Core Curricidum Non-Business Restricted Elective: 

EC 200 Global Economy 

Together with QA 118 and QA 216, this course par- 
tially fulfill the core curriculum restricted-elective 
requirement. 

Business Major: 18 credits 

FI 330 Investment Analysis and Management 

FI 345 Financial Institutions and Markets 

FI 425 International Finance 

FI 429 Corporate Financial Management 

Plus two of the following: 

A 422 Intermediate Financial Accounting III 

EC 340 Microeconomic Analysis 

EC 341 Macroeconomic Analysis 

FI 314 Principles of Real Estate 

FI 327 Risk and Insurance 

FI 341 Financial Decision Making 

Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits 

A 220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I 

A 221 Intermediate Financial Accounting II 

Plus six credits chosen in consultation with the adviser. 



110 



Minor in Finance 

(Business program majors only) 

Requirements for the minor in finance, for busi- 
ness program majors only, are nine credits beyond 
the business program core. 
FI 330 Investment Analysis and Management 
Plus six finance credits chosen in consultation with 
the adviser. 

Minor in Behavioral Economics 
(Business program majors only) 

Requirements for the minor in behavioral eco- 
nomics, for business program majors only, are 9 cred- 
its beyond the business program core. 
EC 310 Game Theory 
EC 313 Behavioral Economics 
EC 425 Decision-Making Economics and 

Uncertainty 

International 
Business Programs 

Professors: Usha Haley, Ph.D., New York University; 
Michael Kublin, Ph.D., New York University 
The College of Business international business 
programs and global initiatives are overseen by a 
committee of faculty members who are chosen from 
each functional area of study in the College of 
Business. This ensures that these programs are cross- 
disciplinary in nature and that they consider emerg- 
ing issues that impact the operation of business by 
way of all disciplines and fields of study. The College 
of Business supports a minor in international busi- 
ness for students who are majors in business pro- 
grams, as well as a minor in international business for 
students of business-related or non-business pro- 
grams. In addition, the College of Business supports 
exchange programs with other institutions across the 
world, including universities in China, Ecuador, 
Germany, Ireland, and Spain. Students interested in 
these study abroad initiatives should contact the 
dean's office in the College of Business for additional 
information. 



Minor in International Business 
(Business program majors only) 

Requirements for the minor in international busi- 
ness, for business program majors only, are nine cred- 
its beyond the business program core. 
CO 205 Intercultural Communication 
Plus one of the following: 
EC 200 Global Economy 
FI 425 International Finance 
MK413 International Marketing 
MG 415 Multinational Management 
Plus one of the following: 

IB 421 Operation of the Multinational Corporation 
IB 422 International Business Negotiations 

Minor in International Business 
(Non-business and business-related 
program majors only) 

Requirements for the minor in international busi- 
ness, for non-business or business-related program 
majors only, are the following eighteen credits: 
EC 200 Global Economy 
MG 210 Management and Organization 
MK 200 Principles of Marketing 
CO 205 Intercultural Communication 
MK 413 International Marketing 
IB 422 International Business Negotiations 



Management 



Chair: William S. Y Pan, Ph.D. 

Professors Emeriti: Lynn W. Ellis, D.P.S., Pace 
University; Judith Neal, Ph.D., Yale University; 
Warren J. Smith, M.B.A., Northeastern University 

Professors: Tony Carter, M.B.A., Wagner College 
Graduate School of Business; J.D., University of 
Denver, College of Law; Linda R. Martin, Ph.D.; 
University of South Carolina; Abbas Nadim, 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; William S. Y 
Pan, Ph.D., Columbia University; Anshuman 
Prasad, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts 



College of Business 1 1 1 



Associate Professors: Dale M. Finn, Ph.D., 

University of Massachusetts; Jiajuan Liang, Ph.D., 
Hong Kong Baptist University; Pawei Mensz, 
Ph.D., Systems Research Institute of the Polish 
Academy of Sciences 

At this time, as all of society's systems — govern- 
mental, technological, societal, educational, indus- 
trial, and military, as well as business-related — are 
becoming increasingly sophisticated and complex, 
there is a growing need for skilled managers that is 
unrivaled historically. Contemporary managers must 
attend to global competition, understand complex 
logistical matters, maintain service quality and con- 
tinuous improvement, and monitor both the internal 
and external business environments. In response to 
these needs, the management programs seek to pro- 
vide students with the foundations ot knowledge and 
skill necessary to obtain and advance in professional 
managerial positions in both national and interna- 
tional corporations. The Department of 
Management offers a diverse set of degree programs 
in management and public administration. Minors 
are also available, in niche areas such as entrepreneur- 
ship and quantitative analysis. 

The Co-op Program 

The Department participates in the cooperative 
education program (co-op), which enables students 
to combine their education with practical, paid work 
experience in their career field. For further details see 
the Office of Internships and Employer Relations 
section on pg. 23 of this catalog. 

B.S., Management 

In order to function effectively in a variety of orga- 
nizational situations, administrators and managers 
must understand the complexities of organizational 
communication and the interrelationships that exist 
among the various functional groups that each impact 
organizational welfare. This point of view is essential 
for managers who wish to both participate effectively 
with others in the administrative and managerial group 
and also administer and oversee activities effectively in 
critical areas of responsibility. The Department's pro- 



gram in management provides the requisite skill sets 
for success in this demanding and increasingly interna- 
tional and diverse work environment. 

Students earning a B.S. degree in management are 
required to complete 121 credits, including the core 
curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum restricted 
electives (12 credits), and core curriculum electives/ 
PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business 
program core (30 credits). The following are in addi- 
tion to the aforementioned curricular requirements: 

Business Major: 18 credits 

MG 331 Management of Human Resources 

MG 350 Management of Workforce Diversity 

MG 415 Multinational Management 

MG 512 Contemporary Issues in Business and 

Society 
Plus six management credits are chosen in consulta- 
tion with the adviser. 

Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits 

These credits are chosen in consultation with the 
adviser. 

Concentration in Management of Sports 
Industries (Business program) 

Students majoring in management have the 
option of pursuing the concentration in management 
of sports industries. As part of the management 
degree, the concentration requires a specified twelve 
credits. Nine of these credits fulfill the business 
restricted elective group of courses, with three addi- 
tional credits designated to fulfill the core curriculum 
restricted elective. The degree may be completed 
within the standard 121 -credit requirement. 

Core Curriculum Restricted Electives: 

MG 120 Development of American Sports 
Together with QA 118 and QA 216, this course par- 
tially fulfills the core curriculum restricted-elective 
requirement. 

Business Restricted Electives: 

MG 230 Management of Sports Industries 

MG 235 Marketing and Public Relations in Sports 



112 



MG 320 Sports Industries and the Law 
These courses fulfill nine credits of the business 
restricted-elective requirement. Three additional cred- 
its of business electives are chosen in consultation 
with the adviser. 

A.S., Management 

Upon successful completion of 61 credits of the 
four-year B.S. degree program in management, stu- 
dents may petition to receive an Associate in Science 
(A.S.) degree in management. Credit requirements 
are designed to facilitate continuance to the four-year 
B.S. degree in a business discipline. 

The following specific business program core 
courses must be completed: 
A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting 
A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting 
FI 213 Business Finance 
LA 101 Business Law and the Regulatory 

Environment 
MG 210 Management and Organization 
MG 240 Business Ethics and Diversity 
MK 200 Principles of Marketing 

Students must also complete the following core cur- 
riculum requirements: 

6 credits (E 105, E 1 10): core competency 1.1 
3 credits (CO 100 or E 230) core competency 1.2 
3 credits {M 109): core competency 2.2 
3 credits (EC 134): core competency 2.3 
3 credits (QA 380): core competency 3 
3 credits (HS 101 or HS 102): core competency 4.1 
3 credits (PS 121 or PS 122): core competency 4.2 
3 credits (P or SO): core competency 5.1 
3 credits (EC 133): core competency 5.3 
3 credits: core competency 6 

The following courses, which are offered by the 
College of Business, must also be completed: 
QA 1 18 Business Mathematics 
QA 216 Business Statistics 



Minor in Management (Non-business or 
Business-related program majors) 

Requirements for the minor in management, for 
non-business or business-related program majors 
only, are the following eighteen credits: 
A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting 
LA 101 Introduction to Law and the Regulatory 

Environment 
EC 133 Principles of Economics I 
MK 200 Principles of Marketing 
MG 210 Management and Organizations 
MG 240 Business Ethics and Diversity 

Minor in Entrepreneurship 
(Business program majors) 

Throughout the United States, many large enter- 
prises began as small businesses initiated by an entre- 
preneur with an idea or vision. Still today, ninety-five 
percent of all businesses in the United States are 
small businesses. Entrepreneurship and small busi- 
nesses are dynamic and powerful interactive forces in 
these increasingly difficult economic times. 

The University of New Haven offers a minor in 
entrepreneurship as a means of preparing students 
who are considering a business start-up, purchasing 
an existing business, or joining the family business 
following graduation. The minor may also provide an 
"intrapreneurship" foundation for students who 
aspire to work in big business. As such, the minor 
pursues a multidisciplinary approach to entrepreneur- 
ship that integrates the business disciplines with com- 
munication, negotiation, and presentation skills. 
Moreover, the program merges theory into practice 
by linking emerging academic developments with the 
most effective business approaches. 

Requirements for the minor in entrepreneurship, 
for business program majors only, are nine credits 
beyond the business program core. 
MG 317 Entrepreneurship and New Business 

Development 
MG 327 Business Planning 
MG 417 Managing an Entrepreneurial Venture 



College of Business 1 1 3 



Quantitative Analysis 

The Department of Quantitative Analysis delivers 
courses designed to address the development of quan- 
titative reasoning; critical thinking; information collec- 
tion, organization, and analysis; and decision-making 
skills. These include courses in applied calculus, opera- 
tions research and operations management, informa- 
tion systems, and statistics. The Department offers a 
minor in quantitative analysis for those students inter- 
ested in further strengthening their skill sets in this 
critical area that supports the business functions. 

Minor in Quantitative Analysis 
(Business program majors) 

Requirements for the minor in quantitative analy- 
sis, for business program majors only, are nine credits 
in quantitative analysis courses chosen in consulta- 
tion with the adviser, in addition to the business pro- 
gram core, QA 118, and QA 216. 



Marketing 



Coordinator: Ben B. Judd, Jr., Ph.D. 

Professor Emeritus: Robert P. Brody, D.B.A. Harvard 

University 
Professors: George T. Haley, Ph.D., University of 

Texas at Austin; Ben B. Judd, Jr., Ph.D., 

University of Texas at Arlington; Cheng Lu Wang, 

Ph.D., Oklahoma State University 
Associate Professor: Subroto Roy, Ph.D., University 

of Western Svdney 

The discipline of marketing investigates business 
practices and strategies needed to attract customers 
and compete effectively in a global free-market system. 
Although the curriculum places a greater emphasis on 
practices and strategies in the domestic environment, 
international issues are explored in most courses and in 
an international marketing course. Newer coverage 
includes the emerging impact of the Internet on chan- 
nels of distribution and on promotion practices. Skills 



are also developed in the traditional areas of consumer 
analysis and marketing research. 

B.S., Marketing 

Marketing is the study of the processes for devel- 
oping and distributing goods and services attractive 
to selected customer groups. These markets may 
include both consumer and organizational (indus- 
trial, governmental, or non-profit) groups. An under- 
standing of customers results from studies of 
psychological and sociological perspectives and from 
the use of research tools. Based on this understand- 
ing, competitive strategies and distribution channels 
can be devised to reach the desired customers more 
effectively. The emergence of e-commerce has sub- 
stantially modified some of the existing strategies for 
understanding the customer and tor managing chan- 
nels of distribution. 

Students earning a B.S. degree in marketing are 
required to complete 121 credits, including the core 
curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum restricted 
electives (12 credits), and core curriculum electives/ 
PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business 
program core (30 credits). The following are in addi- 
tion to the aforementioned curricular requirements: 

Business Major: 18 credits 

MK 205 Consumer Behavior 

or 
MK 307 Advertising and Promotion 
MK 302 Organizational Marketing 
MK 326 Overview of E-Commerce 
MK 413 International Marketing 
MK 442 Marketing Research in the Global 

Environment 
Plus one of the following: 
MK 316 Sales Management 
MK 321 Retail Management 
MK 402 Marketing of Services 
MK 515 Marketing Management 

Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits 

These credits are chosen in consultation with the 
adviser. 



114 



Minor In Marketing 

(Business program majors only) 

Requirements for the minor in marketing, for 
business program majors only, are nine credits 
beyond the business program core. 
MK 413 International Marketing 
Plus two of the following: 
MK 205 Consumer Behavior 
MK 302 Organizational Marketing 
MK 307 Advertising and Promotion 
MK 321 Retail Management 
MK 402 Marketing of Services 
MK 442 Marketing Research in the Global 

Environment 
MK 450-459 Special Topics 
MK 515 Marketing Management 

Minor in Marketing (Non-business or 
business-related program majors only) 

Requirements for the minor in marketing, lor 
non-business or business-related program majors 
only, are the following 18 credits: 

MK 200 Principles of Marketing 

MG 210 Management and Organization 

Plus four of the following; 
MK 205 Consumer Behavior 
MK 302 Organizational Marketing 
MK 307 Advertising and Promotion 
MK 321 Retail Management 
MK 402 Marketing of Services 
MK 413 International Marketing 
MK 515 Marketing Management 



Sports Management, 
Hospitality and 
Tourism Management 

Chair: Gil B. Fried, J.D. 

Professor Emeritus: Elisabeth van Dyke, Ph.D., 

Columbia University 
Professors: Gil B. Fried, J.D., Ohio State University; 

Allen Sack, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
Lecturer: Robert L. Brown, M.B.A., American 

Intercontinental University 

Sports management is a rapidly growing field that 
provides numerous career options from professional 
and collegiate sports broadcasting and selling sport- 
ing goods. Hospitality, tourism, and event manage- 
ment are also strong fields that have significant 
growth through large national hotel chains to amuse- 
ment parks and resorts. The two fields have many 
common issues/opportunities and UNH focuses on 
the business side of these industries. Our graduates 
work in numerous business environments with the 
strong legal, financial, managerial, marketing, and 
event management skills embodied in our classes. 
Our courses are supplemented with numerous experi- 
ential education opportunities from industry intern- 
ships to professional enrichment opportunities where 
students can network with industry leaders. 

With several unique degree options, UNH's Sport 
Management/Hospitality and Tourism Management 
Department can provide the education students need 
to become leaders in these exciting industries. 

The Co-op Program 

The Department participates in the cooperative 
education program (co-op), which enables students 
to combine their education with practical, paid work 
experience in their career field. For further details see 
the Office of Internships and Employer Relations 
section on pg. 23 of this catalog. 



College of Business 115 



B.S., Management of Sports Industries 

The sports industry continues to experience sig- 
nificant growth as a business sector of the economy. 
As the industry expands, so does the need for sports 
management specialists who are trained in business 
management skills and also demonstrate sensitivity to 
the unique features of the sports enterprise. College 
graduates in management of sports industries can 
pursue careers in professional sports franchises, coli- 
seum and arena management, ski resorts, corporate 
fitness centers, college sports programs, sports media 
industries, sporting goods merchandising, and a wide 
variety of other sports-related areas. Students of this 
program receive specialized training in areas such as 
sports law, marketing, finance, and event manage- 
ment, which are all integrated by way of the compre- 
hensive internship requirement. 

Students earning a B.S. degree in management of 
sports industries are required to complete 121 credits, 
including the core curriculum (37 credits), core cur- 
riculum restricted electives (12 credits), and core cur- 
riculum electives/PACE requirements (12 credits), 
and the business program core (30 credits). The fol- 
lowing are in addition to the aforementioned curricu- 
lar requirements: 

Core Curriculum Restricted Electives: 

MG 120 Development of American Sports 
Together with QA 1 18 and QA 216, this course ful- 
fills the core curriculum restricted elective credit 
requirement. 

Business Major: 18 credits 

MG 230 Management of Sports Industries 

MG 235 Marketing and Public Relations in Sports 

MG 320 Sports Industries and the Law 

MG 331 Management of Human Resources 

MG 350 Management of Workforce Diversity 

MG 415 Multinational Management 

Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits 

MG 325 Sports Facility Management 

MG 430 Financial Management for Sports 

Administration 
MG 475 Sport Event Management 
MG 598 Internship 



B.S., Tourism and Event Management 
B.S., Hotel and Restaurant Management 

These programs offer a balanced curriculum of 
management skills and global orientations necessary 
to develop leaders for careers in the world's largest 
industry. Classroom learning integrates practical tech- 
nology applications, academic excellence, and com- 
munication skills, and is reinforced through 
experiential learning and professional enrichment 
opportunities. Students are also encouraged to partic- 
ipate in projects involving tourism and event profes- 
sionals from the state, regional, national, and 
international levels. 

The B.S. degree in either tourism and event man- 
agement or hotel and restaurant management pro- 
vides students with the knowledge and experience 
necessary to successfully obtain and advance in mana- 
gerial positions. Our student professional associations 
strive to supplement these prospects through net- 
working, service learning, and interaction with indus- 
try leaders. 

Located between New York and Boston, two of 
the most prominent tourism gateways, the University 
of New Haven's tourism and event management pro- 
gram offers students an ideal location from which to 
study the industry. Furthermore, we are in proximity 
to several multinational businesses with which our 
students may partner to complete their fieldwork 
(800 hours) and internship (400 hours) require- 
ments. Each student is also required to complete a 
200-hour service learning component prior to gradu- 
ation. 

Students earning a B.S. degree in either tourism 
and event management or hotel and restaurant man- 
agement are required to complete 121 credits, includ- 
ing the core curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum 
restricted electives (12 credits), core curriculum elec- 
tives/PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business 
program core (30 credits). The following are in addi- 
tion to the aforementioned curricular requirements: 

Business Major: 18 credits 

HTM 165 Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism 
HTM 225 Restaurant Management 
HTM 250 Lodging Operations 



116 



HTM 3 1 6 Hospitality Finance and Revenue 

Management 
HTM 325 Destination Marketing and Sales 
HTM 410 International Tourism 

For students pursuing the B.S. degree in tourism and 
event management: 

Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits 
HTM 598 Internship 
Plus three of the following: 

HTM 227 Service Management 

HTM 335 Convention and Meeting Planning 

HTM 340 Tourism Planning and PoUcy 

HTM 345 Catering and Event Management 

HTM 360 Corporate Travel Planning 

HTM 370 Gaming and Casino Management 

HTM 430 Special Interest Tourism 

HTM 450-459 Special Topics 

HTM 470 Tour Design, Marketing, and 

Management 
HTM 597 Practicum 
MG 475 Sport Event Management 
For students pursuing the B.S. degree in hotel and 
restaurant management: 

Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits 

HTM 598 Internship 

Plus three of the following: 

HTM 202 Hospitality Purchasing 

HTM 210 Applied Techniques in the Culinary Arts 

HTM 220 Pastry Making Techniques 

HTM 226 Front Office Procedures 

HTM 227 Service Management 

HTM 235 Dining Room Management 

HTM 300 Principles of Baking 

HTM 304 Volume Food Production and Service 

HTM 305 Wine Appreciation 

HTM 315 Beverage Management 

HTM 380 Resort Operations 

HTM 440 International Food, Buffet, and Catering 

HTM 445 Advanced Cuisine Management and 

Technique 
HTM 450-459 Special Topics 
HTM 597 Practicum 



Public Administration 

Chair: Charles Coleman, M.P.A. 

Professors: Jack Werblow, Ph.D., University of 

Cincinnati 
Associate Professors: Cynthia Conrad, Ph.D., 

University of Texas 
Assistant Professor: Charles Coleman, M.P.A., West 

Virginia University 

B.S., Public Administration 
(Business-related program) 

Public administration is a rich and challenging 
multidisciplinary field that addresses both philosoph- 
ical and social science perspectives that influence the 
nature of organizations. The B.S. degree in public 
administration is designed to develop skill sets that 
impact on the personal and professional effectiveness 
of people working in public, non-profit, voluntary, 
and private organizations. Graduates of the program 
are prepared to enter the work force and advance to 
leadership positions in these organizations with a 
sense of commitment to social purpose, the public 
interest, and effective public problem-solving. 

Students earning a B.S. degree in public adminis- 
tration are required to complete 121 credits, includ- 
ing the core curriculum. 

Core Curriculum: 

40 credits 

The following required courses partially fulfill the 

core curriculum requirements: 

CO 100 Human Communication 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 1.2. 

M 109 Intermediate Algebra 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.2. 

EC 134 Principles of Economics II 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.3. 

CS 1 07 Computers and their Applications 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 3. 

HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 

This course fiilfills core competency requirement 4.1. 



College of Business 1 17 

PS 1 2 1 American Government Additional Electives: 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 4.2. (, ^reJits 

EC 133 Principles of Economics 1 Xhese credits are chosen in consultation with the 

This course fulfills core competency requirement 5.3. adviser. 

College of Business Public Administration Core: 

33 credits 

BA 100 Leadership in Business 

QA 1 1 8 Business Mathematics 

A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting 

A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting 

LA 1 1 Business Law and the Regulatory 

Environment 
EC 314 Public Finance and Budgeting 
MK 200 Principles of Marketing 
MG 210 Management and Organization 
PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics 
PS 216 Urban Government and Politics 
QA 343 Management Information Systems 
BA 500 Experiential Learning Capstone 

(non-credit) 
Public Administration Major Requirements: 
24 credits 

PA 101 Introduction to Public Administration 
PA 302 Public Administration Systems and 

Procedures 
PA 305 Institutional Budgeting and Planning 
PA 307 Urban and Regional Management 
PA 404 Public Policy Analysis 
PA 405 Public Personnel Practices 
PA 512 Seminar in Public Administration 
PA 598 Public Administration Internship 

Core Curriculum Electives/PACE Program: 

12 credits 

These credits can fulfill the requirements of the 
College of Business PACE program; otherwise, cred- 
its are chosen in consultation with the adviser. 

College of Business Public Administration Electives: 

6 credits 

These credits are chosen in consultation with the 

adviser. 



118 




.V 



X.^^/VA/cc-XV 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 1 1 9 



TAGLIATELA COLLEGE 
OF ENGINEERING 



Barry J. Farbrother, Ph.D., Dean 

M. All Montazer, Ph.D., Associate Dean 

The Tagliatela College of Engineering (TCoE) 
offers a variety of programs in engineering and the 
applied sciences. These two areas encompass a num- 
ber ot dynamic professions in which practitioners use 
their knowledge, judgment, and creativity to solve 
some of the most important and interesting chal- 
lenges facing society. These challenges and the chang- 
ing face of engineering will shape the world of the 
twenty-first century — a world of exotic materials, 
new sources of energy, staggering telecommunications 
and computing capabilities, cybernetic factories, and 
needed public works. In the coming years we antici- 
pate exciting opportunities to emerge at the frontier 
between engineering and the life sciences. 

Few professions can match engineering for its 
challenge and excitement or for its essential spirit of 
play. These qualities are true for each of the school's 
seven engineering programs — chemical, civil, com- 
puter, electrical, general, mechanical, and system 
engineering — and also for its applied science pro- 
grams in computer science, information technology, 
and chemistry. The rewards of an engineering career 
include challenging tasks, social standing, and appeal- 
ing working conditions and compensation. All of 
these are in addition to the great satisfaction of seeing 
your accomplishments in the real world of engineered 
components and systems. But a degree in engineering 
or the applied sciences can also lead to a wide variety 
of careers outside the realm of engineering and 
applied science. Engineers are problem solvers, and 
the ability to analyze a problem and find a viable 
solution is a highly sought-after attribute in many 
walks of life. Engineering skills provide an entry to 
business, law, medicine, politics, and entrepreneur- 
ship. Innovation will play a major role in the future. 



and individuals who are able to generate creative 
solutions to the myriad of problems that face society 
will be well rewarded. 

Vision 

The vision of the Tagliatela College of 
Engineering is to be the acknowledged regional 
leader in innovative engineering and applied science 
education. 

Mission 

The mission of the Tagliatela College of 
Engineering is to provide high-quality programs in an 
environment that supports student development, 
encourages faculty scholarship, and provides for the 
personal growth of all community members. The col- 
lege provides an innovative teaching and engaged 
learning environment in order to maximize student 
success. Students are prepared for evolving profes- 
sional careers by the fostering of a multidisciplinary 
perspective, and by the instilling of broad problem- 
solving, design, organizational, and communications 
skills. Graduates are prepared to practice ethical 
behavior, engage in career-long learning, and con- 
tribute to the betterment of society. All community 
members value diversity and expect that graduates will 
bring recognition to themselves and to the institution 
throughout their professional careers. In the context 
of our historically successful programs, we have estab- 
lished a continuous quality-improvement environ- 
ment that seeks to achieve the following goals: 

• Sustain a positive environment for the critical 
evaluation of new ideas 

• Maintain nationally accredited programs 

• Develops leading-edge curricula to meet the needs 
of the region 

• Adapt curricula in response to technological 
advances 



120 



• Maximize learning by incorporating new and 
effective pedagogies 

• Use appropriate classroom technology to support 
learning 

• Provide laboratory facilities that reflect the current 
state of practice 

• Further develop experiential learning opportunities 

• Actively partner with business, corporate, govern- 
ment, industrial, and community leaders 

Guiding Principles 

Members of the Tagliatela College of Engineering 
teaching/learning community are committed to the 
guiding principles below: 

• To exhibit respect, integrity, dignity, and profes- 
sionalism 

• To assist all members of the Tagliatela College of 
Engineering — students, staff, and faculty — to 
achieve their full potential 

• To instill a spirit of pride, cooperation, and 
accountability 

• To believe that personal contact with and concern 
for our students are essential 

• To be committed to the total development of the 
student 

• To recognize that in diversity there is strength 

• To understand that the Tagliatela College of 
Engineering is one component of the 
teaching/learning environment and to offer sup- 
port for other programs within the University 

Organizational Structure 

The Tagliatela College of Engineering consists of 
four operational units as follows: 

• The Department of Chemistry and Chemical 
Engineering (Ch/ChE) 

• The Department of Electrical and Computer 
Engineering and Computer Science 
(EE/CEN/CS) 

• The Department of Mechanical, Civil, and 
Environmental Engineering (MCEE) 

• The Multidisciplinary Engineering Systems 
Division (MES) 



Further information concerning each operational 
unit, its mission and goals, its faculty and its program 
offerings, is given below. 

Professional Accreditation 

The programs leading to the bachelor's degrees in 
chemical, civil, computer, electrical, and mechanical 
engineering are accredited by the Engineering 
Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation 
Board tor Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). 
The bachelor's degree program in computer science is 
accredited by the Computing Accreditation 
Commission of the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology (CAC/ABET). 

Programs 

Responsibility for the curricular content of aca- 
demic programs resides with the faculty in each of 
the academic units. Each academic program is man- 
aged by a program coordinator who is the students' 
primary point of contact for program-related 
inquiries. Each of the college's academic programs is 
listed under its departmental affiliation. 



Undergraduate Programs 
Bachelor of Science 

Chemical Engineering 
Chemistry 
Civil Engineering 
Computer Engineering 
Computer Science 
Electrical Engineering 
General Engineering 
Information Technology 
Mechanical Engineering 
System Engineering 

Associate In Science 

Computer Science 

CertiBcates 

Computer Programming 
Logistics 



Operational Unit 

Ch/ChE 

Ch/ChE 

MCEE 

EE/CEN/CS 

EE/CEN/CS 

EE/CEN/CS 

MES 

EE/CEN/CS 

MCEE 

MES 

EE/CEN/CS 

EE/CEN/CS 
MES 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 121 



Graduate Programs 

Master of Science 

Computer Science 
Electrical Engineering 
Electrical Engineering 
(CEN option) 
Environmental Engineering 
Engineering Management 
Industrial Engineering 
Mechanical Engineering 
Dual Degree 
M.B.A./M.S. Industrial 
Engineering 

Graduate Certificates 

Civil Engineering Design 

Computer Applications 

Computer Programming 

Computing 

Logistics 

Lean/Six Sigma 

Quality Engineering 



EE/CEN/CS 
EE/CEN/CS 
EE/CEN/CS 

MCEE 

Office of the Dean 

MES 

MCEE 

MES 



MCEE 

EE/CEN/CS 

EE/CEN/CS 

EE/CEN/CS 

MES 

MES 

MES 



Choosing a Major 

The University of New Haven is one of a small 
number of universities in which entering freshmen 
are admitted directly to the engineering college. A 
student may be accepted into the Tagliatela College 
of Engineering without declaring a major in a specific 
engineering discipline. This is possible because the 
freshman year curriculum is essentially common to 
all engineering programs. Students who have chosen 
a major should follow the recommended first-year 
program for the major. Students who are undecided 
about their choice of engineering major should 
choose the general engineering degree program and 
follow the recommended first-year program. 

Those students wishing to complete an engineer- 
ing degree program other than general engineering 
are strongly advised to decide on their new program 



by the beginning of the sophomore year. Students 
interested in chemistry, computer science, or infor- 
mation technology are advised to choose that option 
in their first year. 

Academic Advising 

Faculty members within the Tagliatela College of 
Engineering take very seriously their responsibilities 
as academic advisers. Good academic advising helps a 
student make wise academic decisions and avoid 
course sequencing errors that can delay graduation. 
Each student is encouraged to meet with his or her 
academic adviser as soon as possible during the first 
semester of the freshman year and on a regular basis 
at least once per semester. 

All newly admitted students, including transfer 
students, are assigned a faculty adviser in the depart- 
ment responsible for their chosen degree program. 
Students choosing general engineering are assigned a 
faculty adviser from the Division of Multidisciplinary 
Engineering Systems. 

The MultidiscipHnary Foundation for 
Engineering Programs 

To operate effectively in today's workforce, engi- 
neers need to have a multidisciplinary perspective 
along with substantial disciplinary depth. The faculty 
ot the Tagliatela College of Engineering have devel- 
oped an innovative approach to achieve this perspec- 
tive: The Multidisciplinary Engineering Foundation 
Spiral Curriculum. This curricular model enables the 
needed mix of breadth and depth, along with the 
desired professional skills, by providing carefully 
crafted, well-coordinated curricular experiences in the 
first two years. Full details of this program can be 
found in the section Multidisciplinar)' Engineering 
Systems on page 145. 

University Core Curriculum 

In addition to college and department require- 
ments, students must fulfill all requirements of the 
University Core Curriculum. (See University 
Curricula section of the catalog.) Included within the 



122 



core curriculum are requirements in the humanities 
and social sciences. For details, see the section Social 
Science and Humanities Electives below. 

General Policies of the Tagliatela College 
of Engineering 

The following information applies to all degree 
programs within the TCoE: 

Transfer Credit 

Transfer of credits for previous academic work is 
coordinated by the dean's office and assessed by pro- 
gram coordinators according to school policy, 
described in the document "Guidelines on Transfer 
Credit Awards. " All transferred courses are the result 
of a determination of equivalence of course content 
and level. Courses for transfer claiming engineering 
content normally are accepted only from ABET- 
accredited programs. 

Transfer students whose previous academic work 
results in placement beyond the freshman year may 
be given the option of following the program work- 
sheet in effect for upper-level students in the chosen 
major. Such a choice may shorten the time required 
to complete the degree program. 

Social Science and Humanities Electives 

The work of engineers and applied scientists 
requires creative solutions that are socially, politically, 
economically, culturally and aesthetically acceptable. 
Courses in the social sciences and humanities help to 
develop awareness of the needs of the global sociery 
and contribute to the abilit}' of a scientist/engineer to 
communicate technical options to the broad con- 
stituencies that are affected by technical solutions. 
Specific courses chosen in these areas must satisfy the 
Universit)' Core Curriculum requirements. 

Mathematics Electives 

These are courses from the Mathematics 
Department at the 300 or higher level. Academic 
advisers should be consulted for recommendations on 
the mathematics electives most relevant to a student's 
career objectives. 



Technical Electives 

Technical electives are upper-level courses directly 
pertinent to a student's major field of study. These 
electives must be approved by the student's academic 
adviser and are usually chosen from engineering col- 
lege courses. The adviser's approval is important to 
ensure that students meet the prerequisite require- 
ments. 

Design Electives 

Design electives within each program are those 
upper-level engineering courses that incorporate sub- 
stantial design activities. Suitable courses include a 
(D) following the course title. These courses may also 
be used as technical electives. 

Internship Requirement 

All Tagliatela College of Engineering graduates are 
required to complete an internship prior to gradua- 
tion. Students should check with their academic 
adviser regarding the specific requirements (which 
differ by program). 

Senior Project Experience 

The Tagliatela College of Engineering's strategic 
plan calls for each TCoE engineering major to com- 
plete a yearlong, team-based, client sponsored proj- 
ect. Students are encouraged to seek suitable topics 
for project work from the organizations in which 
they undertake their internships. 

Chemistry and 
Chemical Engineering 

Chairman: W. David Harding, Ph.D. 

Professors Emeriti: Peter J. Desio, Ph.D., University 
of New Hampshire; George L. Wheeler, Ph.D., 
University of Maryland 

Professors: Michael A. Collura, Ph.D., Lehigh 
University; W. David Harding, Ph.D., 
Northwestern University; Michael J. Saliby, 
Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton; Pauline M. 
Schwartz, Ph.D., University of Michigan 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 123 



Associate Professors: Eddie Luzik, Ph.D., Bryn 

Mawr College; Arthur S. Cow III, Ph.D., 

Pennsylvania State University 
Assistant Professor: Nancy Ortins Savage, Ph.D., 

The Ohio State University 
Lecturer: Eddie Del Valle, M.S., Pontifical Catholic 

University of Puerto Rico 
Visiting Instructor: Tiffany Hesser, M.S., University 

of New Haven 

The mission of the Department of Chemistry and 
Chemical Engineering is to prepare a diverse student 
body for entrance into the chemical engineering and 
chemistry professions and for evolving professional 
careers, including graduate study and professional 
school. 

The Department offers bachelor's degree programs 
and minors in chemical engineering and chemistry. 

Degrees Offered 

B.A., Chemistry 
B.S., Chemistry 
B.S., Chemical Engineering 

Jacob Finley Buckman Endowed Chair and 
Scholarships 

The Jacob Finley Buckman Endowed Chair of 
Chemistry and Chemical Engineering was established 
in 1981 by Mrs. Clarice Buckman of New Haven in 
memory of her late husband, Jacob Finley Buckman, 
cofounder of Enthone Corporation. The Clarice 
Buckman Scholarships are awarded to juniors major- 
ing in Chemical Engineering or Chemistry. 

Chemical Engineering 

Chemical engineers are creative problem solvers. 
They apply the fundamental principles of chemistry, 
physics, biology, mathematics, and economics to the 
solution of practical problems and to the search for 
new knowledge. Traditionally, chemical engineers 
develop, design, optimize, and operate processes that 
convert material and energy resources into new or 



improved products. It was practitioners of this disci- 
pline who developed the technological infrastructure 
for industries such as chemicals, petroleum products, 
plastics, textiles, pharmaceuticals, and food process- 
ing. 

Chemical engineers are at the forefront in imple- 
menting emerging technologies such as bio-process- 
ing and biomaterials and nanotechnology. Chemical 
engineers are also concerned with the critical areas of 
resource depletion, energy conservation, pollution 
prevention and control, improved control of 
processes, and enhanced productivity. The major has 
also proven to be an excellent background for the 
study of law, medicine, or business. 

Mission and Outcomes 

The mission of the Chemical Engineering program 
is to prepare a diverse student body lor entrance into 
the chemical engineering profession and for evolving 
professional careers. The following four program objec- 
tives have been set to achieve the program's mission: 

• To graduate students who have the technical 
knowledge and professional skills necessary for the 
current practice of engineering. 

• To prepare students for technical careers that 
require a high level of interaction and communi- 
cation with others and sensitivity to the broad 
social scope of engineering problems. 

• To prepare graduates to apply an organized 
approach to competently address problems and 
opportunities through careful problem formula- 
tion, critical analysis of inputs, creative solutions, 
and the ability to learn what is needed to solve the 
complex problem. 

• To assure that students have a firm understanding 
of the terminology, techniques, and methods 
employed by chemical engineers. 

Based on the program objectives, ten program 
outcomes have been established: 

• Students can demonstrate the understanding of 
and an ability to apply concepts in basic science 
and mathematics and have a working knowledge 
of advanced chemistry. 



124 



• Students can demonsttate the ability to design 
and conduct expetiments, analyze data, assess 
results, and make recommendations regarding the 
outcome of their work. 

• Students can demonstrate proficiency in the use of 
computer tools typical of those used in the process 
industries for research, development, design, and 
operation activities. 

• Students can demonstrate the ability to function 
as integral members of multidisciplinary teams. 

• Students are aware that solutions to technical 
problems have wide-ranging effects on society. 
They can demonstrate the ability to incorporate 
consideration of such effects into their solutions. 

• Students can demonstrate the ability to effectively 
communicate technical ideas to a variety of audi- 
ences. 

• Students can demonstrate the ability to develop 
solutions to open-ended problems that achieve 
balance among competing constraints. 

• Students can demonstrate the ability to apply an 
engineering approach to the solution of problems. 

• Students can demonstrate the ability to think cre- 
atively and to extend their knowledge through 
independent learning. 

• Students can demonstrate the ability to apply the 
concepts of balances, rate, and equilibrium rela- 
tionships and of process/product/equipment 
analysis and design. 

Achievement of these four objectives and ten out- 
comes is assessed by a variety of means, including 
course evaluations, exit surveys, alumni surveys, and 
employer surveys. 

B.S., Chemical Engineering 

Program Coordinator: W. David Harding, Ph.D. 

The B.S. degree in chemical engineering is accred- 
ited by the American Institute of Chemical Engineers 
(AIChE) and by the Engineering Accreditation 
Commission of the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). The 
Chemical Engineering program is challenging, but 



for those genuinely interested it develops the depth of 
knowledge required to embark on a fascinating and 
satisfying professional career in industry or govern- 
ment or to continue study at the graduate level. 

The freshman year in chemical engineering is like 
that of the other engineering disciplines (see the sec- 
tion "Multidisciplinary Foundation for Engineering 
Programs" on page 144). Chemical Engineering stu- 
dents take EAS 120, Chemistry with Application to 
Biosystems, during the freshman year. 

The first chemical engineering course, taken in 
the sophomore year, is the beginning of a well-inte- 
grated sequence that builds on the multidisciplinary 
foundation. Each chemical engineering course con- 
tributes uniquely to the development of skills in 
problem solving, communication, computer usage, 
and engineering design. Several common themes 
weave throughout these courses, including safety, 
concern for the environment, and practical applica- 
tion of knowledge to real-world problems. A compre- 
hensive laboratory experience is integrated into most 
of the chemical engineering courses and culminates 
with the chemical engineering laboratory course dur- 
ing the senior year. This laboratory experience con- 
tributes to these educational objectives through the 
use of modern, industrial-type data acquisition and 
control instruments and computers on pilot-scale 
process equipment. Comprehensive design projects in 
the senior year enable the student to synthesize and 
focus on the entire curriculum. Several engineering 
or science electives allow flexibility in the program, to 
include areas of special interest. 

Students in the Chemical Engineering program 
satisfy the University Core Curriculum requirements 
through specified courses and electives. University 
Core Curriculum categories are indicated in the list 
below for such electives. 

Required Courses 

(130 credits total including freshman year) 

Freshman Year 

CH 1 15 General Chemistry I 

CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory 

E 105 Composition 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 125 



E 1 10 Composition and Literature 
EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering 
EAS 109 Project Planning and Development 
EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis 
EAS 1 20 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems 
FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 
M 117 Calculus I 
M 118 Calculus II 
Plus one Core Competency 5.1 elective 

Sophomore Year 

CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 

CH 203 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory 

CM 220 Process Analysis 

EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering 

Systems 
EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems 
EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems 
M 203 Calculus III 
M 204 Differential Equations 
PH 1 50 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 

Junior Year 

CH 331-332 Physical Chemistry I and II 

CH 333-334 Physical Chemistry I and II Laboratory 

CM 311 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 

CM 315 Transport Operations I 

CM 316 Transport Operations II 

CM 321 Reaction Kinetics and Reactor Design 

EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog 

Devices 
EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering 

Economics 

Plus one Core Competency 1 .2 elective, and one 
Core Competency 5.2 elective 

Senior Year 

CM 401 Mass Transfer Operations 

CM 411 Chemical Engineering Laboratory 

CM 415 Process Dynamics and Control 

CM 420 Process Design Principles 

CM 421 Plant and Process Design 



EAS 4 1 5 Professional Engineering Seminar 

HS 1 1 Foundations of the Western World 

or 

HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 

Plus one Core Competency 6 elective and 9 credits of 

engineering or science electives 

Students who wish to concentrate in a particular area 

should select a cluster of elective courses that matches 

their interests. Following are examples of popular 

clusters: 

Biochemical Engineering Applications 

BI 253 Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I 
BI 301 Microbiology 
BI 461 Biochemistry 

Biotechnology Applications 

BI 253 Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I 

BI 301 Microbiology 

BI 308 Cell Biology 

BI 3 1 1 Molecular Biology 

Environmental Engineering Applications 

CE 315 Environmental Engineering 

CE 404 Water and Wastewater Engineering 

CM 521 Air Pollution Fundamentals 

In some cases, students may wish to take courses 
beyond those required for the degree, to gain depth 
in an area of interest. 

Minor in Chemical Engineering 

Students who wish to earn a minor in chemical engi- 
neering should complete EAS 224 and five courses in 
chemical engineering, including the following: 

EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems 

CM 220 Process Analysis 

CM 315 Transport Operations I 

CM 32 1 Reaction Kinetics and Reactor Design 

Plus two additional chemical engineering (CM) 
courses. 

Chemical Engineering Club 

The Chemical Engineering Club has ties to the 
American Institute of Chemical Engineers (AIChE). 



126 



The Club provides students the opportunity to social- 
ize, meet chemical engineers working in the area, visit 
process plants, and participate in community projects. 

Chemistry 

Chemists are concerned with the structure and 
analysis of matter and the changes that matter under- 
goes. Today's chemists are solving problems and 
developing new substances with the increasing use of 
laboratory instruments. Many of these instruments 
are interfaced with computers for rapid data analysis 
and display. 

Careers for chemists in today's market include the 
rapidly developing fields of instrumentation; comput- 
ers; energy; environment; forensics; medicine; bio- 
chemistry and biotechnology; safety and health; 
pharmaceutical, product, and equipment develop- 
ment; chemical engineering; plastics and polymers; 
synthetic fibers; industrial chemistry; technical sales 
and services; and management. 

Objectives 

The Chemistry program has the following educa- 
tional objectives: 

• To provide a strong background in theoretical 
chemical principles and laboratory practice. 

• To develop problem-solving and critical-thinking 
skills. 

• To develop the ability to communicate effectively. 

• To provide pertinent experience with chemical 
instrumentation. 

B.S., Chemistry 

Program Coordinator: Arthur S. Gow III, Ph.D. 

The B.S. in Chemistry program includes most of 
the courses recommended by the American Chemical 
Societ)' (ACS) and provides a rigorous background 
well-suited to those students who will pursue gradu- 
ate studies in chemistry. The program is also highly 
recommended for premedical students. The program 
contains six technical electives. By careful selection of 
courses, these electives allow the student to develop a 
cluster in a related field such as biotechnology, bio- 
chemistry, computer science, environmental studies, 



or an engineering field. 

Students majoring in forensic science may also 
earn a B.S. degree in chemistry by taking 16 credits 
in addition to those required for the B.S. degree in 
forensic science. 

Required Courses 

Students majoring in chemistry must complete 
the following courses for a total of 123-126 credits: 

Freshman Year 

CH 115-116 General Chemistry I and II 

CH 1 17-118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory 

E 105 Composition 

E 1 10 Composition and Literature 

M 117-118 Calculus land II 

PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 
Laboratory 

FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 

Plus one Core Competency 3 Option A elective 

Sophomore Year 

CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 
CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory 
CH 21 1 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory 
CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with 

Laboratory 
HS 101 Foundations of the Western World 
or 

HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 
M 203 Calculus III 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 
Plus one computer science (CS) elective or an 
approved restricted elective chosen with the adviser, 
and one Core Competency 5.1 elective 

Junior Year 

CH 331-332 Physical Chemistry I and II 

CH 333-334 Physical Chemistry I and II Laborator)' 

CH 341 Synthetic Methods in Chemistry 

Plus two technical electives chosen with the adviser, 

one advanced chemistry elective, one Core 

Competency 1.2 elective, one Core Competency 2.3 

elective, one Core Competency 5.2 elective, and one 

Core Competency 6 elective 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 127 



Senior Year 

CH 41 1 Chemical Literature 

CH 412 Seminar 

CH 451 Thesis with Laboratory or advanced 

chemistry or chemical engineering course 
CH 501 Advanced Organic Chemistry 
CH 521 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 
CH 599 Independent Study or advanced chemistry 

or chemical engineering course 
Plus four technical electives chosen with the adviser, 
and one biology or mathematics elective from Core 
Competency 2 

Teaching Chemistry 

Students interested in earning a teaching certifi- 
cate in secondary education in chemistry may enter 
the graduate program at UNH. The B.S. or B.A. 
degree in chemistry is the best major for those plan- 
ning to teach at the secondary level, but other related 
majors are also acceptable. Students interested in 
teaching science at the middle-school level need a 
variety of science courses, including chemistry. Please 
contact the Education Department tor additional 
information. 

Minor in Chemistry 

To obtain a minor in chemistry, students must 
complete 23-24 credits, including the following 
courses: 

Required Courses 

CH 1 15-116 General Chemistry I and II 

CH 1 17-1 18 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory 

CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 

CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory 

CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory 

CH 221 Instrumental Methods ot Analysis with 

Laboratory 
(A CH 300-level or above course may be substituted 
for CH 221.) 

Forensic Science and Chemistry Club 

The Forensic Science and Chemistry Club is a stu- 
dent affiliate of the American Chemical Society 



(ACS). The Club is open to all students, and all 
chemistry and forensic science majors are encouraged 
to join. Club activities include field trips, community 
and University service projects, films, group discus- 
sions, and social activities. 

Electrical and Computer 
Engineering and 
Computer Science 

chairman: Ali Golbazi, Ph.D. 

Professors Emeriti: Gerald J. Kirwin, Ph.D., 
Syracuse University; Kantilal K Surti, Ph.D., 
University of Connecticut; Darrell Horning, 
Ph.D., University of Illinois; Roger G. Prey, 
Ph.D., J. D., Yale University 

Professors: Bouzid Aliane, Ph.D., Polytechnic 
Institute of New York; Tahany Fergany, Ph.D., 
University of Connecticut; Alice E. Fischer, Ph.D., 
Harvard University; Andrew J. Fish, Jr., Ph.D., 
University of Connecticut; Ali Golbazi, Ph.D., 
Wayne State University; Bijan Karimi, Ph.D., 
Oklahoma State University 

Associate Professors: William R. Adams, Ph.D., 
University of Connecticut; Barun Chandra, Ph.D., 
University of Chicago; David W. Eggert, Ph.D., 
University of South Florida; Norman Hosay, Ph.D., 
University of Wisconsin 

Degrees Offered 

A.S., Computer Science 

B.S., Computer Engineering 

B.S., Computer Science 

B.S., Electrical Engineering 

B.S., Information Technology 

Five-year B.S. /M.S. in Electrical and Computer 
Engineering 

Five-year B.S. /M.S. in Computer Science 

For graduate degrees offered by this Department, 

please refer to the UNH Graduate Catalog. 



128 



Mission 

The mission of tiie Department is to prepare stu- 
dents from diverse backgrounds for professional prac- 
tice and continued growth in the fields of electrical 
engineering, computer engineering, computer sci- 
ence, and information technology. We provide stu- 
dents with the skills and basic background needed to 
become proficient in today's technology, as well as to 
keep abreast of future developments in these fields. 

The offerings in the Department cover a wide 
spectrum of possibilities. On one end, the electrical 
engineering discipline locuses on the design of elec- 
trical systems, both computer-related and noncom- 
puter-related. On the other end, the computer 
science discipline focuses on the design and imple- 
mentation of computer software for various applica- 
tions. In between, the field of computer engineering 
bridges this gap through the design of computer 
hardware and its controlling software. The area of 
information technology deals with the deployment 
and integration of these various components into 
larger systems, such as a secure computer network 
infrastructure or an e-commerce website. 

Educational Philosophy 

Being true to the broader educational missions of 
the University and the Tagliatela College of 
Engineering, the programs in the Department possess 
many facets. Through the University's core require- 
ments, students expand their cultural and intellectual 
horizons by exposure to the humanities and social sci- 
ences, in addition to the technical aspects of mathemat- 
ics and science. Written and oral communication skills 
are developed continually throughout the curriculum. 

During the freshman and sophomore years, stu- 
dents in each program participate at different levels 
in the multidisciplinary spiral curriculum of the 
TCoE, in addition to taking introductory discipline 
courses. They then have an opportunity to pursue 
particular interests through required and elective 
courses in their final two years. 

Another important feature of these programs is 
that they put theory into practice. Through a mixture 
of specific lab courses and in-class projects, students 
have "hands-on" experiences to further emphasize the 
lessons they have learned. These activities culminate 



in a design project in their senior year, as well as an 
internship in local industry. 

Internship Requirement 

The internship program enriches the academic 
experience for the student by providing exposure to a 
working industrial environment. Each internship is a 
partnership between the student, a faculty adviser and 
an employer. Once the junior year is reached (60 cred- 
its), a student is eligible to find and propose a particu- 
lar experience. This could take the torm of part-time 
or summer employment, a co-op job, community serv- 
ice or some other activity of sufficient duration and 
with duties relevant to the discipline. The minimum 
length of time required for the internship varies for 
each program (300 hours for electrical and computer 
engineering, 100 for computer science and informa- 
tion technology). Students who are already working in 
the field should contact their adviser concerning a pos- 
sible waiver of this requirement. 

Extracurricular Activities 

Students are encouraged to develop themselves 
not only academically, but also socially. Various 
opportunities exist outside the classroom for interac- 
tion with other students and faculty. The 
Living/Learning Community provides a great bond- 
ing experience in the freshman year. In later years, 
various clubs and student chapters of national soci- 
eties, such as the Institute of Electrical and Electronic 
Engineers and the Association of Computing 
Machinery, provide an opportunity to listen to visit- 
ing lecturers, attend workshops or conferences, and 
take field trips into the surrounding industry. Student 
chapters of national honor societies (for example. Eta 
Kappa Nu for electrical and computer engineering), 
also recognize the outstanding achievements of supe- 
rior students. 

Five-year B.S./M.S. Programs 

Students of good academic standing are eligible to 
participate in a five-year program in which both B.S. 
and M.S. degrees are earned. Those in the B.S.E.E. 
and B.S. C.E.N, degrees can transition to the 
M.S.E.E., while those in the B.S.C.S. program can 
continue to the M.S.C.S. program with minimal 



Tagliatela College ot Engineering 129 



paperwork and no application fee. Students take two 
graduate courses in their senior year that both tulhll 
their B.S. requirements and waive certain M.S. 
requirements, so that they can graduate with both 
degrees in five years. Students are encouraged to 
speak with their academic advisers tor details. 

B.S., Computer Engineering 
Program Coordinator: Bijan Karimi, Ph.D. 

The B.S. degree in computer engineering is 
accredited by the Engineering Accreditation 
Commission of the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). 

Computer engineering is concerned with design 
and implementation of digital systems such as com- 
puter systems, computer-based control systems, inter- 
faces between digital and analog systems, interfaces 
between hardware and software, and control software 
for embedded computer systems. This program spans 
the disciplines of both electrical engineering and 
computer science, and can be described as bridging 
the area between the two. 

Computers are used in almost every device or sys- 
tem manufactured today, from large multi-computer 
s\ stems to cell phones and credit card reading 
devices. In addition, they are used in signal process- 
ing applications, speech recognition, medical imag- 
ing, and picture and data communication. The 
Internet is possible in part because of advances made 
in computing machines and data communications by 
people working in the capacity of computer engi- 
neers. Careers for computer engineers are found in all 
phases of the production of these devices and sys- 
tems, from design, manufacturing, and maintenance 
to marketing and sales. 

Recognizing the changing trend in engineering 
education, the Computer Engineering program has 
adopted a multidisciplinary approach for teaching 
and learning by incorporating a series of newly devel- 
oped project-oriented courses based on the spiral cur- 
riculum. 

The early part of the program emphasizes com- 
puter engineering skills that form the background for 
the upper-level elective and design courses. Physics, 



chemistry, mathematics, computer programming, 
basic engineering science, and general education 
courses supplement the required and elective com- 
puter engineering courses. 

The upper-level computer engineering course 
work provides areas of concentration for in-depth 
study. Students can choose additional technical elec- 
tives from outside the area of concentration to pro- 
vide more breadth of knowledge. 

To influence our society's evolution, the computer 
engineer must acquire an understanding of our soci- 
ety, our cultural heritage, and the human condition. 
The engineer must communicate ideas to other engi- 
neers and to the public. The Computer Engineering 
program enables this via liberal and humanistic stud- 
ies. The University Core Curriculum requirements 
allow students to expand their cultural and intellec- 
tual horizons by exposing them to the humanities 
and social sciences. Students learn written and oral 
communication skills in the core courses as well as in 
multidisciplinary engineering-science courses in the 
freshman and sophomore years. Students apply these 
skills in the humanities and social science courses as 
well as in laboratory/design courses in their major. 

An important feature of the computer engineering 
curriculum is the design experience. Our students 
develop the ability to analyze appropriate models, 
conduct empirical tests, gather relevant information, 
interpret empirical tests, develop appropriate models, 
develop alternative solutions, formulate problems, 
and synthesize in our laboratory sequence. This 
sequence of courses takes the student in gradual steps 
from a well-structured laboratory experiment in the 
sophomore year to an open-ended design project in 
the senior year. This allows students to gain practical 
experience in engineering design. 

Internship Requirement 

The internship program is intended to enrich the 
academic experience of our undergraduate students, 
providing exposure to and participation in a working 
engineering environment. Each internship must 
involve a partnership consisting of the student, fac- 
ult)', and employers/organizations to provide each stu- 
dent intern with an optimal experience. A minimum 



130 



of 300 hours performing relevant engineering duties is 
required prior to graduation. Students must complete 
60 credits toward the bachelors degree in computer 
engineering before an internship is attempted. 

The internship carries no credit for the degree; 
however, the requirement may be satisfied utilizing a 
co-op position, summer employment, and part-time 
or full-time positions that are approved by the stu- 
dent's employer and by the department/internship 
coordinator as relevant to the goals of the internship 
experience. A waiver (or substitution) of the intern- 
ship requirement may be granted for students who 
are employed in the field, subject to a formal review 
by the department/internship coordinator. The stu- 
dent's request for such a waiver must be initiated one 
year prior to the anticipated graduation date. 

Educational Objectives 

The educational objectives of the Computer 
Engineering program prepare students for profes- 
sional practice and lifelong learning. Program gradu- 
ates will demonstrate the following qualities and 
attributes: 

• High-quality performance as computer engineers 
in industr)' who have a strong theoretical back- 
ground for pursuing graduate studies 

• Leadership abilities and an understanding of 
human relationships in general 

• The ability to fiinction as innovators, entrepre- 
neurs, and problem solvers in industr)' or academia 

• The abilitA' to function as members of multidisci- 
plinar)' teams or as team leaders, and the abilir\' 
to secure high-level managerial positions in their 
discipline 

• The abilit)' to deal with societal and global issues 
such as environmental and ethical concerns 
Design and problem-solving are the central 

themes of this program. It combines the engineering 
and hardware approach of electrical engineering with 
the knowledge of computing structujres and the algo- 
rithmic approach of computer science. The first two 
years of the program concentrate on basic science, 
mathematics, and engineering. The last two years 
consist of courses in digital systems, computer sys- 
tems, nerworks, electrical svstems, and design of 



software systems. Three electives in the fourth year 
give the student an opportunit)' to explore a hard- 
ware and/or software oriented program. The final 
year includes a yearlong senior design project in 
which the student designs a device, system, or soft- 
ware application. Depending on the student's inter- 
ests, the project can be hardware and/or software 
oriented. Industry-based projects are encouraged. The 
program also has a general education component in 
communications, economics, and the humanities 
needed to create a well-rounded professional. 

Required Courses 

Students must complete a total of 128 credits to 
earn the bachelor of science degree in computer engi- 
neering. Humanities or social science electives must 
be selected to fulfill the Universit)- Core Curriculum 
requirements, and students must complete the 
internship requirement. 

Technical electives are 300-level or higher CS or 
EE courses that fit into the student's plan of study 
and are approved by the academic adviser. One tech- 
nical elective may be taken outside the specified areas 
with the approval of the academic adviser. In the 
final year of study the student takes a rwo-semester 
senior design sequence, CEN 457 and CEN 458. In 
the first semester the student selects a topic, com- 
pletes a literature search, and commences the design 
process. In the second semester, the student com- 
pletes the design, implements the project, and pres- 
ents the results. 

The following list shows the sequence of courses 
that a student should follow to complete the program 
in four years. 

Freshman Year 

CH 1 1 5 General Chemistry I 
CH 117 General Chemistrv' 1 Laboratory 
CS 1 10 Introduction to C Programming 
CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing 
E 105 Composition 
E 1 10 Composition and Literature 
EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering 
EAS 1 12 Methods of Engineering Analysis 
FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time dav-division freshmen) 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 131 



M 117 Calculus I 
M 118 Calculus II 
PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
Sophomore Year 
CS 210 Java Programming 
EAS 21 1 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering 

Systems 
EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog 

Devices 
EE 155 Digital Systems I 
EE 235 Analog Circuits 
EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory 
EE 257 Analog Circuits Laboratory 
HS 101 Foundations of the Western World 
or 

HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 
M 203 Calculus III 
M 204 Differential Equations 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 
Junior Year 

CEN 398 Computer Engineering Internship 
CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections 
CS 320 Operating Systems 
E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination 
EE 247 Electronics I 
EE 302 Systems Analysis 
EE 320 Random Signal Analysis 
EE 356 Digital Systems II 
EE 371 Computer Engineering 
EE 410 Networking I 
EE 472 Computer Architecture 
EE 475 Embedded Systems, Interfaces, and Buses 

Senior Year 

CEN 457 Design Preparation 

CEN 458 Electrical Engineering Design Laboratory 

EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering 

Economics 
EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar 
Plus three technical electives, and one from each ol 
the categories below: 

Social Interaction core elective 



Communication core elective 
Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective 
Global Perspective core elective 

Minor in Computer Engineering 

A student may obtain a minor in computer engi- 
neering by completing the following courses: 
CS166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing 
CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections 
EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications ot Analog 

Devices 
EE 155 Digital Systems I 
EE 247 Electronics I 
EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory 
EE 356 Digital Systems II 
EE 371 Computer Engineering I 

Student Societies 

The Computer Engineering program sponsors a 
student section of the Institute of Electrical and 
Electronics Engineers. This organization supports vis- 
iting lecturers, educational workshops, field trips to 
surrounding industrial sites, and social events. 

Eta Kappa Nu, the national honor society for elec- 
trical and computer engineers, is represented by the 
Zeta Rho Chapter at the University of New Haven. 
This society exists to honor superior students and to 
encourage high scholastic achievement. 

B.S., Computer Science 

Program Coordinator: Alice E. Fischer, Ph.D. 

The bachelors degree program in computer science 
is accredited by the Comptiting Accreditation 
Commission of ABET, 1 1 1 Market Place, Suite 1050, 
Baltimore, MD 21202-4012 - telephone: 
410.347.7700. 

The mission of the Computer Science program at 
UNH is to inform, challenge, and train our diverse 
student body for a constantly changing world of 
technology. Our program objectives are to inform, 
challenge, and educate graduates who will demon- 
strate the following qualities and attributes: 



132 



• Ability to work effectively and professionally with 
others 

• Ability to work effectively in a variety of contexts 
using various languages and environments 

• Ability to independently learn and master new 
tools of the profession 

• Ability to develop or help develop a project that 
meets professional standards 

• Commitment to working ethically and making a 
contribution to society 

• Readiness for career-long learning 

• Readiness for graduate study in computer science 
or ability to move into a leadership position 

At the time of graduation, every student should 
have achieved the following program outcomes: 

• Knowledge and understanding of computer hard- 
ware, software, and theory, as defined by the 
Association for Computing Machinery (ACM) 
curriculum guidelines 

• Ability to communicate technical material orally 
and in good written English 

• Ability to design and implement a system for a 
real application 

• A professional level of skill in programming, both 
individually and as part of a team 

• Readiness for employment at a professional level 
in industry 

• Knowledge and understanding of the legal and 
ethical issues that confront the field of computing 

• Knowledge of the rights and obligations of the 
practicing computing professional 

A typical initial job title might be applications 
programmer or software engineer. Later titles might 
be system analyst, team leader, or software consult- 
ant. Areas of application range from database man- 
agement to technical design projects. 

The Computer Science program includes instruc- 
tion in several programming languages and a strong 
base in mathematics. Intermediate courses include the 
study of systems, hardware, and theory. Advanced 
courses are available in various application areas. With 
the help of an adviser, each student will also choose 



an area of interest outside computer science and pur- 
sue a specialization in that field. It is often easy to 
extend this specialization into a minor in the selected 
field. Popular areas include mathematics, engineering, 
business, social sciences, and multimedia. 

Internship Requirement 

The internship program is intended to enrich the 
academic experience of our undergraduate students, 
providing exposure to and participation in a working 
computing environment. Each internship is a part- 
nership between the student, a faculty adviser, and an 
employer/organization that provides each student 
intern with an optimal experience. Although the 
internship carries no formal credit for the degree, a 
minimum of 100 hours performing relevant com- 
puter-oriented duties is required prior to graduation. 
Students must complete 60 credits toward the bache- 
lor's degree before an internship is attempted. 

The requirement may be satisfied through a co-op 
position, summer or part-time employment, commu- 
nity service or other activity that is approved by the 
student's supervisor and by the department/intern- 
ship coordinator as relevant to the goals of the degree 
program. A waiver (or substitution) of the internship 
requirement may be granted for students who are 
employed in the field, subject to a formal review by 
the department/internship coordinator. The student's 
request for such a waiver must be initiated one year 
prior to the anticipated graduation date. 

Required Courses 

A total of 126 credits, including the University 
Core Curriculum, is required for the bachelor of sci- 
ence degree in computer science. 

Freshman Year 

CS 1 10 Introduction to C Programming 
CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing 
CS 210 Java Programming 
EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering 
E 105 Composition 
E 110 Composition and Literature 
FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 
HS 101 Foundations of the Western World 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 133 



HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 

M 117 Calculus 1 

M 118 Calculus II 

Plus one Social Interaction core elective 

Sophomore Year 

CS 212 Intermediate C Programming 

CS 214 Computer Organization 

CS 215 Introduction to Databases 

CS 226 Data Structures using Collections 

EE 155 Digital Systems I 

M 203 Calculus III 

Plus two semesters of a laboratory science sequence, 

one Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective, and one 

Global Perspective core elective 

Junior Year 

CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies 

CS 320 Operating Systems 

CS 326 Data Structures and Algorithms 

CS 590 Internship 

E 220 Writing for Business and Industry 

or 

E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation 

E 300 Writing Proficiency Exam 

EAS 345 Applied Engineering Statistics 

Plus one computer science elective, one laboratory 
science elective, two specialization electives, and one 
Citizenship core elective 

Senior Year 

CS 416 Social and Professional Issues in Computing 
CS 428 Object-Oriented Design 
CS 536 The Structure of Programming Languages 
CS 547 Systems Programming 

Plus two senior-level computer science electives. one 
technical elective, one technical or specialization elec- 
tive, one specialization elective, and one Global 
Perspective core elective 

In addition, or as part of the preceding require- 
ments, each student must complete a substantial 
individual programming project and a team project. 



A.S., Computer Science 

Program Coordinator: Alice E. Fischer, Ph.D. 

This two-year associate degree program is 
designed for part-time students and for those who 
wish to enter the job market as soon as possible. All 
credits can be applied toward the corresponding B.S. 
degree in computer science. It is recommended, how- 
ever, that students enroll in the bachelor's degree pro- 
gram when they begin the associate degree program 
in order to guarantee that all A.S. credits can be 
applied toward the B.S. A total of 61 credits is 
required for the awarding of the A.S. degree in com- 
puter science. 

Required Courses 
Freshman Year 

CSl 10 Introduction to C Programming 
CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing 
CS 210 Java Programming 
E 105 Composition 
E 1 10 Composition and Literature 
EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering 
FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 
M 117 Calculus I 
M 118 Calculus II 

Plus one Social Interaction or Global Perspective core 
elective, and one History or Citizenship core elective 

Sophomore Year 

CS 2 1 2 Intermediate C Programming 

CS 214 Computer Organization 

CS 215 Introduction to Databases 

CS 226 Data Structures using Collections 

CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies 

EE 155 Digital Systems I 

Two semesters of a laboratory science sequence and, 

one Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective 

Minor in Computer Science 

Students may minor in computer science by com- 
pleting 18 credits of computer science courses. Those 
considering a minor in computer science should seek 
guidance from the CS undergraduate coordinator as 



134 



early as possible. Students must complete the follow- 
ing courses: 

CS 2 1 Java Programming 
CS 212 Intermediate C Programming 
CS 226 Data Structures using Collections 
CS 326 Data Structures and Algorithms 
Plus two CS electives at the 350 level or higher 

Computer Programming Certificate 

This certificate is designed for individuals who 
require rapid entry into the job market as a computer 
programmer. Candidates do not need to matriculate 
into an associate or bachelor's degree program at the 
University but may enroll directly as a student pursu- 
ing a certificate. Credits earned toward the certificate 
may be applied toward the requirements for a degree 
program at a later date. Students must complete 21 
credits with a minimum G.RA. of 2.0, including the 
following courses: 

CS 110 Introduction to C Programming 
CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing 
CS 210 Java Programming 
CS 212 Intermediate C Programming 
CS 226 Data Structures using Collections 
Plus two CS sophomore electives 

B.S., Electrical Engineering 

Program Coordinator: Ali Golbazi, Ph.D. 

The bachelor's degree program in electrical engi- 
neering is nationally accredited by the Engineering 
Accreditation Commission ot the Accreditation 
Board for Engineering and Technology 
(EAC/ABET). 

Electrical engineering is concerned with the analy- 
sis, design, development, and operation of electrical 
and electronic systems. Examples of these systems 
include communication, fiber optics, data processing, 
power generation, and distribution, control, and 
instrumentation. Digital circuits and computers are 
important and integral parts of such systems and are 
widely used by electrical engineers in their design and 
development. The electrical engineer is also con- 
cerned with the devices that make up systems such as 



transistors, integrated circuits, rotating machines, 
antennas, lasers, and computer-memory devices. 

Recognizing the changing trend in engineering edu- 
cation, the Electrical Engineering program has adopted 
a multidisciplinary approach for teaching and learning 
by incorporating a series of newly developed project- 
oriented courses based on the spiral curriculum. 

The early part of the program emphasizes electri- 
cal engineering skills that form the background for 
the upper-level elective and design courses. Physics, 
chemistry, mathematics, computer programming, 
basic engineering science, and general education 
courses supplement the required and elective electri- 
cal engineering courses. 

The upper-level electrical engineering course work 
provides areas of concentration for in-depth study. 
Students can choose additional technical electives 
from outside the area of concentration to provide 
more breadth ot knowledge. 

To influence our society's evolution, the electrical 
engineer must acquire an understanding of our soci- 
ety, our cultural heritage, and the human condition. 
The engineer must communicate ideas to other engi- 
neers and to the public. The Electrical Engineering 
program enables this via liberal and humanistic stud- 
ies. The University Core Curriculum requirements 
allow students to expand their cultural and intellec- 
tual horizons by exposing them to the humanities 
and social sciences. Students learn written and oral 
communication skills in the core courses as well as in 
multidisciplinary engineering-science courses in the 
freshman and sophomore years. Students apply these 
skills in the humanities and social science courses as 
well as in laboratory/design courses in their major. 

An important feature of the electrical engineering 
curriculum is the design experience. Our students 
develop the ability to analyze appropriate models, 
conduct empirical tests, gather relevant information, 
interpret empirical tests, develop appropriate models, 
develop alternative solutions, formulate problems, 
and synthesize in our laboratory sequence. This 
sequence of courses takes the student in gradual steps 
from a well-structured laboratory experiment in the 
sophomore year to an open-ended design project in 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 135 



the senior year. This allows students to gain practical 
experience in engineering design. 

Internship Requirement 

The internship program is intended to enrich the 
academic experience of our undergraduate students, 
providing exposure to and participation in a working 
engineering environment. Each internship must 
involve a partnership consisting of the student, fac- 
ulty, and employers/organizations to provide each stu- 
dent intern with an optimal experience. A minimum 
of 300 hours performing relevant engineering duties is 
required prior to graduation. Students must complete 
60 credits toward the bachelor's degree in electrical 
engineering before an internship is attempted. 

The internship carries no credit for the degree; 
however, the requirement may be satisfied utilizing a 
co-op position, summer employment, and part-time 
or full-time positions that are approved by the stu- 
dent's employer and by the department/internship 
coordinator as relevant to the goals of the internship 
experience. A waiver (or substitution) of the intern- 
ship requirement may be granted for students who 
are employed in the field, subject to a formal review 
by the department/internship coordinator. The stu- 
dent's request for such a waiver must be initiated one 
year prior to the anticipated graduation date. 

Educational Objectives 

The educational objectives of the program, based 
on the ABET Engineering Criteria and the program 
mission, are to produce graduates who demonstrate 
the following qualities and attributes: 

• Ability to pursue professional practice in initial 
electrical engineering positions or continue into 
graduate study either in electrical engineering or 
related fields 

• Ability to adopt the analytical skills and the broad 
foundation in general education and liberal arts to 
allow for lifelong learning, providing the basis tor 
leadership in their chosen field of endeavor 

• Ability to communicate ideas effectively and par- 
ticipate in multidisciplinary teams to solve techni- 
cal problems and benefit humankind 



• Responsibility and awareness of the broad issues 
relating to professional ethics, safety, and the envi- 
ronment 

Required Courses 

Students must complete a total of 125 credits for 
a bachelor of science degree in electrical engineering. 
Humanities or social science electives must be 
selected to fulfill the University Core Curriculum 
requirements and ABET. 

Technical elective courses in the B.S.E.E. program 
must be selected from upper-level offerings (third or 
fourth year) under the guidance and approval of the 
student's academic adviser. At least three must be 
electrical or computer engineering courses. 

In the final year of study the student takes a senior 
design sequence, EE 457 and EE 458, over two 
semesters. In the first semester the student selects a 
topic and completes a literature search and a prelimi- 
nary design. In the second semester, the student com- 
pletes the design, implements the project, and 
presents the results. 

Freshman Year 

CH 115 General Chemistry I 

CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory 

E 105 Composition 

E 110 Composition and Literature 

EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering 

EAS 109 Project Planning and Development 

EAS 1 12 Methods of Engineering Analysis 

FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 

US 101 Foundations of the Western World 

or 

HS 102 The Western World m Modern Times 

M 117 Calculus I 

M 118 Calculus II 

PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 
Laboratory 

Sophomore Year 

CS 1 10 Introduction to C Programming 

EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering 
Systems 

EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog 
Devices 



136 



EE 155 Digital Systems I 

EE 235 Analog Circuits 

EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory 

EE 257 Analog Circuits Laboratory 

M 203 Calculus III 

M 204 Differential Equations 

PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 
Plus one Global Perspective core elective 

Junior Year 

E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination 
EE 247 Electronics I 
EE 302 Systems Analysis 
EE 320 Random Signal Analysis 
EE 348 Electronics II 
EE 349 Electronics Design Laboratory 
EE 355 Control Systems 
EE 371 Computer Engineering 
EE 398 Electrical Engineering Internship 
Plus one Social Interaction core elective, one mathe- 
matics elective, and one technical elective 

Senior Year 

EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering 

Economics 
EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar 
EE 445 Communication Systems 
FE 457 Design Preparation 

EE 458 Electrical Engineering Design Laboratory 
EE 461 Electromagnetic Theory 
Plus three technical electives, one Aesthetic 
Responsiveness core elective, and one 
Communication core elective 

Minor in Electrical Engineering 

A student may obtain a minor in electrical engi- 
neering by completing the following courses: 
EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog 

Devices 
EE 155 Digital Systems I 
EE 235 Analog Circuits 
EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory 
EE 257 Analog Circuits Laboratory 
Plus one of the following sequences: 



EE 247 Electronics I and 

EE 348 Electronics II 

or 

EE 371 Computer Engineering and 

EE 356 Digital Systems II 

or 

EE 302 Systems Analysis and 

EE 355 Control Systems 

Student Societies 

The Electrical Engineering program sponsors a 
student section of the Institute of Electrical and 
Electronics Engineers. This organization supports vis- 
iting lecturers, educational workshops, field trips to 
surrounding industrial sites, and social events. 

Eta Kappa Nu, the national honor society for elec- 
trical and computer engineers, is represented by the 
Zeta Rho Chapter at the Universit)' of New Haven. 
This society exists to honor superior students and to 
encourage high scholastic achievement. 

B.S., Information Technology 

Program Coordinator: David W. Eggert, Ph.D. 
The goals of the bachelor's degree program in 
information technology (IT) are to inform, challenge, 
and train our diverse student body for a constantly 
changing world of technology. At graduation, every 
student should be able to demonstrate the following 
qualities and attributes: 

• Knowledge and understanding of current techni- 
cal concepts and practices in the core information 
technologies 

• Ability to design effective and usable IT-based 
solutions and integrate them into a user's environ- 
ment, both individually and as part of a team 

• Ability to assist in the creation of an effective proj- 
ect plan 

• Abilit)' to communicate effectively and efficiently 
with clients, users, and peers, both orally and in 
writing 

• Independent critical thinking and problem-solving 
skills 

• Knowledge and understanding of computer hard- 
ware and software 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 137 



• Sensitivity to human/computer interlace design 
issues 

• Awareness of the legal and ethical issues that con- 
front the field of computing 

• Knowledge of the rights and obligations of the 
practicing computing professional 

• Readiness for lifelong learning in the field 
The program consists of a common core that 

exposes students to a wide range of computing and 
technology topics, including the study of databases, 
hardware, networks, programming, and human/com- 
puter interaction. Advanced courses are selected from 
one of two tracks: web and database development or 
network administration and security. A student also 
must complete a specialization in another discipline. 
Suggested specializations include criminal justice, 
management, marketing, international business, art, 
and multimedia. 

Areas of application include web page design and 
development, database administration and mainte- 
nance, and network development and administration. 
Typical initial job titles might be web developer, net- 
work technician, applications developer, and network 
security technician. With several years of experience, 
job titles might be website administrator, network 
administrator, database administrator, and security 
manager. 

Internship Requirement 

The internship program is intended to enrich the 
academic experience of our undergraduate students, 
providing exposure to and participation in a working 
computing environment. Each internship is a part- 
nership between the student, a faculty adviser, and an 
employer/organization that provides each student 
intern with an optimal experience. Although the 
internship carries no formal credit for the degree, a 
minimum of 100 hours performing relevant com- 
puter-oriented duties is required prior to graduation. 
Students must complete 60 credits toward the bache- 
lor's degree before an internship is attempted. 

The requirement may be satisfied through a co-op 
position, summer or part-time employment, commu- 
nity service or some other activity that is approved by 



the student's supervisor and by the department/intern- 
ship coordinator as relevant to the goals of the degree 
program. A waiver (or substitution) of the internship 
requirement may be granted for students who are 
employed in the field, subject to a formal review by 
the department/internship coordinator. The student's 
request for such a waiver must be initiated one year 
prior to the anticipated graduation date. 

Required Courses 

A total of 122 credits, including the University 
Core Curriculum, is required for the B.S. degree in 
information technology. Students must complete one 
of two tracks: web and database development or net- 
work administration and security. Substitutions for 
track courses are permitted with the adviser's 
approval. 



Freshr 



1 Year 



CSl 10 Introduction to C Programming 
CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing 
CS 210 Java Programming 
E 105 Composition 
E 110 Composition and Literature 
EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering 
EC 133 Principles of Economics I 
or 

EC 134 Principles of Economics II 
FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 
HS 101 Foundations of the Western World 
or 

HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 
M 1 1 5 Pre-Calculus 
Plus one Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective 

Sophomore Year 

CS 214 Computer Organization 

CS 215 Introduction to Databases 

CS 350 Human-Computer Interaction 

CO 100 Human Communication 

EAS 109 Project Planning and Development 

EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering 

Economics 
M 228 Elementary Statistics 
Plus one Laboratory Science core elective, and one 



138 



Social Interaction core elective 

Web and Database Development Track 

CS 226 Data Structures using Collections 

Network Administration and Security Track 

CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies 

Junior Year 

CS 320 Operating Systems 

CS 590 Internship 

E 220 Writing for Business and Industry 

or 

E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation 

E 300 Writing Proficiency Exam 

Plus one Business restricted elective, one Citizenship 

core elective, two specialization electives, and one 

Global Perspective core elective 

Web and Database Development Track 

CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies 

MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia 

MM 312 Website Creation 

Network Administration and Security Track 

CS 445 Network Administration 

CS 472 Script Programming for Network 

Administration 
Plus one technical elective 

Senior Year 

CS 416 Social and Professional Issues in Computing 
CS 428 Object-Oriented Design 
or 

CS 504 Senior Project 
IE 414 Engineering Management 
Plus one Global Perspective core elective, two special- 
ization electives, and one technical elective 

Web and Database Development Track 

CS 441 Web-Database Application Development 

CS 524 Advanced Databases 

Plus one technical elective 



Network Administration and Security Track 
CS 446 Introduction to Computer Security 
Plus two CJ or CS restricted electives 

Minor in Information Technology 

Students may minor in information technology by 
completing 18 credits of computer science courses. 
Those considering a minor in information technol- 
ogy should seek guidance from the information tech- 
nology undergraduate coordinator as early as 
possible. Students must complete the following 
courses: 

CS 1 10 Introduction to C Programming 
CS 214 Computer Organization 
CS 2 1 5 Introduction to Databases 
CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies 

Plus two CS electives (excluding CS 107) 

A computer science or computer engineering student 

is ineligible to earn a minor in information technology. 

Mechanical, Civil, and 

Environmental 

Engineering 

Chairman: Gregory P. Broderick, Ph.D. 

Professors Emeriti: M. Hamdy Bechir, Sc.D., 
Massachusetts Institute ol Technology; Oleg 
Faigel, Ph.D., Moscow Textile Institute; Ross 
Lanius, M.S.C.E., University of Connecticut; 
John C. Martin, M.E., Yale University; Thomas 
C. Warner, Jr., M.S., Massachusetts Institute of 
Technolog)' 

Professors: Carl Barratt, Ph.D., Cambridge 
University; Gregory P. Broderick, Ph.D., 
University of Texas; Agamemnon D. Koutsospyros, 
Ph.D., Polytechnic Universit)'; Konstantine C. 
Lambrakis, Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; 
Ismail Orabi, Ph.D., Clarkson University; Stephen 
M. Ross, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University; John 
Sarris, Ph.D., Tufts University; Richard M. Stanley, 
Ph.D., Yale University; David J. Wall, Ph.D., 
University' of Pittsburgh 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 139 



Associate Professors: Samuel D. Daniels, Ph.D., 
Boston University; Jean Nocito-Gobel, Ph.D., 
University of Massachusetts 
The Department of Mechanical, Civil, and 
Environmental Engineering comprises faculty, staff, 
and facilities that support two undergraduate (B.S. 
Civil Engineering and B.S. Mechanical Engineering) 
and two graduate (M.S. Environmental Engineering 
and M.S. Mechanical Engineering) programs. 

B.S., Civil Engineering 

Program Coordinator: Gregory P. Broderick, Ph.D. 

The bachelors degree program in civil engineering 
is nationally accredited by the Engineering 
Accreditation Commission ot the Accreditation Board 
for Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). 

Civil engineering is about community service; 
development and improvement; the planning, design, 
construction, and operation of facilities essential to 
modern life. Civil engineers are problem solvers tak- 
ing on the challenges of environmental pollution, 
traffic congestion, infrastructure rehabilitation, drink- 
ing water and energy needs, urban redevelopment, 
and community planning. They are at the forefront 
of technolog)', leading users of some of the most 
sophisticated high-tech products available (for exam- 
ple, GPS and CIS systems; fiber-optic sensors; CAD 
systems; and highly sophisticated, task-specific com- 
puter software). Innovation is paramount in the solu- 
tion to most civil engineering projects. 

Program Mission and Educational Objectives 

The mission of the Civil Engineering program is to 
provide a state-of-the-art/state-of-the-practice program 
designed to achieve four major educational goals: 

• Educate a new generation of civil engineers to meet 
the challenges, demands, and expectations of society 

• Cultivate, enrich, and promote scholarship, 
responsibility, and service among our graduates 

• Disseminate new knowledge 

• Nurture interdisciplinary education for solving the 
problems facing an ever-changing society 



In order to achieve its mission, the Civil 
Engineering program has adopted the following 
educational objectives: 

• Provide educational experiences that prepare our 
students for professional practice of modern civil 
engineering in a global, societal, and environmen- 
tal context 

• Promote scholarship and problem-solving skills 

• Instill an understanding ol the technical, eco- 
nomic, political, ethical, and humanistic dimen- 
sions of civil engineering projects 

• Prepare students to interact and communicate 
effectively in multidisciplinary fields 

• Instill the desire and provide the educational 
foundation for lifelong learning 

• Encourage service to the civil engineering profes- 
sion and to society through professional registra- 
tion and community involvement 

To help achieve the educational goals and objec- 
tives presented above, the faculty of the Civil 
Engineering program, in combination with the other 
faculty of the Tagliatela College of Engineering, have 
developed a new and innovative curriculum: the 
Multidisciplinary Engineering Foundation Spiral. It 
is an effort to provide the student, during the first 
two years of study, with a multidisciplinary engineer- 
ing perspective. (See in-depth discussion on pg. 144.) 

The foundation engineering courses (EAS prefix) 
taken during the first two years of study serve both as 
the basis for depth in civil engineering study and as 
part of a broad multidisciplinary background. Each 
foundation course also stresses the development of 
several essential skills, such as problem solving, oral 
and written communication, the design process, 
teamwork, project management, computer analysis 
methods, laboratory investigation, data analysis, and 
model development. In the junior and senior years, 
the student is exposed to required and elective civil 
engineering course work embedded with experiences 
in analysis, design, and professional issues, providing 
insight into five civil engineering subdisciplines: 
structural, geotechnical, hvdraulics water resources. 



140 



transportation, and environmental engineering. The 
critical skills introduced during the first two years are 
further enhanced through a variety of pedagogical 
methods, including laboratory' reports, team projects, 
design assignments, oral presentations, and participa- 
tion in American Society of Civil Engineers Student 
Chapter activities, as well as field trips to local civil 
engineering projects. Upper-level technical electives 
provide comprehensive exposure to current and 
emerging technologies in the various civil engineering 
subdisciplines. Aspects of professional and ethical 
civil engineering practice and service to the profes- 
sion and society are covered to a finite degree in all 
upper-level courses and extensively in a required 
course, "Professional and Ethical Practice of 
Engineering." Course work culminates with a cap- 
stone design course that provides extensive exposure 
to real-world design problems faced within contem- 
porary civil engineering professional practice. 
Humanities and social science courses are included at 
all levels of the curriculum. 

The Civil Engineering program is enriched by a 
diverse student body, which includes students of a 
wide range of ages, professional and nonprofessional 
experiences, and nationalities. Graduates of the pro- 
gram are encouraged to continue their education 
throughout their professional careers and to become 
registered professional engineers. 

A bachelor's degree from an ABET-accredited 
institution is required to become a PE, a registered 
professional engineer. Accreditation is a testament to 
the quality of the Civil Engineering program. 

Internship Requirement 

The internship program is intended to enrich the 
academic experience of our undergraduate students, 
providing exposure to and participation in a working 
engineering environment. Each internship must 
involve a partnership consisting of students, engineer- 
ing facult)', and employers/organizations to provide 
each student intern with an optimal experience. A 
minimum of 300 hours performing relevant engi- 
neering duties is required prior to graduation. 
Students must complete 60 credits toward the bache- 
lor's degree in civil engineering before an internship 
is attempted. 



The internship carries no credit for the degree; 
however, the requirement may be satisfied utilizing a 
co-op position, summer employment, and part-time 
or full-time positions that are approved by the stu- 
dent's employer and by the department/internship 
coordinator as relevant to the goals of the internship 
experience. A waiver (or substitution) of the intern- 
ship requirement may be granted for students who 
are employed in the field, subject to a formal review 
by the department/internship coordinator. The stu- 
dent's request for such a waiver must be initiated one 
year prior to the anticipated graduation date. 

Students must complete a total of 132 credits for 
the bachelor's degree in civil engineering, including 
the engineering requirements for the freshman year, 
the University Core Curriculum requirements, and 
the internship requirement. Students are also 
required to earn a cumulative quality point ratio of 
no less than 2.0 in all civil engineering courses and 
technical electives. 

Required Courses 

Freshman Year 

CH 1 1 5 General Chemistrj' 1 

CH 1 17 General Chemistr)' I Laborator)' 

E 105 Composition 

E 1 10 Composition and Literature 

EAS 1 07P Introduction to Engineering 

EAS 109 Project Planning and Development 

EAS 1 12 Methods of Engineering Analysis 

EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications in Biosystems 

EAS 120L Chemistry with Applications in 
Biosystems Laboratory 

FE 001 Freshman Experience (required tor all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 

M 117 Calculus I 

M 118 Calculus II 

Plus one University Core Competency 5.1 elective 

Sophomore Year 

CE 203 Elementary Surveying 

CE 218 Civil Engineering Systems 

EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering 
Systems 

EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems 

EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 141 



EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems 

M 203 Calculus III 

M 204 Differential Equations 

PH 1 50 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
PH 250 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 
Junior Year 

CE 206 Engineering Geology 
CE 304 Soil Mechanics 
CE 306 Hydraulics 
CE 309 Water Resources Engineering 
CE 312 Structural Analysis 
CE 323 Mechanics and Structures Laboratory 
CE 398 Civil Engineering Internship 
CE 408 Steel Design and Construction 
or 

CE 409 Concrete Design and Construction 
or 

CE 412 Wood Engineering 
E 300 Writing Proficiency Exam 
EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering 

Economics 
EAS 345 Applied Engineering Statistics 
Plus one Core Competency 5.2 elective, and one 
Core Competency 1.2 elective 

Senior Year 

CE 301 Transportation Engineering 

CE 315 Environmental Engineering 

CE 327 Soil Mechanics Laboratory 

CE 328 Hydraulics and Environmental Laboratory 

CE 407 Professional and Ethical Practice of 

Engineering 
CE 500-501 Senior Project I and II 
HS 101 Foundations of the Western World 
or 

HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 
Plus 9 credits of civil engineering technical electives, 
of which 6 credits must be design courses, and one 
Core Competency 6.0 elective. 

Minor in Civil Engineering 

Students are required to complete 18 credits of 
civil engineering courses for the minor. With the 



approval of the program coordinator, engineering 
majors may substitute other civil engineering courses 
for a minor. Students must fulfill all prerequisites for 
courses chosen. Six courses from the following list are 
required for the minor: 
CE 203 Elementary Surveying 
CE 218 Civil Engineering Systems 
CE 301 Transportation Engineering 
CE 304 Soil Mechanics 
CE 306 Hydraulics 
CE 309 Water Resources Engineering 
CE 312 Structural Analysis 
CE 315 Environmental Engineering 
CE 407 Professional and Ethical Practice of 
Engineering 

Student Chapter of the American Society 
of Civil Engineers 

An active student chapter of the American Society 
of Civil Engineers (ASCE) sponsors technical lec- 
tures, field trips, and social activities that offer an 
opportunity for students to interact with practicing 
professionals. Membership is open to all civil engi- 
neering students in good standing. 

Chi Epsilon 

Students with high academic standing are nomi- 
nated annually lor membership in Chi Epsilon, the 
national honor society for civil engineers. 

B.S., Mechanical Engineering 

Program Coordinator: John Sarris, Ph.D. 

Mechanical engineering represents a wide diversity 
of pursuits including the analysis, design, and testing 
of machines, products, and systems essential to every- 
day life — everything from doorknobs, tennis rack- 
ets, and fishing reels to power plants, skyscrapers, and 
automobiles. Mechanical engineers work in a variety 
of fields such as aerospace, utilities, materials process- 
ing, transportation, manufacturing, electronics, and 
telecommunications. 



142 



Program Mission and Educational Objectives 

The mission of the Mechanical Engineering pro- 
gram is to graduate professionally competent and 
responsible students who can meet industry's current 
and future needs in the general area of mechanical 
engineering. 

In order to achieve its mission, the Mechanical 
Engineering program must ensure that its graduates 
are able to do the following: 

• Apply knowledge in mathematics (through multi- 
variate calculus and differential equations, with 
familiarity with statistics and linear algebra) 

• Apply knowledge in science (chemistry and calcu- 
lus-based physics, with depth in physics) 

• Apply knowledge in engineering, including the 
formulation and solution of engineering problems 

• Use techniques, skills, and tools (contemporary 
analytic, computational, and experimental) neces- 
sary for modern engineering practice 

• Design, conduct, and analyze results of experi- 
ments 

• Actively participate in teams, including multidisci- 
plinar)' teams 

• Communicate effectively 

• Accomplish design and realization of thermo/fluid 
and mechanical systems, components, and 
processes 

• Understand the professional and ethical ramifica- 
tions of engineering solutions within the context 
of modern society 

• Cultivate a lifelong capacit)' for learning 
Recognizing current knowledge-based demands on 

graduating engineers and responding to input from 
the program's stakeholders, the Mechanical 
Engineering Department has embraced the concept 
of a multidisciplinary foundation to discipline- 
specific education (for details, see the description on 
pg. 144.) Thus, the bachelor of science in mechanical 
engineering (B.S.M.E.) curriculum includes a 
sequence often (EAS prefix) foundation courses. 
Mechanical engineering classes are small (rarely 



more than twenty students) and are taught almost 
exclusively by full-time faculty. Experienced practi- 
tioners from industry may also contribute their 
expertise in selected courses. Faculty and students 
work with industry in research and design projects. 

With help from their academic adviser, students 
can choose from several available concentrations. 
Restricted and technical elective courses offer the 
opportunity' for fiirther learning in areas such as fluids, 
energy, design, heat transfer, numerical analysis and 
computers, aerospace sciences, and control systems. 

Academic Performance 

Mechanical engineering majors who complete 
their first twelve credits of ME-prefixed engineering 
courses with a cumulative grade point average tor 
these courses of less than 2.0 will have their academic 
records reviewed by the entire ME faculty on a regu- 
lar basis. An ME-prefixed course may not be taken 
more than twice unless consent is granted by the pro- 
gram coordinator. 

An undergraduate student already enrolled at the 
University of New Haven who wishes to transfer to 
mechanical engineering will normally be expected to 
satisfy the standards of the program for admission by 
transfer. 

The coordinator of the Mechanical Engineering 
program reserves the right not to award transfer 
credit for technical courses taken at any institution 
more than ten years prior to a student's matriculation 
in the bachelor of science degree program in mechan- 
ical engineering at the University of New Haven, if it 
is determined that knowledge acquired in those 
courses is either inadequate or obsolete. 

Exceptional students having an overall average of 
3.5 or better may join the Delta Zeta Chapter of the Pi 
Tau Sigma honor society, which provides the opportu- 
nit)' for closer relations with faculty and other promi- 
nent individuals in the field for the purpose of fiirther 
professional development, involvement in faculty 
research, and varied social and intellectual activities. 

Practicum 

It is recognized in the Mechanical Engineering 
program that experiential work by undergraduate 



Tagliatela College ot Engineering 143 



students is a valuable tool in launching a successful 
professional career. It is desirable, then, for mechanical 
engineering majors to spend time prior to graduation 
performing engineering-related duties at a manufac- 
turing company, consulting firm, technical organiza- 
tion, government agency, or other appropriate setting. 

Interns are required to complete a minimum of 
300 hours of practical experience in an area or tech- 
nical project closely related to mechanical engineer- 
ing. The requirement may be satisfied through 
appropriate co-op work experience, part- or full-time 
employment, a summer job, or an apprenticeship or 
volunteer work at any time during a student's under- 
graduate studies. Registration, proof of compliance, 
or a request for waiver must be submitted to the 
Department only after completion of 75 credits 
toward the B.S.M.E. degree. The practicum is graded 
on a Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory basis and carries no 
academic credit. 

The B.S.M.E. program has been nationally 
accredited by the Engineering Accreditation 
Commission of the Accreditation Board for 
Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET) for over 
35 years. 

Required Courses 

Students earning the bachelor of science degree in 
mechanical engineering are required to complete 126 
credits, including the University Core Curriculum. 

Freshman Year 

In addition to the common first-year courses 
listed under the Tagliatela School of Engineering, 
mechanical engineering students take the Mechanical 
Engineering Skills Workshop. This one-hour-per- 
week workshop familiarizes students with basic prac- 
tices in a laboratory environment, including safety 
considerations, design planning, layout, fabrication, 
and the use of basic measuring equipment and 
devices to test and verify a design. The workshop is 
offered in the Spring semester and is graded on a 
Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory basis. The workshop car- 
ries no academic credit. 

CH 115 General Chemistry I 

CH 1 17 General Chemistr)' I Laboratory 

E 105 Composition 



E 1 10 Composition and Literature 
EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering 
EAS 109 Project Planning and Development 
EAS 1 12 Methods of Engineering Analysis 
FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 
M 117 Calculus I 
M 118 Calculus II 

ME 001 Mechanical Engineering Skills Workshop 
Plus one lab science elective (EAS 120 or a four- 
credit biology course), and 3 credits of a Social 
Interaction (Core Competency 5.1) elective 

Sophomore Year 

EAS 21 1 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering 

Systems 
EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems 
EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials 
EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems 
M 203 Calculus III 
M 204 Differential Equations 
ME 201 Engineering Graphics 
PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 
Plus 3 credits of a Communication (Core Competency 
1.2) elective 

Junior Year 

E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination 

EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog 

Devices 
EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering 

Economics 
HS 101 Foundations of the Western World 
or 

HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 
ME 300 Rigid Body Dynamics 
ME 305 Engineering Thermodynamics 
ME 308 Applied Elasticity 
ME 315 Mechanics Laboratory 
ME 321 Incompressible Fluid Flow 
ME 330 Fundamentals of Mechanical Design (D) 
Plus 3 credits of a restricted ME elective (ME 344 or 
ME 438), and 300 hours of Practicum. 



144 



Senior Year 

EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar 

ME 404 Heat and Mass Transfer 

ME 415 Thermo/Fluids Laboratory 

ME 431-432 Mechanical Engineering Design I (D) 

and II (D) 
Plus 3 credits of a restricted ME elective (ME 422 or 
energ)'-related course), 3 credits of an Aesthetic 
Responsiveness (Core Competenc)' 6) elective, 3 cred- 
its of a design elective (D-designated ME course), 3 
credits of a technical elective", 3 credits of an engineer- 
ing/mathematics analysis elective", 3 credits of a Social 
Interaction and Global Perspective (Core Competency 
5.2) elective.' 

'Must be chosen in consiJtation with the students 
adviser. 

The B.S.M.E. program includes two required 
stems of coherent course offerings: 1 ) Thermo/Fluid 
Systems, comprising EAS 211, EAS 224, ME 305, 
ME 321, ME 404, ME 415, and a restricted ME 
elective (21 credits) and 2) Mechanical Systems, com- 
prising EAS 213, EAS 222, ME 300, ME 308, ME 
315, ME 330, and a restricted ME elective (21 cred- 
its). It should be noted that the required capstone 
design sequence ME 431^32 (6 credits) may be 
taken in either of the above stems. Also, technical 
and design electives are offered periodicalK' in both 
thermo/fluid and mechanical systems, and the 
practicum experience could be in either one or both 
of these areas. 

Minor in Mechanical Engineering 

Students wishing to minor in mechanical engi- 
neering must complete the following courses with a 
minimum G.P.A. of 2.0: 

EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials 
EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems 
ME 201 Engineering Graphics 
ME 300 Rigid Body Dynamics 
ME 305 Engineering Thermodynamics 
ME 321 Incompressible Fluid Flow 

Student Chapter of ASME 

Membership in the .American Society of 



Mechanical Engineers student section is open to all 
mechanical engineering students in good standing 
and provides the opportunity,' for field trips to local 
industrial plants, attendance at technical presenta- 
tions, social activities, and access to interesting pro- 
fessional literature. 

Multidisciplinary 
Engineering Systems 
Division 

Chairman: Michael A. CoUura, Ph.D. 

Facult)' in the Multidisciplinar)' Engineering 
Systems Division (MESD) hold a primar)- appoint- 
ment to one of the disciplinar}' departments of the 
Tagliatela College of Engineering and are MESD 
Instructors, Fellows, or Scholars, depending on their 
level of participation in the activities of the division. 

Mission 

The mission of the division is to provide a multidis- 
ciplinary engineering foundation tor a variet)' of pro- 
grams, to administer engineering programs that cross 
traditional engineering boundaries, and to promote 
scholarship and excellence in engineering education. 
The goals of the division are as follows: 

• To administer the Multidisciplinar}' Engineering 
Foundation Spiral Curriculum, including all 
courses with an EAS prefix 

• To administer the First Year Engineering Program 

• To oversee the Engineering Living/Learning 
Community 

• To administer the B.S. in General Engineering 
program 

• To promote scholarship in engineering education 

First Year Engineering Program 

Program Coordinator: Jean Nocito-Gobel. Ph.D. 
Faculty: Representatives from undergraduate pro- 
grams in the College 



Tagliatela College ot Engineering 145 



The First Year Engineering Program prepares stu- 
dents for upper-level study in their chosen discipline 
through a combination of specialized advising, the 
first-year engineering curriculum, extracurricular 
activities, and workshops. Students learn about the 
contributions and attributes of various engineering 
and applied science disciplines to help them finalize 
their choice of a major area ot study. Workshops and 
tutoring sessions help students meet the challenges of 
a rigorous academic program in engineering or 
applied science. Plant trips and guest speakers pro- 
vide an exciting bridge to the industrial world 
beyond the classroom walls. 

The Multldisciplinary Engineering 
Foundation Spiral Curriculum 

The Multldisciplinary Engineering Foundation 
Spiral Curriculum is a four-semester sequence of 
engineering courses (EAS prefix) matched closely 
with the development of students' mathematical 
sophistication and analytical capabilities and inte- 
grated with course work in the sciences. Students 
develop a conceptual understanding of engineering 
basics in a series of courses that stresses practical 
applications of these principles. Topics in these 
courses include electrical circuits, fluid mechanics, 
heat transfer, material balances, properties of materi- 
als, structural mechanics, and thermodynamics. 
Unlike the more traditional approach, each of the 
foundation courses includes a mix of these topics pre- 
sented in a variety of disciplinary contexts. A solid 
background is developed by touching key concepts at 
several points along the spiral in different courses, 
adding depth and sophistication at each pass. Each 
foundation course also stresses the development of 
several essential skills, such as problem solving, oral 
and written communication, organizational skills, the 
design process, teamwork, project management, com- 
puter analysis methods, laboratory investigation, data 
analysis, and model development. Students will build 
-.ubstantial depth in some of the foundation areas in 
subsequent courses, while other topics may not be 
further developed, depending on their chosen disci- 
pline. Thus, the foundation courses serve both as the 
basis for depth in disciplinary study and as part of a 
broad multldisciplinary background. 



First Semester 

CH 1 1 5 General Chemistry I 

CH 1 17 General Chemistry 1 Laboratory 

E 105 Composition 

EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- 
Based) 

EAS 109 Project Planning and Development 

FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 

M 117 Calculus I 

Second Semester 

E 110 Composition and Literature 

EAS 1 12 Methods of Engineering Analysis 

EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems 

or 

Laboratory Science Course (a four-credit science course, 
with laboratory, specified by degree program) 

M 118 Calculus II 

Plus one Core Curriculum competency 5.1 elective 
During the sophomore year, engineering students 

begin taking courses in their chosen discipline, along 

with math, science, and additional multldisciplinary 

foundation courses. 

B.S., General Engineering 

Program Coordinator: Samuel D. Daniels, Ph.D. 
The bachelor of science in general engineering 
(G.E.) is a degree program designed for those inter- 
ested in a career involving engineering knowledge but 
with more flexibility than is possible in a specific 
engineering discipline. It provides an opportunity for 
a student to combine engineering with any other 
undergraduate discipline within the University, such 
as the following areas: 

• business 

• communication 

• legal studies 

• science or math 

• teaching and education 

It also provides the opportunity tor including ele- 
ments of rwo different engineering disciplines in one 
degree program. 

Career opportunities depend on the areas ol study 



146 



selected and might include 

• engineering and technical sen'ices 

• technical management and sales 

• engineering-related business activities 

• music 

• science-related activities 

• computer-related activities 

• technical writing 

• medical services 

• education 

The Degree Program 

The bachelor's degree program in general engi- 
neering requires completion of 121 credits. Students 
can use electives (including engineering electives) to 
focus on an area of interest within engineering or to 
combine engineering with other areas. As part ot the 
program, students must select a minor from any rec- 
ognized program at UNH. 

Undecided Option 

Students who wish to earn an engineering degree 
in a designated discipline (chemical, civil, computer, 
electrical, mechanical, system) but who are undecided 
about their choice should start with general engineer- 
ing and change majors when they have decided on an 
area of specialization. For most choices, making a 
decision by the end of the first year of study will 
result in a smooth transition. 

Required Courses 

Freshman Year 

CH 115/117 General Chemistrv I and Laborator)' 

£105 Composition 

E 110 Composition and Literature 

EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- 
Based) 

EAS 109 Project Planning and Development 

EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis 

EAS 120 Chemistr)' with Applications to Biosystems 

FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 

M 117 Calculus I 

M 118 Calculus II 



Plus one Universit)' Core Competency 5.1 elective 
Sophomore Year 

EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling ol Engineering 

Systems 
EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems 
EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials 
EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems 
CS 110 Introduction to C Programming 
or 

Programming Elective 
HS 1 1 Foundations of the Western World 
or 

HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 
M 203 Calculus III 
PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laborator)' 
Plus one Universit)' Core Competency 1.2 elective 
Junior Year 

E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination 
EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog 

Devices 
EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering 

Economics 
EAS 345 Applied Engineering Statistics 
or 

M 204 Differential Equations 
Plus one Engineering elective, two TCoE Electives, 
one Universit)' Core Competenc)' 4.2 elective, one 
University Core Competency 6 elective, and two 
Electives for Minor 

Senior Year 

EAS 4 1 5 Professional Engineering Seminar 

Plus one University Core Competency 5-2 elective, 

one University Core Competency 5.3 elective, one 

Engineering electi\'e, three Electives for Minor and 

two electi\'es 

Additional Requirements 

Students must select a minor area of study from 
any department at UNH. Electives designated as 
"Elective for Minor" may be used to satisfy the minor 
requirements. In some cases, courses required for the 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 147 



'minor include courses that are specifically listed as 
required in general engineering. For example, the cal- 
culus sequence counts toward a minor in math, so 
only three of the electives are needed to complete the 

I math minor. In such a case, the remaining "Electives 
tor Minor" choices may be used as free electives. 

In order to assure depth ot study, at least five of 
the elective courses in the program should be at or 

' above the 300 level and should have prerequisites. 

Teaching Certification 

There is a growing need tor primary and second- 
ary teachers in math and science. In addition, many 
i high schools have begun offering engineering courses 
I for their students, using curricula such as the Project 
'i Lead The Way program. Students completing the 
General Engineering program gain a broad under- 
standing of math and science and ol the application 
of these subjects in engineering work. This back- 
ground, along with generous elective choices, pro- 
vides an excellent opportunity to prepare for the 
teaching profession. 

Within the state of Connecticut, certification to 
teach at the primary or secondary level requires sub- 
stantial undergraduate course work in the content 
area for which certification is sought. The General 
Engineering program requires significant study of 
math and science, as well as the application of math 
and science in the EAS courses. By selecting electives 
wisely, in consultation with an Education 
Department adviser, a student can readily earn the 
necessary credits to satisfy the content requirements 
for math and a science area. Possible certification 
areas include math, chemistry, physics, and general 
science. 

Graduates of the General Engineering program 
may apply for entry to the UNH Master of Science 
in Education (M.S.E.D.) program, which will allow 
them to complete the master's degree in education 
and earn a teaching certification in one year after 
graduation. Eligible students may apply for acceler- 
ated entry into the M.S.E.D. program and take three 
education courses as part of their undergraduate pro- 
gram. This accelerated program is designed to facili- 
tate a smooth transition into the graduate program 



and to introduce the student to the teaching profes- 
sion during the junior and senior years. Students 
interested in this option are assigned a co-adviser 
trom the Education Department to assure compli- 
ance with the rigorous policies for certification. 

Quality Engineering Option 

The Quality Engineering option prepares students 
for jobs in the areas of quality and process improve- 
ment, popularly applied in the business, service, gov- 
ernment, and retail industries. Students learn about 
concepts, theories, tools, and techniques, including 
process mapping, sampling techniques, statistical 
process control (SPC), experimental design applicable 
when implementing lean and six sigma projects, qual- 
ity audit programs, SPC monitoring systems, and 
quality assurance. This option can be combined with 
other IE and SE courses to form an industrial engi- 
neering minor or may be included as a separate cluster. 
SE 346 Probability Theory 
SE 347 Statistical Analysis 
(note: this would replace EAS 345) 
IE 304 Production Control 
IE 436 Quality Control 

Bioengineering and Pre-med Options 

An interest in bioengineering can be readily 
accommodated by the general engineering degree in 
several ways. Students may combine the minor in 
biology with electives in other areas, or they can 
minor in one of the engineering disciplines and select 
several biology electives. For example, to prepare for a 
career in the biomedical field, a minor in electrical, 
mechanical, or chemical engineering can be combined 
with general and human biology, anatomy and physi- 
ology, and cell biology. Faculty in the Engineering and 
Biology Departments would guide the student into 
specific courses based on career interests. 

The rigor of an engineering program serves as an 
excellent preparation for medical school. Students 
choosing to pursue such a path should include 
courses in organic chemistry as well as biology. These 
can be fit into the structure of the General 
Engineering program using the minor and TCoE 
electives. 



148 



Management Option 

The minor in management includes course work in 
accounting, leadership, economics, business law, 
management, and marketing. This broad background 
in business is an excellent choice for students who 
wish to pursue a career on the business side of a tech- 
nical field. 

B.S., System Engineering 

Program Coordinator: M. Ali Montazer, Ph.D. 

System engineering, as a formal engineering disci- 
pline, traces its histor)' to the 1950s but promises to 
play an even greater role in the 21st Centur)' given 
the advances in information technolog)' and the 
trend in globalization. It is one of the most flexible 
and broad-based disciplines in engineering and pro- 
vides balanced solutions to diverse and complex 
problems primarily related to product development 
and commercialization processes. Given the global 
marketplace and the ever-shrinking levels of both 
natural and human resources, system engineering is 
poised to become a major engineering function in 
business/industry, government, service and non-profit 
organizations. 

System engineers design, develop, tacilitate and 
monitor the process ot creating a product (or service) 
with the needs and concerns of the various con- 
stituencies in mind. This process incorporates critical 
consideration of a multitude of factors with special 
emphasis on quality, cost and time to market. The 
factor of qualit)' encompasses considerations such as 
manufacturability, reliability, maintainability, repara- 
bility, safety, ergonomics and aesthetics, the environ- 
ment, and the eventual disposal of the product. The 
factors of cost and time to market translate into pro- 
cedures that are prerequisite to creating a product or 
service that can compete in the global marketplace. 

System engineering is the integration of all the 
disciplines and specialty groups into a team effort 
forming a structured development process that pro- 
ceeds from product concept to production to opera- 
tions, all with the needs of the customer in mind. 



Mission and Educational Objectives 

The mission of the System Engineering program 
is to prepare our students for growth and career 
opportunities in the field and/or advanced studies. 
The mission also includes recruiting a diverse student 
body; providing state-of-the-art education; and inter- 
acting with employers to ensure that graduates are 
ready, willing, and able to contribute to their chosen 
professions in various sectors of the economy. The 
program objectives are to prepare graduates who can 
demonstrate the following qualities and attributes: 

• System thinkers 

• Academic and technical competence to pursue 
professional careers in engineering and technolog)' 
fields 

• Ability to acquire and sustain gainful employment 
in the field commensurate with their education 
and career goals 

• Will to excel at working on system engineering 
and related projects and jobs 

• Ability to pursue advanced and graduate studies 
and engage in career-long education 

• Will to contribute to the profession and the soci- 
ety at large through professional societies, com- 
munity service, and civic activities 

• Are ethical and responsible citizens 

The highly interdisciplinary System Engineering 
program at the University of New Haven is designed 
and developed with the needs of the customer as its 
main priority. Indeed, the program has been designed 
and developed as a team effort encompassing the var- 
ious constituencies including fiiture employers of 
program graduates, students, alumni, industry profes- 
sionals, and the faculty. 

In addition to the University Core Curriculum 
requirements, the program combines strong theoreti- 
cal foundations in science, mathematics (with the 
Multidisciplinary Engineering Foundation Spiral 
Curriculum) and system engineering. System engi- 
neering-related topics are integrated with computer 
applications to prepare a graduate to enter the work- 
force in virtually all industries and economic sectors, 
including, high tech manufacturing, consultancy. 



Tagliatela College of Engineering 149 



transporution, service, and governmenr. 
I The program consists of 127 credits plus a 

required internship. The credits include the final year- 
long 6-credit industry-sponsored and team-based 
design project. Students are expected to work with 
their academic adviser to plan their course work and 
project well in advance in order to experience an opti- 
mal final project assignment. Students are required to 
earn a cumulative quality point ratio of no less than 
2.0 in all system engineering courses and technical 
electives. The B.S.S.E. curriculum is as follows: 

Required Courses 
Freshman Year 

BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory 
(orEAS 120) 

CH 115/117 General Chemistry I with Laboratory 

E 105 Composition 

E 1 10 Composition and Literature 

EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- 
Based) 

EAS 109 Project Planning and Development 

EAS 1 12 Methods of Engineering Analysis 

EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems 
(orBI 121) 

FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- 
time day-division freshmen) 

M 117 Calculus I 

M 118 Calculus II 

Plus one University Core Competency 5.1 elective 

Sophomore Year 

EAS 21 1 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering 
Systems 

EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems 

EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials 

EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems 

SE 288 System Engineering Concepts 

SE 346 Probability Analysis 

M 203 Calculus III 

M 204 Differential Equations 

PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 
Laboratory 

PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 
Laboratory 



Junior Year 

CS 215 Introduction to Databases 

E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination 

EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog 

Devices 
EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering 

Economics 
SE 347 Statistical Analysis 
SE 402 Operations Research I 
SE 403 Operations Research II 
SE 407 Reliability and Maintenance 
SE 435 Simulation and Applications Communication 
SE 488 System Engineering Design Process 
Plus one University Core Competency 1.2 elective 
Senior Year 

EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar 
SE 428 Six Sigma Quality Plan 
SE 441 Supply Chain and Logistics 
SE 449 Lean Principles and Practices 
SE 498 System Engineering Design I 
SE 499 System Engineering Design II 
University Core Competency 5.2 elective 
HS 101 Foundations ot the Western World 
or 

HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times 
Plus two TCoE Electives and one University Core 
Competency 6 elective 

Students will choose, with the assistance and 
approval of their academic adviser, the appropriate 
courses to fulfill the technical elective requirements of 
the program. Students are also expected to work with 
their adviser to select the University Core 
Curriculum courses in such a way to best support 
their career goals and professional development. 

Internship Requirement 

The internship program is intended to enrich the 
academic experience of our students in bridging the 
theory and practice gap and by providing the stu- 
dents the opportunity to see firsthand how an engi- 
neering enterprise works. The internship must 
involve a partnership consisting of student, engineer- 
ing facult)', and employer/organization in order to 
provide the intern with the optimal experience. An 



150 



internship assignment with a minimum of 300 hours 
performing relevant engineering duties is required 
prior to graduation. Students must complete the 
equivalent of sophomore-level course work (about 60 
credits) toward the bachelor's degree in system engi- 
neering before an internship is attempted. The ideal 
internship assignment is the one that leads to the 
final program design project for the student intern. 
The internship carries no credit for the degree. The 
requirement may be satisfied utilizing a co-op posi- 
tion, approved summer employment and part-time or 
full-time positions that are approved by the student's 
employer and by the department/internship coordi- 
nator as being relevant to the goals of the system 
engineering discipline. A waiver (or substitution) ot 
the internship requirement may be granted for those 
students who are employed in the field, subject to a 
formal review by the program coordinator. The 
request for such a waiver must be submitted to the 
program coordinator at least one year prior to the 
anticipated graduation date. 

Accreditation 

The bachelor's degree program in system engineering 
is designed to meet the requirements and standards 
of the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the 
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology 
(EAC/ABET). Accreditation will be sought as soon as 
the eligibilit)' requirements are met. 

Minor in Industrial Engineering 

Students enrolled in degree programs in the Tagliatela 
College of Engineering may opt to take a minor in 
industrial engineering by completing 18 credits. The 
program for the minor consists of the following 
required and elective courses: 

IE 243 Work Design 
IE 304 Production Control 
SE 346 Probability Analysis 
SE 347 Statistical Analysis 

Plus two 300-level (or higher) industrial or system 
engineering courses (6 credits) chosen with the pro- 
gram adviser. 



Logistics Certificate 

Logistics is a discipline that has become critical to 
the efficient development and operational support of 
complex, costly systems. Its subdivisions include cus- 
tomer requirements planning, design-to-cost con- 
cepts, configuration control, life-cycle analysis, 
transportation and distribution, reliability, and field 
support networks. Modern logistics is the science that 
ensures that needs are met when they occur, at a rea- 
sonable resource expenditure. UNH offers the follow- 
ing undergraduate certificate as well as a graduate 
certificate in logistics. 

The undergraduate certificate sequence consists of 
five three-credit courses followed by a one-credit cap- 
stone logistics seminar. This course sequence provides 
students with a working knowledge of logistics and 
covers topics included in the Certified Professional 
Logistician examination of the Society of Logistics 
Engineers. These undergraduate-level courses are 
designed for professionals who either do not hold a 
college degree or who have earned degrees in non- 
technical fields of study. Prerequisite courses in math- 
ematics, computer science, economics, and statistics 
may be needed by students who lack appropriate 
educational background. 

The six courses required for the logistics certificate 
are as follows: 

LG 300 Defense Sector Logistics 

LG 310 Introduction to Logistics Support Analysis 

LG 320 Reliability and Maintainability 

Fundamentals 
LG 4 1 Life Cycle Concepts 
LG 440 Data Management in Logistics Systems 
LG 490 Logistics Seminar 



Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 151 



HENRY C. LEE COLLEGE 

OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND 

FORENSIC SCIENCES 



Richard H. Ward, D.Crim., Dean 

William M. Norton, Ph.D., J.D., Associate Dean 

The Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and 
Forensic Sciences provides educational services for 
students who wish to major in degree programs in 
the public safety and security areas. Students in the 
Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and 
Forensic Sciences typically pursue careers in areas 
such as criminal justice, forensic science, fire science, 
arson investigation, corrections, law, paralegal and 
related areas. The school provides a broad profes- 
sional education, which often incorporates classroom 
learning with laboratory and field experience. The 
school attracts students of varied ages and levels of 
experience, from recent high school graduates to sea- 
soned industry professionals. It also serves profession- 
als seeking programs designed to meet requirements 
of national and/or regional accreditations and licen- 
sures. 

Graduate degree programs and certificates are 
available in various disciplines through the Graduate 
School. 

University Core Curriculum 

In addition to departmental requirements, stu- 
dents must fulfill all requirements of the University 
Core Curriculum on page 15. 

Programs and Concentrations 

Undergraduate Programs 

Bachelor of Science 

Criminal Justice 
Corrections 
Crime Analysis 
Forensic Psychology* 



International Justice and Security 

Investigative Services 

Juvenile and Family Justice 

Law Enforcement Administration 

Victim Services Administration 
Fire Science 

Fire/ Arson Investigation 

Fire Administration 

Fire Science Technology 

Fire Protection Engineering 

Forensic Science 

Legal Studies 
Public Affairs 
Dispute Resolution 
Paralegal Studies 

'Consent for approval of this concentration is being 
sought from the Connecticut Department of Higher 
Education 

Associate in Science 
Criminal Justice 
Fire and Occupational Safety 
Legal Studies 

Certificates 

Crime Analysis 

Fire/Arson Investigation 

Fire Prevention 

Forensic Computer Investigation 

Hazardous Materials 

Industrial Fire Protection 

Information Protection and Security 

Law Enforcement Science 

Paralegal Studies 

Private Security 

Victim Services 



152 



Graduate Programs 

Master of Science 

Criminal Justice 

Fire Science 

Forensic Science 

National Security and Public Safety 

Graduate Certificates 

Arson Investigation 

Criminal Justice/Security Management 

Fire Science/ Administration and Technology 

Forensic Science/ Advanced Investigation 

Forensic Science/Criminalistics 

Forensic Science/Fire Science 

Forensic Computer Investigation 

Forensic Psychology 

Information Protection and Security 

National Security 

National Security Administration 

Public Safety Management 

Victim Advocacy and Service Management 

Criminal Justice 

Chair: Mario T. Gaboury, Ph.D., J.D. 

Professors Emeriti: Thomas A. Johnson, D.Crim., 

University of California, Berkeley; David A. 

Maxwell, J.D., University of Miami, CPP; L. 

Craig Parker, Jr., Ph.D., State University of New 

York at Buffalo; Gerald D. Robin, Ph.D., 

University of Pennsylvania 
Professors: Mario T. Gaboury, Ph.D., Pennsylvania 

State University, J.D., Georgetown University; 

Lynn Hunt Monahan, Ph.D., University of 

Oregon; William M. Norton, Ph.D., Florida State 

University, J.D., University of Connecticut; 

William L. Tafoya, Ph.D., University of Maryland 

Associate Professors: James J. Cassidy, Ph.D., 
Hahnemann University Graduate School, J.D., 
Villanova School of Law; Robert D. Keppel, 
Ph.D., University of Washington; James O. 
Matschulat, M.B.A., St. John's University; James 
Monahan, Ph.D., Florida State University; Martin 
J. O'Connor, J.D., University of Connecticut, 
M.Div., Yale Divinity School 



Assistant Professors: James M. Adcock, Ph.D., 
University of South Carolina; Leila Dutton, 
Ph.D., University of Rhode Island; Michael P. 
Lawlor, J.D., George Washington University, 
Connecticut State Representative; Donna Decker 
Morris, J.D., Yale University; Fadia Narchet, 
Ph.D., Florida International University; 
Christopher M. Sedelmaier, Ph.D., Rutgers 
University; Tracy L. Tamborra, M.S., University of 
New Haven 

Practitioners-in-Residence: William H. Carbone, 
M.P.A., University of New Haven, Executive 
Director, Judicial Branch, Court Support Services 
Division, State of Connecticut; The Honorable 
Martin Looney, J.D., University of Connecticut 

Senior Lecturer: Ernest W. Dorling, M.P.A., Troy 
State University, European Campus 

Lecturer: Daniel Maxwell, M.S., M.P.A., University 
of New Haven 

Clinical Instructor: Joseph R. Polio, M.S., University 
of New Haven 

Criminal Justice 

Coordinator of Corrections: 

Lynn Hunt Monahan, Ph.D. 
Coordinator of Crime Analysis: 

Christopher M. Sedelmaier, Ph.D. 
Coordinator of Forensic Psychology: 

Fadia M. Narchet, Ph.D. 
Coordinator of International Justice and Security: 

James Monahan, Ph.D. 
Coordinator of Investigative Services: 

James M. Adcock, Ph.D. 
Coordinator of Juvenile and Family Justice: 

Lynn Hunt Monahan, Ph.D. 
Coordinator of Law Enforcement Administration: 

William M. Norton, Ph.D., J.D. 
Coordinator of Victim Services Administration: 

Mario T. Gaboury, Ph.D., J.D. 

The Criminal Justice program at the University of 
New Haven provides students with a comprehensive 
and professional understanding of crime and the 
administration of justice. The goal of the program is 
to prepare students for professional careers in criminal 



Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 153 



justice, public service, and social service organizations, 
as well as for future study in graduate and professional 
fields. The program meets these goals through its 
highly qualified full-time faculty, who both teach and 
conduct research in the field. The full-time faculty 
members are supported by part-time faculty members 
drawn from the professional community who teach 
specialized courses in their areas of expertise. 

The Criminal Justice program of study follows the 
University's mission to provide engaged learning 
opportunities, including the utilization of intern- 
ships, service learning, and individual student 
research learning opportunities. Through this 
engaged learning model students develop an under- 
standing of both theoretical and practical issues of 
crime and the administration of justice. 

A full range of career opportunities is available in 
criminal justice at all levels of government and within 
the private sector. Because of its interdisciplinary 
approach, combined with the University's engaged 
learning commitment, the study of criminal justice 
fills the needs of students seeking careers in teaching, 
research, and law, and the needs of criminal justice 
professionals seeking academic and professional 
advancement. 

The Department offers courses from the associate 
to the master's level, as well as certificates. Complete 
information about the master of science degree in 
criminal justice is available in the Graduate School 
Catalog. 

Undergraduate criminal justice concentrations in 
law enforcement, corrections, crime analysis, inves- 
tigative services, juvenile and family justice, forensic 
psychology, international justice and security, and 
victim services administration are available in the 
criminal justice program. 

The Criminal Justice Club 

The American Criminal Justice Association 
(ACJA) is a national professional and pre-professional 
organization with goals that include improved tech- 
nology, training, and service for the benefit of the 
criminal justice system. UNH's local student chapter 
of ACJA is the Psi Omega chapter. This club offers 



students a variety of activities including community 
service as well as the opportunity to meet and work 
with practitioners in the field. Students also meet 
others with similar interests and are eligible to partic- 
ipate in regional and national programs and activities. 

Alpha Tau is the local chapter of Alpha Phi Sigma, 
the National Criminal Justice Honor Society. Alpha 
Tau's purpose is to recognize and promote academic 
excellence among undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents. The local chapter was formed in 1998 and 
embraces the full spectrum of criminal justice stu- 
dents from criminal justice and forensic science to 
pre-law and the related social sciences. 

Undergraduate students who have completed 60 
credits and at least four criminal justice courses and 
who have at least a 3.4 cumulative G.P.A. are eligible 
for membership. Graduate students who have a 3.4 
cumulative G.P.A. and who have completed at least 
12 credits of graduate work, or 9 credits of graduate 
work and at least 3 additional undergraduate credits, 
are eligible for membership. 

The Department participates in the cooperative 
education program, which enables students to com- 
bine their education with practical, paid work experi- 
ence in their career field. For further details see 
"Office of Internships and Employer Relations," 
which appears earlier in this catalog, or contact the 
co-op coordinator in The Henry C. Lee College of 
Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences. 

B.S., Criminal Justice 

Required Courses 

Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal jus- 
tice are required to complete at least 122 credits, 
including the University Core Curriculum and the 
common courses for criminal justice majors listed 
below: 

CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
CJ 102 Criminal Law 

CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation 
CJ 205 Introduction to Forensic Psychology 
CJ 217 Introduction to Criminal Procedure I 
CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice 
CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal Justice 



154 



CJ 31 1 Criminology 

CJ 400 Criminal Justice Problems Seminar 
CJ 500A Criminal Justice Pre-Internship 
CJ 500B Criminal Justice Internship 

Concentration in Corrections 

This concentration prepares students for careers 
with federal, state, local, and private correctional 
agencies and institutions. It is concerned with the 
treatment of offenders, administration, planning, and 
research. The curriculum emphasizes law, social and 
behavioral sciences, and research methodology. 

Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal jus- 
tice with a concentration in corrections must com- 
plete the University Core Curriculum, the common 
courses for criminal justice majors listed above, and 
the following: 

CJ 209 Correctional Treatment Programs 

CJ 220 Legal Issues in Corrections 

CJ 408 Child and Family Intervention Strategies 

CJ 409 Adult Intervention Strategies 

CJ 412 Substance Abuse and Addictive Behavior 

Plus two restricted electives 

Concentration in Crime Analysis 

This concentration focuses on the application ot 
advanced computer and geographical information 
systems (GIS) in the collection and analysis of crime 
data. Data from local, state, and federal agencies are 
considered. Students are encouraged to join the 
International Association of Crime Analysis. 
Graduates will enter the field of Crime Analysis as 
civilians or sworn officers, depending on their career 
goal. This program also appeals to international stu- 
dents interested in applying such technology to their 
country's police system. Students are required to 
complete a research project as well as present their 
findings at a departmental crime research forum. 

Students earning a B.S. degree in criminal justice 
with a concentration in crime analysis must complete 
the University Core Curriculum, the common 
courses for criminal justice majors listed above, and 
the following: 
CJ 312The Police and Crime Control 



CJ 333 Police Civil Liability 

CJ 402 Police in Society 

CJ 555 Crime Prevention Through Environmental 

Design 
CJ 556 Problem-Oriented Policing 
CJ 557 Crime Mapping and Analysis 
E 230 Public Speaking 
EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information 

Systems 

Plus two restricted electives 

Concentration in Forensic Psychology 

The forensic psychology concentration prepares 
students for professional and graduate careers in vari- 
ous criminal justice and mental health settings. All 
courses focus on new developments arid best practices 
from a cross-disciplinary perspective. The program 
provides a wide array of courses covering a broad spec- 
trum of topics in forensic psychology, including areas 
such as experimental research, mental health law, 
investigative psychology and clinical services. 

Students earning a B.S. degree in criminal justice 
with a concentration in forensic psychology must 
complete the University Core Curriculum, the com- 
mon courses for criminal justice majors listed above, 
and the following: 

CJ 345 Police and Investigative Psychology 
CJ 357 Legal Psychology 
CJ 365 Law, Psychology and the Mental Health 

System 
CJ 408 Child and Family Intervention Strategies 
or 

CJ 409 Adult Intervention Strategies 
CJ 475 Senior Seminar in Forensic Psychology 
P 216 Psychology of Human Development 
P 336 Abnormal Psychology 
P 370 Psychology of Personality 
Plus two restricted electives 

Concentration in International Justice 
and Security 

The concentration in international justice and secu- 
rity is designed to attract a new type of student, 
namely one with interests in serving in federal security 
agencies including the State Department. The pro- 



Henry C. Lee College oF Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 155 



gram has several distinct features: a minimum of two 
semesters in a foreign language of choice, and special- 
ized criminal justice, fire science and open electives. 
Finally, students are required to do a semester abroad 
in their language country, taking electives of their 
choosing. Such experiences in total provide a superior 
undergraduate education to those anticipating a fed- 
eral career track or as preparation for a strong gradu- 
ate program. The University concentration has 
established a Federal Agent Advisory Board, com- 
posed of active and retired federal agents who provide 
counsel on curriculum and student career mentoring. 
Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal justice 
with a concentration in international justice and 
security must complete the University Core 
Curriculum, the common courses for criminal justice 
majors listed above, and the following: 
CJ 105 Introduction to Security 
CJ 425 White Collar Crime Investigation 
CJ 520 Computer Crime: Legal Issues and 

Investigation Procedures 
CJ 524 Network Security, Data Protection and 

Telecommunications 
CJ 535 Global Perspectives on Crime and Justice 
FS 106 Emergency Scene Operations 
FS 204 Fire Investigation I 
LS 410 Counterterrorism and the Law 
PS 222 United States Foreign Policy 
PS 241 International Relations 

Concentration in Investigative Services 

This concentration provides an interdisciplinary 
educational program for those entering investigative 
service work. It is geared toward enhancing the scien- 
tific knowledge of those students seeking investigative 
positions in various enforcement agencies. The cur- 
riculum emphasizes law enforcement, evidence and 
forensic science. 

Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal justice 
with a concentration in investigative services must 
complete the University Core Curriculum, the com- 
mon courses for criminal justice majors listed above, 
and the following: 

FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science 
CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence 



FOR 303 Forensic Science Laboratory I 

FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation 

CJ 420 Advanced Investigative Techniques 

or 

CJ 425 White Collar Crime Investigation 

Plus one restricted elective 

Concentration in Juvenile and Family 
Justice 

This concentration prepares students for careers 
with federal, state, local, and private correctional 
agencies and with service agencies whose mission 
brings them into regular contact with the justice sys- 
tem. The curriculum is geared to preparing service 
providers with knowledge ot law and of social and 
behavioral sciences as well as communication skills 
with children, adolescents, and people of diverse cul- 
tural backgrounds. 

Students earning a B.S. degree in criminal justice 
with a concentration in juvenile and family justice 
must complete the University Core Curriculum, the 
common courses for criminal justice majors listed 
above, and the following: 
CJ 209 Correctional Treatment Programs 
CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System 
CJ 408 Child and Family Intervention Strategies 
CJ 409 Adult Intervention Strategies 
CJ 4 1 1 Victimology 
Plus two restricted electives 

Concentration in Law Enforcement 
Administration 

This concentration prepares students for careers in 
federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies, pub- 
lic and private security forces, planning agencies, and 
other related settings. The curriculum focuses on the 
roles, activities, and behaviors of people with regard to 
maintaining law and order, providing needed services, 
protecting life and property, and planning and research. 

Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal jus- 
tice with a concentration in law enforcement admin- 
istration must complete the University Core 
Curriculum, the common courses for criminal justice 
majors listed above, and the following: 



156 



FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science 
CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence 
CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System 
CJ 333 Police Civil Liability 
CJ 402 Police in Society 
Plus two restricted electives 

Concentration in Victim Services 
Administration 

This concentration provides students with an 
interdisciplinary, practice-oriented educational pro- 
gram. It is prepares graduates for entry into a wide 
variety of positions in law enforcement, criminal jus- 
tice, the courts, corrections, and victim services pro- 
grams as well as professional settings involving work 
with victims of crime, their families, and the commu- 
nity at large. The curriculum encourages a broad- 
based training experience focusing on the 
enhancement of the appropriate involvement of vic- 
tims in the justice system and the provision of serv- 
ices to victims and survivors. 

Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal jus- 
tice with a concentration in victim services adminis- 
tration must complete the University Core 
Curriculum, the common courses for criminal justice 
majors listed above, and the following: 
CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues in Criminal Justice 
CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System 
CJ 315 Domestic Violence 
CJ 4 1 1 Victimology 
CJ 413 Victim Law and Service Administration 

Plus two restricted electives 

A.S., Criminal Justice 

Students completing the first two years of the 
bachelor of science degree program in criminal justice 
with the law enforcement administration concentra- 
tion or the corrections concentration (61 credits) are 
eligible to receive the associate in science degree. 
Interested students should contact their adviser. 

Minor in Criminal Justice 

To minor in criminal justice, students must com- 
plete 18 credits of criminal justice courses, including 
CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice. 



Criminal Justice Certificates 

Adviser: Mario Gaboury, Ph.D., J.D. 

The Department offers certificates in crime analy- 
sis, law enforcement science, private security, and vic- 
tim services. Students must complete 12-18 credits 
of required courses to earn a certificate. Credits 
earned for a certificate may be applied toward the 
requirements for a degree program at a later date. 

A student must successfully complete all required 
courses as outlined below with a minimum G.P.A. of 
2.0 to be awarded the certificate. 

Crime Analysis Certificate 

This certificate focuses on the analysis of crime and 

criminal behavior. Geographic information systems 

and computer-assisted statistical packages are used to 

assist in the study of crime analysis. All students are 

required to take 21 credits, including the courses 

listed below: 

CJ 498 Research Project 

CJ 555 Crime Prevention Through Environmental 

Design 
CJ 556 Problem-Oriented Policing 
CJ 557 Crime Mapping and Analysis 
EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information 

Systems 
Plus one CJ elective, and one environmental science 
elective 

Forensic Computer Investigation 

Certificate 

Adviser: William L. Tafoya, Ph.D. 

This certificate is designed for those professionals 
who wish to enhance their knowledge and skills in 
forensic computer investigation. Students interested 
in enrolling in the courses in this certificate must 
obtain consent of the instructor and/or the certificate 
adviser prior to registration. Alternate course selec- 
tions may be permitted with the consent of the cer- 
tificate adviser. Four courses (12 credits) are required 
for completion of the certificate: 
CJ 520 Computer Crime: Legal Issues and 

Investigative Procedures 
CJ 524 Network Security, Data Protection, and 

Telecommunications 



Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 157 



Plus nvo of the following, with consent of adviser: 

CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation 

CJ 217 Criminal Procedure I 

CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence 

FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation 

CJ 420 Advanced Investigative Techniques 

CJ 450 Special Topics 

CJ 498 Research Project 

CJ 522 Computers, Technology, and Criminal Justice 

Information Management Systems 
CJ 523 Internet Vulnerabilities and Criminal Activity 

Information Protection and Security 

Certificate 

Adviser: William L. Tafoya, Ph.D. 

This certificate prepares individuals for assuming 
the responsibilities of protecting their agency or cor- 
porate information systems. The basics ot informa- 
tion systems security as well as legal issues and cyber 
response strategies are reviewed. Computer gaming 
simulations as well as online attack and defense tech- 
niques are presented for student assignments. 

Five courses (15 credits) are required for comple- 
tion of the certificate: 
CJ 525 Information Systems Threats, Attacks, and 

Defenses 
CJ 526 Firewall and Secure Enterprise Computing 
CJ 527 Internet Investigations and Audit-Based 

Computer Forensics 
CJ 528 Computer Viruses and Malicious Code 
CJ 529 Practical Issues in Cryptography 

Law Enforcement Science Certificate 

This certificate provides the fundamentals of crim- 
inal investigation techniques and procedures, particu- 
larly for those involved in or planning to enter 
investigative positions in law enforcement agencies in 
both the private and public sectors. All students are 
required to take 18 credits, including the courses 
listed below: 

CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation 
FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science 
FOR 227 Fingerprints with Laboratory 



FOR 303 Forensic Science Laboratory 
FOR 4 1 5 Crime Scene Investigation 
Plus one CJ elective 

Private Security Certificate 

This certificate is a concentrated program of study 
in management security systems for private business 
and industry. All students are required to take 18 
credits, including the courses listed below: 
CJ 105 Introduction to Security 
CJ 203 Security Administration 
CJ 226 Industrial Security 
CJ 4 1 Legal Issues in Private Security 
FS 204 Fire Investigation I 
Plus one CJ elective 

Victim Services Certificate 

Students matriculated in other concentration 
areas, as well as non-matriculated students, may elect 
to take the five courses listed below to earn a certifi- 
cate in victim services administration. Although 
internships are not required ot certificate students, an 
internship experience is strongly encouraged and will 
be facilitated at the student's request. 
CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues in Criminal Justice 
CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System 
CJ 315 Domestic Violence 
CJ 411 Victimology 
CJ 413 Victim Law and Service Administration 

Forensic Science 

Chair: Timothy Palmbach, M.S., J.D. 

Professors: Floward H. Harris, Ph.D.; Henry C. Lee, 

Ph.D., Fredrick R Smith, Ph.D. 
Associate Professors: Azriel Gorski, Ph.D.; Virginia 

Maxwell, Ph.D., Timothy Palmbach, M.S., J.D. 

Assistant Professor: Heather Coyle, Ph.D. 
Lecturer: Peter Massey, M.S. 



158 



B.S., Forensic Science 
Coordinator: Azriel Gorski, Ph.D. 

Forensic science is a broad, interdisciplinary field 
in which biological and physical science methods are 
used to analyze and evaluate physical evidence related 
to matters of criminal and civil law. The objective of 
the degree is to provide an appropriate education and 
scientific background to men and women planning 
careers as physical evidence examiners in crime labora- 
tories. The curriculum is also appropriate for individ- 
uals currently working in forensic science laboratories 
and is valuable for those in related areas whose profes- 
sional work requires in-depth knowledge of science 
and scientific investigation methods. The curriculum 
provides sufficient flexibility to allow students to focus 
their studies in chemistry or in biology. 

B.S., Forensic Science 

The bachelor ot science in forensic science is 
offered with a choice of two emphasis areas, chem- 
istry or biology, to allow the student to major in 
forensic science and specialize in an area ot interest. 

Required Courses 

Students earning the B.S. degree in forensic sci- 
ence must complete 125-126 credits, including the 
University Core Curriculum and the following 
courses: 

CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
CJ 102 Criminal Law 

FOR 200 Professional Practices in Forensic Science 
FOR 216 Introduction to Forensic Science for Majors 
FOR 403 Forensic Biology with Laboratory 
FOR 404 Criminalistics with Laboratory 
FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation 
FOR 416 Seminar in Forensic Science 
FOR 498 Research Project 
or 

FOR 502 Forensic Science Internship 
HI 253—254 General Biology for Science Majors with 

Laboratory I and II 
CH 1 15-116 General Chemistry I and II 
CH 1 17—1 18 General Chemistry Laboratory I and II 
CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry I and II 
CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II 



CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with 

Laboratory 
CS 107 Computers and their Applications 
E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion 
M 117-118 Calculus I and II 
M 228 Statistics 
PH 1 50 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 
PL 222 Ethics 

Plus four electives chosen through discussion with 
adviser. 

Chemistry-emphasis students additionally com- 
plete the following: 
M 203 Calculus III 

CH 331/333 Physical Chemistry I with Laboratory 
CH 332/334 Physical Chemistry II with Laboratory 

Biology-emphasis students additionally complete 
the following: 

Bl 306 Genetics 

Bl 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory 

Bl 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory 



Legal Studies 



Director: Donna Decker Morris, J.D. 

From the principles in the U.S. Constitution to 
regulation of the food we eat, law permeates our soci- 
ety. With the globalization of the economy, law and 
regulation have become increasingly important to 
business. At the same time, new forms of dispute res- 
olution are being developed in government, business, 
and industry as alternatives to the courtroom. Legal 
policy will increasingly shape our future. Legal stud- 
ies is a unique and exciting undergraduate degree 
program designed to prepare graduates to be part of 
that future — and to help shape it. 

B.S., Legal Studies 

The legal studies major provides students with an 
understanding of fundamental principles of law and 
analyzes the role and function of the American legal 



Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 159 



system within a societal and political context. The 
interdisciplinary course of study develops critical 
thinking and writing skills and prepares students for 
law-related careers, law school or graduate school. 
Concentrations allow students to focus on particular 
career aspirations and interests. In addition, an 
optional international track encourages study abroad. 

A two-semester internship in the final year ot 
study combines classroom learning with on-the-job 
experience, enhancing employment opportunities 
after graduation. Placements are geared to the stu- 
dent's area of concentration. 

Students earning a B.S. degree in legal studies 
must complete a minimum of 125 credits, including 
the University Core Curriculum, common courses 
for legal studies majors, and designated courses for a 
legal studies concentration. 

Following are common courses required tor the 
major in legal studies: 
LS 100 Introduction to Legal Concepts 
PS 122 State and Local Government 
LS 240 Legal Research and Writing I 
LS 241 Legal Research and Writing II 
LS 201 Legal Ethics and Professional Responsibilities 
LS 238 Civil Procedure I 
LS 330 Legal Investigation 
PS 332 Constitutional Law 
LS 301 Administrative Law and Regulation 
LS 500 Pre-Internship 
LS 501-502 Legal Studies Internship I and II 

Legal Studies majors are also required to take the 
following courses as restricted electives, some of 
which may be used to satisfy University Core 
Curriculum requirements: 
CO 100 Human Communication 
or 

E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion 
E 220 Writing for Business and Industry 
or 

E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation 
or 

E 25 1 Narrative Nonfiction 
Pill Introduction to Psychology 
PL 222 Ethics 
PS 121 American Government and Politics 



Plus one of the following sequences: 

P 301 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences and 

P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology or 

CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice 

and 

CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal Justice 

Concentrations 

Students select an area of concentration for the 
elective portion of the program. The concentrations 
consist of five courses that focus on a specific 
approach to the field of legal studies. Course selec- 
tion is made with the assistance ot the program 
adviser. Only the paralegal studies concentration is 
designed to prepare students to become paralegals. 

Concentration in Public Affairs 

The public affairs concentration analyzes the 
application of law to public policy concerns, while 
developing critical thinking, legal research, and writ- 
ing skills. Government regulation, vulnerable popula- 
tions, and international, multicultural, and emerging 
issues are emphasized. This concentration prepares 
students for further education in law school, graduate 
school, or for careers in law-related fields and regula- 
tory affairs in federal, state, or local governments, 
business, industry, and non-profit organizations. 

Concentration Requirements 

PA 404 Public Policy Analysis 

Plus four of the following, or related courses, as 

approved by program adviser: 

LS 401 Alternative Dispute Resolution: Models and 

Practice 
LS 405 Environmental Law 
LS 410 Counter-terrorism and the Law 
LS 430 Cyberlaw 

CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
CJ 102 Criminal Law 
CJ 209 Correctional Treatment Programs 
CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues in Criminal Justice 
CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System 
CJ 400 Criminal Justice Problems Seminar 
CJ 413 Victim Law and Service Administration 
CO 420 Communication and the Law 



160 



MR 330 Coastal Resources Management 

PS 216 Urban Government and Politics 

PS 224 Public Attitudes and Public Policy 

PS 228 Public Interest Groups 

PS 230 Anglo-American Jurisprudence 

PS 231 Judicial Behavior 

PS 232 The Politics of the First Amendment 

Plus eight electives 

Concentration in Dispute Resolution 

Students in the dispute resolution concentration 
will explore alternative methods for resolving disputes 
traditionally resolved through the civil or criminal 
legal systems. This concentration provides students 
with an understanding of the theories and practices of 
alternative dispute resolution and an introduction to 
practical skills in negotiation, mediation, and facilita- 
tion. Graduates are prepared for law-related, alterna- 
tive dispute resolution careers in the judicial system, 
government agencies, and the private sector, or for 
further education in law school or graduate school. 

Concentration Requirements 

LS 401 Alternative Dispute Resolution: Models and 

Practice 
Plus four of the following, or related courses, as 
approved by program adviser: 
CO 100 Human Communication' 
CO 410 Management Communication Seminar 
CO 205 Intercultural Communication 
P 321 Social Psychology' 
SW 340 Group Dynamics 

Plus eight electives 

*Must be in addition to course selected to fulfill 

common course requirement for the major 

Concentration in Paralegal Studies 

This concentration is designed to prepare students 
for careers as paralegals in private law firms, govern- 
ment agencies, or corporations. A paralegal performs 
specifically delegated substantive legal work under the 
supervision of an attorney. Graduates may also pur- 
sue careers in law-related areas of the insurance 
industry, banking and securities, businesses, non- 



profit agencies, or in federal, state, or local govern- 
ments. Concentration electives allow students to 
focus on areas such as investigations, criminal law, 
general civil law, or law and financial issues. As part 
of a high-quality liberal arts education, the concen- 
tration also enables students to pursue broad career 
opportunities or graduate school. Development of 
critical thinking, research, and writing abilities is 
emphasized, along with practical paralegal skills. 

Concentration Requirements 

LS 239 Civil Procedure II: Litigation 
Plus four of the following, or related courses, as 
approved by program adviser: 
LS 226 Family Law 
LS 244 Estates and Trusts 
LS 326 Real Estate Law 
LS 430 Cyberlaw 

A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting 
A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting 
A 435 Federal Income Taxation I 
CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
CJ 102 Criminal Law 

CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation 
CJ 420 Advanced Investigative Techniques 
FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science 
FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation 
LA 1 1 Business Law and the Regulatory 
Environment 

Plus eight electives 

A.S., Legal Studies 

The associate degree program in legal studies pre- 
pares students to work as paralegals in law firms and 
legal departments or in law-related positions in cor- 
porations, banks, and local, state, and federal govern- 
ments. A paralegal performs specifically delegated 
substantive legal work under the supervision of an 
attorney who is responsible for the paralegal's work. 
Students may also continue their studies toward a 
bachelor's degree. 

Students are required to complete 60 credits, 
including the University Core Requirements for the 
associate degree and the following courses: 



Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 161 



LS 100 Introduction to Legal Concepts 

LS 201 Legal Ethics and Professional Responsibility 

LS 238 Civil Procedure I 

LS 239 Civil Procedure II: Litigation 

LS 240 Legal Research and Writing I 

LS 241 Legal Research and Writing II 

LS 330 Legal Investigation 

Plus three legal studies electives; PL 222 Ethics; 

CO 100 Human Communication or E 230 Public 

Speaking and Group Discussion; and one elective 

Successful completion of the requirements for an 
associate degree in legal studies includes the courses 
required for the paralegal studies certificate described 
in the Institute of Law and Public Affairs section 
below. The certificate is awarded via the Institute. 

Minor in Legal Studies 

Students may minor in legal studies by success- 
fully completing LS 100 Introduction to Legal 
Concepts plus five additional legal studies courses. A 
minor in legal studies does not prepare students to 
become paralegals, unless the requirements for a 
paralegal certificate are satisfied. 

The Institute of Law and 
Public Affairs 

Director: William M. Norton, J.D., Ph.D. 

The Institute of Law and Public Affairs has been 
established to provide undergraduates with specific 
training in the areas of the paralegal profession, pub- 
lic policy, and public affairs. Students with an under- 
graduate major in any of the colleges of the 
University may attain paraprofessional standing in 
paralegal studies or public affairs by completing a 
minor in the Institute. The term paraprolessional 
applies to those with special training in a professional 
field who do not yet possess the terminal degree nor- 
mally required in the profession. In many instances, 
paraprofessional standing is a step toward the accom- 
plishment of the final degree. 



Minor in Public Affairs 

The public affairs minor in the Institute of Law 
and Public Affairs is directed toward providing train- 
ing for civil service positions at all levels of govern- 
ment. The goal of such training is to provide more 
effective public administrators and to introduce cre- 
ativity into the profession ot public service. The pub- 
lic affairs minor takes a problem-solving approach to 
the discipline as students conduct basic, in-depth 
research on problems of governmental agencies. 
Students in this minor develop valuable insights into 
the nature of the public policy process from the van- 
tage point of the bureaucracy. Courses are selected in 
consultation with a faculty adviser. 

Paralegal Studies Certificate 
Adviser: Donna Decker Morris, J.D. 

The paralegal studies certificate requires 18 credits 
ot designated legal studies courses, each with a grade 
of C minus or better. A student must successfully 
complete all required courses as outlined below with 
a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 to be awarded the certifi- 
cate. As a prerequisite, students entering the program 
must have completed, or complete concurrently with 
the paralegal studies courses, 42 other undergraduate 
credits, which may be Irom the University of New 
Haven or another institution and which satisfy ABA 
guidelines. The University of New Haven has con- 
ducted this certificate program since 1971, providing 
paralegal education to both traditional and part-time 
evening students. A paralegal performs specifically 
delegated substantive legal work under the supervi- 
sion of an attorney who is responsible for the parale- 
gal's work. The following courses are required for the 
certificate: 

LS 100 Introduction to Legal Concepts 
LS 238 Civil Procedure I 
LS 240 Legal Research and Writing 1 
LS 241 Legal Research and Writing II 
Plus two of the following, or related courses, as 
approved by the program adviser: 

LS 226 Family Law 

LS 239 Civil Procedure II: Litigation 



162 



LS 244 Estates and Trusts 

LS 301 Administrative Law and Regulation 

LS 326 Real Estate Law 

LS 328 Legal Management and Administrative Skills 

LS 330 Legal Investigation 

Department of 
Fire Science and 
Professional Studies 

Chair: Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., M.S. 

Professor: Howard J. Cohen, Ph.D., University of 
Michigan 

Associate Professor: Martin J. O Connor, J.D., 

University of Connecticut 
Assistant Professors: Sorin Iliescu, M.S., University 

of New Haven; Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., M.S., 

University of New Haven; Nelson Dunston, M.S., 

University of Maryland 
Lecturer: Bruce Varga, M.S., University of New 

Haven 

The Department of Fire Science and Professional 
Studies offers several degree programs for students 
interested in the specific employment-related areas of 
fire science (technology, administration, and fire/arson 
investigation) and fire protection engineering. A num- 
ber of certificates are also offered in these fields. 



Fire Science 



Chair: Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., M.S. 

The LInited States continues to be among those 
countries worldwide that suffer the highest degree of 
destruction to life and property from fire. The 
arson/fraud fire problem continues to contribute to 
these statistics at an alarming rate. 

Concern over this unnecessary loss of life and 
propert}' has triggered a rapidly growing need for 
professionals in fire science. The municipal fire serv- 
ice is only one part of the demand lor individuals 



with specialized education in this multi-disciplined 
field. Career opportunities in the public sector 
include those for municipal firefighters, fire inspec- 
tors, fire investigators, fire technicians, and fire pro- 
tection engineers. Private sector careers include those 
of industrial firefighters, fire protection specialists, 
fire protection engineers, fire investigators, and loss 
control consultants. Government, industry, fire 
equipment manufacturers and vendors, and the 
insurance industry are all potential employers. 

The University of New Haven offers five under- 
graduate degrees and four certificate programs 
designed for those entering the exciting field of fire 
science. A combination of classroom lectures, labora- 
tory sessions, case studies, and field trips gives stu- 
dents the broadest possible exposure in this area of 
study. Internships allow students to obtain real-life 
work experience in this specialized field. 

The University also offers graduate certificate pro- 
grams and a master's degree in fire science for those 
completing their bachelor's degrees. 

Fire Science Club 

The Fire Science Club is the campus activities 
organization for students with interests in fire science 
and related fields. This very active group organizes 
field trips, fire safery and substance abuse programs, 
and other activities, both on and off campus, 
throughout the school year. 

Student Branch of the Connecticut Valley 
Chapter of SFPE 

The Student Branch of the Connecticut Valley 
Chapter of the Society of Fire Protection Engineers is 
the professional society on campus for fire science 
students. The Student Branch works closely with the 
Fire Science Club to provide programs and field trips 
with a strong technical basis. 

B.S., Fire Science 

The bachelor of science in fire science is offered 
with a choice of three concentrations to allow the stu- 
dent to major in fire science and specialize in an area of 



Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 163 



interest. The concentration areas are fire/arson investi- 
gation, fire administration, and fire science technology. 

Required Courses 

Students earning the B.S. degree in fire science are 
required to complete at least 122 credits including 
the University Core Curriculum and the common 
courses for fire science listed below, some oi which 
fulfill requirements of the University Core 
Curriculum. 

FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technolog)' 
FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with 

Laboratory 
FS 205 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Water Supply 
FS 207 Fire Prevention 

FS 301 Building Construction for Fire Protection 
FS 302 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials 
FS 304 Fire Protection Systems 
FS 325 Fire/Life Safety Codes 
FS 404 Special Hazards Control 
FS 501 Internship 
Plus electives chosen with the adviser 

Concentration in Fire/Arson Investigation 

This concentration prepares students for careers in 
fire investigation, arson/fraud detection, and code 
enforcement in both the public and private sectors. 
The curriculum provides the educational background 
to determine the cause and origin of fires. It also pro- 
vides an in-depth study of the laws regarding fire 
investigations and evidence collection. Students 
choosing this concentration will complete the 
requirements for a minor in criminal justice. Students 
earning the B.S. in fire science with a concentration 
in fire/arson investigation must complete 123 credits 
including the University Core Curriculum, the com- 
mon courses for fire science majors listed above, and 
the courses listed below, some of which fulfill 
requirements of the University Core Curriculum. 
FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire 

Science 
FS 204 Fire Investigation I 
FS 313 Fire Investigation II 
FS 314 Fire Investigation II Laboratory 
FS 408 Fire Protection Law 



FS 409 Arson for Profit 

CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic 

Chemistry I with Laboratory 
CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
CJ 102 Criminal Law 
CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation 
FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science 
CJ 217 Criminal Procedure I 
CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence 
CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System 
or 

FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation 
M 109 Intermediate Algebra 
or 

M 127 Finite Mathematics 
Pill Introduction to Psychology 
P 336 Abnormal Psychology 

Concentration in Fire Administration 

This concentration prepares students for careers in 
municipal, private, or industrial fire departments. 
The curriculum provides the educational background 
to advance through the ranks and become the future 
leaders of the fire service. 

Students earning the B.S. degree in fire science 
with a concentration in fire administration must 
complete a minimum of 122 credits including the 
University Core Curriculum, the common courses 
for fire science majors listed above, and the courses 
listed below, some of which fulfill requirements of 
the University Core Curriculum. 
CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic 

Chemistry I with Laboratory 
FS 106 Emergency Scene Operations 
FS 204 Fire Investigation I 
FS 209 Occupational Safety and Health for the Fire 

Service 
FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards 
FS 307 Municipal Fire Administration 
FS 405 Emergency Incident Management 
FS 408 Fire Protection Law 
M 109 Intermediate Algebra 
or 

M 127 Finite Mathematics 
Pill Introduction to Psychology 



164 



PA 101 Introduction to Public Administration 
PA 302 Public Administration Systems and 

Procedures 
or 

PA 305 Institutional Budgeting and Planning 
PA 408 Collective Bargaining in the Public Sector 

Plus one fire science elective 

Concentration in Fire Science Technology 

This concentration focuses on the technological 
aspects of fire science. Fire control by design, con- 
struction, and fixed fire suppression systems is 
stressed. A combination of fire science and engineer- 
ing courses prepares students to apply basic engineer- 
ing principles to the fire problem. Fire prevention 
and code compliance are stressed in this program. 
Careers in this field are mainly in the private sector; 
however, these skills are becoming more important in 
all areas, as the fire service prepares to meet the tech- 
nical challenges of the future. 

Students earning the B.S. degree in fire science 
with a concentration in fire science technology must 
complete 126 credits including the University Core 
Curriculum, the common courses for fire science 
majors listed above, and the courses listed below, 
some of which fulfill requirements of the University 
Core Curriculum. 
FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire 

Science 
FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection I 
FS 31 1 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems 
FS 312 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems 

Laboratory 
FS 425 Fire Protection Plan Review 
FS 460 Fire Hazards Analysis 
CH 115 General Chemistry I 
CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory 
EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering 
FAS 109 Project Planning 
EAS 1 1 2 Methods of Engineering Analysis 

(in place of CS 107) 
EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering 

Systems 
EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems 
EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog 

Devices 



M 117 Calculus I 

M 118 Calculus II 

MG 115 Fundamentals of Management 

PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves 

with Laboratory 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 

Plus three fire science electives 

B.S., Fire Protection Engineering 
Coordinator: Nelson Dunston, M.S. 

The role of a fire protection engineer is to safe- 
guard life and property from the devastating effects 
of fire and explosions by applying sound, multi-disci- 
plined engineering principles to the fire protection 
problem. Through a combination of engineering and 
fire science courses, students learn how to design, 
construct, and install fire protection systems that pre- 
vent or minimize potential losses from fire, water, 
smoke, or explosions. 

Graduates of the fire protection engineering pro- 
gram are qualified to design, evaluate, or test systems 
responsible for the reduction of fire losses. They are 
also prepared to analyze the fire protection defenses 
of various structures and operations and recommend 
cost-effective methods of improving the level of pro- 
tection that is provided. 

Careers in this field may be in the private or the 
public sector. Government, insurance companies, 
industry, manufacturers, and consultants are prospec- 
tive employers of fire protection engineers. 

Required Courses 

Students earning the B.S. degree in fire protection 
engineering must complete 128 credits including the 
University Core Curriculum and the courses listed 
below, some of which fulfill requirements of the 
University Core Curriculum. 
FS 1 02 Principles of Fire Science 
FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics 
FS 205 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Water Supply 
FS 304 Fire Protection Systems 
FS 3 1 1 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems 
FS 3 1 2 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems 

Laboratory 



Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 165 



FS 404 Special Hazards Control 

FS 425 Fire Protection Plan Review 

FS 450 Fire Protection Heat Transfer 

FS 460 Fire Hazards Analysis 

EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- 
based) 

HAS 109 Project Planning 

EAS 1 12 Methods of Engineering Analysis 

EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems 

EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering 
Systems 

EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems 

EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics of Materials 

EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems 

EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog 
Devices 

EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering 
Economics 

Plus four fire science or engineering electives chosen 

with the adviser 

CH 115 General Chemistry I 

CH 1 17 General Chemistry I Laboratory 

M 117 Calculus I 

M 118 Calculus II 

M 203 Calculus III 

M 204 Differential Equations 

PH 1 50 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with 

Laboratory 
PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with 

Laboratory 
E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation 
EC 133 Principles of Economics 

A.S., Fire and Occupational Safety 

This two-year associate in science degree offers 
students a well-rounded, basic program in the field of 
fire science with a focus on the private sector fire pro- 
tection industry. The program provides the student 
with two fire science and free electives, thereby allow- 
ing the student to customize the program to individ- 
ual career goals. 

FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology 
FS 20 1 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with 

Laboratory 



FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire 

Science 
FS 205 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Water Supply 
FS 207 Fire Prevention 
FS 209 Occupational Safety and Health for the Fire 

Service 
FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards 
FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection 
CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic 

Chemistry with Laboratory 
M 1 09 Intermediate Algebra 
or 
M 127 Finite Mathematics 

Plus two fire science electives, and two electives cho- 
sen with the adviser 

Minor in Fire Science 

Students wishing to minor in fire science should 
contact the director of the program. A minimum of 
1 9 credits is required. The courses listed below are 
required unless a substitution is approved by the 
director of Fire Science. 

Required Courses 

FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology 

FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with 

Laboratory 
FS 204 Fire Investigation I 
FS 207 Fire Prevention 

FS 301 Building Construction for Fire Protection 
FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards 

Fire Science Certificates 

The Fire Science Department offers certificates in 
fire/arson investigation, fire prevention, industrial fire 
protection, and hazardous materials. To earn a certifi- 
cate, students must complete from 16 to 19 credits. 
Credits earned for a certificate may be applied to an 
associate or bachelor's degree in fire science. 

A student must successfully complete all required 
courses as outlined below with a minimum G.P.A. of 
2.0 to be awarded the certificate. 



166 



Fire/Arson Investigation Certificate 

The fire/arson investigation certificate provides 
individuals in either the public or private sector with 
the Rindamentals required to determine the cause 
and origin of fires. Investigative techniques and arson 
determination are included in this certificate pro- 
gram. Students are required to complete 19 credits, 
including the courses listed below. 

Required Courses 

FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology 
FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire 

Science 
FS 204 Fire Investigation I 
FS 313 Fire Investigation II 
FS 314 Fire Investigation II Laboratory 
FS 408 Fire Protection Law 
FS 409 Arson for Profit 

Fire Prevention Certificate 

The fire prevention certificate provides the funda- 
mentals of fire protection and prevention to the indi- 
vidual interested in fire inspection and/or code 
compliance. The certificate is applicable to both the 
public and private sectors, with an emphasis on prop- 
erty loss control. Students are required to complete 19 
credits, including the courses listed below. 

Required Courses 

FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology 

FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with 

Laboratory 
FS 207 Fire Prevention 
FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards 
FS 325 Fire/Life Safety Codes 
FS 404 Special Hazards Control 



required to complete 18 credits, including the courses 
listed below. 

Required Courses 

FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology 
FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire 

Science 
FS 207 Fire Prevention 
FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection I 
FS 309 Industrial Fire Protection II 
FS 404 Special Hazards Control 

Hazardous Materials Certificate 

The hazardous materials certificate is designed to 
provide the fiindamentals required for dealing with 
the manufacture, storage, handling, and shipping of 
hazardous materials. The principles covered by this 
certificate are equally appropriate to the public and 
the private sectors. Students must complete 16 credits 
for this certificate, including the following: 

Required Courses 

FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology 

FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with 

Laboratory 
FS 302 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials 
FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards 
PH 303 Radioactivity and Radiation 



Industrial Fire Protection Certificate 

The industrial fire protection certificate provides 
the individual interested in industrial property loss 
control with the fiindamentals related to this field. 
While focusing on the private sector, these principles 
are equally important to those in the public sector 
who interact with those responsible for the protection 
of commercial and industrial properties. Students are 



University College 167 



UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 



Arthur D. Goon, M.S., Dean 
Christie Boronico, Ph.D., Associate Dean 
Michelle Mason, M.S., M.B.A., Assistant Dean 
Jane Sangeloty, B.A., Assistant Dean 

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 

University College was created in 2007 to reflect 
UNH's continued dedication to meeting the educa- 
tional needs of adult students and the region's corpo- 
rate communities, and to partner with the 
University's local and regional community. Programs 
and courses are designed specifically with adult learn- 
ers in mind, focusing on academic excellence, con- 
venience and flexibility. All the degree, customized 
training, and certificate programs are the domain of 
the appropriate academic college within the 
University of New Haven, thereby ensuring the aca- 
demic quality and integrity ot the programs. 

The mission ot University College is stated below. 

Mission Statement 

• Recognizing the distinctive needs of adult and non- 
traditional students, provide opportunities to earn 
a college degree, to continue lifelong learning, to 
seek professional development and to study English 
as a Second Language. 

• In partnership with the other University of New 
Haven colleges, offer high-quality academic pro- 
grams and services uniquely designed for adult 
learners. 

• Provide the resources and support necessary for 
adult students to achieve individual academic suc- 
cess and to enhance the academic experience. 

• Develop and maintain a supportive learning envi- 
ronment that is responsive to the unique challenges 
faced by adult learners and that enables them to 
achieve academic success. 



• As a metropolitan university in the New Haven 
area, respond in innovative ways to meet the 
emerging educational and training needs of educa- 
tors, businesses, public and social agencies, and our 
multi-faceted communities. 

• Working with local communities, business and 
industry, and government, build partnerships to facil- 
itate the development of educated and trained adults 
who are equipped to meet the needs and demands of 
current employment and new competition. 

Center for Adult and Professional Studies 
(CAPS) 

Undergraduate degree and certificate programs for 
adult learners are administered through the Center for 
Adult and Professional Studies (CAPS). UNH offers 
the following accelerated bachelor's degree programs: 

• Accounting (B.S.) 

• Business Administration (B.S.) 

• Dental Hygiene (B.S.)* 

• Fire Science (B.S.)* 

• Public Administration (B.S.) 

• Liberal Studies (B.A.) 

• Paralegal Certificate* 
*Pending approval 

Undergraduate part-time students can also enroll 
in other degree programs. Some programs can be 
completed exclusively in evening study while others 
may require some day classes. Students can complete 
the University's core competency requirements in the 
evening accelerated format. 

Additionally, CAPS is responsible for developing 
K-I2 partnerships and programs, including such 
programs as High School Academy and College 
Before College, as well as community outreach pro- 
grams, summer programs, and camps. 



168 



Graduate Admissions Office 

The Graduate Admissions Office is responsible for 
the centralized recruitment and admissions process- 
ing for the more than 25 master's degree programs 
and more than 30 graduate certificate programs 
offered by the University. 

Center for Graduate and Adult Student 
Services 

The Center for Graduate and Adult Student 
Services provides support for graduate and adult stu- 
dents related to orientation, registration, financial aid 
and student billing in cooperation with those specific 
offices and the Student Affairs Office. The Center for 
Graduate and Adult Student Services also works with 
graduate program coordinators and the Graduate 
Admissions and Financial Aid offices to place stu- 
dents into graduate assistantship positions. The 
Center also assists graduate students seeking housing. 
A new adult student lounge is available on the second 
floor of Echlin Hall. 

Southeastern Center 

The Southeastern Center has been serving the 
educational needs ot businesspeople and residents in 
Southeastern Connecticut and Rhode Island for 
nearly three decades. 

Located on the campus of Mitchell College in 
New London, The Southeastern Center offers aca- 
demic degree programs for the working adult who is 
interested in career advancement. Innovative pro- 
grams allow students to complete their degrees 
quickly without sacrificing quality, and without get- 
ting in the way of work and personal pursuits. 

For further information please contact the UNH 
Southeastern Center at 469 Pequot Avenue, New 
London, CT 06320, or phone 860.701.5454. 

Center for Corporate Education 

The Center for Corporate Education provides cus- 
tomized corporate training to area and regional busi- 
ness and industry. Additionally, the Center for 



Corporate Education provides administrative support 
for existing and potential degree and certificate pro- 
grams that are taught in cohorts, including the 
Executive M.B.A., M.B.A. for Emerging Leaders, the 
Master of Science in Engineering Management 
(M.S.E.M.), and the Master of Arts in Industrial/ 
Organizational Psychology (M.A.I.O.P.). 

International Credential Assessment and 
Services 

University College is responsible for coordinating 
the review of international course syllabi for the pur- 
pose of awarding university credit and the transcrip- 
tion of completed course work in conjunction with 
Cultural Experiences Abroad (CEA). A faculty com- 
mittee has been established to review and assess 
course syllabi of international courses. 

ELS Language Center 

Intensive English programs are offered through 
the ELS Language Center on the main campus. The 
goal of the ELS Center is to prepare students to use 
all four language skills for professional endeavors and 
academic study in English-speaking environments. 
Completion of the appropriate programs will prepare 
students for undergraduate and graduate level study. 

The Office of Experiential Education 

The Office of Experiential Education at the 
University of New Haven supports students and fac- 
ulty in developing and participating in Experiential 
Education opportunities. The Office of Experiential 
Education encourages students to experience L.I.F.E., 
which stands for Learning through faculty-mentored 
undergraduate research, Immersion through work- 
integrated learning opportunities, Fulfillment 
through academic service learning, and Experience 
the world through international study. We support 
students, staff and faculty in discovery-based learning 
across the curriculum: expanding intellectual curiosity, 
enhancing personal growth, and advancing profes- 
sional development. 



University College 169 



Faculty-Mentored Undergraduate Research 

We recognize the value of learning through 
research and encourage students to work with faculty 
mentors who can help them develop a research 
agenda to compliment their academic program. 

Work-Integrated Learning 

Work-integrated learning includes internships, co- 
op's, practicum, and field study. Our office supports 
students and faculty in their collaboration with com- 
munity partners to identify and develop these experi- 
ences with academic standards in mind. 

Academic Service Learning 

The Academic Service Learning Office assists faculty 
who enhance the learning experience of students 
through community service projects that support 
learning objectives in the classroom. 

International Studies 

We provide advising and support, encouraging our 
students to experience the world through study 
abroad, including short-term faculty-led study abroad. 



University College Contact Information 

University College is located on the second floor 
of Echlin Hall. Hours are 8:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. 
Monday through Thursday; 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. 
on Friday; and 8:30 a.m. to noon on Saturday. You 
can reach us at 203.932.7180 or universitycoUege- 
@newhaven.edu. 



Study Abroad 

The Office of Study Abroad at the University of New 
Haven is committed to providing all UNH students 
with high-quality international academic opportuni- 
ties that allow them to develop the insight and skills 
needed to become productive and successful members 
of the global community. We offer advising for stu- 
dents working with third-party providers and oppor- 
tunities to study through UNH faculry-led initiatives. 
For information on study abroad opportunities, visit 
our website at www.newhaven.edu/academics/10837/ 
studyabroad/ or contact us by email at studyabroad@ 
newhaven.edu. 

The Study Abroad Office is located in Kaplan Hall, 
Room 210. For more information call 203.931.2919. 



170 



Courses 171 



COURSES 



Course descriptions are arranged alphabetically by the course prefix codes as listed below. For the purpose of 
brevity, course descriptions do not follow traditional rules of grammar and may consist of sentence fragments. 



M 



A 


Accounting 


FE 


Freshman Experience 


M 


Mathematics 


AR 


Arabic 


FI 


Finance 


ME 


Mechanical Engineering 


AT 


Art/Visual Arts 


FOR 


Forensic Science 


MG 


Management 


R 




FR 


French 


MK 


Marketing 


BA 


Business Administration 


FS 


Fire Science 


MM 


Multimedia 


BI 


Biology 


G 




MR 


Marine Biology 


c 




GLS 


Global Studies 


MU 


Music 


CE 


Civil Engineering 


GR 


German 


P 




CEN 


Computer Engineering 
Chemistry 


H 




P 
PA 


Psychology 


CH 


HS 


History 


Public Administration 


CJ 


Criminal Justice 


HTM Hotel and Tourism 


PH 


Physics 


CM 


Chemical Engineering 




Management 


PL 


Philosophy 


CN 


Chinese 


HU 


Humanities 


PS 


Political Science 


CO 


Communication 


I 




Q 




CS 


Computer Science 


IB 


International Business 


QA 


Quantitative Analysis 


D 




ID 


Interior Design 


R 




DH 


Dental Hygiene 


IE 


Industrial Engineering 


RU 


Russian 


DI 


Dietetics 


IT 


Italian 


s 




E 


English 


J 




sc 

SE 


Science 


E 


J 


Journalism 


System Engineering 


EAS 


Engineering and Applied 


L 




SO 


Sociology 


EC 
ED 
EE 

EN 


Science 

Economics 

Education 

Electrical Engineering 

Environmental Science 


LA 
LG 

LS 


Business Law 
Logistics 
Legal Studies 


~ SP 

sw 

T 

T 


Spanish 
Social Welfare 

Theatre Arts 



172 



ACCOUNTING 

A 101 Introduction to Financial 
Accounting 

Deals primarily with reporting the 
financial results of operations and 
financial position to investors, man- 
agers, and other interested parties. 
Emphasizes the role of accounting 
information in decision-making. 
3 credits. 

A 102 Introduction to 
Managerial Accounting 

Prerequisite: A 101. The application 
of accounting in relation to current 
planning and control, evaluation of 
performances, special decisions, and 
long-range planning. Stress is on 
cost analysis. Additional topics 
include income tax planning, prod- 
uct costing, and quantitative tech- 
niques. 3 credits. 

A 220 Intermediate Financial 
Accounting I 

Prerequisite: A 101. A rigorous 
examination of financial account- 
ing theory and practice applicable 
to the corporate form of business 
organization. With an emphasis on 
reporting corporate financial status 
and results of operations, the 
course includes the principles gov- 
erning and the procedures for 
implementing accounting valua- 
tions for revenue, expense, gain, 
loss, current assets, and deferred 
charges. 3 credits. 

A 221 Intermediate Financial 
Accounting II 

Prerequisite: A 220. Continues the 
emphasis on corporate financial 
reporting established in A 220. The 
principles and procedures applicable 
to accounting valuations for current 
liabilities, long-term liabilities. 



deferred credits, and stockholder's 
equity are examined. Special atten- 
tion is directed to preparing the 
cash-flow statement. 3 credits. 

A 250 Accounting Information 
Systems 

Prerequisite: A 101. This course 
provides a thorough introduction to 
basic systems theory, a firm work- 
ing knowledge of systems analysis 
and design techniques, and an 
examination of various transaction 
cycles in the accounting system. 
Emphasis is on EDP environments. 
3 credits. 

A 323 Cost Accounting 

Prerequisite: A 102. An in-depth 
examination of the accounting 
principles and procedures underly- 
ing the determination of product 
costs for manufacturing concerns. 
Emphasis on job order costing sys- 
tems. Other topics are budgets, 
standard costing, and CVP analysis. 
3 credits. 

A 422 Intermediate Financial 
Accounting III 

Prerequisite: A 221. Advanced top- 
ics include income tax allocation, 
pensions and leases, accounting 
changes, price-level changes, install- 
ment sales and consignments, and 
revenue recognition. 3 credits. 

A 43 1 Advanced Financial 
Accounting 

Prerequisites: A 221 and senior 
standing. Advanced topics in finan- 
cial reporting, including partnership 
accounting, consolidations, cost 
and equity methods, and purchase 
versus pooling methods. 3 credits. 

A 433 Auditing and Assurance 
Services 

Prerequisites: A 422, A 250, and 



senior standing. A general examina- 
tion of the role and function of the 
independent auditor in the per- 
formance of the attest fiinction. 
Emphasis is placed on current 
auditing pronouncements, the audit 
report, statistical sampling, evalua- 
tion of internal control, and the 
determination of the scope of an 
audit. Rules and standards of com- 
pilation and review reports are pre- 
sented. 3 credits. 

A 435 Federal Income Taxation I 

Prerequisites: A 1 02 and senior 
standing. An introduction to the 
federal income tax law including 
objectives, history, and sources of 
tax law and administration. Course 
coverage is devoted to different 
types of taxpayers including indi- 
viduals, corporations, partnerships, 
limited liability entities, subchapter 
S corporations, and trusts and 
estates. The course explores income 
tax concepts of accounting meth- 
ods and periods, income, deduc- 
tion losses, property transactions, 
fringe benefits, and retirement 
plans. 3 credits. 

A 436 Federal Income Taxation II 

Prerequisites: A 102 and A 435. 
Advanced studies in taxation 
including the tax consequences of 
the formation, operation, and ter- 
mination of corporations, partner- 
ships, and limited liability compa- 
nies. Course coverage is devoted to 
the alternative minimum tax, relat- 
ed party transactions, estate and gift 
taxation, financial tax accounting 
concepts, and ethical responsibilities 
in tax practice. 3 credits. 

A 450-459 Special Topics 

Prerequisite: A 1 02. Junior-level 
standing required unless specified 



Courses 173 



in course schedule description. 
Selected topics in accounting or 
taxation of special or current inter- 
est. 3 credits. 

A 597 Practicum 

Prerequisites; A 220 and minimum 
3.0 GPA in the major. A course of 
study designed especially for the 
supervised practical application of 
previously studied theory in a 
group setting. Completed under 
the supervision of a faculty sponsor 
and coordinated with a business 
organization. 3 credits. 

A 598 Internship 

Prerequisites: A 422 and Junior 
standing. On-the-job experience 
performing accounting in selected 
organizations. 3 credits. 

A 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: A 102 and junior 
standing. A planned program of 
individual study under the supervi- 
sion of a faculty member. 3 credits. 



ARABIC 

AR 101 Elementary Arabic I 

This course introduces students to 
the basic skills of reading, writing, 
speaking, and listening in Modern 
Standard Arabic. Students will learn 
Arabic letters and sounds, write and 
create words and sentences, and be 
able to hold a basic conversation in 
Arabic. 3 credits. 

AR 102 Elementary Arabic II 

Prerequisite: AR 1 1 or permission 
of instructor. This course builds 
upon the language, listening, and 
writing skills developed in AR 101. 
Students will advance their knowl- 
edge of Arabic letters and sounds, 



words and sentences, and basic con- 
versation. 3 credits. 

AR 450-459 Special Topics in 
Arabic 

Special topics of selected or current 
interest in the study of Arabic. 3 
credits. 



ARTAaSUAL ARTS 

AT 101-102 Introduction to 
Studio Art I and II 

Foundational study in the visual 
arts designed to heighten the stu- 
dent's aesthetic awareness and to 
provide an introduction to the 
study of drawing, painting, and 
design using a variety of materials. 
3 credits each. 

AT 105 Basic Drawing I 

A basic-foundation course that 
includes a disciplined study in the 
fundamentals ot drawing, such as 
nature studies, perspective, and 
exercises in coordination of hand 
and eye. 3 credits. 

AT 106 Basic Drawing II 

A continuation of AT 105 with 
emphasis on perspective and depic- 
tion of three-dimensional space and 
form by two-dimensional means. 
Study of architectural forms, natu- 
ral objects, and landscapes. 3 cred- 



AT 122 Graphic Design 
Production 

Prerequisite: AT 1 00-level course or 
consent of the instructor. Studio 
introduction to the technical skills 
of graphic design including copyfit- 
ting type specification, typesetting, 
layout, and mechanical preparation. 
3 credits. 



AT 201 Painting I 

Problems in pictorial composition 
involving manipulation of form and 
color. Various techniques of apply- 
ing pigment are explored as well as 
mixing pigments, stretching and 
priming canvases. 3 credits. 

AT 202 Painting II 

A continuation of AT 201 with fur- 
ther exploration of two-dimensional 
pictorial arrangements of form and 
color for greatest visual effective- 
ness. Students will be encouraged to 
develop their own personal idiom 
in the medium. 3 credits. 

AT 203 Graphic Design I 

Basic theoretical design studies con- 
centrate on the development of a 
design vocabulary consisting of an 
understanding of form, proportion, 
composition, rhythm, juxtaposi- 
tion, progression, and balance. 3 
credits. 

AT 204 Graphic Design II 

Prerequisite: AT 203. An investiga- 
don of formal aspects of composi- 
tion, organic and geometric form, 
graphic translation, and color. 
Emphasis on concept development, 
sequencing, and visual logic. 3 cred- 



AT 209-210 Photography I and II 

Introduction to the technical and 
aesthetic aspects of black and white 
photography. Camera controls, 
exposure, development, and print- 
making will be covered along with a 
simultaneous investigation into 
photographic design, historical tra- 
dition, and media use. Photography 
II puts special emphasis on each 
student's creating a body of work 
that possesses a cohesiveness of 
vision. Further investigation of pho- 



174 



tographic technique. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits each. 

AT 21 1 Basic Design I 

A basic-foundation course that 
includes exploration of two-dimen- 
sional visual elements — line, color, 
light and dark, shape, size, place- 
ment, and figure-ground, and their 
effective uses. For those wishing a 
basic art understanding. 3 credits. 

AT 212 Basic Design II 

A continuation of AT 211, with 
concentration on three-dimensional 
elements of design including posi- 
tive and negative volumes, surfaces, 
structural systems, and other ele- 
ments, employing a variety of mate- 
rials. 3 credits. 

AT 213 Color 

An intensive exploration ol color 
perception and interaction with 
manipulation of form and color for 
greatest effectiveness in pictorial 
compositions. 3 credits. 

AT 221 Typography I 

Prerequisites: AT 203, AT 211. An 
introduction to the form, language, 
terminology, and use of typography. 
Letters, words, and text arrange- 
ments form the components in 
these theoretical studies, which lead 
to simple communication exercises. 
3 credits. 

AT 222 Typography II 

Prerequisite: AT 221. Exploration 
of typographic structures and hier- 
archies as well as formal aspects of 
text. The typographic principles 
are applied to complex communi- 
cation problems such as publica- 
tion design and information 
graphics. 3 credits. 



AT 225 Photographic Methods 

Prerequisite: AT 209. An explo- 
ration of ideas, experiments, and 
investigations in alternative photo- 
graphic processes. Includes toning, 
cyanotype printing, gum bichro- 
mate, platinum, and palladium. 
Also covered will be negative 
manipulation, hand-applied color, 
and pinhole cameras. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

AT 231 History of Art I 

Western art from cave art through 
the Middle Ages to Gothic. This 
course seeks to understand expres- 
sive, social, cidtural, political, and 
economic aspects of the cultures in 
which specific art styles and visual 
developments emerged. This course 
forms the basic vocabulary for His- 
tory of Art II. Includes economic 
and technological changes in the 
societies and their reflections in art. 
Appropriate for business and engi- 
neering students. 3 credits. 

AT 232 History of Art II 

Western art from the Renaissance 
to the twentieth century in Europe 
and America; a continuation of AT 
23 1 . 3 credits. 

AT 302 Figure Drawing 

Prerequisite: AT 105 or consent of 
the instructor. Study of drawing, 
which concentrates on the human 
figure. 3 credits. 

AT 304 Scidpture I 

The exploration of three-dimen- 
sional materials for maximum effec- 
tiveness in expressive design. Exper- 
imentation with clay, plaster, wood, 
stone, canvas, wire screening, metal, 
found objects. A basic understand- 
ing of major fundamental methods: 
casting and carving. Laboratory fee; 
3 credits. 



AT 305 Sculpture II 

A continuation of AT 304 with fur- 
ther exploration of three-dimen- 
sional materials and the possibilities 
they present for creative visual state- 
ments. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

AT 309 Photographic Design 

Prerequisite: AT 209. Introduction 
to basic materials and techniques of 
black and white photography used 
in graphic design. The relation 
between image and type as well as 
sequencing and the extended print 
will be explored along with collage 
and basic bookmaking. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

AT 310 Photographic Lighting 

Prerequisite: AT 209. Aesthetic and 
technical understanding of light. 
Use of natural and artificial lighting 
systems and methods for working 
with both color and black and 
white film. Emphasis on the por- 
trait and still-life image as well as 
creative problem solving. Laborato- 
ry fee; 3 credits. 

AT 311 Color Photography 

Prerequisite: AT 209. Theory and 
practice of color photography. 
Study of current color photographic 
materials and processes. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

AT 315 Printmaking 

The expressive potential of the 
graphic image through the tech- 
niques of monoprints, etching, 
silkscreening, and photo/computer- 
scanned printing processes. Labora- 
tory fee; 3 credits. 

AT 322 Illustration 

A solid foundation in the tech- 
niques of creative illustration. 
Various media and their expressive 



Courses 175 



possibilities will be studied: char- 
coal, pencil, pen and ink, wash, col- 
ored pencils, acrylic. Focuses on 
application of these techniques. 3 
credits. 

AT 33 1 Contemporary Art 

Focus on art since 1945. The devel- 
opments of the present stem from 
ideas emanating from the 1 870s, 
especially Impressionism. This 
course seeks to understand these 
connections. Emphasis on econom- 
ic, historical, and technological 
developments. Appropriate tor busi- 
ness, communication, history, and 
engineering students. 3 credits. 

AT 333 Survey of Afro-American 
Art 

Artistic creation by African-Ameri- 
cans in the United States from the 
Colonial period to the present. 
Consideration of African cultural 
influences. Analysis of modern 
trends in the work of black artists. 
3 credits. 

AT 401 Studio Seminar I 

Prerequisites: AT 101-102, AT 201, 
AT 302 or AT 209, and art electives. 
Drawing on development through 
their previous study, smdents will 
concentrate on major projects in the 
areas of their choice. 1^ credits. 

AT 402 Studio Seminar II 

Prerequisite: AT 401. Continuation 
of Studio Seminar I. 1—4 credits. 

AT 403-429 Selected Topics 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest in applied art or histor)' of 
art. Credits vary. 

AT 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent of the 
instructor and department chair. 



Opportunity for the student, under 
the direction of a faculty member, 
to explore an area of interest. This 
course must be initiated by the stu- 
dent. 1-3 credits. 



BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

BA 100 Leadership in the 
Business Community 

Leaders and their behavior as it per- 
tains to the role of the leader within 
the organization are the focus for 
this participatory course. Theory 
and current research regarding lead- 
ership are discussed as well as the 
prerequisites, knowledge, and prac- 
tices required tor successfiil leader- 
ship. Student participation will be 
enhanced through use of videotape, 
role playing, writing activities, and 
presentations. 3 credits. 

BA 450-459 Special Topics 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest in the study of business 
administration. 3 credits. 

BA 500 Experiential Learning 
Capstone 

This class ensures student comple- 
tion of the experiential learning 
components for College of Business 
programs. By the end of the course, 
students must have completed 16 
points of activities from the College 
of Business Professional Enrich- 
ment Program during their tenure 
at the University of New Haven. 
They also must have successfully 
completed either a three-credit 
internship in the major field of 
study, a three-credit practicum in 
the major field of study, or one 
semester of study abroad (outside 
the U.S.) including at least six cred- 



its of business courses that are 
transferable into the major program 
of studv. No credit. 



BIOLOGY 

"*" denotes courses usually sched- 
uled every other academic year. 
"+" denotes courses offered at the 
discretion of the department. 

BI 121-122 General and Human 
Biology with Laboratory I and II 

An introduction to the study of 
biology, which integrates biological 
principles and human biology. 
Major topics covered are biochem- 
istry, cell and molecular biology, 
generics, anatomy and physiology, 
behavior, ecology, and evolution. 
The laboratory involves experimen- 
tation and demonstration of princi- 
ples covered in lecture. BI 121 is a 
prerequisite for BI 1 22. Laboratory 
fee; 4 credits each term. 

BI 125 Contemporary Issues in 
Biology with Laboratory 

This course explores topics related 
to biological sciences. The goal is to 
foster an informed citizenship pre- 
pared for current biological debates. 
Students will learn the relevant bio- 
logical principles in lecture and lab- 
oratory. The dynamic nature of sci- 
entific investigation may require 
adjustment and variation in the 
specific topics covered each year. 
Topics may include emerging dis- 
eases, cardiovascular health, repro- 
duction, genetics, evolution, ecolo- 
gy-, and conser\'ation. Laboratory 
fee; 4 credits. 

BI 250 Invertebrate Zoology with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite: BI 122 or BI 254. 



176 



A survey of invertebrate phyla 
focusing on taxonomy, evolutionary 
relationships, structure and func- 
tion, physiological adaptations, and 
life modes. Laboratory includes 
examination of the structure and 
anatomy of representative taxa from 
the phyla, experiments and observa- 
tions on behavior, and responses to 
varying environmental conditions. 
Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 

BI 253-254 Biology for Science 
Majors with Laboratory I and II 

Prerequisite or corequisite: M 1 09. 
A discussion of the principles of bio- 
logical organization from the molec- 
ular level through the ecological. 
The basic course for biology and 
environmental studies majors. Labo- 
ratory fee; 4 credits each term. 

BI 259-260 Vertebrate Anatomy 
and Physiology with Laboratory' I 
and II 

Prerequisite: 81121, BI 122, BI 
253, or 81 254. Examination of 
structure and function of vertebrate 
organ systems with an emphasis on 
human systems. Laboratory fee; 4 
credits each term. 

BI 261 Introduction to 
Biochemistry 

Prerequisite: CH 105 or equivalent. 
An introduction to biochemistr}' 
including the study of pH, water 
bioenergetics, enzymes, and the 
structure, fiinction, and metabolism 
of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, 
and nucleic acids. A non-laboratory 
course for students in dental 
hygiene and dietetics. Not open to 
biology majors. 3 credits. 

BI 301 Microbiology with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: BI 121 or BI 253 and 



one college course in general chem- 
istry. A history of microbiology and 
a survey of microbial life. Includes 
viruses, rickettsia, bacteria, blue- 
green algae, and fiingi; their envi- 
ronment, growth, reproduction, 
metabolism, and relationship to 
humans. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 

*BI 303 Cells and Tissues with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite: BI 121 or 81 253. 
Microscopic and chemical struc- 
tures of normal tissues, organs, and 
their cellular constituents as related 
to function. Laboratory includes 
microscopic observation, tissue 
staining, and slide preparation. Lab- 
oratory fee; 4 credits. 

BI 304 Immunology with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: 81 121 or 81 253 and 
one college course in general chem- 
istry. The nature of antigens and 
antibodies, formation and action of 
the latter, other immunologically 
active components of blood and tis- 
sues, and various immune reactions. 
Laboratory emphasizes current anti- 
body methodology. Laboratory fee; 
4 credits. 

*BI 305 Developmental Biology 
with Laboratory 

Prerequisite: 81 122 or 81 254. A 
survey of developmental biology 
integrating classical embryology 
with modern concepts of cellular 
development. Laboratory includes 
examination of embryonic serial sec- 
tions as well as modern cellular and 
molecular studies of development. 
Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 

BI 306 Genetics 

Prerequisite: BI 121 or BI 253. A 
survey of modern genetics that inte- 



grates the principles and concepts 
discovered in viruses, bacteria, and 
mammals including humans. Topics 
include organization of the chromo- 
some, transmission genetics, DNA 
fingerprinting, linkage and map- 
ping, mutations and chromosomal 
aberrations, organelle genetics, 
genetic engineering, population 
genetics, and evolution. 3 credits. 

BI 308 Cell Biology with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: BI 121 or 81 253, 
one college course in general chem- 
istry, and one college course in gen- 
eral physics. Basic theories of physi- 
ology as applied to cells. Emphasis 
on cellular structure and function 
as well as cell-cell interactions in 
multicellular organisms. Laboratory 
will stress practical aspects and 
modern techniques. Laboratory fee; 
4 credits. 

BI 3 1 1 Molecular Biology with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite: 81 121 or BI 253, plus 
CH 1 15 and 1 17. An in-depth dis- 
cussion of nucleic acids, the flow of 
information from nucleic acids to 
protein and the control of gene 
activity. Laboratory emphasizes the 
techniques of modern molecular 
biology. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 

BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory 

Prerequisites: CH 1 16 and BI 254 
(or BI 122 with permission of 
instructor). An investigation of the 
major subdisciplines of ecology 
including organismal, population, 
community ecosystem, and land- 
scape ecology. Human impacts and 
environmental management and 
assessment are also considered. Lab- 
oratory includes designing ecologi- 
cal studies, field sampling tech- 



Courses 177 



niques, ecological analysis, using 
giob;i] positioning systems in eco- 
logical studies, and gathering infor- 
mation on the Internet. Several 
weekend field classes are required. 
Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 

+BI 433 Medical Microbiology 
with Laboratory 
Prerequisites: BI 301, CH 115. A 
study of the more common diseases 
caused by bacteria, fungi, and virus- 
es, including their etiologj', trans- 
mission, laboratory diagnosis, and 
control. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 

BI 461 Biochemistry with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: CH 201, CH 202, 
CH 203, and CH 204. A survey of 
biochemistry including a discussion 
of pH, buffers, water, bioenergetics, 
oxidative phosphorylation, enzy- 
mology, metabolic regulation, and 
the structure, function, and metab- 
olism of carbohydrates, proteins, 
lipids, nucleic acids, vitamins, and 
cofactors. Laboratory exercises are 
primarily designed to concentrate 
on various experimental techniques 
including electrophoresis, chro- 
matography, spectrophotometry, 
centrifugation, and enzymology. 
Laborator)' fee; 4 credits. 

BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific 
Literature 

Prerequisites: science major, junior 
or senior standing. In this seminar- 
format course, the student will be 
trained to present and critically ana- 
l)'ze research papers. In the first part 
of the semester students will be 
instructed in critically reading and 
evaluating primary research articles. 
In the latter part of the semester the 
students will present primary 
research articles from the recent and 



historical literature and a review 
topic in a seminar format. Active 
class participation in seminars is 
mandatory. 3 credits. 

BI 498 Internship 

Prerequisites: biology or environ- 
mental science major, junior or sen- 
ior standing. Supervised field expe- 
rience for qualified students in areas 
related to biology and/or environ- 
mental science. Minimum of 1 50 
hours of field experience required. 3 
credits. 

BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and 
Enzymology 

Prerequisites: BI 461, CH 
201-204. First in a series of 
advanced biochemistry courses; 
examines the relationship between 
protein structure and function. 
Topics include properties of pro- 
teins and amino acids, protein fold- 
ing, enzyme kinetics, and enzyme 
regulation. 3 credits. 

BI 503 Biochemistry of Nucleic 
Acid 

Prerequisites: BI 461, CH 
201-204. Second course in the 
advanced biochemistry course 
series; examines cellular metabo- 
lism, the transfer of chemical ener- 
gy, and the biosynthesis of amino 
acids, carbohydrates, fatty acids, 
and nucleotides. 3 credits. 

BI 506 Genomics 

Prerequisite: BI 311. This course 
combines information from the 
most recent genomic projects with 
traditional genetic research meth- 
ods to provide novel understanding 
of the role of the genome as the 
blueprint of life. Emphasis is 
placed on exploring the expression 
of genes in context of the activity 



and function of the whole genome. 
Topics include genome anatomy, 
functional genomics, regulation of 
the activity of the genome, genome 
evolution, proteomics, genome 
engineering, and computational 
genomics. 3 credits. 

*BI 510 Environmental Health 

Prerequisites: BI 260 and a college 
chemistry course. The emphasis is 
on the health efl^ects of environ- 
mental and occupational pollutants 
and on the spread and control of 
communicable diseases. Toxicologi- 
cal and epidemiological techniques 
are discussed. 3 credits. 

BI 511 Molecular Biology of 
Proteins with Laboratory 

Prerequisites: BI 31 1 and BI 461. 
Because the techniques for working 
with proteins are basic to the cell 
and molecular biologist, and extend 
beyond the understanding of basic 
protein biochemistry, this course 
provides a theoretical understanding 
ol methods commonly utilized tor 
protein/peptide analysis. In the lab- 
oratory students will isolate proteins 
from various tissues or expression 
systems and analyze them by one- 
and two-dimensional polyacry- 
lamide gel electrophoresis. Labora- 
tory fee; 4 credits. 

BI 513 Molecular Biology of 
Nucleic Acids with Laboratory 
Prerequisite: BI 503 or permission 
of the instructor. Examination of 
gene expression and the techniques 
available for manipulating DNA, 
RNA, and protein expression. 
Course utilizes an extensive labora- 
tory component to instruct stu- 
dents in the practical and technical 
aspects of working with nucleic 
acids. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 



178 



Bl 520 Bioinformatics 

Prerequisite: BI 311. Students 
become familiar with uses of com- 
puters in cellular and molecular 
biology and are introduced to the 
databases available for nucleic acid 
and protein sequences as well as lit- 
erature citations. Students work 
with modeling software that looks 
for potential secondary structures 
within both protein and DNA 
sequences. 3 credits. 

BI 590 Special Topics in 
Biology/Science 

Course(s) covering topics in biology 
or science that are of special or cur- 
rent interest. \—4 credits. 

BI 595-596 Laboratory Research 
I and II 

Prerequisites: biology major, con- 
sent of the department. Choice of 
a research topic, literature search, 
planning of experiments, experi- 
mentation, and correlation oi 
results in a written report, under 
the guidance ot a department facul- 
ty member. Three hours of work 
per week required per credit hour. 
Laboratory fee; 1—6 credits. 

BI 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: biology major, con- 
sent of the department. Weekly 
conferences with adviser. Three 
hours of work per week required 
per credit. Opportunity for the stu- 
dent, under the direction of a facul- 
ty member, to explore an area of 
personal interest. A written report 
of the work carried out is required. 
1—3 credits per semester up to 6 
credits. 



CIVIL 
ENGINEERING 

CE 201 Statics 

Prerequisites: PH 150, M 117. 
Composition and resolution ot 
forces in two and three dimensions. 
Equilibrium of forces in stationary 
systems. Analysis of trusses, frames, 
and machines. Centroids and sec- 
ond moments of areas, distributed 
forces and friction. 3 credits. 

CE 202 Strength of Materials I 

Prerequisite: CE 20 1 . Elastic 
behavior of structural elements 
under axial, flexural, and torsional 
loading. Shear and bending 
moment diagrams. Stress in and 
deformation ot members, including 
beams, columns, and connections. 
3 credits. 

CE 203 Elementary Surveying 

Prerequisite: M 11 5 or consent of 
instructor. Theory and practice of 
surveying measurements using tape, 
level, and transit. Field practice in 
traverse surveys and leveling. Tra- 
verse adjustment and area computa- 
tions. Adjustment of instruments, 
error analysis. 3 credits. 

CE 205 Statics and Strength of 
Materials 

Prerequisite: PH 1 50. Effects and 
distribution ot forces on rigid bod- 
ies at rest. Various types of force 
systems, friction, center of gravity, 
centroids, and moments of inertia. 
Relation between externally applied 
loads and their internal effects on 
nonrigid, deformable bodies. Stress, 
strain, Hooke's law, Poisson's ratio, 
bending and torsion, shear and 
moment diagrams, deflection. 



combined stress, and Mohr's circle. 
4 credits. 

CE 206 Engineering Geology 
Introduction to relationship of geo- 
logic processes and principles to 
engineering problems. Topics 
include engineering properties of 
rock as a construction and founda- 
tion material, soil formation and 
soil profiles, and subsurface water. 3 
credits. 

CE 218 Civil Engineering 
Systems 

Prerequisites: HAS 222 or CE 205 
(may be taken concurrendy), M 
1 18. An introduction to civil engi- 
neering design. Analyze needs, 
determine capacities, and develop 
design alternatives for civil engi- 
neering systems. Structures, water 
and wastewater facilities, geotechni- 
cal and transportation systems are 
studied. 3 credits. 

CE301 Transportation 
Engineering 

Prerequisite: M 1 17. A study of 
planning, design, and construction 
of transportation systems including 
highways, airports, railroads, rapid 
transit systems, and waterways. 3 
credits. 

CE 302 Building Construction 

Introduction to the legal, architec- 
tural, structural, mechanical, and 
electrical aspects of building con- 
struction. Principles of drawing and 
specification preparation and cost 
estimating. 3 credits. 

CE 304 Soil Mechanics 

Prerequisite: HAS 222 or CE 205. 
Soil classifications. Methods of sub- 
surface exploration. Design princi- 



Courses 179 



pies are related to the potential 
behavior ot soils subjected to vari- 
ous loading conditions. Seepage 
analysis. 3 credits. 

CE 306 Hydraulics 

Prerequisites: EAS 222 and M 204 
or consentof instructor. The 
mechanics of fluids and fluid flow. 
Fluid statics, laminar and turbulent 
flow. Energy, continuity, and 
momentum. Analysis and design of 
pipes and open channels. Orifices 
and weirs. 3 credits. 

CE 309 Water Resources 
Engineering 

Prerequisite: CE 306. Study of 
principles of water resources engi- 
neering including surface and 
ground water hydrology. Design of 
water supply, flood control, and 
h)'droelectric reservoirs. Hydraulics 
and design of water supply distribu- 
tion and drainage collection systems 
including pump and turbine 
design. Principles ot probabilit)' 
concepts in the design of hydraulic 
structures. General review of water 
and pollution control laws. 3 cred- 



CE 312 Structural Analysis 

Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE 205. 
Basic structural engineering topics 
on the analysis of beams, trusses, 
and frames. Topics include load cri- 
teria and influence lines; force and 
deflection analysis of beajns and 
trusses; analysis of indeterminate 
structures by approximate methods, 
superposition, and moment distri- 
bution. Computer applications and 
a semester-long design-analysis 
project requiring engineering deci- 
sions. 4 credits (two hours lecture, 
two hours discussion). 



CE 315 Environmental 
Engineering 

Prerequisites: CH 115, CH 117, 
CE 306. Introduction to water sup- 
ply and demand. Water quantity 
and quiility. Design and operation 
principles of water and wastewater 
treatment, disposal, and reuse sys- 
tems. Collection, recycling, and dis- 
posal practices of solid wastes. Fun- 
damentals of air pollution and air 
pollution control. 3 credits. 

CE 323 Mechanics and 
Structures Laboratory 

Prerequisite: CE 312 (may be 
taken concurrently). Experiments 
covering mechanics and structural 
engineering. The responses of met- 
als and wood to different loading 
conditions are examined. Laborato- 
ry instrumentation is studied. Lab- 
oratory procedures, data collection, 
interpretation, and presentation are 
emphasized. 2 credits. 

CE 327 Soil Mechanics 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite: CE 304 (may be taken 
concurrendy). Experiments and lab- 
oratory testing in geotechnical engi- 
neering. Lab testing includes classi- 
fication, density, hydraulic conduc- 
tivity, shear strength, and consolida- 
tion tests. Laboratory procedures 
and data collection, interpretation, 
and presentation are discussed. 2 
credits. 

CE 328 Hydraulics and 
Environmental Laboratory 

Prerequisite: CE 315 (may be 
taken concurrently). Fundamentals 
of data collection, analysis, and 
presentation. Principles of technical 
report writing. Laboratory methods 
in hydraulics and environmental 



engineering. Experiments include 
pipe and open channel flow; analy- 
sis of various hydraulics structures, 
pumps and other hydraulic 
machineiy; titrimetric, gravimetric, 
and instrumental methods in 
water/wastewater quality testing. 

2 credits. 

CE 398 Internship 

Prerequisite: 60 credits toward the 
B.S. degree. A partnership consist- 
ing of the student, faculty, and 
employers/organizations providing 
exposure to and participation in a 
working engineering environment. 
The internship will translate class- 
room knowledge to a professional 
work environment, and the student 
will work and learn with practicing 
engineers while gaining professional 
experience. A minimum of 300 
hours performing related engineer- 
ing duties is required. No credit. 

CE 401 Foundation Design and 
Construction 

Prerequisite: CE 304 or consent of 
instructor. Application of soil 
mechanics to foundation design, 
stability, settlement. Selection of 
foundation type — shallow foot- 
ings, deep foundations, pile founda- 
tions, mat foundations. Subsurface 
exploration. 3 credits. 

CE 403 City Planning 

Prerequisite: senior standing or con- 
sent of instructor. Engineering, 
social, economic, political, and legal 
aspects of city planning. Emphasis 
placed on case studies of communi- 
ties in Connecticut zoning. Princi- 
ples and policies of redevelopment. 

3 credits. 



180 



CE 404 Water and Wastewater 
Engineering 

Prerequisite: CE 315. Physical, 
chemical, and biological aspects of 
water quality and pollution control. 
Study of unit operations and 
processes of water, wastewater, and 
wastewater residuals treatment. 
Emphasis on hydraulic and process 
design of water pollution control 
facilities. 3 credits. 

CE 405 Indeterminate Structures 

Prerequisites: EAS 112, CE 312, 
senior standing or consent of 
instructor. The analysis of statically 
indeterminate structures. Topics 
include approximate methods, 
moment distribution, conjugate 
beam, energy methods, influence 
lines, and an introduction to matrix 
methods. Computer applications 
and a project requiring structural 
engineering decisions. 3 credits. 

CE 407 Professional and Ethical 
Practice of Engineering 
Prerequisite: senior standing or con- 
sent of instructor. Principles of 
engineer-client, engineer-society, 
and owner-contractor relationships 
examined from ethical, legal, and 
professional viewpoints. Examina- 
tion of codes of ethics and prepara- 
tion of contract documents. 3 cred- 



CE 408 Steel Design and 
Construction 

Prerequisite: CE 312. Analysis, 
design, and construction of steel 
structures. Topics include tension, 
compression, and flexural members; 
connections; members subjected to 
torsion; beam-columns; fabrication, 
erection, and shop practice. Designs 
will be based on Load Resistance 
Factor Design (LRFD). 3 credits. 



CE 409 Concrete Design and 
Construction 

Prerequisite: CE 312. Analysis 
and design ot reinforced concrete 
beams, columns, slabs, footings, 
retaining walls. Fundamentals of 
engineering shop drawings. 
3 credits. 

CE 410 Land Surveying 

Prerequisite: CE 203 or consent of 
instructor A study of boundary 
control and legal aspects of land 
surveying including deed research, 
evidence of boundary location, 
deed description, and riparian 
rights. Theory of measurement and 
errors, position precision, state 
plane coordinate systems, photo- 
gammetr\'. 3 credits. 

CE 411 Highway Engineering 

Prerequisite: CE 301 or consent ot 
instructor. Highway economics and 
financing. Study of highway plan- 
ning, geometric design, and capaci- 
ty. Pavement and drainage design. 3 
credits. 

CE 412 Wood Engineering 

Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE 205. 
Study of the growth and structure 
of wood and their influence on 
strength and durability, preserva- 
tion, and fire protection. The analy- 
sis and design of structural mem- 
bers of wood using the Allowable 
Stress Design method (ASD) 
including beams, columns, and 
connections. The design of wood 
structures. Discussion of Load 
Resistance Factor Design (LRFD). 
3 credits. 

CE 413 Masonry Engineering 

Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE 205. 
The design and analysis of brick 
and concrete masonry non-rein- 



forced and reinforced structures. 
Strength, thermal, fire, and sound 
characteristics, testing, and specifi- 
cations. 3 credits. 

CE 414 Route Surveying 

Prerequisite: CE 203. A continua- 
tion of elementary surveying cover- 
ing principles of route surveying, 
stadia surveys, practical astronomy, 
aerial photography, and adjust- 
ments ot instruments. Field prob- 
lems related to classroom designs. 
3 credits. 

CE 415 Traffic Engineering 

Prerequisite: CE 301 or junior sta- 
tus. Traffic flow theory including 
data collection, data analysis, free- 
ways, multilane highways, signal- 
ized and unsignalized intersections, 
intersection signal coordination. 
Students learn how to use several 
computer programs to analyze traf- 
fic flow along roadways. Projects 
deal with actual locations in the 
area. 3 credits. 

CE 450^59 Special Topics 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest in the field of civil engi- 
neering. 1-3 credits. 

CE 500 Senior Project I 

Prerequisite: senior standing. An 
introduction to project planning 
and presentation. This course pre- 
pares the student tor professional 
practice by teaching organizational 
skills, scheduling, technical writing 
for a lay audience, and oral presen- 
tadon. Students begin working on 
their senior design project and use 
this preliminary work in their 
course assignments. Oral and writ- 
ten presentations will update the 
class on the ptogress of the project. 
3 credits. 



Courses 181 



CE 501 Senior Project II 

Prerequisite: CE 500. Supervised 
individual or group project. The 
project may be the preparation of a 
set of contract documents for the 
construction of a civil engineering 
facility, research work with a report, 
or a project approved by the faculty 
adviser. 3 credits. 

CE 505 Solid Waste Management 

Prerequisite: CE 315. Character- 
istics, volume, collection, and dis- 
posal of solid waste and refuse. 
Design of processing, recycling, and 
recovery equipment; landfill design 
and operation; resource recovery; 
incineration. 3 credits. 

CE 520 Engineering Hydrology 

Prerequisite: CE 309. Theory, 
methods, and applications of 
hydrology to contemporary engi- 
neering problems. Methods of data 
collection and analysis as well as 
design procedures are presented for 
typical engineering problems. Spe- 
cific topics to be considered within 
this framework include the rain- 
fall/runoff process, hydrograph 
analysis, hydrologic routing, urban 
runoff, storm water models, and 
flood frequency analysis. 3 credits. 

CE 523 Open Channel 
Hydraulics 

Prerequisite: CE 309. Basic theories 
of open channel flow are presented 
and corresponding equations devel- 
oped. Methods of calculating uni- 
form/steady flow; gradually varied 
flow; and rapid, spatially varied, 
unsteady flow are investigated. 
Plow through bridge piers, transi- 
tions, and culverts; backwater 
curves and the design of open 
channels. 3 credits. 



CE 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent ot instructor 
and department chair. Opportunity 
for the student to explore an area 
ot interest under the direction of a 
faculty member. Course must be 
initiated by the student and 
approved by the supervising faculty. 
1-3 credits. 



COMPUTER 
ENGINEERING 

CEN 398 Internship 

Prerequisite: junior standing. A 
partnership consisting of the stu- 
dent, faculty, and employers/organi- 
zations providing exposure to and 
participation in a working engineer- 
ing environment. The internship 
will translate classroom knowledge 
to a professional work environment, 
as the student works and learns 
with practicing engineers while 
gaining professional experience. A 
minimum of 300 hours performing 
related engineering duties is 
required. No credit. 

CEN 450-456 Special Topics 

Special topics of selected interest in 
the study of computer engineering. 
3 credits. 

CEN 457 Design Preparation 

Prerequisite: senior standing. This 
course offers the student time and 
guidance in selecting a topic for the 
senior design course (CEN 458), 
which follows this one. Suitable 
design projects may be suggested by 
the student, the faculty, or contacts 
in industry. Projects involving both 
hardware and software are encour- 
aged. Each student carries out a lit- 
erature search on the topic, prepares 
a written proposal with a plan of 



action for the project, obtains 
approval from the faculty adviser, 
makes oral reports of work in 
progress, and presents a formal 
project proposal. 3 credits. 

CEN 458 Senior Design 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite: CEN 457. Students 
complete the design planned in 
CEN 457. This course provides stu- 
dents with experience at a profes- 
sional level with engineering proj- 
ects that involve analysis, design, 
construction of prototypes, and 
evaluation of results. Projects 
involving both hardware and soft- 
ware are encouraged. A final report 
presentation and a formal written 
report are required. 3 credits. 

CEN 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor 
and department chair. Opportunity 
for the student to explore an area of 
interest under the direction of a fac- 
iJty member. Course must be initi- 
ated by the student. 1-3 credits. 



CHEMISTRY 

CH 103 Introduction to General 
Chemistry 

Introductory course for students 
without a high school chemistry 
background. Fundamentals of 
chemistry including topics such as 
elements, compounds, nomencla- 
ture, and practical applications. CH 
104 is taken concurrently with CH 
103. 3 credits. 

CH 104 Introduction to General 
Chemistry Laboratory 

To be taken with CH 1 03. Experi- 
ments include systems of measure- 
ment, the measurement of physical 



182 



properties, determination of per- 
centage of composition, chemical 
formulas, and chemical reactions. 1 
credit hour. 

CH 105 Introduction to General 
and Organic Chemistry with 
Laboratory 

Fundamentals of general and organ- 
ic chemistry: atomic structure and 
properties of compounds, stoi- 
chiometry and reactions, energ)' 
relationships, states ol matter, solu- 
tions, hydrocarbons, and classes of 
organic compounds. 4 credits. 

CH 115 General Chemistry I 

Prerequisite: high school algebra or 
M 109, CH 103, CH 105 or one 
imit of high school chemistry or 
written qualifying exam. Brief 
review of fundamentals including 
stoichiometry, atomic structure, and 
chemical bonding. Other topics 
include thermochemistry, gas laws, 
and an introduction to organic and 
biochemistry. Intended primarily 
for science/engineering majors. CH 
1 17 is taken concurrently with CH 
115. 3 credits. 

CH 116 General Chemistry II 

Prerequisites: CH 115, CH 1 17 or 
the equivalent. Topics include prop- 
erties of solutions; nuclear chem- 
istry; rates of chemical reactions; 
chemical equilibria including pH, 
acid-base, common ion effect, 
buffers, and solubility products; 
thermodynamics. Problems in each 
area include environmental applica- 
tions. CH 11 8 is taken concurrent- 
ly with CH 1 16. 3 credits. 

CH 117 General Chemistry I 
Laboratory 

To be taken with CH 115. Experi- 
ments include percent composition. 



stoichiometry, heats of reaction, gas 
laws, types of reactions and simple 
organic synthesis. 1 credit. 

CH 118 General Chemistry II 
Laboratory 

To be taken with CH 1 16. Experi- 
ments include coUigative propenies 
of solutions, quantitative measure- 
ments of chemical reaction rates, 
equilibrium constants, the common 
ion effect, pH, buffers, and electro- 
chemical cells. 1 credit. 

CH 201-202 Organic Chemistry 
I and II 

Prerequisites: CH 1 16, CH 1 18. 
Common reactions in aliphatic and 
aromatic chemistry with emphasis 
on functional groups and reaction 
mechanisms. CH 203 and CH 204 
are taken concurrendy with CH 
201-202. 3 credits each term. 

CH 203-204 Organic Chemistry 
I and II Laboratory 

To be taken with CH 201-202. 
Some of the techniques, reactions, 
and sjTitheses commonly employed 
in the organic chemistry laboratory 
are covered on microscale level 
including qualitative organic analy- 
sis and FTIR analysis. 1 credit each 
term. 

CH 211 Quantitative Analysis 
with Laboratory 

Prerequisites: CH 1 16, CH 1 18. 
Theory and applications of acid- 
base, solubilit)', complex-formation, 
and oxidation-reduction equilibria 
to quantitative chemical analysis; 
introduction to statistics and evalu- 
ation of results. Laboratory analysis 
of samples by gravimetric and volu- 
metric methods. 4 credits. 



CH 221 Instrumental Methods 
of Analysis with Laboratory 

Prerequisites: CH 201, CH 203, 
CH 2 1 1 , or consent of instructor. 
Theory and applications of various 
instrumental methods with empha- 
sis on ultraviolet, visible, atomic 
absorption, fluorescence, infrared 
and nuclear magnetic resonance 
spectroscopy; mass spectrometry'; 
gas and liquid chromatography; and 
potentiometr)'. Laborator)' analysis 
of samples by methods discussed in 
the lecture. 4 credits. 

CH 321-322 Plastics and 
Polymer Chemistry I and II 

Prerequisites: CH 116, CH 118, 
CH 202, CH 204. All phases of the 
plastics and polymers field, includ- 
ing the chemistry involved, meth- 
ocb of production, physical proper- 
ties, and the uses of specific poly- 
mers. 3 credits each semester. 

CH 331-332 Physical Chemistry 
I and II 

Prerequisites: CH 1 16, PH 205, M 
203 (may be taken concurrendy). 
Kinetic theory of gases, thermody- 
namics, phase equilibria, transport 
and surface phenomena, kinetics, 
quantum mechanics, atomic and 
molecular spectroscopy. 3 credits 
each semester. 

CH 333-334 Physical Chemistry 
I and II Laboratory 

To be taken vvidi CH 331-332. 
Laboratory training in vacuum line 
techniques and real-time collection 
of temperature, pressure, and spec- 
trophotometric data by microcom- 
puter. Experiments include diffu- 
sion, velocity, and heat capacities of 
gases; calorimetry; phase diagrams 
of mixtures; electro-chemical prop- 
erties, kinetics of fast reacdons. 



Courses 183 



enzyme and oscillating reactions; 
rotationaJ-vibrational spectroscopy. 
1 credit each semester. 

CH 341 Synthetic Methods in 
Chemistry 

Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204, 
CH 22 1 . A one-semester laboratory 
course covering the synthesis and 
characterization of inorganic and 
organic compounds. Performance 
of a variety of reactions and chemi- 
cal manipulations with a focus on 
advanced laboratory techniques: 
handling air-sensitive materials, use 
ot cryogenic conditions, separation 
and purification, isolation of natu- 
ral products, experimental design, 
and safety procedures. A selection 
ot methods for transition metal, 
main-group element, and aromatic 
and aliphatic organic syntheses. 
Characterization ot compounds by 
UV, IR, NMR, mass spectrometry, 
and other instrumental methods. 
Eight hours of laboratory per week. 
4 credits. 

CH 411 Chemical Literature 

Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204, 
CH 332. Acquaints the student 
with the chemical literature and its 
use. Assignments include library 
searches and online STN searching. 
1 credit. 

CH 412 Seminar 

Prerequisite: CH 411. The student 
researches a specific current topic in 
chemical research or applied chem- 
istry and presents a formal seminar 
to the facult)' and students. 1 credit. 

CH 451 Thesis with Laboratory 

Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204, 
CH 211, CH 221, CH 332. An 
original investigation in the labora- 
tory and/or library under the guid- 



ance of a member ot the depart- 
ment. A final thesis report is sub- 
mitted. 2 credits. 

CH 452^55 Special Topics in 
Chemistry 

Prerequisite: consent ot instructor. 
In-depth study of topics chosen 
from areas of particular and current 
interest to chemistry and chemical 
engineering students. 1^ credits. 

CH 471 Industrial Chemistry 

Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 21 1, 
CH 221, CH 332. A course to 
bridge the gap from the academic 
to the industrial world. Topics 
include material accounting, energy 
accounting, chemical transport, 
reactor design, process development 
and control. 3 credits. 

CH 501 Advanced Organic 
Chemistry 

Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204. 
This course focuses on four topics: 
mechanisms ot organic chemistry 
reactions, fundamentals of synthesis 
of complex molecules, organic 
chemistry of biologically important 
molecules, and an introduction to 
medical chemistry. An underlying 
theme throughout this course is the 
relationship between chemical 
structure and the function and reac- 
tivity of organic compounds. 3 
credits. 

CH 521 Advanced Inorganic 
Chemistry 

Prerequisite: CH 331. Corequisite: 
CH 332. Review of atomic struc- 
ture and introduction to group the- 
ory and symmetry. The chemistry 
of transition metal complexes and 
organometallic compounds with 
emphasis on bonding and structure, 
physical and chemical properties, 



;md reaction mechanisms including 
catalysis and photochemistry. 
Bioinorganic chemistry and ionic 
solids will be covered as time per- 
mits. 3 credits. 

CH 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Opportunity for the student, under 
the direction of a faculty member, 
to explore an area of interest. This 
course may be used to do prelimi- 
nary work on the topic studied for 
Thesis (CH 451). 1-4 credits. 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal 
Justice 

Survey ot criminal justice system 
with emphasis on prosecution, cor- 
rections, and societal reaction to 
offenders. Retribution, rehabilita- 
tion, deterrence, and incapacitation 
serve as generic trames of reference 
and theoretical points of departure 
for analyzing the dispositional and 
correctional processes. The course 
focuses on the process from the 
police and prosecution through the 
courts, and from the courts through 
the correctional system. 3 credits. 

CJ 102 Criminal Law 

The scope, purpose, and definitions 
of substantive criminal law: crimi- 
nal liability, major elements of 
statutory and common law offenses 
(with some reference to the Con- 
necticut Penal Code), and signifi- 
cant defenses. 3 credits. 

CJ 105 Introduction to Security 

General survey ot the major histori- 
cal, legal, and practical develop- 
ments and problems of security. 



Course stresses the components, 
organization, and objectives of secu- 
rity; the trend toward professional- 
ization; the role of security in the 
public and private sectors and its 
relationship to management. 3 
credits. 

CJ 20 1 Principles of Criminal 
Investigation 

Introduction to criminal investiga- 
tion in the field. Conducting the 
crime scene search, interviewing 
witnesses, interrogating suspects, 
methods of surveillance, and the 
special techniques employed in par- 
ticular kinds of investigation. 3 
credits. 

CJ 203 Security Administration 

An overview of security systems 
foimd in retail, industrial, and gov- 
ernmental agencies; the legal frame- 
work for security operations; and 
the achninistradve and procedural 
processes in security management. 
3 credits. 

CJ 205 Introduction to Forensic 
Psychology 

Prerequisites: CJ 100, P 11 1 . This 
course provides an overview of the 
various applications of psychology 
to forensic settings. Topics include 
criminal investigation and profil- 
ing, personnel selection, dynamics 
of violence and victimology, eye- 
witness testimony, trial processes, 
and a variety of other areas within 
the criminal and civil justice sys- 
tems. 3 credits. 

CJ 209 Correctional Treatment 
Programs 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. Various treat- 
ment modalities employed in the 
rehabilitation of offenders. Field 
visits to various correctional treat- 



ment facilities such as halfway 
houses and community-based treat- 
ment programs. 3 credits. 

CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues 
in Criminal Justice 

Introduction to issues of diversit)' 
within the criminal justice system. 
The course focuses on prejudice 
and discrimination along with 
other special problems experienced 
by women, gays, and various ethnic 
and racial minority groups in deal- 
ing with the criminal justice system. 
3 credits. 

CJ 217 Criminal Procedure I 

Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 102. An 
inquiry into the nature and scope 
of the U.S. Constitution as it relates 
to criminal procedures. Areas dis- 
cussed include the law of search 
and seizure, arrests, confessions, and 
identification. 3 credits. 

CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II 
and Evidence 

Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 102. 
Legal doctrines employed in con- 
trolling the successive stages of the 
criminal process. Rules of law relat- 
ed to wiretapping and lineups, pre- 
trial decision-making, juvenile jus- 
tice, and trial. 3 credits. 

CJ 220 Legal Issues in 
Corrections 

Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 217, 
junior standing. Examination of 
the legal foundations of correc- 
tional practice and review of 
recent judicial decisions that are 
altering the correctional environ- 
ment. An analysis of the factors 
and forces that are creating a 
climate of significant reform in 
corrections. 3 credits. 



CJ 22 1 Juvenile Justice System 

Prerequisites: CJ 100, P 111. 
Analysis of stages and decisions 
made at critical junctures of the 
juvenile justice process. Topics 
include an analysis ot Supreme 
Court treatment ot juvenile justice 
issues and the ability of the juvenile 
justice system to respond to juvenile 
crime. Focus on the processing of 
juveniles through the system and 
the special problems unique to 
juvenile justice. 3 credits. (See also 
SO 231.) 

CJ 226 Industrial Security 

Prerequisite: CJ 105. Concepts of 
security as it integrates with indus- 
trial management systems presented 
along'with industrial securit)' 
requirements and standards, alarms 
and surveillance devices, animate 
security approaches, costing, plan- 
ning, and engineering. Principles of 
safet)' practices and regulations, fire 
prevention, property conservation, 
occupational hazards, and personal 
safeguards. 3 credits. 

CJ 250 Scientific Methods in 
Criminal Justice 

Prerequisites: CJ 100; M 109 or M 
127. Introduction to the use of sci- 
entific methods and logic in the 
human ser\'ice professions. Topics 
include science and the scientific 
approach to problem solving, the 
logic of causal inference, problem 
and hypothesis formularion, the use 
of experimental designs, laboratory 
methods, survey research methods, 
and measiu'ement issues in human 
services. 3 credits. 

CJ 251 Quantitative Applications 
in Criminal Jusdce 

Prerequisite: CJ 250. Introduction 
to the use of quantitative analysis 



Courses 185 



through study of the basic statistical 
tools and databases used in human 
services. Emphasis will be on 
applied applications ot quantitative 
methods in service delivery systems. 
4 credits. 

CJ 300 History of Criminal 
Justice 

Prerequisite: CJ 1 00. The develop- 
ment of the major CJ elements 
including police, prisons, proba- 
tion, and parole. Significant histori- 
cal events and philosophical postu- 
lates as they pertain to this develop- 
ment. 3 credits. 

CJ 301 Group Dynamics in 
Criminal Justice 

Prerequisites: CJ 205, P 111. 
Analysis of theory and applied 
methods in the area of group 
process. Focus on both individual 
roles and group development as 
they relate to criminal justice issues. 
Experiential exercises are included. 
3 credits. 

CJ 306 Security Problems 
Seminar 

Prerequisites: CJ 105, CJ 203. An 
analysis of special problem areas 
including college and university 
campuses, hospitals, hotel/motels, 
etc. Also, special problems concern- 
ing computer protection, bank 
security, executive personnel pro- 
tection, credit cards, case law and 
legal aspects, control of proprietary 
information, and white collar 
crime. 3 credits. 

CJ 310 Criminal Justice 
Institutions 

Prerequisite: CJ 300. Examination 
of the societal and psychological 
implications of various types of 
institudons. Includes both social 



and total institutions and examines 
their similarities and dissimilarides 
with particular emphasis on their 
implications for criminal justice. 3 
credits. 

CJ 3 1 1 Criminology 

Prerequisites: CJ 100, P 1 II, SO 
1 13. An examination of principles 
and concepts of criminal behavior; 
criminological theory; the nature, 
extent, and distribution of crime; 
legal and societal reaction to crime. 
3 credits. (See also SO 31 1.) 

CJ 312 The Police and Crime 
Control 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. The changing 
role, perspectives, and operational 
strategies of policing as they relate 
to the crime control function of the 
police. The focus is on innovative, 
promising, emerging, or "futuristic" 
and often highly controversial 
police practices, programs, and 
approaches to law enforcement as 
well as on selective community 
crime prevention efforts undertaken 
in conjunction with, under the aus- 
pices of, or independendy of the 
police department. Special attention 
will be devoted to police brutality, 
the use of deadly force and its con- 
sequences, including high-speed 
police pursuits. 3 credits. 

CJ 3 1 5 Domestic Violence 

Introduction to the study of family 
violence issues. Typology and histo- 
ry of family abuse, responses to 
family violence, and public policy 
issues are the focus of study. Issues 
in domestic violence, sexual abuse, 
emotional abuse, elder abuse, child 
abuse, treatment approaches, and 
legal guidelines. 3 credits. 



CJ 333 Police Civil Liability 
Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 102, CJ 
2 1 7, or consent of instructor. 
Overview of types of civil liability 
lawsuits brought against law 
enforcement officers. Exploration of 
ways to relieve the pressures of this 
potential liability. Emphasis placed 
on negligence and intentional torts. 
3 credits. 

CJ 345 Police and Investigative 
Psychology 

Prerequisite: CJ 205. This course 
focuses on the functions of the 
police psychologist, such as candi- 
date screening, stress management 
and counseling, hostage negotia- 
tions, critical incident debriefing 
and fitness-for-duty evaluations. 
Application of psychological princi- 
ples to investigation strategies such 
as profiling and forensic hypnosis 
are also explored. 3 credits. 

CJ 350 Leadership and 
Management in Human Services 
Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- 
ing. An in-depth view of leadership 
and management skills in a variety 
of criminal justice and human serv- 
ice settings. Special focus on prob- 
lem solving and quality control in 
agencies. 3 credits. 

CJ 357 Legal Psychology 

Prerequisite: CJ 205. This course 
focuses on the study of human 
behavior and cognitions within the 
legal and criminal justice system. 
Special emphasis is given to the 
contributions of legal and cognitive 
psychology in understanding the 
criminal and civil legal system. Top- 
ics include eyewitness testimony, 
jury decision-making, confession 
evidence, and punishment and sen- 
tencing. 3 credits. 



186 



CJ 365 Law, Psychology and the 
Mental Health System 

This class reviews the civil and 
criminal law as it relates to mental 
health issues. Particular emphasis is 
given to the justification of mental 
health law concepts, such as civil 
commitment and parens patriae 
power. Topics include competence 
to stand trial, insanity, civil com- 
mitment, sexual predator commit- 
ment statutes, confidentiality, duty 
to warn, informed consent, mal- 
practice, and issues of expert testi- 
mony. Legal cases are examined to 
give the students a foundation in 
actual legal case law. Ethical issues 
and issues of professional responsi- 
bility are covered. 3 credits. 

CJ 400 Criminal Justice 
Problems Seminar 

Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 300. An 
examination of theoretical and 
philosophical issues affecting the 
administration of justice: the prob- 
lems ot reconciling legal and theo- 
retical ideals in various sectors of 
the criminal justice system with the 
realities of practice. 3 credits. 

CJ 402 Police in Society 

Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 300. 
Acquaints students with the major 
developments and trends of polic- 
ing in a free society. Emphasis 
placed on American police and the 
role of the police in a democracy. 
Further emphasis placed on the 
examination of the interactions 
between the police and the commu- 
nities they serve. 3 credits. 

CJ 408 Child and Family 
Intervention Strategies 
Prerequisites: P II 1, P 336, CJ 
205, CJ 209, CJ 301. This course 
introduces students to the applica- 



tion of investigation and critical- 
thinking strategies to the problems 
of child abuse, neglect, and domes- 
tic violence. Assessment, decision- 
making, and case management 
strategies are explored. 3 credits. 

CJ 409 Adult Intervention 
Strategies 

Prerequisite: CJ 408. A comprehen- 
sive investigation of mental health 
and correctional systems, including 
residential and community-based 
treatment. Particular attention is 
placed on strategies for dealing with 
resistant clients. Students develop 
critical-thinking skills relating to 
best practices in a variety of set- 
tings. 3 credits. 

CJ 410 Legal Issues in Private 
Security 

Examines legal problems affecting 
the private security industry and 
ways to prevent loss from litigation. 
Includes intentional torts, negli- 
gence, agency, contracts and law of 
arrest, search and seizure, and inter- 
rogation by citizens. 3 credits. 

CJ 4 1 1 Victimology 

Introduction to the principles and 
concepts of victimology, analysis of 
victimization patterns and trends, 
and responses to criminal victimiza- 
tion. 3 credits. 

CJ 412 Substance Abuse and 
Addictive Behavior 

Course provides an overview of 
drug use and addictive behavior as 
they relate to law enforcement and 
correctional treatment issues; cur- 
rent estimate is that 80-90 percent 
of violent crime in the United 
States is correlated with alcohol and 
drug use. 3 credits. 



CJ 413 Victim Law and Service 
Administration 

Prerequisite: CJ 411. Introduces 
the study of crime victims' legal 
rights and the services available to 
crime victims within the criminal 
justice system and in other settings. 
Topics include victim assistance 
programs from law enforcement 
through the courts and corrections 
systems as well as community- 
based advocacy and support. This 
study of victim services is integrat- 
ed with a focus on the underlying 
legal structure of crime victim 
statutory and constitutional rights 
including notification, participa- 
tion, protection, and financial 
remedies (e.g., restitution, compen- 
.sation, and civil litigation) as well 
as other rights. Practical program 
management, evaluation, and 
funding issues are incorporated. 
3 credits. 

CJ 414 Legal Rights of Crime 
Victims 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. Introduces the 
study of crime victims' rights within 
the justice system. Topics include 
victim-witness programs, victim 
impact statements, victim notifica- 
tion laws, compensation schemes, 
and victims' rights legislation. 3 
credits. 

CJ 420 Advanced Investigative 
Techniques 

Prerequisites: CJ 201, CJ 215, CJ 
218, and junior/senior standing. An 
in-depth study of the principles and 
techniques associated with the col- 
lection and documenting of infor- 
mation obtained during an investi- 
gation. Addresses the many sources 
of information, utilization of 
informants, the use of hypnosis, 
polygraph, advanced strategies for 



Courses 187 



interviews and investigations, and 
provides documentation tech- 
niques. 3 credits. 

CJ 425 White Collar Crime 
Investigation 

Prerequisite: CJ 201. This advanced 
course in white-collar crime investi- 
gation focuses on the history, phi- 
losophy, evolution and types of 
white-collar crimes. This course 
examines the various types of white- 
collar offenses and explores how 
and why such crimes are commit- 
ted. The course also explores the 
various laws used to combat such 
offenses and considers the investiga- 
tive techniques used to identify 
those engaged in such activity. In 
addition, the course explores the 
profile of the modern white-collar 
offender and the role of various fed- 
eral law-enforcement agencies 
responsible for investigating white- 
collar crime. 3 credits. 

CJ 440 Death Investigation — 
Scene to Court 

Prerequisites: CJ 201, FOR 215, or 
FOR216andFOR415, senior 
standing as criminal justice or 
forensic science major, or consent 
of instructor. An in-depth study of 
the principles and techniques asso- 
ciated with investigating homicides; 
suicides; and accidental, natural, or 
equivocal deaths. While considering 
the sociological, psychological, and 
legal aspects typically found in these 
cases, the process takes the student 
from the scene to the coun — crimi- 
nal or civil. 3 credits. 

CJ 450-459 Special Topics 

A study of selected issues of particu- 
lar interest to the students and 
instructor. 3 credits. 



CJ 475 Senior Seminar in 
Forensic Psychology 

Prerequisites: CJ 205, CJ 357, CJ 
365, senior standing. This course 
explores a series of contemporary 
rotating research topics in law and 
psychology that allows students to 
take an in-depth examination of a 
single area of study. Areas explored 
may include jury decision-making 
models, forensic assessment, wrong- 
ful conviction, death penalty, and 
trial consulting. 3 credits. 

CJ 498 Research Project 

Prerequisite: consent of the depart- 
ment chair. The student carries out 
an original research project in a 
criminal justice setting and reports 
the findings. 3 credits. 

CJ 500A Criminal Justice Pre- 
Internship 

Prerequisite: junior standing in CJ. 
This course helps students to gain 
hill understanding and appreciation 
of the internship experience. Stu- 
dents become acquainted with 
work rules in criminal justice agen- 
cies and receive guidance in select- 
ing an internship for their particu- 
lar interest. A key issue is extended 
discussion of criminal justice ethics 
as related to the various aspects of 
the criminal justice system. Stu- 
dents are required to complete the 
CJ 500A course prior to enrolling 
in the CJ 500B internship experi- 
ence. 3 credits. 

CJ 500B Criminal Justice 
Internship 

Prerequisites: CJ 500A and consent 
of department chair. Provides field 
experience with selected federal, 
state, or local criminal justice agen- 
cies under faculty supervision, guid- 
ance, and review. The course 



includes classroom discussions to 
facilitate a better understanding of 
the issues presented during the 
internship experience. 3 credits. 

CJ 520 Computer Crime: Legal 
Issues and Investigation 
Procedures 

Prerequisites: a grade of C or higher 
in CS 107 or an equivalent course, 
junior or senior standing, and con- 
sent of instructor. An overview of 
computer crime and the procedures 
that forensic computing specialists, 
law enforcement investigators, and 
prosecutors must invoke to prose- 
cute computer criminals successful- 
ly. 3 credits. 

CJ 522 Computers, Technology, 
and Criminal Justice Information 
Management Systems 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
An introduction to information sys- 
tems used within the criminal jus- 
tice system. Overview of existing 
criminal justice information systems 
with implications for future needs. 
Analysis of the impact of science 
and technology on criminal justice 
agencies. 3 credits. 

CJ 523 Internet Vulnerabilities 
and Criminal Activity 

Prerequisites: a grade of C or higher 
in CS 107 or an equivalent course, 
a grade of C or higher in CJ 520, 
junior or senior standing, and con- 
sent of instructor. This course pro- 
vides appropriate strategies for the 
proper documentation, preparation, 
and presentation of investigations 
involving the Internet, and familiar- 
izes students with legal information 
that impacts Internet investigations. 
3 credits. 



188 



CJ 524 Network Security, Data 
Protection, and 
Telecommunication 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
A comprehensive introduction to 
network securit)' issues, concepts, 
and technologies. The core tech- 
nologies of access control, cryptog- 
raphy, digital signatures, authentica- 
tion, network firewalls, and net- 
work security services are reviewed 
along with issues of security policy 
and risk management. 3 credits. 

CJ 525 Information Systems 
Threats, Attacks, and Defenses 

This course provides an overview of 
the actors, motives, and methods 
used in the commission of comput- 
er-related crimes, and describes the 
methods used by organizations to 
prevent, detect, and respond to 
these crimes. 3 credits. 

CJ 526 Firewall and Secure 
Enterprise Computing 

This course covers theorv' and prac- 
tices of Internet firewalls and many 
of the details and NOilnerabilities of 
the IP and embedded protocol sites. 
In the laborator)' and online por- 
tion of the course students con- 
struct, deploy, and test a real fire- 
wall against common Internet 
attacks. 3 credits. 

CJ 527 Internet Investigations 
and Audit-Based Computer 
Forensics 

Theor)' and techniques tor tracking 
attackers across the Internet and 
gaining forensic information from 
computer systems. The course 
includes case studies of Internet- 
based crimes and addresses limits of 
forensic techniques. 3 credits. 



CJ 528 Computer Viruses and 
Malicious Code 

This course addresses theoretical 
and practical issues surrounding 
computer viruses. 3 credits. 

CJ 529 Practical Issues in 
Cryptography 

Includes examples ol current and 
historical cryptography and stego- 
nagraphic systems; major types of 
cryptosystems and cr)'ptanal\T:ic 
techniques and how they operate; 
hands-on experience with current 
cryptographic technolog}'. 3 credits. 

CJ 530 Investigating Financial 
Crimes 

Smdy of principles and techniques 
associated with investigating finan- 
cial crimes. Emphasis on case-study 
approach to understanding financial 
crimes investigation. 3 credits. 

CJ 535 Global Perspectives on 
Crime and Justice 

Affords students the opportunit)' to 
explore a number of foreign systems 
with emphasis on policing. Differ- 
ent perspectives of crime problems 
will be looked at through the prism 
of foreign culture. 3 credits. 

CJ 540 Computer Applications 
in Research and Program 
Evaluation 

Prerequisites: Cj 250, CJ 251; M 
109 or M 127. An advanced course 
reviewing major statistical packages 
and models employed in the analy- 
sis of criminal justice and human 
services data. Students learn analytic 
techniques using real data sets. Pro- 
gram evaluation needs are studied 
and tested. 3 credits. 



CJ 54 1 Problem Solving: 
Planning, Analysis, and 
Evaluation 

Prerequisite: senior standing. An 
advanced seminar utilizing the skills 
developed in preceding research 
methods and program evaluation 
courses. The focus is on integrating 
and developing an effective yet flex- 
ible problem-solving schema for 
criminal justice and hiunan service 
agencies. Quantitative and qualita- 
tive solutions are stressed to fit the 
appropriate problem. Field prob- 
lems will be solicited. 3 credits. 

CJ 555 Crime Prevention 
Through Environmental Design 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. Analysis of 
theory and applied methods of 
crime prevention using environ- 
mental design methods. Experien- 
tial exercises are included. 3 credits. 

CJ 556 Problem-Oriented 
Policing 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. An in-depth 
examination of problem-oriented 
policing, including examination of 
the SARA model, specialized tac- 
tics, and methods of community 
analysis. 3 credits. 

CJ 557 Crime Mapping and 
Analysis 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. Survey of GIS 
research and applications in the 
field of public safety, including 
analysis of hot spots, density pat- 
terns, and forecasts of crime pat- 
terns. 3 credits. 

CJ 558 Leadership Issues in 
Policing 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. Study of lead- 
ership within modern police organ- 
izations. Experiential exercises are 
included. 3 credits. 



Courses 189 



CJ 365 Investigating Wrongful 
Convictions 

Prerequisite; consent of instructor. 
A research-oriented course that 
focuses on investigating the circum- 
stances surrounding how and why a 
particular wrongful conviction may 
have occurred in the Connecticut 
courts. Emphasis is on best prac- 
tices to prevent fiiture wrongRii 
convictions. This course is restricted 
to senior investigative services 
majors and graduate students in the 
forensic science program. 3 credits. 

CJ 599 Independent Study 

Prereqtiisite: consent of department 
chair. An opportunity for the stu- 
dent, under the direction of a facul- 
ty member, to explore and acquire 
competence in a special area of 
interest. 1-3 credits. 



CHEMICAL 
ENGINEERING 

CM 220 Process Analysis 

Prerequisites: CH 1 16 or EAS 120; 
EAS211,EAS213, M 118. An 
introduction to the profession of 
chemical engineering and the appli- 
cation of material and energy bal- 
ances to the solution of chemical 
engineering problems. Analysis and 
design of processes using physical 
property estimation methods, mass 
balances, and energy balances. Typi- 
cal processes include sequences of 
mixing, separation, and reaction 
steps. 3 credits. 

CM 310 Transport Operations I 
with Laboratory 

Prerequisites: EAS 224, M 203. 
Application of transport phenome- 
na principles to systems involving 
momentum, heat, and mass transfer 



with emphasis on equipment 
design. Use of microscopic and 
macroscopic balances, continuity 
and Navier-Stokes principles, and 
turbulent flow theories to develop 
mathematical models of physical 
systems with applications in fluid 
mechanics and thermal energy 
transport. Topics include design of 
piping systems, flow instruments, 
filters, heat exchangers, evaporators, 
and others of current interest. Lab- 
oratory work includes experiments 
in fluid flow and heat transfer, com- 
puter simulation, oral and written 
reports. 4 credits. 

CM 311 Chemical Engineering 
Thermodynamics 

Prerequisite: EAS 224. Applications 
of the first and second laws of ther- 
modynamics to batch and flow 
processes important in chemical 
engineering for homogeneous and 
heterogeneous systems, mixtures, 
and pure materials. Topics include 
phase and chemical equilibria, 
chemical reactions, thermochem- 
istry, thermodynamic properties, 
and miscibility. 3 credits. 

CM 315 Transport Operations I 

Prerequisites: EAS 224, M 203. 
Application of transport phenome- 
na principles to systems involving 
momentum, heat, and mass transfer 
with emphasis on equipment 
design. Use of microscopic and 
macroscopic balances, continuity 
and Navier-Stokes principles, and 
turbulent flow theories to develop 
mathematical models of physical 
systems with applications in fluid 
mechanics, thermal energy trans- 
port, and mass transfer. Topics 
include design of piping systems, 
filters, heat exchangers, evaporators, 
absorbers and others of current 



interest. 3 credits. 

CM 316 Transport Operations II 

Prerequisite: CM 220, CM 310 or 
CM 315. Application of transport 
phenomena principles to systems 
involving momentum, heat, and 
mass transfer with emphasis on 
equipment design. Topics include 
design of staged separation equip- 
ment for distillation, extraction and 
leaching, absorption, and others of 
current interest. 3 credits. 

CM 321 Reaction Kinetics and 
Reactor Design 

Prerequisite: CM 220. Corequisite: 
M 203. Homogeneous and hetero- 
geneous catalyzed and noncatalyzed 
reaction kinetics for flow and batch 
chemical reactors. Application of 
kinetic data to both isothermal and 
nonisothermal reactor design. This 
course is intended for both chemists 
and chemical engineers. 3 credits. 

CM 401 Mass Transfer 
Operations 

Prerequisites: CM 220 or consent 
of instructor; EAS 224. Corequisite: 
M 204. Advanced topics in diffu- 
sion and mass transfer in solids, liq- 
uids, and gases. Topics include 
Pick's law, mass transfer coefficients, 
mass transfer correlation, interphase 
transfer, unsteady state mass trans- 
fer, adsorption, membrane separa- 
tions, humidification and drying. 
Application to the analysis and 
design of mass transfer controlled 
process equipment. 3 credits. 

CM 410 Transport Operations II 
with Laboratory 

Prerequisite: CM 220, CM 310 or 
CM 315. Application of transport 
phenomena principles to systems 
involving momentum, heat, and 



190 



mass transfer with emphasis on 
equipment design. Topics include 
design of staged separation equip- 
ment for distillation, extraction and 
leaching, absorption, and others of 
current interest. Laboratory work 
includes experiments in mass trans- 
fer, reactor systems, computer sim- 
ulation, oral and written reports. 
4 credits. 

CM 4 1 1 Chemical Engineering 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: CM 310 or CM 315; 
CM 316 or CM 410. Laboratory 
work includes experiments in fluid 
flow, heat transfer, mass transfer, 
and reactor systems. Focus on 
Design of Experiments (DOE), 
planning, data analysis and presen- 
tation, team work, and oral and 
written reports. Students gain expe- 
rience using industrial control hard- 
ware for data acquisition and con- 
trol. 3 credits. 

CM 415 Process Dynamics and 
Control 

Prerequisites: CM 310 or CM 315 
or ME 321; EAS 230, M 204. Fun- 
damental principles of chemical 
process dynamics used in the meas- 
urement and control of process 
variables such as temperature, pres- 
sure, and flow rate. Development of 
linear and nonlinear dynamic 
process models, stability analysis, 
and control system design using 
analytical and computer methods. 
Analysis, design, and tuning of 
process loops using computer simu- 
lations. 3 credits. 

CM 420 Process Design 
Principles 

Corequisites: CM 32 1 , CM 4 1 or 
CM 316; EAS 232. Study and 
application of principles needed in 



the design of process systems. Top- 
ics include cost estimation, hazard 
and safety analysis, ethical concerns, 
preliminar)' design techniques, opti- 
mization, computer-aided design 
(using ASPEN PLUS), alternative 
designs, and technical reports. 
Methods include team and individ- 
ual assignments, oral and written 
presentations. 3 credits. 

CM 421 Plant and Process 
Design 

Prerequisites: CM 420 and senior 
standing. A capstone course in the 
design of processing plants and 
equipment, applying principles 
from transport operations, thermo- 
dynamics, kinetics, and economics. 
Students work individually and in 
groups to develop flow sheets, select 
equipment, specify operating condi- 
tions, and analyze designs from 
technical, economic, and safety per- 
spectives. Extensive report writing 
and oral presentations. 3 credits. 

CM 431 Process Dynamics and 
Control with Laboratory 
Prerequisites: CM 310 or CM 315 

or ME 321; EAS 230, M 204. Fun- 
damental principles of chemical 
process dynamics used in the meas- 
urement and control of process 
variables such as temperature, pres- 
sure, and flow rate. Development of 
linear and nonlinear dynamic 
process models, stability analysis, 
and control system design using 
analytical and computer methods. 
Laboratory assignments stress the 
analysis, design, and tuning of 
process loops using computer simu- 
lations and industrial control equip- 
ment on pilot-scale process equip- 
ment. Students gain experience 
using industrial control hardware 
such as programmable logic con- 



trollers and distributed control sys- 
tems. 4 credits. 

CM 450-459 Special Topics in 
Chemical Engineering 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Intensive study of some aspects of 
chemical engineering not covered 
in the more general courses. 1—4 
credits. 

CM 501/502 Senior Project I 
and II 

Prerequisites: senior standingand 
consent of course instructor (faculty 
adviser) and program director. Stu- 
dent should propose an original, 
significant problem or theory. The 
investigation should include at least 
two ol the following elements: the- 
oretical analysis, mathematical or 
computer modeling, optimal design 
methods, and laboratory experi- 
mentation. Weekly conferences 
with adviser; final written and oral 
report with format to be deter- 
mined by faculty adviser. 3 credits 
per term. 

CM 521 Air Pollution 
Fundamentals 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
An introduction to the sources of 
air pollution, the transport of 
gaseous and particulate pollutants 
in the atmosphere on local and 
global scales, transformations of 
pollutants by atmospheric process- 
es, the impact of pollutants on the 
environment, the control of sources 
of air pollution, and legislative 
mandates. Introduction to meteoro- 
logical concepts and computer 
transport models. Current issues 
such as ozone depletion and global 
warming will also be discussed. 
3 credits. 



Courses 191 



CM 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent ol faculty 
supervisor and program director. 
Opportunity for the student, under 
the direction of a faculty member, 
to explore an area ot personal inter- 
est. Weekly conferences with super- 
visor; final written (and possibly 
oral) report with format to be 
determined by faculty supervisor. 
\-A credits. 



CHINESE 

CN 101 Conversational Chinese I 
Oral Chinese for beginners. 
Emphasis on using Chinese for 
communication in daily life. Teach- 
es basic conversational sentences 
and vocabulary quickly through 
word substitution and extension 
practice. Taught in phonetic Eng- 
lish spelling (Chinese spelling sys- 
tem known as Ilan Yu Pin Yin) 
with exposure to the simplified 
Chinese characters. Incidental refer- 
ences to Chinese history, culture, 
and business. Open only to stu- 
dents with no previous knowledge 
ot Chinese. 3 credits. 

CN 102 Conversational Chinese II 

Prerequisite: CN 101 or consent 
of instructor. Builds on the Chi- 
nese language skills developed in 
CN 101 and develops speaking 
abilities through class practice and 
grammatical drills. Additional 
Chinese characters studied step by 
step. 3 credits. 

CN 201 Chinese Language and 
Culture 

Prerequisite: CN 102 or consent 
of instructor. Advanced study of 
Chinese language, both conversa- 



tional and written. Culture train- 
ing through exposure to Chinese 
arts, history, economics, and socie- 
ty. 3 credits. 

CN 204 Chinese Language and 
Literature 

Prerequisite: CN 201 or consent ot 
instructor. Advanced study ot Chi- 
nese language. Extensive reading of 
Chinese classical and modern fic- 
tion, drama, and poetry. 3 credits. 

CN 450^59 Special Topics 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest in the study of Chinese. 
3 credits. 



COMMUNICATION 

CO 100 Human Communication 

Competencies and skills needed to 
communicate effectively in varied 
personal, relational, and profession- 
al contexts. Communication 
process, verbal/nonverbal commu- 
nication, listening, persuasion, con- 
flict management, and group deci- 
sion-making are studied in interper- 
sonal, public, mass, and organiza- 
tional settings. Students are assisted 
in developing skills appropriate to 
real-life situations. Recommended 
for all students regardless of major. 
3 credits. 

CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass 
Communication 

Corequisite: CO 100. Introduction 
to the mass media of newspapers, 
film, magazines, radio, television, 
trade publications, and public rela- 
tions. Course emphasizes media's 
impact on society. 3 credits. 

CO 102 Writing for the Media 

A study of drills and exercises in 



writing television and radio news, 
news releases, speeches, public serv- 
ice announcements, and film docu- 
mentaries. Emphasis is placed on 
firsthand practical experience 
assignments and criticism of com- 
pleted copy. 3 credits. 

CO 103 Audio in Media 

Concerned with sound as used in 
radio, television, and film. Course 
entails lectures, demonstration, 
and lab practice of sound produc- 
tion and transmission. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

CO 109 Communication for 
Management and Business 

Prerequisite: CO 100. Introduction 
to the concepts and skills needed to 
communicate effectively in business 
and professional settings. Students 
develop communication competen- 
cy by focusing on communication 
activities common to business and 
service organizations. Interpersonal 
communication, group and meet- 
ing communication, listening skills, 
interviewing, speeches, public and 
instructional presentations, and 
negotiation are stressed. 3 credits. 

CO 114 Production 
Fundamentals 

Introduction to theory and tech- 
nique in sound and video media. 
Several team projects will provide a 
fundamental production orientation 
in each medium as well as provide 
the environment to discuss goals 
and objectives of production. Labo- 
ratory fee; 3 credits. 

CO 200 Theories of Group 
Communication 

Prerequisite: CO 100. Focus is on 
the dynamics of communication 
and group processes including lead- 



192 



ership styles, team building, task 
and maintenance functions, prob- 
lem-solving and decision-making, 
and conflict management. Students 
develop communication skills 
through class activities designed to 
maximize effective decision-making 
and evaluation. 3 credits. 

CO 203 Radio Production 

Prerequisite: CO 1 03 or consent of 
instructor. Theory and practice of 
techniques involved in the function 
and operation of a radio station. 
Microphone techniques, engineer- 
ing operations, transmitter readings, 
logging, and programming are 
included. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

CO 205 Intercultural 
Communication 

Prerequisite: CO 100. A theoretical 
and practical survey of interciJtural 
communication processes. This 
course is concerned with the inter- 
personal dimensions of intercultural 
communication and examines the 
distinctive cultural orientations, 
behaviors, expectations, and values 
that affect communication situa- 
tions. 3 credits. 

CO 208 Introduction to 
Broadcasting 

Prerequisite: CO 101. General sur- 
vey and background of broadcast- 
ing, cable, pay and premium TV 
services, and new technologies. 
Current changes, law, regulation, 
financing, and public input are 
examined. Emphasis is placed on 
current standingand future poten- 
tial of these industries. 3 credits. 

CO 212 Television Production I 

Prerequisite: CO 1 14 or consent of 
instructor. Introduction to the 
mechanics, techniques, and aesthet- 



ic elements of television produc- 
tion. Course provides basic ground- 
ing in the art and craft of the medi- 
um. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

CO 214 Elements of Film 
Prerequisite: CO 114 or consent of 
instructor. Stresses the understand- 
ing of film as a creative form of 
communication. Student is intro- 
duced to basic techniques of 
motion picture production through 
lectures, audiovisual activity, and 
small-group involvement. Laborato- 
ry' fee; 3 credits. 

CO 220 Film Production I 

Prerequisite: CO 214. Involves the 
transformation of an original idea 
into film: initial analysis, proposed 
treatment plan, sequencing, film 
scripting, preproduction planning, 
nature of the production process. 
A short film is produced through 
team effort. Laboratory fee; 3 
credits. 

CO 300 Persuasive 
Communication 

Prerequisite: CO 100. Study of 
commimication as social influence. 
Analysis of theories of attitude 
change. The use and effects of com- 
pliance-gaining strategies in inter- 
personal, public, and mass commu- 
nication contexts. Students develop, 
present, and analyze persuasive mes- 
sages. 3 credits. 

CO 301 Communication Theory 
and Research 

Prerequisite: junior standing. 
Acquaints students with the nature 
of communication inquiry. Theo- 
ries of communication effects are 
surveyed. Research methodologies 
relevant to advertising, journalism, 
broadcast media, public relations, 



and organizational communication 
settings are examined. 3 credits. 

CO 302 Social Impact of Media 

Prerequisite: CO 101. Examines 
such problems as regulatory con- 
trol of the media, law and ethics, 
and the behavioral aspects of mass 
and interpersonal communication. 
Students examine the variety of 
media writing and commence 
writing their own media messages. 
3 credits. 

CO 306 Public Relations Systems 
and Practices 

This course makes students aware 
of the depth and sensitivity of the 
role of public relations in today's 
business environment. Orients 
students to career paths utilizing 
communication, journalistic, and 
management skills as well as skills 
acquired in business and English 
courses. Through lectures/discus- 
sions, case studies, and guest 
speakers, students learn the histori- 
cal, theoretical, practical, and tech- 
nical applications of public rela- 
tions. 3 credits. 

CO 308 Broadcast Journalism 

Prerequisite: CO 102 or consent of 
the instructor. Entails practice in 
news gathering, editing, writing, 
and use of news services and 
sources. Includes creating docu- 
mentary and special-event programs 
through film for television news, 
on-the-spot film and videotape 
reporting. 3 credits. 

CO 309 Public Relations Writing 

Prerequisite: CO 102. Examines the 
elements of good writing as applied 
to the public relations field. Stu- 
dents research and identify general 
and specialized audience needs and 



Courses 193 



create messages to satisfy those 
needs. They plan and execute proj- 
ects within selected media such as 
newspapers, magazines, TV, radio, 
and film, as well as speeches for 
public appearances. 3 credits. 

CO 310 Pictorial Journalism 

The study ol photography and 
media design as active observation 
and interpretation of events in the 
print media. 3 credits. 

CO 3 1 2 Television Production II 

Prerequisite: CO 212. An interme- 
diate course providing students 
with the opportunit)' to coordinate 
the many areas of TV production. 
Videotape and live production tech- 
niques are employed. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

CO 317 Advanced Writing for 
the Media 

Prerequisite: CO 102. Planning and 
writing longer forms of scripts, 
emphasizing documentary and dra- 
matic writing tor production. 
3 credits. 

CO 320 Film Production II 

Prerequisite: CO 220. The creative 
process involved in translating the 
screenplay into a narrative film is 
explored. Narrative form, struc- 
ture, and production techniques 
are examined through examples of 
short and feature-length films. 
Students produce short narrative 
films by team effort. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

CO 335 Advertising Media 

This course covers the characteris- 
tics of major media and the impact 
of advertising on the demand for 
products and services. It provides 
students with a critical study of 



communication principles and 
concepts as applied to advertising 
copy. Emphasis on how consumers 
use media; media planning and 
evaluation; copywriting styles; 
coordination ol visual and verbal 
concepts; and the principle prob- 
lems of building, implementing, 
and evaluating advertising pro- 
grams. 3 credits. 

CO 340 The History of Film 

A survey of the historical develop- 
ment of the film medium. Includes 
lectures, discussions, and screening 
ot films that demonstrate the inter- 
relationships between historical 
development and the establishment 
ot film as a powerfiil communica- 
tive art form. Laboratory fee; 3 
credits. 

CO 399 Media Campaigns 

Examines the role played by mass 
media in political campaigning. Stu- 
dents look at historical perspectives 
and study current trends. FCC laws 
regarding advertising, lowest unit 
cost, section 315, and other regula- 
tions are examined. Students view 
videotapes of past political media 
campaign examples and have the 
opportunity to participate in and 
produce hypothetical political media 
campaigns. 3 credits. 

CO 400 Communication in 
Organizations 

Examines communication in formal 
organizational contexts such as 
schools, industry, hospitals, and 
government. Prepares students to 
function more effectively in dynam- 
ic communication systems and to 
solve problems related to the inter- 
action of organizations with the 
environment via the interactions of 
people and messages. 3 credits. 



CO 410 Management 
Communication Seminar 
Open to all upper-division stu- 
dents, regardless of major. Involves 
structure and function of commu- 
nication in organizations. Offers 
practice in understanding and man- 
aging interpersonal differences. 
Emphasizes concepts and principles 
needed for effective management of 
organizational communication 
processes. 3 credits. 

CO 412 Advanced Television 
Production 

Prerequisite: CO 312. Essentials of 
budgeting, marketing, and regulato- 
ry policies and rules. Production 
teams are formed to produce 
sophisticated local television pro- 
grams under close supervision. 3 
credits. 

CO 415 Broadcast Management 

Involves administrative and person- 
nel problems of television and radio 
studio management, broadcast 
engineering, local sales, continuity, 
and programming. Discussions 
include scheduling and the develop- 
ment of facilities. 3 credits. 

CO 420 Communication 
and the Law 

Prerequisite: junior standing. This 
course traces the freedom and con- 
trol of the print, broadcast, cable, 
and telecommunications industries 
and their effects on the public. 3 
credits. 

CO 435 Advertising Seminar 

Prerequisites: CO 335 and senior 
standing. Strategic approaches to 
managing an advertising campaign 
related to a specific area, topic, or 
product are developed. Emphasis 
on market research, determining 



194 



consumer target markets, media 
selection, creation oi copy, develop- 
ment and control ot budgets, and 
evaluation and presentation of 
advertising. 3 credits. 

CO 450-459 Special Topics 
Topics in communication of special 
or current interest. 3 credits. 

CO 500 Seminar in 
Communication Studies 

Prerequisite: senior communication 
major. This capstone course inte- 
grates current and developing 
trends with the individual student's 
interest and perspectives. Students 
present for discussion and examina- 
tion issues of interest within a uni- 
fying theme. 3 credits. 

CO 597 Practicum 

Prerequisite: CO 30 1 . A course of 
study designed especially for the 
supervised practical application of 
previously studied theory in a 
group setting. Done under the 
supervision of a faculty sponsor and 
coordinated with a business organi- 
zation. 3 credits. 

CO 598 Internship 

Prerequisite: consent of the instruc- 
tor. On-the-job learning in selected 
organizations in production, public 
relations, journalism, or advertising. 
3 credits. 

CO 599 Independent Study in 
Communication 

Prerequisites: consent ot faculty 
member and department chair. 
Opportunity for the student, under 
the direction ot a taculty member, 
to explore an area of interest. 1-3 
credits per semester up to 6 credits. 



COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 



CS 107 Computers and Their 
Applications 

Concepts underlying modern appli- 
cation of computer systems. Win- 
dows, word processing, spread- 
sheets, databases, presentation soft- 
ware. Not to be taken tor credit by 
computer science majors. 3 credits. 

CS 110 Introduction to C 
Programming 

Prerequisite or corequisite: M 1 15. 
A first course in computer pro- 
gramming using the C language; 
for engineering, computer science, 
mathematics, and science students. 
Problem-solving methods, algo- 
rithm development, and good pro- 
gramming style. Expressions, fiinc- 
tions, libraries, basic types and 
arrays. Programming assignments 
stress numeric applications. Lecture 
plus lab, including work with 
LEGO Mindstorm™ robots. 4 
contact hours; 3 credits. 

CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for 
Computing 

Prerequisite: CS 110. A foundation 
course for computer science majors. 
Introduction to Rmdamentals, 
including logic, sequences, sets, 
functions, recursion, induction, 
proof methods, counting tech- 
niques, and Big-O notation. 
3 credits. 

CS 210 Java Programming 

Prerequisite: CS 110. Introduction 
to the Java programming language. 
Strings, arrays, and vectors. Object- 
oriented programming concepts 
including encapsulation, inheri- 
tance, and polymorphism. Event- 



driven programming, graphics, and 
GUI applications. 3 credits. 

CS 212 Intermediate C 
Programming 

Prerequisites: CSl 10, CS 210, or 
consent of academic adviser and 
instructor. Further topics in the C 
programming language. Problem- 
solving methods, algorithm devel- 
opment, and good programming 
style. Pointers, strings, structured 
data, rvvo-dimensional arrays, files, 
recursion, dynamic memory alloca- 
tion, parameter passing mecha- 
nisms, and the use of pointers to 
process arrays and lists. Basic algo- 
rithms for searching, sorting, and 
simple numerical analysis. Program- 
ming assignments include both 
numeric and non-numeric applica- 
tions. 3 credits. 

CS 214 Computer Organization 

Prerequisite: CS 166 or consent of 
instructor. Fundamentals ot com- 
puter technology, binar>' number 
systems, data type standards and 
data type storage requirements, 
Turing machines, binary logic, and 
simple "gate" circuits. The five 
functional units of input, output, 
ALU, control unit, and memory 
are covered and integrated into a 
"virtual," "generic" computing 
machine. Progression from 
Boolean fundamentals through 
binary logic to micro-code cre- 
ation. Hands-on experience assem- 
bling and implementing low-level 
programming of a typical comput- 
ing system. 3 credits. 

CS 215 Introduction to 
Databases 

Prerequisite: CS 110. Emphasis on 
comprehending database concepts 
and developing a practical level ot 



Courses 195 



skill in a current database software 
package. An introduction to data 
modeling and normal torms, intro- 
duction to Standard Query Lan- 
guage (SQL), Query By Example 
(QBE), security, and report gener- 
ation. Students develop and imple- 
ment a modest database project. 
3 credits. 

CS 226 Data Structures Using 
Collections 

Prerequisite: CS 210. Intermediate 
program design and debugging in 
Java. The nature and application of 
data structures such as arrays, 
stacks, queues, priority queues, and 
trees. Evaluation of the perform- 
ance of different data structures for 
typical applications. Students will 
write and debug several projects 
using Java's built-in class library; 
classes covered include sets, maps, 
hash tables, trees, array-based lists, 
linked lists, and stacks. 3 credits. 

CS 247 Network Essentials and 
Technologies 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing. 
Corequisite: CS 214. A foundation 
in current network technologies for 
local area networks (LANs), wide 
area networks (WANs), and the 
Internet. Introduction to the hard- 
ware, software, terminology, com- 
ponents, design, and connections of 
a network. The OSI model will be 
covered as well as differing topolo- 
gies and protocols for LANs. The 
course includes both lectures and 
hands-on labs. 3 credits. 

CS 320 Operating Systems 

Prerequisite: CS 214 or EE 371. 
Corequisite: EE 472. Modern 
operating system concepts includ- 
ing interrupts, process and thread 
management, concurrency, dead- 



lock, memory management, file 
system management, resource allo- 
cation. 3 credits. 

CS 326 Data Structures and 
Algorithms 

Prerequisites: CS 166, CS 212, CS 
226. Data structures: trees, graphs, 
hash tables. Algorithmic techniques: 
divide and conquer, greedy algo- 
rithms, dynamic programming in 
C, recursion, elimination. Algo- 
rithms: sorting, searching, shortest 
paths. Analysis of the complexity of 
algorithms. Programming required. 
3 credits. 

CS 350 Human-Computer 
Interaction 

Prerequisite: CS 210 or program- 
ming experience in C, VB, VB.Net, 
or Java. The study of psychological 
and physiological factors on the 
design of the Human-Computer 
Interface (HCI). The influence of 
the various input and output 
devices on the efficacy of the inter- 
action. Evaluation of the interaction 
as a function of the interface 
design. Evaluation issues including 
qualities such as learnability, usabili- 
ty, human elTicienc)', and accutacy. 
Students will design, implement, 
analyze, and evaluate Graphical 
User Interfaces (GUIs). 3 credits. 

CS 416 Social and Professional 
Issues in Computing 

Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- 
ing. A broad look at the capabilities 
and limitations of computers and 
the effects of rapid change. Roles 
and responsibilities of the computer 
professional in our world; codes of 
ethics. Complex systems, risks, and 
system failure. Intellectual property. 
Social effects of networks and glob- 
al communication, outsourcing. 



privacy, databases, data mining, 
cryptography, and snooping. Com- 
puter crime, break-ins, terrorism, 
and countermeasures. 3 credits. 

CS 425 Principles of Computer 
Graphics 

Prerequisites: M 1 18, CS 212, CS 
226. Development and implemen- 
tation of the fondamental algo- 
rithms of computer graphics: 2-D 
viewing, geometric transformations, 
clipping, curves, user interaction. 
Introduction to 3-D viewing and 
surfaces. Programming projects 
required. 3 credits. 

CS 428 Object-Oriented Design 

Prerequisites: CS 210, CS 226. An 
object-oriented design methodology 
course. Topics include requirements 
capmre, object-oriented system analy- 
sis, design, and implementation. Pri- 
mary emphasis on the UML 
methodology, separation of layers, 
design patterns, and the importance 
of these in developing a software proj- 
ea. Smdents will design a major 
group project and implement por- 
tions using C++ or [ava. 3 credits. 

CS 434 Assembly Language 

Prerequisites: CS 210, CS 214 or 
EE 371. Introduction to assembly 
language programming, including 
the hardware instruction set, assem- 
bly language syntax and features, 
macros, subprograms, interrupts, 
I/O conversions. Ptogramming 
required. 3 credits. 

CS 440 Programming Laboratory 

Prerequisites: junior or senior stand- 
ing in computer science, consent of 
facult)' supervisor, and approval of 
program coordinator. The student 
will write a large program or a series 
of programs. Projects are an exten- 



196 



sion of the course materials of one 
of the junior/senior courses. Course 
may be taken repeatedly, up to 
three times, working in different 
languages or doing more advanced 
projects. 1 credit. 

CS 441 Web-Database 
Application Development 

Prerequisites: CS 215 and CS 210 
or programming experience in C++, 
VB.Net, or Java. Fundamental prin- 
ciples and techniques tor creating 
network applications with dynamic 
web pages. Topics include establish- 
ing network connections, database 
connectivity, Java Server Pages 
aSP), servlets, HTML, XML, 
https, and network security issues. 
If time permits, attention will also 
be given to JavaScript and interna- 
tionalization. 3 credits. 

CS 445 Network Administration 

Prerequisite: CS 320. Fundamentals 
of administration of a networked 
computer. Topics include basic 
duties of a system administrator; 
overview of TCP/IP networking; 
file system layouts; user manage- 
ment; network services such as 
DNS, NIS, DHCP, file sharing, 
printing, mail, ftp, web, and inter- 
facing different operating systems 
on one network; and general securi- 
ty issues including prevention 
through firewalls and secure shells. 
Lab exercises use both UNIX and 
Windows systems. 3 credits. 

CS 446 Introduction to 
Computer Security 

Prerequisite: CS 320 or consent of 
the instructor. Knowledge of net- 
works desirable. A survey of com- 
puter and network security issues 
including types of network attacks, 
viruses, intrusion detection and 



tracking, firewalls, trust relation- 
ships and authentication, secure 
connections, cryptography, and 
recent security policy and legisla- 
tion. 3 credits. 

CS 447 Computer 
Communications 

Prerequisites: CS 214 or EE 472 
and any one of the following: EAS 
345, IE 346, M 371, or EE 320. 
Problems and solutions in network 
design. Layered models, network 
topology, protocols, virtual circuits 
and packet switching, local net- 
works (CSMA, token ring, ether- 
net), security (DES, public key 
cr)'pto-s)'stems), Internet protocols, 
client/server programming, sockets. 
3 credits. 

CS 450-469 Special Topics 

Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- 
ing in computer science. New 
developments or current practices 
in computer science. 3 credits. 

CS 472 Script Programming for 
Network Administration 

Prerequisite: CS 320. Concepts and 
details of writing small programs, 
called scripts, for the Unix and 
Windows-server operating systems. 
Security issues in shell scripts, batch 
file programming, Perl scripts, and 
Python scripts. Students will write 
scripts to administer both comput- 
ers and networks. 3 credits. 

CS 478 Artificial Intelligence 

Prerequisite: CS 226. An introduc- 
tion to the fijndamental methods ot 
artificial intelligence (AJ) used in 
problem solving by a computer. 
Techniques include heuristic search, 
optimization, genetic algorithms, 
game playing, expert systems, prob- 
abilistic reasoning, learning strate- 



gies, neural networks, natural lan- 
guage understanding, and image 
understanding. Includes the design 
and implementation of AI pro- 
grams. 3 credits. 

CS 504 Senior Project 

Prerequisites: senior standing in 
computer science, consent of facul- 
ty supervisor, and approval of pro- 
gram coordinator. A project is 
selected and carried out in conjunc- 
tion with the faculty adviser. Work 
is presented at a seminar at the end 
of the term. 3 credits. 

CS 524 Advanced Databases 
Prerequisites: CS 215, CS 226, and 
CS 320. A second course in data- 
base systems covering advanced 
topics and new developments in the 
database field. Topics include data- 
base design methodologies and 
evaluation, embedded SQL, con- 
currency control, recovery schemes, 
security, query processing and opti- 
mization, and an introduction to 
object-oriented databases. 3 credits. 

CS 526 Object-Oriented 
Principles and Practice/C++ 

Prerequisites: CS 212, CS 226. The 
C++ language; object-oriented 
design and programming. Protec- 
tion of privacy, encapsulation of 
data with relevant flinctions. 
Advanced aspects of C++; inheri- 
tance, templates, polymorphism, 
virtual functions, and exception 
handling. Several programming 
projects in C++. 3 credits. 

CS 534 Cryptography and Data 
Security 

Prerequisite: CS 166, CS 210, CS 
320. A survey of cryptographic 
concepts and algorithms and their 
application to data security Tech- 



Courses 197 



niqiies studied include private key 
crj'ptosystems, public key cryp- 
tosystems, and hash functions. 
Commonly used algorithms are also 
studied. These might include DES, 
.^DES, AES, IDEA, RSA, Diffie- 
Hellman, MD5, SHA, and DSS. 
We will also examine how these 
algorithms are used to provide con- 
fidentiality, message authentication, 
key exchange, and digital signatures 
in applications such as client-server 
authentication, email security, and 
web security. 3 credits. 

CS 536 Structure of 
Programming Languages 

Prerequisites: CS 212, CS 226. 
Computer language components: 
their specification, semantics, 
implementation, and internal oper- 
ation. The structure, syntax, and 
semantic aspects of several lan- 
guages are examined. Short pro- 
grams are required in two new lan- 
guages. 3 credits. 

CS 547 Systems Programming 

Prerequisites: CS 212, CS 320 or 
EE 371 . Techniques for UNIX sys- 
tems programming in the C lan- 
guage. Topics include macro pre- 
processors, conditional compilation, 
low-level interface programming, 
UNIX system calls including file 
operations and directory operations, 
process control, interprocess com- 
munication, and client-server rou- 
tines. Programming projects 
required. 3 credits. 

CS 563 Mobile Robotics 

Prerequisites: CS 226, CS 320. 
Principles of construction and navi- 
gation ot mobile robots. Topics 
include locomotion mechanisms, 
sensor types and usage, reactive 



behavior, tracking, obstacle avoid- 
ance, path planning, and communi- 
cation schemes for remote control. 
Students work individually and in 
groups to construct and program 
small mobile robots using Lego 
Mindstorms kits. 3 credits. 

CS 590 Internship 

Prerequisites: junior standing, 
approval of adviser. Student will 
undertake a supervised work experi- 
ence ot at least 100 hours, prefer- 
ably in the local computer science 
industry. credits. 

CS 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: jimior or senior 
standing in computer science, con- 
sent of faculty supervisor, and 
approval of program coordinator. 
(Refer to academic regulations for 
independent study.) Exploration of 
an area of interest. Written and oral 
presentations are normally 
required. 3 credits. 



DENTAL HYGIENE 

DH 105 Introduction to Dental 
Hygiene I 

Prerequisite: DH 105. This course 
provides entry-level students with 
an introduction to allied health 
education and the profession of 
dental hygiene. Topics include the 
role of the dental hygienist in the 
health-care delivery system; the his- 
tory of dental hygiene; the role of 
professional associations; basic sci- 
entific terminology of the head, 
neck, and oral cavity; introduction 
to the caries process and gingival 
disease process; and oral hygiene 
protocols. 1 credit. 



DH 1 10 Introduction to Dental 
Hygiene II 

Prerequisite: DH 105 or consent- 
from the instructor. This course is a 
continuation of DH 105 and pro- 
vides students with a survey of con- 
temporary issues encountered by 
dental health care professionals. 
Emphasis is placed on professional 
standards, health promotion, dis- 
ease prevention, review of dental 
specialties, and ethical issues that 
are encountered by dental hygien- 
ists. 1 credit. 

DH 214 Oral Facial Structures 

Prerequisites: BI 1 2 1 , sophomore 
standing. This course examines the 
head and neck region, emphasizing 
the anatomy of oral facial struc- 
tures, including the teeth. This 
course also addresses oral histology 
and embryology. 4 credits. 

DH 215 Radiology 

Prerequisites: DH 214, DH 220, 
sophomore standing. This course is 
an extension of the clinical course 
sequence and concentrates on the 
role of radiographs in the diagnosis 
and treatment of oral diseases. The 
course emphasizes radiographic 
characteristics and production, 
equipment, safety, processing, and 
interpretation. 3 credits. 

DH 220 Dental Hygiene 
Concepts I 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing. 
DH 220 is the first in a series of 
clinical courses; it provides the 
foundations of clinical dental 
hygiene practice. The course focuses 
on professionalism, ethical decision- 
making principles, infection con- 
trol, the impact of tooth accumulat- 
ed deposits, and the development 



198 



of the knowledge and skills neces- 
sary for the delivery of dental 
hygiene services. Clinical laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

DH 225 Forensic Odontology 
and Crime Scene 

Prerequisite: BI 121-122 or equiva- 
lent. This course provides students 
with an introduction to the role of 
dentistry in legal services. Class- 
room presentations/lectures concen- 
trate on the history ot forensics, 
identification of human remains, 
DNA and computer technologies, 
collection, examination, and repro- 
duction of bitemarks, crime scene 
investigation, child abuse syn- 
drome, serial killers, and case stud- 
ies. Students are required to partici- 
pate in hands-on activities in the 
classroom. 1 credit. 

DH 240 Dental Hygiene 
Concepts II 

Prerequisites: DH 214, DH 220, 
sophomore standing. This course is 
an extension of DH 220 and focus- 
es on the continuing development 
of the didactic, affective, and psy- 
chomotor skills necessary for com- 
prehensive dental hygiene treat- 
ment. Lecture topics include med- 
ical history, oral inspection, data 
collection procedures, caries 
process, fluoride, oral physiotherapy 
and chemotherapeutics for the 
management of caries and peri- 
odontal disease, and treatment 
planning. Classroom presentations 
concentrate on the dental hygiene 
process of care. Clinical laboratoiy 
fee; 4 credits. 

DH 320 Pharmacology and Pain 
Management 

Prerequisites: junior standing and 
required first- and second-year 



dental hygiene courses. This course 
provides an overview of medica- 
tions encountered by health care 
workers. Particular attention is 
paid to the impact various medica- 
tions have on dental and dental 
hygiene treatment. Medications, 
local anesthetics, and other 
chemotherapeutic agents utilized 
in the dental treatment setting are 
emphasized. 3 credits. 

DH 325 General and Oral 
Patholog)' 

Prerequisites; junior standing and 
required first- and second-year den- 
tal hygiene courses. A survey of 
general pathology with emphasis 
on the impact of pathologic condi- 
tions on the oral cavity. Diseases of 
the gingiva and periodontium and 
the role of the dental hygienist in 
recognition and referral are empha- 
sized. 3 credits. 

DH 327 Periodontology 

Prerequisites: DH 214, DH 220, 
sophomore standing. This course 
provides an in-depth examination 
of periodontal diseases, the 
immune response, and both surgi- 
cal and nonsurgical interventions. 
The role of the dental hygienist as 
a periodontal co-therapist is 
emphasized. 3 credits. 

DH 330 Dental Hygiene 
Concepts III 

Prerequisites: junior standing and 
required first- and second-year den- 
tal hygiene courses. DH 330 is a 
continuation of the clinical course 
sequence. Content emphasis is 
placed on instrument alternatives, 
professional mechanical oral 
hygiene care, instrumentation theo- 
ry for prevention and control of 
periodontal diseases, and the utiliza- 



tion of patient cases to assess peri- 
odontal standing. Clinically, stu- 
dents treat patients with a broader 
scope of oral/physical conditions 
while incorporating patient radi- 
ographs into the dental hygiene 
treatment plan. Clinical laboratory 
fee; 3 or 5 credits. 

DH 342 Dental Materials 

Prerequisites: junior standing, 
required second-year dental 
hygiene courses. This lecture/labo- 
ratory course provides students 
with an understanding of the bio- 
materials and techniques utilized in 
preventive, restorative, and surgical 
dental procedures. Emphasis is 
placed on the role of the dental 
hygienist in maintaining and evalu- 
ating preventive and restorative 
materials. 3 credits. 

DH 350 Dental Hygiene 
Concepts rV 

Prerequisites: junior standing, 
required second-year dental 
hygiene courses. DH 350 is the 
fourth course in the clinical course 
sequence. The didactic portion of 
the course concentrates on ethical 
decision-making skills, problem- 
solving abilities, treating the med- 
ically compromised patient, and 
practice management principles. 
Clinically, students will have an 
opportunity to treat more chal- 
lenging cases. Clinical laboratory 
fee; 5 credits. 

DH 360 Local Anesthesia 

Prerequisite: junior standing and 
required first- and second-year den- 
tal hygiene courses. This course is 
designed to prepare student dental 
hygienists for the safe, effective 
administration of local anesthesia as 



Courses 199 



current Connecticut legislation per- 
mits. The course includes the psy- 
chology of pain management, phar- 
macology of anesthetic agents, 
emergency precautions and man- 
agement, and a review of anatomy 
and physiology as they relate to the 
administration of anesthetic agents. 
This course includes classroom, lab- 
oratory, and clinical instruction. 
Laboratory tee; 2 credits. 

DH 423 Instructional Planning 
and Media 

Prerequisites: junior standing and 
required first- and second-year den- 
tal hygiene courses. This course 
provides dental hygiene students 
and practitioners with an overview 
of the instructional planning 
process. Emphasis is placed on the 
steps in the process, the develop- 
ment and utilization ot media, and 
oral presentation skills. 3 credits. 

DH 438 Dental Hygiene 
Research 

Prerequisites: junior or senior 
standing, required second-year den- 
tal hygiene courses. This course 
provides dental hygiene students 
with the skills needed to under- 
stand, interpret, and critique pro- 
fessional literature. Emphasis is 
placed on the design of a sound 
research protocol. 3 credits. 

DH 455 Dental Hygiene Public 
Health 

Prerequisites: DH 320, DH 350, 
DH 325, DH 342, junior standing. 
This course emphasizes the role of 
dental and dental hygiene public 
health programs in the health care 
delivery system. It stresses the role 
of the dental hygienist in commu- 
nity disease prevention and health 
promotion activities. Students have 



the opportunity to interact with a 
broad spectrum of community 
groups during the field experience 
aspect ot the course. 4 credits. 

DH 460 Advanced Dental 
Hygiene Concepts 

Prerequisites: DH 320, DH 325, 
DH 342, DH 350, junior standing. 
The clinical course sequence culmi- 
nates in DH 460; this course pro- 
vides the opportunity for students 
to integrate their skills and didactic 
knowledge. Clinical time focuses on 
increasing time efficiency while 
maintaining recognized standards 
ot care. Didactic content focuses on 
professional credentials, state licens- 
ing agencies, continuing education, 
the role of professional organiza- 
tions, employment goals, and 
resume preparation. Clinical labora- 
tory fee; 5 credits. 

DH 461 Oral Medicine 

Prerequisites: DH 320, DH 325, 
DH 350, junior or senior stand- 
ing. Oral Medicine utilizes the 
content from Anatomy and Physi- 
ology, Pharmacology, Oral Pathol- 
ogy, Dental Hygiene Concepts, 
and other courses as the basis for 
discussing the impact of systemic 
conditions on the oral cavity. Med- 
ical history is utilized in a case- 
study approach to address the role 
of the dental hygienist in medical 
risk assessment and management. 
3 credits. 

DH 462 Dental Hygiene 
Internship 

Prerequisites: DH 423, DH 438, 
junior or senior standing. This 
course provides senior-level dental 
hygiene students with the opportu- 
nity to apply the knowledge and 



skills gained throughout the dental 
hygiene curriculum in an intern- 
ship experience compatible with 
Riture career goals. 3 credits. 

DH 468 Dental Hygiene Senior 
Project 

Prerequisites: DH 423, DH 438, 
junior or senior standing. This 
course provides the student with 
the opportunity to design, imple- 
ment, and present a project that 
enriches existing knowledge and 
contributes to the profession of 
dental hygiene. Previous and cur- 
rent course work assists the student 
in the effort. 3 credits. 

DH 490-499 Special Topics 

Prerequisite: dental hygiene major; 
specifics of course(s) to be deter- 
mined in consultation with the pro- 
gram director. Opportunity for the 
student, under the direction of the 
dental hygiene faculty, to explore an 
area of interest. 1-3 credits per 
semester up to 6 credits. 



NUTRITION AND 
DIETETICS 

DI 150 Sports Nutrition 

Review of the principles of nutri- 
tion and exercise with emphasis on 
counseling the athlete; facts and fal- 
lacies of sports nutrition; energy 
and fluid balance; evaluating sports 
nutrition information in the lay lit- 
erature; appropriate diets for train- 
ing; and managing the young per- 
son, older adult, and athlete with 
special needs. Planning meals for 
training and competition, as well as 
dietary evaluation using computer- 
ized nutrient analysis, will be 
included. 3 credits. 



200 



DI 200 Food Science and 
Preparation with Laboratory 
Provides knowledge of food science, 
cooking, and baking principles; 
physiology of taste; components of 
food including color and flavor pig- 
ments (phytochemicals); applica- 
tion of scientific reactions during 
preparation and cooking; accurate 
weighing and measuring skills; 
proper tasting and product evalua- 
tion techniques; safe handling of 
knives, kitchen equipment, and 
food products. Instruction includes 
sanitary food experimentation and 
preparation in food laboratory in 
addition to classroom lectures. Lab- 
oratory fee; 4 credits. 

DI 214 Menu Planning 

Principles of meal planning and 
writing menus for volume food 
combinations, texture, color, nutri- 
tion, and cost. The interrelated 
steps involved in quantity food pro- 
duction, the delivery of food, and 
the responsibilities of management. 
3 credits. 

DI 2 1 5 Principles of Nutrition 

Prerequisite: BI 12L An introduc- 
tion to nutrition science including 
nutrient interactions, digestion, 
absorption, sources of nutrients, 
and importance of phytochemicals. 
Energy metabolism, weight control, 
contemporary nutrition issues, and 
individual nutrition analysis are 
included. 3 credits. 

DI 216 Food Safety, Sanitation, 
and Procurement 

Students learn principles of food 
sanitation, safet)', and purchasing. 
Students also prepare policies and 
procedures and conduct an in-serv- 
ice training class for a food service 



facility. Prevention of food poison- 
ing, legal responsibilities ot manage- 
ment, food handling, and delivery 
systems are discussed for safe and 
sanitary practices. Procurement 
specifications for food and equip- 
ment, facility layout, receiving prin- 
ciples, issuing of food items, cost 
control, and budget preparation are 
also included. 3 credits. 

DI 222 Issues and Careers in 
Health Wellness 
An overview of health-care issues 
linked to lifestyle, living condi- 
tions, physical environment, 
socioeconomic standing, eating 
behavior, dental health, and rising 
costs of health care. Critical analy- 
sis of community health and 
design, work environment, and eat- 
ing behavior, as well as hygiene 
habits related to wellness. Survey 
and preparation for health careers. 
4 credits. 

DI 315 Nutrition and Disease 

Prerequisite: DI 215. Aspects of 
diet in treating and preventing vari- 
ous symptoms and syndromes, dis- 
eases, inherited errors of metabo- 
lism, and physiological stress condi- 
tions. 3 credits. 

DI 326 Principles of Dietetics 
Management 

Provides knowledge required to 
effectively manage the provision of 
dietetic services in a food service 
operation, clinical nutrition depart- 
ment, community or ambulator)' 
nutrition program, private practice 
office, or other food/nutrition facili- 
ty. Management principles are dis- 
cussed using human resource appli- 
cations, leadership theories, deci- 
sion-making tools, and organiza- 



tional skills tor the successhil dietet- 
ics manager. Managing materials, 
productivity, financial data, and 
information in a dietetics environ- 
ment are discussed using quality 
improvement principles. 3 credits. 

DI 330 Dietetic Practice in 
Today's Society 

Prerequisite: DI 315. Course covers 
medical terminology, interpretation of 
laboratory values, format of the med- 
ical record, documenting nutrition 
care, nutrition screening and assess- 
ment, medical nutrition therapy 
(MNT), and patient interviewing 
and coimseling. Includes nutrition 
care protocols for enteral and par- 
enteral feeding, pediatric care, dia- 
betes, cardiovascular disease, hyper- 
tension, pulmonary insufficiency, dys- 
phagia, cancer, renal disease, obesity, 
and other diseases with nutritional 
implications. 3 credits. 

DI 342 Healthy Food 
Preparation 

Emphasizes preparing food accord- 
ing to todays healthy eating goals. 
Laboratory strategies include modi- 
fying recipe content to include nat- 
ural sources of protein, fat, and car- 
bohydrate in healthy meals, snacks, 
sports beverages, etc., while incor- 
porating accurate nutrition analysis 
and costing of recipes using the lat- 
est technology. Discussion of organ- 
ic, functional, and genetically engi- 
neered foods. Students design 
recipe or food demo projects incor- 
porating course content. Provides 
knowledge and expertise in creating 
and redesigning recipes. Incorpo- 
rates today's healthy eating princi- 
ples. Emphasis on eating healthy 
without increasing costs. Laborato- 
ry fee; 3 credits. 



Courses 201 



DI 350 Nutrition Throughout 
the Life Cycle 

Prerequisite: DI 213. This course 
covers various nutrients required by 
humans and the roles of the indi- 
vidual nutrients in determining 
growth, development, and health 
during the sequence ot events that 
comprise the human life cycle. 
Changes in nutrient needs in rela- 
tion to physical, physiological, and 
psychosocial growth and develop- 
ment throughout the life cycle are 
discussed. The effects of various 
influences on diet during the life 
cycle and the nutritional priorities 
for each stage ol the life cycle are 
covered. Dietary guidelines for 
health maintenance and disease pre- 
vention throughout the life cycle 
are included. Also discussed is the 
importance of nutrition on health 
care, public policy, and health care 
cost reduction through disease pre- 
vention. 3 credits. 

DI 405 Community and 
Institutional Nutrition 

Emphasizes tools for developing 
effective dietetic programs in the 
community. Looks at the organiza- 
tion and development of action 
plans. Develops knowledge of the 
fundamentals of the political and 
legislative process. Discusses nutri- 
tional problems that may be sec- 
ondary to other health, social, and 
economic influences. 3 credits. 

DI 450-459 Special Topics 

Selected topics in dietetics, health 
care, food service management, 
team concepts, and a variety of cur- 
rent issues. 3 credits. 

DI 597 Dietetic Practicum 

An elective course that provides an 



opportunity for students to gain 
practical work experience in the 
dietetics field. Students must spend 
a total of 130 hours at a field site 
under the supervision of a regis- 
tered dietician and an additional 20 
hours ot course time devoted to 
preparation of a term paper or case 
study directly related to their 
practicum experience. This oppor- 
tunity will help students meet com- 
petencies required for entry into a 
post graduate internship. 3 credits. 

DI 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: consent ot the pro- 
gram coordinator. Independent 
research projects or other approved 
phases of independent study. 3 
credits. 



ENGLISH 

Note: E 105 and E 110 are 
required by all departments and 
must be taken during the student's 
first year at the University. They are 
prerequisites for all upper-level, 200 
or above, English courses. 

E 101 Academic Reading 

Reading, analyzing and interpreting 
nonfiction for the purpose of learn- 
ing to comprehend textbooks. 3 
excess credits. 

E 102 Academic Reading and 
Speaking 

Reading, analyzing, and interpret- 
ing nonfiction for the purpose of 
learning to comprehend textbooks. 
Locating and organizing material 
tor public speaking and presenting 
it with confidence and fluency. 
Open only to Developmental Bloc 
students. 3 excess credits. 



E 103 Fundamentals 

Designed to increase awareness of 
the structure of English. Intensive 
practice in writing to improve the 
student's ability to construct effec- 
tive sentences, paragraphs and short 
essays. 3 excess credits. 6 class hours 
per week. (See section titled Devel- 
opmental Studies Program on pg. 
21 of this catalog.) 

E 104 Fundamentals 

For international students. Same 
course description as E 1 03. 

E 105 Composition 

Prerequisite: E 103 or placement by 
English department. Analytical 
study of essays for the purpose ot 
improving skills of written commu- 
nication. Practice in writing in a 
variety of rhetorical modes with 
emphasis upon clarity and preci- 
sion. 3 credits. 

E 106 Composition 

For international students. Same 
course description as E 105. 

E 1 10 Composition and 
Literature 

Prerequisite: E 105 or placement by 
the English department. Reading, 
analyzing, and interpreting litera- 
ture in three basic genres: fiction, 
poetry, and drama. Writing of ana- 
lytical and critical essays. Theatre 
fee for day sections. 3 credits. 

E 1 1 1 Composition and 
Literature 

For international students. Same 
course description as E 110. 

E 20 1 Early World Literature 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. Selected world 
classics of prose, poetry, and drama 
from ancient times through the six- 



202 



teenth century, written in or trans- 
lated into English. 3 credits. 

E 202 Modern World Literature 

Prerequisite: E 11 0. Selected world 
classics of prose, poetry, and drama 
from the seventeenth century to the 
present, written in or translated 
into English. 3 credits. 

E 21 1 Early British Writers 

Prerequisite: E 110. A study of 
important British writers from the 
beginning of literature in English 
through the Neoclassic era. 3 
credits. 

E 212 Modern British Writers 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. A study of 
important British writers from the 
Romantic era to the present. 3 
credits. 

E 213 Early American Writers 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. A study of 
important American writers from 
Colonial times to the 1850s. 3 
credits. 

E 214 Modern American Writers 

Prerequisite: E 110. A study of 
important American writers from 
the 1860s to the present. 3 credits. 

E 2 1 7 African-American 
Literature 1 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. A survey of 
African-American writers from the 
late 1700s to 1940. Texts selected 
from a variety of genres with 
emphasis on the African-American 
experience and heritage. 3 credits. 

E 2 1 8 African-American 
Literature II 

Prerequisite: E 217 or consent of 
instructor. A survey of African- 
American writers from the Harlem 
Renaissance to the present. Texts 



selected from a variety of genres 
with emphasis on the African- 
American experience and heritage. 
3 credits. 

E 220 Writing for Business and 
Industry 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. Intensive prac- 
tice in the various types of writing 
required of executives, businesspeo- 
ple, engineers, and other profession- 
als, with emphasis on business let- 
ters, memos, resumes, internal and 
external reports, evaluations and 
recommendations, descriptions of 
procedures and processes. 3 credits. 

E 225 Technical Writing and 
Presentation 

Prerequisite: E 1 1 0. Intensive prac- 
tice in the common forms of tech- 
nical writing, with emphasis on 
technical description, processes, 
reports, and manuals. Oral presen- 
tation of written work. 3 credits. 

E 230 Public Speaking and 
Group Discussion 

Development of proficiency in 
organizing and presenting material 
in speaking, group interaction, con- 
ference management, and small- 
group discussion. 3 credits. 

E 25 1 Narrative Nonfiction 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. Exploration of 
and practice in writing "the fourth 
genre, " creative nonfiction. 
Emphasis on the short piece, the 
literary memoir, and the personal 
essay. 3 credits. 

E 260 The Short Story 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. A critical study 
of the best stories of American and 
British writers as well as stories, in 
translation, of writers of other 
nationalities. 3 credits. 



E 267 Creative Writing 1 

Prerequisite: E 1 1 0. Exercises and 
instruction in writing short fiction 
and poetry. Composing, critiquing, 
and editing skills developed in 
workshop format. 3 credits. 

E 268 Creative Writing II 

Prerequisite: E 267. Advanced exer- 
cises and instruction in writing n 
short fiction and poetry Compos- J| 
ing, critiquing, and editing skills 
refined in workshop format. 3 cred- 



E 270 The Advanced Essay 
Workshop 

Prerequisite: E 251 or E 267 or 
consent of instructor. Variable top- 
ics selected from travel, nature, sci- 
ence, social critique, and humor. 3 
credits. 

E 275 Popidar Lyrics 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. Popular lyrics 
from the songs of the Jazz age, the 
Depression, and Wodd War II to 
rock "n" roll and the music video 
revolution of today. 3 credits. 

E 281 Science Fiction 

Prerequisite: E 1 1 0. A survey of the 
development of science fiction dur- 
ing the nineteenth and twentieth 
centuries. Reading of American, 
English, and European science fic- 
tion novels and short stories. 3 
credits. 

E 290 The Bible as Literature 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. A study of liter- 
ary genres in the Bible: narrative, 
draina, poetry, wisdom literature, 
books of prophecy, letters. Exten- 
sive readings in both the Old and 
New Testaments. 3 credits. 



Courses 203 



E 300 Writing Proficiency 
Examination 

Required of each student after earn- 
ing 57 credits (including transfer 
credits). See Writing ProFicienq' 
Examination statement, or contact 
English Department Chair. 

E 323 The Renaissance in 
England 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. Major writers 
of the English Renaissance, includ- 
ing Sidney, Spenser, Donne, and 
Milton. 3 credits. 

E 341 Shakespeare 

Prerequisite: E 1 1 0. An analysis of 
representative tragedies, comedies, 
and history plays. 3 credits. 

E 353 Literature of the Romantic 
Era 

Prerequisite: E 110. Poetry and 
prose of the major Romantics — 
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, 
Shelley, Keats, Lamb, and Hazlitt 
— with attention given to the 
milieu of the writers, the Continen- 
tal background, and theories of 
Romanticism. 3 credits. 

E 356 Victorian Literature 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. Poetry and 
prose from 1830-1900. The worb 
of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, 
Carlyle, Mill, Newman, Ruskin, 
and others studied in light of the 
social, political and religious prob- 
lems of the period. 3 credits. 

E 37 1 Literature of the 
Neoclassic Era 

Prerequisite: E 1 1 0. British writers 
of the period 1660-1789, with 
emphasis on Dryden, Pope, Swift, 
and Johnson. 3 credits. 



E 390 The Novel in English 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. Great novels 
written in English (excluding 
American novels, which are studied 
in American literature courses). 
3 credits. 

E 392 Poe, Hawthorne, and 

Melville 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. A study of the 

poetry and fiction of three major 

representatives of the tragic outlook 

on life in mid-nineteenth century 

American literature. 3 credits. 

E 393 Mark Twain 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. Major works 
by America's greatest humorist and 
moral spokesman studied through 
interactive discussions, online 
research, and a portfolio of course 
work. Selections from travel works, 
including Innocents Abroad; the 
major works, including Tom Sawyer 
and Huckleberry Finn; and some 
short stories and sketches. 3 credits. 

E 394 American Humor 

Prerequisite: E 1 1 0. Intensive study 
ot the history of American humor 
and its relevance to modern Ameri- 
ca, including major humor writers 
from Mark Twain to Woody Allen. 
3 credits. 

E 395 American Realism and 
Naturalism 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. Readings in 
the works of such major realists as 
Howells, Twain, and James; and 
important naturalist successors 
such as Norris, Crane, and Dreiser. 
3 credits. 

E 406-409 Internationa] 
Literature 

Prerequisite: E 110. Selected poetr)', 



drama, and fiction, in translation, 
from one of the following nations: 
Russia, France, Germany, or Spain. 
Topic to be announced for each 
semester. 3 credits each course. 

E 477 American Literature 
Between the World Wars 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. A study of the 
achievements of the main figures of 
the generation that flourished 
between the two world wars and 
brought about "Americas Coming 
of Age." Poets Ezra Pound, T.S. 
Eliot, Robert Frost, Wallace Stevens 
and William Carlos Williams; nov- 
elists Hemingway, Faulkner, and 
Fitzgerald. 3 credits. 

E 478 Contemporary American 
Literature 

Prerequisite: E 1 10. Intensive study 
of recent American fiction, nonfic- 
tion, poetry, and drama. 3 credits. 

E 480 Internship 

Prerequisite: E 110. A work expe- 
rience, arranged through the 
department, that will require the 
effective use of written or spoken 
English. 3 credits. 

E 481-498 Studies in English 

Prerequisite: E 110. Special topics 
in literature, speaking, or writing. 
3 credits. 

E 599 Independent Study 
Prerequisites: English majors, junior 
or senior standing, at least a 3.0 
G.PA.; consent of the instructor 
and department chair. Opportunity 
for the student, under the direction 
of a faculty member, to explore an 
area of interest. This course must be 
initiated by the student. 1-3 credits 
per semester. 



204 



ENGINEERING AND 
APPLIED SCIENCE 

EAS 103 Technology in Modern 
Society 

Scientific and technological devel- 
opments and their implications for 
the Riture of society. Prospects and 
problems in communications, 
energy sources, automation, trans- 
portation, and other technologies. 
Use and control of technological 
resources for public benefit. 3 
credits. 

EAS 107 Introduction to 
Engineering 

Prerequisite: Ml 09 or equivalent. 
Overview of the problems, per- 
spectives, and methods of the engi- 
neering profession. Modeling of 
real-world problems for purposes 
of optimization, decision-making, 
and design. Practical techniques ot 
problem formulation and analysis. 
3 credits. 

EAS 108 Engineering Workshop 

Prerequisite: M 1 1 5 (may be taken 
concurrently). An introduction to 
the use of elementary statistics and 
basic computer modeling for engi- 
neering problem-solving. Software 
packages used may include spread- 
sheets, databases, math packages, 
and drafting. 1 credit. 

EAS 109 Project Planning and 
Development 

Prerequisite; M 1 1 5 (may be taken 
concurrently). Students develop the 
skills required to successfiilly plan 
and implement selected projects 
within budgetary and time con- 
straints using project management 
software. Projects use Lab VIEW© 
programming for data acquisition 



and control and CAD tools and 
presentation software for technical 
communication of design informa- 
tion. Students gain proficiency in 
each of these three areas as they 
apply to a series of projects span- 
ning the course. 2 credits. 

EAS 112 Methods of Engineering 
Analysis 

Prerequisite: a laboratory science 
course. Corequisite: M 117. Stu- 
dents are introduced to typical 
problems encountered in various 
branches ot engineering using a 
case-study approach. They gain 
experience using computer tools to 
solve these problems numerically. 
Skill is developed in a spreadsheet 
environment, and the fundamen- 
tals of programming are presented. 
Applicators involve use descriptive 
statistics, regression, interpolation, 
logical and numerical functions, 
sets of algebraic, differential, and 
finite difference equations, integra- 
tion. Students are introduced to 
data types, assignment and condi- 
tional statements, program flow 
control, passing parameters, 
returning values with fiinctions, 
arrays. 3 credits. 

EAS 120 Chemistry with 
Applications to Biosystems 

Prerequisites: CH 115/117, E 105, 
EAS 109 (or consent of instructor), 
M 1 15. Integrated concepts from 
chemical and life sciences including 
solutions, equilibrium, kinetics, 
thermodynamics, and electrochem- 
istry. Extensive laboratory compo- 
nent illustrates the interaction 
between chemical and biological 
processes. 4 credits. 



EAS 211 Introduction to 
Modeling of Engineering Systems 
Prerequisite: EAS 1 1 2 or consent of 
instructor. Corequisites: M 118, 
PH 150. Modeling of simple engi- 
neering systems from different 
fields using empirical laws and the 
balance principle for mass, charge, 
linear momentum, and energy. 
Applications include introductory 
problems in material balances, elec- 
tric circuits, fluid mechanics, statics, 
thermodynamics and heat transfer. 
Emphasis is on developing an engi- 
neering approach to problem-solv- 
ing. 3 credits. 

EAS 213 Materials in 
Engineering Systems 

Prerequisites: CH 115, EAS 112. 
Corequisite: EAS 211. Properties, 
behavior, and application of mate- 
rials (solid, liquid, and gas) are 
studied and demonstrated, with 
emphasis on selection and use in 
engineering systems. Topics 
include mechanical, electrical, 
magnetic, thermal, optical, theo- 
logical, and chemical properties 
and behavior. 3 credits. 

EAS 222 Fundamentals of 
Mechanics and Materials 

Prerequisites: EAS 21 1, EAS 213. 
Corequisite: M 203. Behavior of 
mechanical and structural systems 
under load. Topics include effects 
and distribution of forces on rigid 
bodies at rest; kinematics and kinet- 
ics of particles; force systems; shear 
and moment diagrams; force-stress- 
strain-deformation relationships, 
including torsion and combined 
loading; buckling and stability 
analysis; stress/strain transforma- 
tion; Mohr's circle. 3 credits. 



Courses 205 



EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems 
Prerequisites: E 105, EAS 211, 
EAS 213. Corequisite: M 203. An 
expansive study of thermal and flu- 
ids principles and applications 
including laws of thermodynamics, 
basic power cycles, conservation 
laws, internal and external flows, 
and convective heat transfer. 3 
credits. 

EAS 230 Fundamentals and 
Applications of Analog Devices 

Prerequisite: EAS 211 or consent 
of instructor. Corequisite: PH 205. 
Fundamental principles of analog 
electrical devices as applied to a 
variety ol engineering systems, as 
well as hands-on experience on 
those devices as applied in various 
engineering disciplines. Applica- 
tions include sensors, transformers, 
motors, and transmission lines. 3 
credits. 

EAS 232 Project Management 
and Engineering Economics 

Prerequisites; EAS 1 09 or knowl- 
edge ol the Rindamentals of project 
management and familiarity with 
the basic concepts of probability 
and statistics. An introduction to 
economic analysis with emphasis on 
those concepts directly related to 
project management. Topics include 
analysis of alternatives, project initi- 
ation, depreciation and taxation, 
cost estimates, risk and uncertainty, 
project planning, execution, and 
control. 3 credits. 

EAS 345 Applied Engineering 
Statistics 

Prerequisites: M 1 18 and CS 107 
or equivalent. Topics include basic 
terminology, data presentation, 
descriptive statistics, curve-surface 
fitting and correlation, probability 



and model fitting, random vari- 
ables, statistical inferences, one-way 
analysis of variance, prediction and 
tolerance intervals, and control 
charts. 3 credits. 

EAS 4 1 5 Professional 
Engineering Seminar 

Prerequisite: senior standing. 
Discussion of topics on profession- 
al engineering and ethical matters 
pertaining to the practice of engi- 
neering. This course is intended 
for non-civil engineering majors. 
Civil engineering majors take 
CE 407. 1 credit. 

EAS 450-459 Special Topics 

Speciiil topics of selected or current 
interest in the study of engineering 
and applied science. 3 credits. 



ECONOMICS 

EC 133 Principles of Economics I 

Foundations ot economic analysis, 
including economic progress, 
resources, technolog)-, private enter- 
prise, profits, and the price system. 
Macroeconomics including national 
income, employment, and econom- 
ic growth. Price levels, money and 
banking, the Federal Reserve Sys- 
tem, theory of income, employ- 
ment and prices, business cycles and 
problems of monetary, fiscal, and 
stabilization policy. 3 credits. 

EC 134 Principles of Economics II 

Microeconomics including markets 
and market structure and the allo- 
cation of resources. The distribution 
ol income, the public economy, the 
international economy, and selected 
economic problems. 3 credits. 



EC 200 Global Economy 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134. 
This survey provides an under- 
standing ol the linkages between 
the American economy and the rest 
of the world in a period of 
increased globalization. Particular 
emphasis is placed on understand- 
ing the various policies of interna- 
tional trade and finance and their 
relationship to business. 3 credits. 

EC 310 Game Theory 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134. 
This course gives students an 
understanding of the relevance of 
game theory to strategy. The 
course emphasizes applications of 
gaming to strategic decision-mak- 
ing in business. 3 credits. 

EC 313 Behavioral Economics 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134. The 
course focuses on judgment, the 
cognitive aspects of decision-mak- 
ing, and their relevance in econom- 
ics. The emphasis is on the merging 
of psychology and economics in 
understanding how managers make 
decisions and how decision-making 
might be improved. 3 credits. 

EC 314 Public Finance and 
Budgeting 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and 
junior standing. A general survey of 
government finance at the federal, 
state, and local levels, including 
government expenditures, principles 
of taxation, public borrowing, debt 
management, and fiscal policy for 
economic stabilization. 3 credits. 

EC 340 Microeconomic Analysis 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and 
junior standing. Study of commodi- 
ty and factor pricing, theory of pro- 
duction, cost theory, market struc- 



206 



tures under perfect and imperfect 
market, conditions. 3 credits. 

EC 34 1 Macroeconomic Analysis 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, 
and junior standing. An investiga- 
tion of the makeup of the national 
income and an analysis of the fac- 
tors that enter into its determina- 
tion. The roles of consumption, 
investment, government finance, 
and money influencing national 
income and output, employment, 
the price level and rate of growth, 
and policies for economic stabilit)' 
and growth. 3 credits. 

EC 342 International Economics 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and 
junior standing. The role, impor- 
tance, and currents of international 
commerce; the balance of interna- 
tional payments; foreign exchange 
and international finance; interna- 
tional trade theory; problems ot 
payments adjustment; trade restric- 
tions; economic development and 
foreign aid. 3 credits. 

EC 425 Decision Making 
Economics and Uncertainty 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, 
and QA 2 1 6. An examination of 
how risk and uncertainty shape 
decision-making. The course 
exposes students to modern analyt- 
ic tools, such as Monte Carlo simu- 
lation, that can be used to incorpo- 
rate risk in business strategy and 
public policy. 3 credits. 

EC 440 Economic Development 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and 
junior standing. Economic prob- 
lems of developing countries and 
the policies necessary to induce 
growth. Individual projects 
required. 3 credits. 



EC 450-459 Special Topics 

Prerequisites: EC 133, and EC 134. 
Coverage of new and emerging top- 
ics and appreciation in economics. 
3 credits. 

EC 598 Internship 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and 
junior standing. On-the-job learn- 
ing in selected organizations in 
areas related to the student's major. 
3 credits. 

EC 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, 
and junior standing. Independent 
research projects or other approved 
forms of independent study. 3 
credits. 



EDUCATION 

ED 350 Introduction to 
Education and Field Study 

Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- 
ing. This course introduces students 
to the field of education and 
includes a field component. Stu- 
dents focus on the Connecticut 
Teaching Competencies and are 
given a broad overview of school- 
related issues, including classroom 
management skills. 3 credits. 

ED 450-459 Special Topics 

Special topics of selected or current 
interest in the study of education. 
3 credits. 

ED 503 Human Growth and 
Development 

A smdy of the major aspects of 
human development from concep- 
tion through adolescence, presenting 
the important theories and research 
methods of the field and tracing the 
physical, cognitive, psychological. 



and social development of each 
chronological division. 3 credits. 

ED 504 Educational Psychology 

Content emphasizes the application 
of psychological principles and 
research results to the teaching- 
learning process. Includes learning 
principles, development, planning 
instruction, evaluating student per- 
formance, classroom management, 
and motivation. Cannot be used as 
a psychology elective. 3 credits. 

ED 508 Child Development 

A study of the physical, cognitive, 
and social development of children, 
with special emphasis on major 
theories and research methods. 
Cannot be used as a psychology 
elective. 3 credits. 

ED 509 Adolescent Development 

A study of the physical, cognitive, 
and social development of adoles- 
cents, with special emphasis on 
major theories and research meth- 
ods. Cannot be used as a psycholo- 
gy elective. 3 credits. 



ELECTRICAL 
ENGINEERING 

EE 155 Digital Systems I 

Fundamental concepts of digital 
systems. Binar\' numbers, Boolean 
algebra, combinational logic design 
using gates, map minimization 
techniques. Use of modular MSI 
components such as adders and 
multiplexers. Analysis and design of 
simple synchronous sequential cir- 
cuits, including flip-flops, shift reg- 
isters, and counters. Introduction to 
VHDL. 3 credits. 



Courses 207 



EE 201 Introduction to Electrical 
Circuits 

Corequisites: M 118, PH 205. 
Energy effects and ideal circuit ele- 
ments, independent and dependent 
sources; Ohm's Law and Kirchhoff "s 
Laws; resistive networks; node and 
mesh analysis; Thevenin and Nor- 
ton Theorems, maximum power 
transfer, analysis of first-order net- 
works; introduction ol sinusoidal 
steady state, phasors, impedance, 
and admittance. DC and transient 
analysis using SPICE. 3 credits. 

EE 202 Network Analysis 

Prerequisites: EE 201, M 118. 
Continuation of EE 201. Analysis 
and design of networks in sinu- 
soidal steady state. Use of phasors 
and phasor diagrams, voltage and 
current gain, resonance, watts, 
VARS, power factor. Average and 
RMS values. Maximum power 
transfer. Mutual inductance, ideal 
transformers, Fourier series, use ol 
SPICE in steady state analysis and 
design. 3 credits. 

EE 212 Principles of Electrical 
Engineering 

Prerequisite: EE 201. This course 
includes several laboratory exercises 
related to topics covered in EE 20 1 
as well as new topics. The course is 
equally divided between lectures 
and laboratory. Digital logic sys- 
tems. The binary number system, 
binary arithmetic, decimal to binary 
conversion, binary codes, hexadeci- 
mal codes. Boolean algebra, AND, 
OR, NAND, NOR and XOR 
gates. Combinational logic design. 
Multiplexer, rom, decoders, and 
read and write memory. Digital sys- 
tems. Sequential logic, latches and 
flip-flops, digital counters, registers. 



sequential logic design. This course 
is intended tor non-electrical engi- 
neering majors. 3 credits. 

EE 235 Analog Circuits 

Prerequisite: EAS 230 or EE 201. 
In-depth analysis techniques 
applied to resistive circuits includ- 
ing a review ot nodal and mesh 
analysis, Thevenin and Norton the- 
orems, linearity and superposition, 
maximum power transfer, applica- 
tions of operational amplifiers, 
PSPICE projects, first- and second- 
order networks, mutual inductance 
and transformers, steady state 
power analysis, effective and rms 
values, complex power, power fac- 
tor, three-phase circuits, power rela- 
tionships, power factor correction, 
sinusoidal frequency analysis, reso- 
nant circuits, simple filter networks, 
Laplace transform and its applica- 
tion to circuit analysis. 3 credits. 

EE 247 Electronics I 

Prerequisite: EE 201 or EAS 230. 
Signals and their frequency spec- 
trum, amplifiers, circuit models for 
amplifiers, frequency response. 
Operational amplifiers, ideal op- 
amps, inverting and noninverting 
configurations, op-amp circuits. 
Basic semiconductor concepts, drift 
currents, the p-n junctions, analysis 
of diode circuits, Zener diodes. BJT 
transistors, physical structure and 
modes of operation, biasing tech- 
niques, the BjT as an amplifier, 
biasing the BJT for discrete circuit 
design, analysis of the transistor as a 
switch. Field-effect transistors, 
structure and physical operation of 
MOSFETs, voltage-current charac- 
teristics of various FETs. FET cir- 
cuits at DC, the FET as an amplifi- 
er. 3 credits. 



EE 256 Digital Systems 
Laborator)' 

Prerequisite: EE 155. Covers digital 
systems test instruments. Experi- 
ments in combinational and intro- 
ductory sequential circuits. Software 
tools, simulators. Schematic capture 
and introduction to hardware 
description languages. Design of 
simple digital circuits. Written and 
oral laboratory reports. 2 credits. 

EE 257 Analog Circuits 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite: EE 201 or EAS 230. 
Laboratory exercises and projects in 
DC and AC circuits including 
Ohm's law, Kirchhoff's laws, mesh 
and nodal analysis, Thevenin and 
Norton theorems, capacitance and 
inductance measurements, transient 
behavior of RLC circuits, opera- 
tional amplifiers and applications. 
PSPICE and Lab View© are intro- 
duced; written and oral reports are 
required. Laboratory fee; 2 credits. 

EE 302 Systems Analysis 

Prerequisites: EE 201 or EAS 230 
and M 204. Continuous-time and 
discrete-time signal and system 
properties; linear difference equa- 
tions; the convolution integral and 
convolution sum; the Laplace trans- 
form; the Z transform; the Fourier 
transform of continuous-time sig- 
nals. 3 credits. 

EE 306 Electronic Materials and 
Devices 

Prerequisite: EE 247. Semi- 
conductor materials including dop- 
ing, conduction, diffusion, p-n 
junction effects. Hall effect and 
quantum theory. Diode current- 
voltage relation, diode capacitance 
and breakdown; FET and BJT 



208 



operation. Magnetic properties of 
matter. 3 credits. 

EE 320 Random Signal Analysis 

Prerequisite: EE 302. The elements 
of probability theory. Continuous 
and discrete random variables. 
Characteristic functions and central 
limit theorem. Stationary random 
processes, auto correlation, cross 
correlation. Power density spectrum 
of a stationary random process. Sys- 
tems analysis with random signals. 
3 credits. 

EE 341 Numerical Methods in 
Engineering 

Prerequisites: M 203 and a standard 
programming language. Topics 
include solutions of algebraic and 
transcendental equations by itera- 
tive methods; system of linear equa- 
tions (matrix inversion, etc.); inter- 
polation, numerical differentiation 
and integration; solution of ordi- 
nary differential equations. Scientif- 
ic and engineering applications. 3 
credits. (This course is cross-listed 
with M 338 Numerical Analysis.) 

EE 344 Electrical Machines 

Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 235. 
Magnetic fields and magnetic cir- 
cuits, forces and torques. Theory, 
characteristics, operation, testing, 
equivalent circuits, design concepts, 
and applications of direct current 
and alternating current machines 
including transformers, synchro- 
nous and induction machinery. 
Design of main dimensions of 
transformer cores, rotors and stators 
and armature windings. 3 credits. 

EE 348 Electronics II 

Prerequisite: EE 247. Review of 
FETs. Biasing the FET in discrete 
circuits, biasing configurations of 



single stage IC MOS amplifiers, 
FET analog switches. Differential 
and multistage amplifiers, the BJT 
differential pair, biasing in BJT 
integrated circuits, actively loaded 
differential pair, MOS differential 
amplifiers and multistage ampli- 
fiers. Frequency response of ampli- 
fiers, s domain analysis, poles and 
zeros. Bode plots. Miller effect, fre- 
quency response of differential 
amplifiers, study of various wide- 
band amplifiers. Output stages and 
power amplifiers. Class A, B, and 
AB stages, IC power amplifiers. 
Analog integrated circuits, complete 
analysis of 74 1 op-amp circuits, 
CMOS op-amps, D/A and A/D 
converter circuits. 3 credits. 

EE 349 Electronics Design 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: EE 257, EE 348 (may 
be taken concurrendy). Laboratory 
exercises and design projects intend- 
ed to give students practical experi- 
ence in analog electronics. Experi- 
ments include operational ampli- 
fiers, diodes, BJTs, FETs, single and 
multistage amplifier design as well 
as open-ended design projects. 
PSPICE and Lab View® are used; 
written and oral reports are 
required. 2 credits. 

EE 355 Control Systems 

Prerequisite: EE 302. The modeling 
of linear and nonlinear physical sys- 
tems with discrete and continuous 
state space equations. Solutions to 
the discrete and continuous linear 
state equation; state transition 
matrices; phase variable forms. 
Eigenvalues and eigenvectors; Jor- 
dan canonical form. Controllability 
and observability of discrete and 
continuous systems. Relationships 
among controllability, observability. 



and transfer functions. The stability 
of discrete and continuous linear 
systems, Liapunov, root locus, 
Nyquist, feedback; PID control; 
lead-lag control. 3 credits. 

EE 356 Digital Systems II 

Prerequisite: EE 155 or equivalent. 
Course focuses on sequential logic 
design. Both synchronous and asyn- 
chronous techniques are covered, 
with an emphasis on controller- 
based modular design. Design with 
a hardware description language. 
Advanced topics will be covered as 
time permits. Course includes labo- 
ratory. 3 credits. 

EE 371 Computer Engineering 

Prerequisites: CS 1 10, EE 155. 
Introduction to the organization of 
digital computers. Stored program 
concept, instruction processing, 
memory organization, instruction 
formats, addressing modes, instruc- 
tion sets, assembler and machine 
language programming. Input/out- 
put programming, direct memory 
access. Bus structures and control 
signals. Course includes laboratory. 
3 credits. 

EE 398 Internship 

Prerequisite: Junior standing. A 
partnership consisting of the stu- 
dent, faculty, and employers/organi- 
zations providing exposure to and 
participation in a working engineer- 
ing environment. An internship 
translates classroom knowledge to a 
professional work environment, and 
the student works and learns with 
practicing engineers while gaining 
professional experience. A mini- 
mum of 300 hours performing 
related engineering duties is 
required. No credit. 



Courses 209 



EE 410 Nenvorking I 

Prerequisite: Junior standing or 
consent of instructor. Reference 
models TCP/IP and OSI, transmis- 
sion media, data link layer issues, 
the medium access control sublay- 
er, networking devices and topolo- 
gies, LANs, WANs, lab experi- 
ments. 3 credits. 

EE 437 Industrial Power Systems 
Engineering 

Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 235. 
Study ot the components forming a 
power system, three-phase systems, 
transmission line modeling and 
design, per unit quantities, model- 
ing of power systems, one-line dia- 
grams, symmetrical components, 
sequence networks and asymmetri- 
cal fault calculations, matrices and 
matrix algebra. 3 credits. 

EE 438 Electric Power 
Transmission 

Prerequisite: EE 437. Power system 
modeling for fault analysis using 
sequence networks, bus impedance 
matrix formulation, rake equivalent 
method, faiJt analysis by computer 
methods, transmission line ABCD 
parameters and distributed parame- 
ter analysis, design and perform- 
ance using computers, load flow 
analysis, Gauss-Siedel method, 
Newton-Raphson method, eco- 
nomic load sharing, stability design 
and analysis using computers and 
FORTRAN programs. 3 credits. 

EE 439 Electric Power 
Distribution 

Prerequisites: EE 344, EE 437. 
Structure of electric power distribu- 
tion, distribution transformers, sub- 
transmission lines, substations, bus 
schemes, primary and secondary 
systems, radial and loop feeder 



designs, voltage drop and regula- 
tion, capacitors, power factor cor- 
rection and voltage regulation, pro- 
tection, buses, automatic reclosures 
and coordination. 3 credits. 

EE 445 Communications 
Systems 

Prerequisite: EE 320. The analysis 
and design of communications 
systems. Signal analysis, transmis- 
sion of signals, power density 
spectra, amplitude, frequency and 
pulse modulation; pulse code 
modulation; digital signal trans- 
mission. Performance of commu- 
nications systems and signal to 
noise ratio. 3 credits. 

EE 446 Digital Electronic 
Circuits 

Prerequisite: EE 247. Analysis and 
design of digital circuit classes 
(comparators and logical gates) by 
application of Ebers-Moll transistor 
model (saturation/active/cutoff 
regions). Comparators treated as 
overdriven difterential/operational 
amplifiers, including bistable 
Schmitt trigger. Gates treated for 
major technologies: resistor-transis- 
tor logic (RTL), transistor-transis- 
tor logic (TTL), and emitter-cou- 
pled logic (ECL). Related integrat- 
ed circuit analysis including inter- 
nal variables and I-O characteris- 
tics. 3 credits. 

EE 450 Analog Filter Design 

Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 235. 
Techniques in the analysis and 
design of analog filters. First order 
and second order. Design of Butter- 
worth, Chebyshev, Bessel-Thomson, 
and Cauer lowpass. Lowpass to 
band-pass, bandstop and highpass 
filter transformations, design, and 
sensitivity analysis. 3 credits. 



EE 452 Digital Filter Design 

Prerequisite: EE 302. Techniques 
in the analysis and design of digital 
filters. Digital filters terminology 
and frequency response. FIR filter 
design. IIR digital filter design 
including Butterworth, Cauer, and 
Chebyshev lowpass, highpa.ss, 
bandpass, and bandstop filters. 
The DFT and IDFT FFT algo- 
rithms. 3 credits. 

EE 455 Control System Design 

Prerequisite: EE 355, working 
knowledge of Matlab and 
Simulink, or consent of the 
instructor. This course introduces 
the student to techniques for the 
design and implementation of 
automatic control systems. Practical 
applications of the methods studied 
in this course include a space shut- 
tle, water tank, a space station, 
blood pressure control, airplane 
lateral dynamics, robot-controlled 
motorcycle, automobile velocity 
control, six-legged amber, hot ingot 
robot control, milling machine 
control, diesel electric locomotive, 
digital audiotape speed control, 
and fly-by-wire control. 3 credits. 

EE 456 Hardware Description 
Language 

Prerequisite: EE 356. General 
structure of VHSIC Hardware 
Description Language (VHDL) 
code; entities and architecture in 
VHDL; signals, variables, data 
types; concurrent signal assignment 
statements; if, case and loop state- 
ments; components; package; func- 
tions and procedures; slices; attrib- 
utes; generate statement; blocks; 
projects on design of combination- 
al and sequential circuits using 
VHDL. 3 credits. 



210 



EE 457 Design Preparation 

Prerequisites: EE 349 and :iie con- 
sent of the instructor. This course 
provides the student time and 
guidance in selecting a topic for the 
senior design course (EE 458), 
which follows this one. Suitable 
design projects may be suggested 
by the student or the faculty or via 
industrial contacts. Each student 
carries out a literature search in an 
area of interest, prepares a written 
proposal with a plan of action, 
obtains approval by the faculty 
project adviser, and makes an oral 
presentation of the project propos- 
al. 2 credits. 

EE 458 Senior Design Laboratory' 

Prerequisite; EE 457. A continua- 
tion of EE 457, this course provides 
the student with experience at a 
professional level with engineering 
projects that involve analysis, 
design, construction of prototypes, 
and evaluation of results. 
Design laboratory activities 
include the following: Communi- 
cations/Signal Process Laboratory. 
(Prerequisites: EE 445 or EE 450 
or EE 452, EE 457.) 
Control Systems Laboratory. 
(Pre-requisites: EE 355, EE 457.) 
Digital Design Laboratory. (Prereq- 
uisites: EE 356, EE 371, EE 457. 
Corequisite: EE 472 or EE 475.) 
Fiber Optics/Microwave Laborato- 
ry. (Prerequisite: EE 462 or EE 
480, EE 457.) 

Machines/Power Systems Laborato- 
ry. (Prerequisites: EE 344, EE 437, 
EE 457.) 

A final report is required both in 
writing and as an oral presentation. 
3 credits. 



EE 461 Electromagnetic Theory 

Prerequisites: M 203, PH 205. 
Basic electromagnetic theory 
including static fields of electric 
charges and magnetic fields of 
steady electric currents. Fundamen- 
tal field laws including Coulomb's 
Law, Gauss's Law, BiotSavart's Law, 
and Ampere's Law. Maxwell's equa- 
tions, scalar and vector potentials, 
Laplace's equation, and boundary 
conditions. Magnetization, polariza- 
tion. 3 credits. 

EE 462 Electromagnetic Waves 
Prerequisite: EE 461. Electro- 
magnetic wave propagation and 
reflection in various structures, 
including coaxial, two-wire, and 
waveguide systems. Transmission 
lines. Various modes of propagation 
in rectangular waveguides. The 
dipole antenna. Linear antenna 
arrays. 3 credits. 

EE 472 Computer Architecture 
Prerequisite: EE 356. Introduction 
to theory of computing, processor 
design, control unit design, micro- 
programming, memory organiza- 
tion, and survey of parallel proces- 
sors. 3 credits. 

EE 475 Embedded Systems, 
Interfaces, and Buses 

Prerequisite: EE 371. Microproces- 
sors and peripheral devices. Hard- 
ware and software aspects of inter- 
facing. Microprocessor-based sys- 
tem design. Introduction to 
advanced topics such as data com- 
munications, memory manage- 
ment, and multiprocessing. The 
course is structured around labora- 
tory exercises. 3 credits. 



EE 480 Fiber Optic 
Communications 

Prerequisite: EE 461. The funda- 
mentals of lightwave technology, 
optical fibers, LEDs and lasers, 
signal degradation in optical 
fibers. Photodetectors, power 
launching and coupling, connec- 
tors and splicing techniques. 
Transmission link analysis. This 
course includes selected laboratory 
experiments. 3 credits. 

EE 500 Special Topics in 
Electrical Engineering 
Prerequisite: instructor's consent. 
Special topics in the field of elec- 
trical engineering. 3 credits. 

EE 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent of faculty 
supervisor and approval of depart- 
ment chair. (Refer to academic reg- 
ulations for independent study.) 
Independent study provides the 
opportunity to explore an area of 
special interest under faculty super- 
vision. May be repeated. 3 credits. 



ENVIRONMENTAL 
SCIENCE 

EN 101 Introduction to 
Environmental Science 
Todays environmental problems 
have scientific, social, and political 
aspects. This course, which is 
required for majors and is suitable 
for non-majors, focuses on the sci- 
entific aspects but does not ignore 
the other two. The student is intro- 
duced to the geology, biology, 
physics, and chemistry behind the 
problems and to the social and 
political difficulties inherent in 
dealing with them. Through a com- 
bination of lectures, case histories, 



Courses 211 



in-class discussions, and observation 
ot the environmental decision-mak- 
ing process at work, the student 
gains an understanding ot the com- 
plex nature of environmental prob- 
lems and of the choices that must 
be made in solving them. May be 
taken concurrendy with EN 102 
Environmental Science Laboratory 
for laboratory science credit. Envi- 
ronmental Science majors and 
minors must take EN 102 concur- 
rently. 3 credits. 

EN 102 Environmental Science 
Laboratory 

Corequisite: EN 101. A laboratory 
to accompany EN 101 Introduc- 
tion to Environmental Science. 
Laboratory and field methods of 
identifying, characterizing, and 
dealing with environmental con- 
cepts and problems such as water 
quality, waste disposal, ecosystem 
structure and change, population 
growth, pesticides, and food pro- 
duction. Some field work required. 
Portions ot some laboratory sessions 
are devoted to discussion. 1 credit. 

EN 320 Introduction to 
Environmental Geology 

Prerequisites: EN 101 and intro- 
ductory chemistry or physics. An 
introduction to geology-related 
environmental problems and the 
applications ot geology to environ- 
mental problem-solving. Topics 
include an introduction to basic 
physical geology, natural hazards 
(causes and remediation), energy 
and mineral resources, waste dispos- 
al, and the applications of geology 
to land use planning. 3 credits. 

EN 500 Environmental 
Geoscience with Laboratory 

Prerequisite: M 1 1 5 or consent of 



instructor. Study ot geological sys- 
tems important in understanding 
the causes of and solutions to envi- 
ronmental problems. Includes basic 
geological principles, examination 
of natural hazards, their causes and 
mitigation, and mineral, energy, 
and water resources. Laboratories 
include practical exercises, data col- 
lection, problem solving, and case 
histories. Some weekend field trips 
may be required. 4 credits. 

EN 502 Environmental Effects of 
Pollutants 

Prerequisites: BI 320, EN 500. 
The demonstrated and suspected 
effects of air, water, and other pol- 
lutants on natural systems and on 
human welfare. Methods of study- 
ing effects. Some weekend field 
trips, or acceptable alternative, 
required. 3 credits. 

EN 521 Hydrology 
Prerequisite: any one of the fol- 
lowing: a college-level course in 
physics, geology, hydraulics, or 
limnology or consent of instruc- 
tor. Lectures cover basic hydrolog- 
ic theory including nature and 
chemical behavior of water, pre- 
cipitation and evapotranspiration, 
interception, surface water, ground 
water, water supply and treatment, 
and water law. Other topics may 
include irrigation, flood control 
karst hydrology, and water chem- 
istry. Required labs cover field 
measurement, sampling, and 
problem-solving techniques. Some 
weekend fieldwork required. 
Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 

EN 525 Geomorphology 

Prerequisite: EN 500/600 or a pre- 
vious college-level course in physical 
geology or geography or consent of 



instructor. Study of landforms and 
the processes that produce them, 
including the operation of erosional 
and depositional processes in a vari- 
ety of geologic settings (fluvial, 
coastal, glacial, periglacial, karst, 
and arid). Also covers relationship 
of landtorms and processes to the 
solution of environmental prob- 
lems. Lectures cover processes and 
laboratories focus on landform 
recognition and geomorphic 
process interpretation using maps 
and aerial photographs. Two 
required field trips (one 2-day and 
one 2 1/2-day) with shared trans- 
portation and costs. Laboratory fee; 
4 credits. 

EN 527 Soil Science 
Prerequisite: EN 500/600 or a pre- 
vious college-level course in physical 
geology/geography or consent of 
instructor. Properties, occurrence, 
and management of soil as a natural 
resource. Covers the chemistry, 
physics, morphology, and mineralo- 
gy of soils and their genesis and 
classification. Soil properties will be 
related to their role in environmen- 
tal problem-solving and decision- 
making. 3 credits. 

EN 533 Special Topics in Field 
Geology 

Prerequisites: EN 500/600 or a pre- 
vious college-level course in geolo- 
gy; other prerequisite(s) dependent 
on specific course topic. Selected 
field studies and trips of special 
interest. Credit varies depending on 
the length of the trip or investiga- 
tion. May be taken more than once. 
1^ credits. 



212 



EN 540 Introduction to 
Geographical Information 
Systems 

Survey of GIS technology, research, 
and applications in natural resource 
management, environmental assess- 
ment, urban planning, business, 
marketing and real estate, law 
enforcement, public administration, 
and emergency preparedness. 
Includes critical evaluation, case 
studies, and computer demonstra- 
tions. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

EN 541 Geographical 
Information System Techniques 
and Applications I 

Prerequisites: working knowledge of 
PC-based computing and consent 
of instructor/program coordinator. 
First of a two-course sequence on 
GIS technology and applications. 
Laboratory exercises using both 
raster- and vector-based GIS sys- 
tems. Hardware and software com- 
ponents of GIS; data acquisition, 
input, and manipulation; carto- 
graphic output; report generation. 
Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

EN 542 Geographical 
Information System Techniques 
and Applications II 

Prerequisite: EN 541 or consent 
of instructor. Second of a two- 
course sequence on GIS technolo- 
gy and applications. Laboratory 
exercises using both raster- and 
vector-based GIS systems. 
Advanced GIS techniques; spatial 
analysis and modeling for a variety 
of applications (e.g., environmen- 
tal science, business, planning); 
development of GIS systems. 
Laboratorv fee; 3 credits. 



EN 543 Application of GIS in 
Environmental Science 

Prerequisite: EN 642 or consent of 
instructor Application of advanced 
GIS techniques to environmental 
assessment and management con- 
structed around a real-world project 
from a government agenc)' or non- 
profit organization. Students collab- 
orate to design and implement the 
complete GIS application, includ- 
ing definition of project goals, spe- 
cial project needs, and steps neces- 
sary for successfiil completion. Lab- 
oratory fee; 3 credits. 

EN 590 Special Topics in 
Environmental Science 

Prerequisites depend on the specific 
course content. Essentially, the 
course is a study of selected field 
studies, projects, and/or occasional 
trips of special interest. 1-4 credits. 

EN 598 Internship 

Prerequisite: consent ot adviser. An 
opportunity for fieldwork experi- 
ence imder the supervision of a fac- 
ulty adviser. 3 credits. 

EN 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: environmental science 
major, consent of the department. 
Weekly conferences with adviser 
Three hours of work per week 
required per credit. Opportunity 
for the student, under the direction 
of a faculty member, to explore an 
area of personal interest. A written 
report of the work carried out is 
required. 1-3 credits per semester 
up to 6 credits. 



FRESHMAN 
EXPERIENCE 

FE 001 Freshman Experience 
Seminar 

This course is required during the 
first semester of study for first- 
time, full-time freshman day stu- 
dents. The goal of this team-taught 
seminar is to give students the tools 
to help them understand and suc- 
ceed in a competitive environment 
by addressing topics such as aca- 
demic standards, diversity, time 
and stress management, college life 
vs. high school, university relation- 
ships, responsible human sexuality, 
exploration ot self alcohol and 
substance abuse, and experiential 
learning. 1 credit. 



FINANCE 



PI 213 Business Finance 

Prerequisites: A 101, EC 133, QA 
216. An introduction to the princi- 
ples of financial management and 
the impact of financial markets and 
institutions on that managerial 
firnction. An analytic emphasis is 
placed on the tools and techniques 
of the investment, financing, and 
dividend decision. In addition, the 
institutional aspects ot financial 
markets, including a description of 
financial instruments, are devel- 
oped. 3 credits. 

FI 314 Principles of Real Estate 

Prerequisite: FI 213. An introduc- 
tion to the fundamentals of real 
estate practice and the essentials of 
real estate business. Emphasis is 
placed on brokerage, mortgage 
financing, investments, manage- 
ment, and valuation relative to 



Courses 213 



commercial and industrial real 
estate. 3 credits. 

FI 327 Risk and Insurance 

Prerequisite: FI 213. An examina- 
tion and evaluation of risk in busi- 
ness affairs and the appropriate 
methods tor handling it from the 
viewpoint of the business firm. 
Emphasis is placed on, and extend- 
ed consideration devoted to, the 
various forms of insurance coverage. 
3 credits. 

FI 330 Investment Analysis and 
Management 

Prerequisite: FI 213. An analysis ot 
the determinants of valuation for 
common stocks, preferred stocks, 
bonds, convertible bonds and pre- 
ferred stock, stock warrants, and 
puts and calls. Emphasis is placed 
on the analytic techniques of securi- 
ty analysis, portfolio analysis, and 
portfolio selection. 3 credits. 

FI 341 Financial Decision 
Making 

Prerequisite: FI 330. An examina- 
tion of the conceptual foundations 
underlying portfolio theory, capital 
market theory, and firm financial 
decision-making. Emphasis is 
placed on an integrated analysis of 
firm financial decision-making 
under varying conditions of cer- 
tainty and capital market perfec- 
tions. 3 credits. 

FI 345 Financial Institutions and 
Markets 

Prerequisite: FI 213 (may be taken 
concurrently). An examination of 
the relationship between the finan- 
cial system and the level, growth, 
and stability of economic activity. 
Emphasis is placed on the theor)', 
structure, and regulation of finan- 



cial markets and institutions, cou- 
pled with the role of capital market 
yields as the mechanism that allo- 
cates savings to economic invest- 
ment. 3 credits. 

FI 371 Structuring and Financing 
a New Business 
Prerequisite: FI 213. This course 
covers the financing requirements 
for a new business start-up. Stu- 
dents learn the process of evaluating 
a venture and structuring the deal 
for raising money to finance the 
business. 3 credits. 

FI 425 International Finance 

Prerequisite: FI 213. An introduc- 
tion to the theory and determina- 
tion of foreign exchange rates, 
mechanisms of adjustment to bal- 
ance-of-payments disturbance, fixed 
vs. flexible exchange rates. The 
international reserve supply mecha- 
nism and proposals lor reform of 
the international monetary system. 
3 credits. 

FI 429 Corporate Financial 
Management 

Prerequisite: FI 213. A comprehen- 
sive analysis of the structure of opti- 
mal decisions relative to the func- 
tional areas of corporate financial 
decision-making. Emphasis is 
placed on developing an under- 
standing of the applications and 
limitations of decision models for 
the investment, financing, and divi- 
dend decisions of the corporation. 
Topics include firm valuation, capi- 
tal budgeting, risk analysis, cost of 
capital, capital structure, and work- 
ing capital management. 3 credits. 

FI 450-459 Special Topics in 
Finance 

Prerequisites: FI 213, junior-level 



standing unless otherwise specified 
in course schedule description, and 
consent of instructor or finance 
coordinator. In-depth coverage of a 
selected topic in finance. 3 credits. 

FI 597 Practicum 

Prerequisite: FI 213. A course of 
study designed especially for the 
supervised practical application of 
previously studied theory in a 
group setting. Done under the 
supervision of a faculty sponsor and 
coordinated with a business organi- 
zation. 3 credits. 

FI 598 Internship 

Prerequisite: FI 213. On-the-job 
learning in selected organizations in 
areas related to the student's major. 
3 credits. 

FI 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: FI 213. The student 
undertakes independent research in 
finance under the supervision of an 
instructor. The topic and meetings 
are coordinated with the instructor. 
Research findings are presented in a 
formal paper. 3 credits. 



FORENSIC SCIENCE 

FOR 200 Professional Practices 
in Forensic Science 

This course is a series of lectures 
exposing the student to an 
overview of the scientific disciplines 
and a discussion of the basic ana- 
lytical laboratory and problem- 
solving skills necessary in forensic 
science. 1 credit. 

FOR 204 Forensic Photography 
with Laboratory 

Introduction to basic techniques, 
material, and other aspects of crime 



214 



scene photographs. Theor)' and 
practice of photographic image tor- 
mation and recordings. Laboratory 
exercises with emphasis on homi- 
cide, sex offenses, arson, and acci- 
dent photograph techniques. Labo- 
ratory fee; 3 credits. 

FOR 215 Introduction to 
Forensic Science 

No working knowledge of science is 
required. Topics include the recog- 
nition, identification, individualiza- 
tion, and evaluation of physical evi- 
dence such as hairs, fibers, chemi- 
cals, narcotics, blood, semen, glass, 
soil, fingerprints, documents, 
firearms, and tool marks. 3 credits. 

FOR 216 Introduction to 
Forensic Science for Majors 

A working knowledge of science is 
required. Topics include the recog- 
nition, identification, individualiza- 
tion, and evaluation of physical evi- 
dence such as hairs, fibers, chemi- 
cals, narcotics, blood, semen, glass, 
soil, fingerprints, documents, 
firearms, and tool marks. 3 credits. 

FOR 227 Fingerprints with 
Laborator)^ 

Prerequisite: FOR 215 or FOR 
216. The genetic and mathematical 
theory relating to fingerprints, 
chemical and physical methods 
used in developing latent finger- 
prints, and major systems of finger- 
print classification. Laboratory fee; 
3 credits. 

FOR 300 Forensic Microscopy 

The theor\' and techniques of opti- 
cal microscopy required to use the 
microscope for evidence detection, 
analysis, and evaluation. Microscop- 
ical methods of analysis and polar- 
ized light microscopy are covered in 



lecture and laboratory. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

FOR 303 Forensic Science 
Laboratory for Non-Majors 

Prerequisite: FOR 215. Specific 
examination of topics and laborato- 
ry testing procedures introduced in 
FOR 215. In the classroom, labora- 
tory procedures are outlined and 
discussed. Identification and indi- 
vidualization of evidence, casting of 
hairs and fibers for microscopic 
identification, electrophoretic sepa- 
ration of blood enzymes. Laborato- 
ry fee; 3 credits. 

FOR 403 Forensic Biology with 
Laboratory 

Corequisite: BI 306 and consent of 
the forensic science faculty. In- 
depth examination of blood group- 
ing procedures for red cells anti- 
gens, isoenzymes, and serum pro- 
teins; identification and typing of 
body fluids and their stains; collec- 
tion, processing, and handling of 
biological materials in casework. 
Laborator)' fee; 4 credits. 

FOR 404 Criminalistics with 
Laboratory' 

Prerequisite: consent of the forensic 
science faculty. In-depth examina- 
tion of several subjects in modern 
criminalisdcs, including hair and 
fiber analysis and comparison, arson 
accelerants and explosive residues, 
glass comparisons, and forensic 
chemistr}'. LaboratOPi' fee; 4 credits. 

FOR 415 Crime Scene 
Investigation 

Prerequisite: FOR 215 or FOR 
2 1 6. A study of the methods and 
techniques of scientific crime scene 
investigation, documentation and 
recognition of physical evidence, 



collection, and crime scene recon- 
struction. Laborator)' fee; 3 credits. 

FOR 416 Seminar in Forensic 
Science 

Prerequisite: FOR 215 or FOR 
216. An examination and evalua- 
tion of current issues in the scientif- 
ic analysis of physical evidence in 
criminal investigations. Individual 
and group activities relating to pro- 
fessional practices of forensic sci- 
ence and the criminal justice sys- 
tem. 3 credits. 

FOR 450-459 Special Topics 

A study of selected issues of particu- 
lar interest to the students and 
instructor. 3 credits. 

FOR 498 Research Project 

Prerequisite: consent of the depart- 
ment chair. The student carries out 
an original research project in a 
forensic science setting and reports 
the findings. 3 credits. 

FOR 502 Forensic Science 
Internship 

Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. 
Provides academically supervised, 
real-world experience for forensic 
science majors. The internship usu- 
ally constitutes the only practical 
experience in an actual casework lab 
that students have during the foren- 
sic science program, and it provides 
a valuable asset to the student in 
the job market. 3 credits. 

FOR 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: consent of department 
chair. An opportunit}' for the stu- 
dent, under the direction of a facul- 
ty member, to explore and acquire 
competence in a special area of 
interest. 1-3 credits. 



Courses 215 



FRENCH 



FR 101-102 Elementary French I 
and II 

Stresses pronunciation, aural and 
reading comprehension, basic con- 
versation, and the Rindamental 
principles of grammar. 3 credits 
each term. 

FR 201-202 Intermediate French 
I and II 

Prerequisites: FR 101-102 or 
equivalent. Stresses the reading 
comprehension of modern prose 
texts and a review of grammar nec- 
essary for this reading. Students are 
encouraged to do some reading in 
their own areas of interest. 3 credits 
each term. 

FR 450-i59 Special Topics 

Selected topics ot special or current 
interest in the study of French. 3 
credits. 



FIRE SCIENCE 

FS 102 Principles of Fire Science 
Technology 

Introduction to fire science. Review 
of the role, histor)', and philosophy 
of fire protection in the United 
States. Particular emphasis placed 
on identifying fire hazards and find- 
ing appropriate methods of protect- 
ing life and property from fire. 
Includes career orientation and dis- 
cussion of current and future prob- 
lems in fire protection. 3 credits. 

FS 106 Emergency Scene 
Operations 

The responsibilities and operating 
modes of officers commanding fire 
department units, including 



engine, ladder, and rescue compa- 
nies. A basic study of the Incident 
Command System and its applica- 
tion. Initial evaluation of the prob- 
lems confronting first responding 
units. Outline ol particular prob- 
lems encountered in various types 
ol occupancies, buildings, and sit- 
uations. Stress on safety of the 
operating forces as well as of the 
public. Standpipe and sprinkler 
system utilization. Overhauling 
operations. 3 credits. 

FS 20 1 Essentials of Fire 
Chemistry and Physics with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisite: CH 105/105 L or CH 
1 1 5/1 17 as required by a specific 
major. This course explains the the- 
ories and fundamentals of how and 
why fires start, spread and how they 
are controlled. The course includes 
an examination of the chemical 
requirements for combustion, the 
chemistry of fuels and explosive 
mixtures, the various methods of 
stopping combustion and an analy- 
sis of the properties affecting fire 
behavior. 4 credits. 

FS 203 Risk Management and 
Insurance for Fire Science 

Provides a working knowledge of 
the property and casualty insurance 
industry with an emphasis on prop- 
ert)' and liability coverages. The 
basic fire insurance policy is studied 
in depth. Methods of rating build- 
ings to promulgate a property 
insurance rate. Various methods of 
estimating the replacement cost and 
actual cash value of buildings are 
practiced. The concept of HPR 
(Highly Protected Risk) is studied. 
3 credits. 



FS 204 Fire Investigation I 

An analysis ot fire investigations 
from the viewpoint of the field 
investigator. An in-depth study of 
determining the cause and origin 
ol fires. Proper protection and 
collection of evidence is covered. 
3 credits. 

FS 205 Fire Protection 
Hydraulics and Water Supply 

Prerequisites: FS 102; Ml 27 or 
Ml 09. This course provides a foun- 
dation of theoretical knowledge in 
order to understand the principles 
lor the use of water in fire protec- 
tion and to apply hydraulic princi- 
ples to analyze and to solve water 
supply problems. 3 credits. 

FS 207 Fire Prevention 

This course provides the fundamen- 
tal information regarding the histo- 
ry and philosophy of fire preven- 
tion, organization and operation ol 
a fire prevention bureau, use of fire 
codes, identification and correction 
of fire hazards, and the relationships 
of fire prevention with built-in fire 
protection systems, fire investiga- 
tion, and fire and life-safety educa- 
tion. 3 credits. 

FS 208 Instructor Methodology 

A study ol the methods and tech- 
niques ot teaching fire safety and 
security to public safety and indus- 
trial employees. The use and devel- 
opment ot visual aids. Actual 
teaching demonstrations and prac- 
tice. 3 credits. 

FS 209 Occupational Safety and 
Health for the Fire Service 

This course introduces the basic 
concepts of occupational health and 
safety as it relates to emergency 



216 



service organizations. Topics include 
risk identification, evaluation and 
control procedures for emergency 
organizations and accident investi- 
gation procedures. Upon comple- 
tion of this course, students should 
be able to establish and manage a 
safety program in an emergency 
service organization. 3 credits. 

FS 301 Building Construction 
for Fire Protection 

Prerequisite: FS 102. An in-depth 
study of building construction with 
a particular emphasis on how each 
type of construction reacts to con- 
ditions present during a fire. Emer- 
gency responder safety is a key 
issue. Potential signs of collapse are 
studied in depth. The codes 
involved in building construction 
and fire/life safety. 3 credits. 

FS 302 Chemistry of Hazardous 
Materials 

Prerequisite: FS 20 1 . An in-depth 
study of the chemical and physical 
properties of a wide variety of haz- 
ardous materials to enable the stu- 
dent to establish safety measures in 
a hazardous chemical environment. 
Basic properties of hazardous mate- 
rials and appropriate handling 
methods. Explanation of chemical 
reactions, toxicity, oxidation, char- 
acteristics of explosives, plastics, 
resins, and fibers. 3 credits. 

FS 303 Process and 
Transportation Hazards 

Prerequisite: FS 201. A strong 
overview of the types and properties 
of hazardous materials as well as 
their modes and methods of trans- 
portation, storage, and use. Types 
and hazards of various containers. 
In-depth study of identification and 



control of emergencies involving 
hazardous materials. The various 
marking systems used to aid in 
identification. 3 credits. 

FS 304 Fire Protection Systems 
Prerequisite: FS 102. This course 
provides theoretical information 
and practical application in the fea- 
tures of design and operation of fire 
alarm systems, water-based fire sup- 
pression systems, and portable fire 
extinguishers. 3 credits. 

FS 307 Municipal Fire 
Administration 

Prerequisites: FS 102, FS 201, FS 
207. Delineates the fire safety prob- 
lem; explores accepted administra- 
tive methods for getting work done; 
covers financial considerations, per- 
sonnel management, fire insurance 
rates, water supply, buildings and 
equipment, distribution of forces, 
communications, legal considera- 
tions, fire prevention, fire investiga- 
tion, emergency medical services, 
and records and reports. Designed 
for individuals involved in provid- 
ing fire protection and EMS servic- 
es in the public or private sector as 
well as those in safety or insurance. 
3 credits. 

FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection I 

Prerequisite: FS 102 or consent of 
instructor. Examines fire hazards 
and potential fire causes in busi- 
ness and industry. Provides an 
exploration of management and 
organizational principles with 
emphasis on industrial fire protec- 
tion equipment, fire brigades, loss 
control programs, life safety, and 
OSHA regulations dealing with 
industry. 3 credits. 



FS 309 Industrial Fire Protection 
II 

Prerequisite: FS 102 or consent of 
instructor. Examination of indus- 
trial risk used in industry and 
process safety management. Fire 
hazard evaluation techniques are 
discussed utilizing quantitative and 
qualitative evaluation methods. 
Risk assessments are incorporated 
using event likelihood, system reli- 
ability, and human error. These are 
used to make cost-effective deci- 
sions regarding personnel safety, 
continuity of operations, and 
properry protection in industrial 
occupancies. 3 credits. 

FS 3 1 1 Fire Protection Fluids and 

Systems 

Prerequisites: FS 102, M 109, M 
127. Corequisite: FS 312. Applica- 
tion of the principles of hydraulics 
to the design phase of automatic 
fire suppression systems. Applica- 
tion of the current codes and stan- 
dards with respect to the selection, 
design, and installation of such sys- 
tems. The fundamentals of 
hydraulically calculated automatic 
fire suppression systems are the 
focus of the course. 3 credits. 

FS 312 Fire Protection Fluids and 
Systems Laboratory 

Corequisite: FS 31 1. This course 
supplements FS 31 1 Fire Protec- 
tion Fluids and Systems by provid- 
ing a more in-depth study of the 
hydraulic principles used in design- 
ing water-based fire suppression 
systems. The process of designing 
and reviewing hydraulic-designed 
automatic sprinkler systems, 
including the use of computer pro- 
grams for these purposes. Hands- 
on testing of fire protection water 
supplies. 1 credit. 



Courses 217 



FS 313 Fire Investigation II 

Prerequisite: FS 204. An advanced 
course geared toward personnel 
who have or may have statutory 
responsibility for fire investigation 
in the public sector and for private 
sector persons who conduct or may 
conduct investigations for insurance 
companies or litigation purposes. 
Proper techniques for investigation 
ol fires and explosions are studied 
in depth along with the appropriate 
standards. 3 credits. 

FS 314 Fire Investigation II 
Laboratory 

Corequisite: FS 313. Experiments 
and practical experience in fire 
investigation with an emphasis on 
proper investigative techniques. 
1 credit. 

FS 325 Fire and Life Safety 
Codes 

The study ot current fire and life 
safety codes as they relate to the 
prevention and control of structural 
fires. 3 credits. 

FS 404 Special Hazards Control 

Prerequisite: FS 102. Types of 
industrial processes requiring spe- 
cial fire protection treatment such 
as heating equipment, flammable 
liquids, gases, and dusts. Emphasis 
on fundamental theories involved, 
inspection methods, determination 
ot relative hazard, application of 
codes and standards, and econom- 
ics of installed protection systems. 
3 credits. 

FS 405 Emergency Incident 
Management 

Prerequisite: FS 106. A study of the 
effective organization and manage- 
ment of emergency resources at var- 
ious fire and large-scale emergency 



incidents. Includes a review of 
national standards and federal regu- 
lations impacting emergency inci- 
dent management. Case studies of 
actual and theoretical incidents are 
used to reinforce command and 
control concepts. 3 credits. 

FS 408 Fire Protection Law 

This course introduces the federal, 
state and local laws that regulate 
fire services; national standards 
influencing fire services; standard 
of care; tort and liability. Includes 
a review of relevant court cases. 
3 credits. 

FS 409 Arson for Profit 

Prerequisite: FS 313/314. An 
overview of the financial tech- 
niques needed to investigate 
arson-for-profit fires with empha- 
sis on sources ot intormation, 
identification, and analysis of 
financial documents. 3 credits. 

FS 425 Fire Protection Plan 
Review 

Prerequisites: FS 301, FS 304/305, 
FS 311/312. The technical and 
hands-on practical experience nec- 
essary to complete a review ot 
plans, specifications, and shop 
drawings for fire/life safety systems. 
Systems and topics include con- 
struction; fire resistance rated 
assemblies; means of egress; occu- 
pancy classification; emergency sys- 
tems; fire detection, alarm, and 
commimication systems; automatic 
and manual extinguishing systems; 
and HVAC systems. 3 credits. 

FS 450 Fire Protection Heat 
Transfer 

Prerequisite: ME 301. The essen- 
tials of fire spread and fire behavior: 
the combustion process, heat trans- 



ter, limits of flammability, flames 
and fire plumes, burning of fuels, 
flaming combustion, spread ot 
flame, flash-over, and production 
and movement of smoke. 3 credits. 

FS 460 Fire Hazards Analysis 

Prerequisites: FS 301, FS 304/305, 
FS 311/312. The application of sys- 
tems analysis, probability, engineer- 
ing economy, and risk management 
techniques to the fire problem. The 
basic principles of fire growth and 
spread in a building. Time lines are 
established from the time of igni- 
tion to that of extinguishment. Var- 
ious methods of modifying the time 
line. 3 credits. 

FS 497 Research Project 

Designed to allow fire science 
majors to research a topic of spe- 
cial interest to the individual stu- 
dent. Development of a student 
project and a written report in a 
specific area of fire science, with 
faculty supervision. 3 credits. 

FS 498 Research Project I 

Designed to allow fire science 
majors to research a topic of special 
interest to the individual student. 
Development of a student project 
and a written report in a specific 
area of fire science, with faculty 
supervision. 1 credit. 

FS 499 Research Project II 

Designed to allow fire science 
majors to research a topic of special 
interest to the individual student. 
Development of a student project 
and a written report in a specific 
area of fire science, with faculty 
supervision. 2 credits. 

FS 500 Special Topics 

Selected topics in fire science on a 



218 



variety of current problems and spe- 
cialized areas not available in the 
regular curriculum. 3 credits. 

FS 501 Internship 
Prerequisite: consent of the direc- 
tor of the fire science program. 
The purpose of the fire science 
internship is to provide the student 
with real-life work experience. The 
student is placed with an agency 
(the sponsor), which agrees to pro- 
vide a meaningful work experience 
for the intern. The intern is 
required to spend a minimum of 
128 hours with the sponsor and 
prepare a paper outlining the expe- 
rience. 3 credits. 

FS 502 Emergency Medical 
Technician 

This course prepares the basic 
emergency medical technician in 
accordance with the U.S. Dept. of 
Transportation curriculum and 
Connecticut EMS guidelines. The 
course provides a survey of emer- 
gency medical services including 
medical and legal/ethical aspects, 
role of the EMT, CPR at the 
American Heart Association Basic 
Rescuer Level, patient assessment, 
care of wounds and fractures, air- 
way maintenance, medical and 
environmental emergencies, patient 
transportation, emergency child- 
birth, and basic extrication. Stu- 
dents can expect to spend some 
time in practical experiences. Labo- 
ratory fee; 6 credits. 

FS 510 Senior Seminar 

This course integrates current and 
developing knowledge of the behav- 
ior of fire with the problems pre- 
sented by today's building construc- 
tion, building materials, and build- 
ing codes. This course uses a semi- 



nar format with fiiU student partici- 
pation. 3 credits. 

FS 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: consent of the chair of 
the fire science program. This self- 
study opportunity allows the fire 
science major to complete a fire sci- 
ence course that is not being offered 
or that the student is otherwise 
unable to complete in the tradition- 
al manner. The student must have 
sufficient background in the subject 
to complete the material in a satis- 
factory manner. 3 credits. 



GLOBAL STUDIES 

GLS 100 Introduction to Global 
Studies 

As the foundation course of the 
global studies program, this course 
provides a comprehensive survey of 
the multiple factors and forces 
shaping the world's political culture, 
actors, and responses to threats to 
civilization: war, poverty, injustice, 
polludon, hunger, disease, and dis- 
order. The course explores values, 
institutions, and processes among 
cultures, governments, interests, 
and policy outcomes. 3 credits. 

GLS 450-459 Special Topics in 
Global Studies 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest in global studies. 3 credits. 

GLS 490 Global Studies 
Internship 

This course provides a capstone 
experience for majors in the global 
studies B.A. program. Interns are 
placed in non-governmental 
organizations with a global focus, 
federal or state agencies, and 
multinational corporations. At 



least 150 hours of substantive 
involvement with the internship 
site are required. 3 credits. 



GERMAN 

GR 101-102 Elementary 
German I and II 

Stresses pronunciation, aural and 
reading comprehension, basic con- 
versation, and the fundamental 
principles of grammar. 3 credits 
each term. 

GR 201-202 Intermediate 
German I and II 

Prerequisites: GR 101-102 or the 
equivalent. Stresses reading compre- 
hension of modern prose texts and 
a review of grammar necessary for 
these readings. Students are encour- 
aged to read in their own areas of 
interest. 3 credits each term. 

GR 450-459 Special Topics 
Selected topics of special or current 
interest in the study of German. 3 
credits. 



HISTORY 



HS 101 Foundations of the 
'Western 'World 

Traces the course of western civiliza- 
tion from its earliest beginnings in 
the ancient Middle East to the 
eighteenth century. Includes major 
cultural trends, interactions 
between society and economy, and 
analysis of the rise and fall of 
empires. 3 credits. 

HS 102 The 'Western "World in 
Modern Times 

Europe and its global impact from 
the eighteenth century to the pres- 



Courses 219 



ent. Includes revolutionary move- 
ments, the evolution of mass 
democracy, and the world wars of 
the twentieth centiuy. 3 credits. 

HS 108 History of Science 

The development of science and 
technology from antiquity to the 
present, and their impact on society 
and the world. 3 credits. 

HS 110 American History Since 
1607 

A one-semester survey covering 
major topics such as colonial lega- 
cies, the American Revolution, 
nation-state building, sectional ten- 
sions, urbanization, industrializa- 
tion, the rise to world power stand- 
ing, social and cultural develop- 
ments, and the post- World War II 
era. Not open to those who have 
had HS 21 1 or HS 212. 3 credits. 

HS 120 History of Blacks in the 
United States 

The history and backgroimd of 
black people in the United States: 
social, political, and cultural devel- 
opment. 3 credits. 

HS 200 History Methods 

This seminar acquaints students 
with the basic procedures, materials 
and research tools used by histori- 
ans. The course also reviews a vari- 
ety of approaches used to interpret 
history. Topics include the history 
of the discipline, how to identify 
and interpret primary and second- 
ary sources, how to identify the the- 
sis and methodology of secondary 
sources, how to develop a thesis and 
compose a research project, how to 
conduct historical research, and 
how to oudine and draft an original 
historical research paper. 3 credits. 



HS 207 World History Since 
1945 

Survey ol major events and trends 
since World War II. Advanced 
industrial societies are emphasized. 
Includes decolonization. East- West 
conflicts, and patterns of economic 
cooperation and competition. 3 
credits. 

HS 21 1 United States to 1865 
Survey of American social, econom- 
ic, political, and diplomatic devel- 
opments from colonial times to 
1865. Not open to those who have 
hadHS 110. 3 credits. 

HS 212 United States Since 1865 

Survey of American history from 
1 865 to the present: institutional 
and industrial expansion, periods of 
reform and adjustment, the U.S. as 
a world power. Not open to those 
who have had HS 110.3 credits. 

HS 260 Modern Asia 

The ideological, cultural, and tra- 
ditional political, economic, and 
diplomatic history of east, south, 
and southeast Asia from the six- 
teenth century to the present. 3 
credits. 

HS 262 Modern Chinese History 

A study of China from 1800, 
including the impact of the West 
and Japan; transformation from 
monarchy to civil war to the Peo- 
ple's Republic of China to the pres- 
ent time; the Republic of China on 
Taiwan; the incorporation of Hong 
Kong into the PRC. 3 credits. 

HS 264 Modern Japanese 
History 

An analysis of the diverse political, 
economic, social, military, and cul- 
tural factors that influenced the 



emergence of Japan as a modern 
nation in the nineteenth and twen- 
tieth centuries; its post- World War 
II growth into an economic giant; 
and its current evolution. 3 credits. 

HS 270 Europe from Renaissance 
Through Enlightenment 

Europe from 1 300 to 1 800; from 
feudal states to nation states. Devel- 
opment of cultural, political, social, 
and economic life; religious unity 
and religious diversity. 3 credits. 

HS 306 Modern Technology and 
Western Culture 

The development of the modern 
technological world and its relation- 
ship to social, economic, and cul- 
tural changes from the Industrial 
Revolution to the present. 3 credits. 

HS 312 United States in the 
Twentieth Century 

The interaction of political, eco- 
nomic, social, and intellectual 
events and their impact on twenti- 
eth centur)' America. 3 credits. 

HS 345 Europe in the 
Nineteenth Century 
European history from the 
Napoleonic period to World War I; 
its internal development and world 
impact. 3 credits. 

HS 350 Latin American History 

Analyzes the history of colonial 
Latin America from ancient Ameri- 
ca and pre-contact fifteenth-century 
Europe to the nineteenth century 
independence revolutions and the 
modern struggles with political 
instability and economic depend- 
ence. The focus is on how the mix- 
ture of European and New World 
inputs gave rise to unique Latin 
American cultures. 3 credits. 



220 



HS 351 Russia and the Soviet 
Union 

The development of czarist Russia 
from 1 200 to the Revolution of 
1917; the former USSR from 1917 
to the present. 3 ctedits. 

HS 353 Modern Britain 

The development oi British history 
from the Restoration of 1 660 to the 
present. Includes Britain's role in 
international affairs. Special empha- 
sis on social and economic topics. 3 
credits. 

HS 355 Modern Germany 
German civilization from the seven- 
teenth century to the present; its 
impact on Europe and the world. 3 
credits. 

HS 381-389 Selected Studies in 
History 

Special topics in history dealing 
with the modern world. An in- 
depth study of vital historical issues. 
3 credits. 

HS 446 Europe in the Twentieth 
Century 

Recent and contemporary Euro- 
pean history beginning with World 
War I. Institutional development 
and its changing role in politics. 3 
credits. 

HS 491 Senior Seminar 

The undertaking of an independ- 
ent study and research project. 
Required of history majors in their 
senior year. 3 credits. 

HS 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent of faculty 
member and department chair. 
Opportunit}' for the student, imder 
the direction of a facult)' member, 
to explore an area of interest. This 



course must be initiated by the stu- 
dent. 1-3 credits per semester up to 
6 credits. 



HOTEL AND 

TOURISM 

MANAGEMENT 

HTM 165 Introduction to 
Hospitality and Tourism 

Major elements of totirism are 
examined, including customer trav- 
el panerns, transportation systems, 
major tourism suppliers, and distri- 
bution systems. The role of the hos- 
pitality industry is explored in rela- 
tionship to domestic and foreign 
tourism. 3 credits. 

HTM 166 Touristic Geography I 
— The Western Hemisphere 

A study of travel patterns and desti- 
nations in the Western Hemisphere. 
Included are the major highlights of 
North America, Central America, 
the Caribbean, South America, and 
the Antarctic. 3 credits. 

HTM 167 Touristic Geography 
II — The Eastern Hemisphere 

In this second course in toiuistic 
geography, the emphasis is on major 
destinations in the Eastern Hemi- 
sphere — the Middle East, South 
and East Asia, South Pacific, Pacific 
Islands, and Africa. The smdy gives 
the smdent a well-grounded knowl- 
edge of these areas. 3 credits. 

HTM 202 Hospitality 
Purchasing 

Introduction to the purchasing, 
receiving, and issuing of foods and 
food items. The identification of 
guides, preparation of specifica- 
tions, and cost control procedures 
are stressed. 3 credits. 



HTM 210 Applied Techniques in 
the Culinary Arts 

This course teaches the basic classi- 
cal cooking techniques, including 
the basic principles of baking, uti- 
lizing a hands-on format. The stu- 
dent applies the theories and princi- 
ples acquired in the prerequisite 
course in the context of a profes- 
sional kitchen environment. The 
class emphasizes concepts of effi- 
ciency, organization, cleanliness, 
and time management. 3 credits. 

HTM 220 Pastry Making 
Techniques 

This hands-on course presents the 
basic principles of pastry making in 
the context of a professional envi- 
ronment. From basic custards to 
complex doughs and batters, stu- 
dents learn techniques as they create 
assoned desserts and plated pastries. 
Cake decoration is part of the focus 
of the course. 3 credits. 

HTM 225 Restaurant 
Management 

Prerequisite: HTM 165. A survey 
of restaurant operations and the 
successfiil management of food 
service operations. Topics include 
the manager's role in restaurant 
operations, the role of managerial 
leadership, staff selection and devel- 
opment, effective approaches to 
successful client relations, and 
approaches to maintaining a quality 
balance between food, service, and 
facilities. 3 credits. 

HTM 226 Front Office 
Procedures 

Students acquire an understanding 
of the principles regarding proce- 
dures and intradepartmental inter- 
actions — which include sales and 
marketing, housekeeping, mainte- 



Courses 221 



nance (engineering), accounting, 
and the food and beverage seg- 
ments — while maintaining high 
standards of guest service. Examina- 
tion ot how various hospitality 
computer hardware and software 
applications assist with the above 
responsibilities. 3 credits. 

HTM 227 Service Management 
Introduction to various manage- 
ment aspects of guest services, lodg- 
ing, and assisted-care operations as 
applied to the hospitality industry. 
Staffing, budget preparation, mate- 
rials planning, directing and con- 
trolling ongoing operations are sig- 
nificant sections of this course. 3 
credits. 

HTM 235 Dining Room 
Management 

This course provides the knowledge 
to fully understand dining room 
management as essential to the suc- 
cess of commercial food operations. 
Students will practice various serv- 
ice techniques that include Ameri- 
can, French, and Russian service 
standards. They also have the 
opportunity to demonstrate dining 
room organization, hospitality 
human resource and marketing 
techniques, and dining thematic 
decoration sldlls. 3 credits. 

HTM 250 Lodging Operations 

Analysis and evaluation of lodging 
operations including assisted-care 
facilities, to include rooms, divi- 
sions, food and beverages, sales and 
marketing, engineering/mainte- 
nance, human resources, account- 
ing, and other major functional 
areas. 3 credits. 



HTM 260 Club, Resort, and 
Casino/Gaming Operations 
Management 

Typical organizational structures, 
management techniques, and spe- 
cial aspects of operations for pri- 
vate clubs, resorts, and casino/ 
gaming. 3 credits. 

HTM 280 Legal Aspects of 
Hospitality, Tourism, and Private 
Clubs 

An overview of specific issues and 
liabilities that the professional 
manager faces. Classic and current 
case studies and issues are present- 
ed including laws that affect per- 
sonal and financial advancement. 
3 credits. 

HTM 300 Principles of Baking 

Prerequisite: HTM 210. The basic 
principles of baking presented with- 
in the context of a professional and 
profit-generating commercial 
kitchen environment. Students 
demonstrate these principles 
through hands-on assignments in a 
professional kitchen lab. 3 credits. 

HTM 304 Volume Food 
Production and Service 

This course teaches the basic princi- 
ples of volume food production and 
service, which are so critical to the 
commercial food industry. Students 
prepare meals that are consumed 
and analyzed by the public, and 
apply the theories and principles 
acquired in the prerequisite course 
in the context of a professional 
kitchen environment. The class 
emphasizes concepts of efficiency, 
organization, cleanliness, and time 
management. 3 credits. 



HTM 305 Wine Appreciation 

Considers the major wines and 
wine regions of the world, with 
emphasis on American, French, and 
German wines. Wine tasting is an 
integral part of the course. Students 
must be 2 1 years of age. 3 credits. 

HTM 307 Cultural 
Understanding of Food and 
Cuisine 

The importance of food and cuisine 
within the context of society. This 
course explores the impact of food 
on the evolution of mankind and 
addresses issues relating to the 
importance of food in the political 
and economic structure of the 
world. Questions regarding food 
supplies and sources as well as ethi- 
cal questions facing mankind in the 
near fiiture are examined. Also 
explored are the influences and per- 
ceptions of food in different cul- 
tures and how those perceptions 
affect intercultural understanding. 
3 credits. 

HTM 315 Beverage Management 

The beverage area is perceived as a 
profit center for hotels and restau- 
rants. Themes, decor, and ambiance 
that enhance the hospitality experi- 
ence are explored. All management 
functions are examined; planning, 
staffing, accounting, marketing, and 
menu development are emphasized. 
Other pertinent topics are dis- 
cussed, including liability and 
licensing issues. 3 credits. 

HTM 316 Hospitality Finance 
and Revenue Management 

Prerequisites: senior standing and 
consent of department chair. This 
course takes the experienced hospi- 
tality student through the certifica- 
tion process for designation as a 



222 



Certified Hospitalic)' Account Exec- 
utive (CHAE), and includes the 
certification exam as a portion of 
the course and final grading 
process. Additionally, Hospitality 
Financial and Technology Profes- 
sionals (HFTP) membership is 
included. Topics include investment 
trends and analysis, lease and pur- 
chase considerations, working capi- 
tal finance, audit and financial 
management, and the CHAE exam 
preparation. Students are responsi- 
ble for the cost and tees required for 
the CHAE examination and HFTP 
membership. 3 credits. 

HTM 325 Destination 
Marketing and Sales 
An in-depth study ot marketing 
theory and techniques crucial to 
success in hospitality and tourism 
businesses and an examination of 
the sales process, the destination life 
cycle, DMOs, and market segmen- 
tation strategies. Students develop a 
strategic tourism plan for a hospi- 
tality and tourism organization that 
has a focus on sales. 3 credits. 

HTM 335 Convention and 
Meeting Planning 

As corporate meetings and conven- 
tions continue to increase in the 
worldwide tourism market, one of 
the newer and more important 
career paths is that of the profes- 
sional meeting planner. Included in 
the sphere of responsibilit)' are 
meeting/organization agenda, site 
selection, meal planning, trans- 
portation, schedule of events, 
break-out sessions, leisure activities, 
finances, and evaluation. 3 credits. 

HTM 340 Tourism Planning and 
Policy 

A comprehensive review of the 



tourism planning and policy 
process used to develop or modify 
major tourism destinations. Aspects 
of the process include goals and 
objectives; the use of environmen- 
tal, economic, marketing, topo- 
graphical, and political studies; and 
procedures for monitoring and 
control to assure proper planning 
and policy implementation. Focus 
on considering both tourism bene- 
fits and costs in assessing net 
impacts. 3 credits. 

HTM 345 Catering and Events 
Management 

A review of concepts germane to 
catering and event management 
within the context of the hospitality 
industry. Topics include themed 
events, outside services, audio-visual 
and other special effects, on-and 
off-premise catering and function 
sales, staffing, computer applica- 
tions in banquet management, and 
general event planning. 3 credits. 

HTM 360 Corporate Travel 
Planning 

As airlines and hotels funnel most 
of their energ)', services, and ameni- 
ties toward the corporate traveler, 
bidding for a corporate account 
(RFP) and servicing it successfiilly 
are exacting arts. Every aspect of the 
industr)' is covered, including 
automation, cost-cutting strategies, 
and professionalism. 3 credits. 

HTM 370 Gaming and Casino 
Management 

This course provides an introduc- 
tion to the casino industry and 
examines its phenomenal growth 
and relationship to tourism and 
community development. Focus is 
on the concepts and definitions 
essential for understanding the 



industry and on links of its history 
to current gaming practices. Partic- 
ular attention is paid to noted casi- 
nos in Monte Carlo, Las Vegas, and 
Atlantic City as well as Connecti- 
cut's Foxwoods and Mohegan Sun. 
3 credits. 

HTM 380 Resort Operations 

A comprehensive review of resort 
operations. Content covered 
includes the history and develop- 
ment of resorts, guest services, and 
resort recreation functions. Students 
are expected to create innovative 
resort facilities and programs. Field 
trips to local resort properties may 
be required. 3 credits. 

HTM 410 International Tourism 

Institutions that run the interna- 
tional tourism industry are 
reviewed. The relationship between 
these institutions and various 
nations is discussed. Participants 
become familiar with the policy 
implications of operating in a 
multinational political, social, and 
economic environment. 3 credits. 

HTM 430 Special-Interest 
Tourism 

Investigates the extraordinary and 
ever-increasing field of special- 
interest tourism. Provides an 
oven'iew of the niche that each 
aspect of special-interest tourism 
contributes to the development of 
the tourism industry. Adventurous 
travel from dog sledding in Green- 
land to dugout canoes in the trop- 
ics, from ballooning in the French 
chateaux country and Masai Mara 
to heli-hiking and sightseeing in 
the Rockies. Included also is travel 
for the disabled and the adventur- 
er. 3 credits. 



Courses 223 



HTM 440 International Food, 
Buffet and Catering 

Prerequisites: HTM 210, HTM 
345. Students gain hands-on 
knowledge of planning, organizing, 
preparing, and serving international 
food in the context of buftet-cater- 
ing service. Several public events 
featuring an international theme 
and food served in a buffet setting 
are planned, created, and prepared 
by student management teams 
under the supervision of a chef 
instructor. Gastronomy concepts 
are studied as they relate to the 
international culture. 3 credits. 

HTM 445 Advanced Cuisine 
Management and Technique 

This is the capstone course in food 
production and service. Students 
are provided an opportunity to 
practice advanced culinary tech- 
niques within various international 
and domestic cuisine themes. Stu- 
dents are divided into manage- 
ment teams and develop a meal 
manual that includes team mission 
statements, pre- and post-meal cost 
analysis, personnel deployment, 
interaction with the dining room 
management teams, standardized 
recipe creations, and performance 
appraisal criteria. Student-man- 
agers prepare a dining experience 
that is offered to paying clientele. 
3 credits. 

HTM 450-459 Special Topics 

Includes studies of a variety of 
current topics and specialized areas 
in the field that are not available 
as part of the regular curriculum. 
3 credits. 

HTM 470 Tour Design, 
Marketing, and Management 

This course studies the design. 



operation, and management of the 
escorted tour. Instruction covers the 
entire process for the tour operator 
from initial contact to finished 
product. During the semester, each 
student plans a tour from begin- 
ning to end, designs and writes the 
brochure, prices the arrangements, 
and shows how to successfully oper- 
ate the finished product. 3 credits. 

HTM 597 Practicum 

Prerequisite: junior standing. A 
course of study for the supervised 
practical application of previously 
studied theory in a group setting. 
Completed under the supervision 
of a faculty sponsor and coordi- 
nated with a business organiza- 
tion. 3 credits. 

HTM 598 Internship 

Prerequisites: completion of 600 
hours of practicum and consent of 
instructor. Interns are required to 
complete 400 hours of internship 
experience in conjunction with the 
designated internship coordinator. 
The internship experience empha- 
sizes supervisory responsibilities 
whenever possible. This experience 
is formulated by the faculty, the 
designated coordinator, the student, 
and an industry professional, — a 
cooperative effort that helps to 
ensure the student's success. The 
internship is augmented by written 
and oral reports, industry perform- 
ance evaluations, and faculty over- 
sight. 3 credits. 

HTM 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: consent of department 
chair. Independent research projects 
or other approved phases of inde- 
pendent study. 3 credits. 



HUMANITIES 

HU 300 The Nature of Science 
Prerequisites: E 1 10, HS 102, a lab- 
oratory science course, and a social 
science course. Investigates science 
as a human activity, as a social insti- 
tution, and as an instrument for 
acquiring and using knowledge. 
The nature of scientific knowledge, 
the organization of scientific activi- 
ty, and the interaction of science 
with technology and culture. A 
course about science and the 
process of generating new knowl- 
edge. 3 credits. 

HU 450-459 Special Topics 

Special topics of selected or current 
interest in the study of humanities. 
3 credits. 



INTERNATIONAL 
BUSINESS 

IB 421 Operation of the 
Multinational Corporation 

Prerequisites: EC 200, FI 213, 
MG 210. Specific problems 
encountered by multinational 
firms. Topics include investment 
decisions, environmental scanning, 
planning and control, and the 
social responsibilities of firms in 
host nations. 3 credits. 

IB 422 International Business 
Negotiations 

Prerequisites: EC 200, MG 210. 
An analysis of the various stages 
involved in the international busi- 
ness negotiating process, beginning 
with planning and ending with 
post-contract adjustments. A survey 
and evaluation of the various pri- 
mary and secondary sources that 



224 



negotiators can tap for information 
in the negotiating process. 3 credits. 

IB 450^59 Special Topics 

Prerequisites: EC 200, junior stand- 
ing unless otherwise specified in 
course schedule description. Select- 
ed topics of special or current inter- 
est in the study of international 
business. 3 credits. 

IB 549 Global Business Strateg)' 
Prerequisite: MK 413. This is a 
capstone course in international 
business. Through case analysis, it 
covers identification and relation 
of the elements involved in the 
dynamics of a company and its 
international environment. 3 
credits. 

IB 598 Internship 

Prerequisite: EC 200. Super\'ised 
field experience for qualified stu- 
dents in areas related to their major. 
3 credits. 

IB 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite; EC 200. A planned 
program of individual study under 
the supervision of a member ot the 
faculty. 3 credits. 



INTERIOR DESIGN 

ID 100 Portfolio Design 

Prerequisite: AT 21 1 or consent of 
the instructor. This is a foundation 
course in the branding design of a 
professional portfolio and related 
documents for internships, job 
interviews, and career develop- 
ment. Branding, logo design, busi- 
ness cards, letterhead, and related 
stationery will be designed, cri- 
tiqued, and implemented for use 



in art and design projects through- 
out the program. 1 credit. Labora- 
tory fee; 3 credits. 

ID 109 Architectural Drawing I 

An introduction to drafting with an 
emphasis on the use ot mechanical 
drawing tools to accomplish begin- 
ning architectural drawings. Skills 
are developed in lettering, dimen- 
sioning, drawing, tiding, symbols, 
symbol cross-referencing, line 
weights, drawing formatting, devel- 
oping notes and specifications, con- 
cept sketching, and reading blue- 
prints and construction documents. 
The principles of orthographic and 
paraline drawing are explored and 
drawings are produced. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

ID 110 Architectural Drawing II 

Prerequisite: ID 109. A continua- 
tion of ID 109 with a focus on 
one-point perspective for interior 
and exterior spaces, fiirniture and 
related objects utilizing a variety of 
scales and the three-dimensional 
One-Point Perspective Grid system 
of drawing. Drawings include 
sketch concepts, orthographic eval- 
uations and representations with 
multiple one-point perspective 
views, and sectional perspectives. 
Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

ID 200 Portfolio Production I 

Prerequisite: ID 100. This is a stu- 
dio course in the application of 
portfolio design branding elements 
to the production of portfolio 
pages from art and design projects. 
Professional standards and a clear 
brand identity are applied to the 
portfolio for career development 
and advancement. Laboratory fee; 
1 credit. 



ID 21 1 Interior Design I 

Prerequisites: ID 1 10, AT 212, and 
AT 213. In this introductory studio 
course students explore the ele- 
ments and principles of design as 
they relate to interior environments. 
The relationship between the built 
environment and human factors is 
discussed as it relates to circulation 
and furniture layouts. In addition, 
the history and criteria that estab- 
lish interior design as a profession 
are explored in detail. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

ID 212 Interior Design II 

Prerequisite: ID 21 1. A continua- 
tion of ID 21 1 with a focus on pro- 
gnunming and design using two- 
dimensional methods of problem- 
solving and presentation. Residen- 
tial and commercial spaces are 
explored using study models and 
finished models, sample boards, 
and rendered perspectives for pre- 
sentations. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

ID 213 Architectural Drawing III 

Prerequisite: ID 1 10. An advanced 
course in two-point and multi- 
point perspective drawing of interi- 
or and exterior spaces, furniture, 
and related objects utilizing a vari- 
ety of scales. Drawings include 
sketched concepts, orthographic 
evaluations, and representations 
with multiple perspective point 
views for each project. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

ID 214 Lighting Design and 
Specifications 

Prerequisite: ID 21 1 or consent of 
instructor. This course surveys the 
use of lighting, both natural and 
artificial, as a design element in 
planning residential and commer- 
cial interiors. The impact of percep- 



Courses 225 



tion, psychology, brightness, color, 
and daylight are discussed. Interior 
lighting products including incan- 
descent and discharge lamps are 
studied in detail along with aiLxil- 
iary equipment, light controls, pho- 
tometries, electricity, and luminar- 
ies. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

ID 215 Construction Documents I 

Prerequisite: ID 110. This course 
introduces students to the prepara- 
tion, development, and production 
of a complete set of construction 
documents for residential and com- 
mercial interior spaces, including 
project evaluation and an in-depth 
understanding of document 
requirements, method applications, 
blueprint reading, specification 
writing, drawing nomenclature, and 
millwork requirements. An empha- 
sis is placed on the development of 
accurate descriptive drawing notes, 
specifications, dimensionings, and 
symbols within the construction 
documents. Building codes and 
ADA issues are explored as applica- 
ble to individual projects. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

ID 216 Construction Documents II 

Prerequisite: ID 215. A continua- 
tion of ID 215 with an emphasis 
on site measurement and documen- 
tation of existing conditions and 
mechanical systems, preparation of 
as-built drawings, oral presentation 
of schematic design schemes, speci- 
fications and notes, millwork draw- 
ings, details and sections, and profi- 
ciency, speed, and accuracy in 
preparing construction documents. 
Laborator)- fee; 3 credits. 



ID 217 Sketching and Rendering 
for Interiors 

Prerequisite: ID 1 10 or consent ot 
instructor. This course advances 
the student's basic drawing and 
illustrative skills through the explo- 
ration of quick sketching and ren- 
dering techniques for architectural 
and interior spaces. A variety of 
media are studied, including mark- 
ers, pastels, color pencils, watercol- 
or, pencil, and pen. Focus is on the 
application of the media to create 
visual expression of the exterior 
and interior elements. Laboratory 
tee; 3 credits. 

ID 218 Interior Systems, 
Materials, and Codes 

Prerequisite: ID 21 1, ID 215, or 
consent of instructor. This course 
explores the design and construc- 
tion requirements for interior build- 
ing elements and environmental 
systems. Issues related to interior 
finishes, sustainability resources, 
and green design are explored. 
Building codes, fire codes, and 
ADA compliance relative to the 
built interior environment are stud- 
ied through the use of construction 
documents and study models. Lab- 
oratory fee; 3 credits. 

ID 300 Portfolio Production II 

Prerequisite: ID 200. This is a con- 
tinuation of Portfolio Production I. 
Students at this level continue to 
design and complete portfolio pages 
for their senior portfolio. Laborato- 
ry lee; 1 credit. 

ID 311 Interior Design III 

Prerequisites: ID 212, ID 216. This 
course explores the specialized field 
of kitchen and bath design for resi- 
dential and commercial interiors. 
All aspects of programming, design, 



specification, preparation, develop- 
ment, and production of design 
and construction documents for 
residential and commercial kitchens 
and baths are developed in detail. 
An emphasis is placed on kitchen 
and bath design and the develop- 
ment of accurate descriptive draw- 
ings, notes, specifications, dimen- 
sioning, and symbols within the 
construction documents. Building 
codes and ADA issues are explored 
as applicable to individual projects. 
Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

ID 312 Interior Design IV 

Prerequisite: ID 31 1, ID 313, or 
consent of instructor. Advanced 
course in commercial interior 
design incorporating professional 
scope of services including pro- 
gramming, conceptual design, 
design development, contract doc- 
uments, contract administration, 
and evaluation. Focus of the course 
is on corporate office design, open 
office systems, and interior prod- 
uct specifications. Laboratory fee; 
3 credits. 

ID 313 CAD for Interiors I 

Prerequisite: ID 212, ID 216 or 
consent of instructor. This course 
introduces students to the use of 
AutoCAD as a drafting tool for 
floor plans, demolition and new 
construction plans, reflected ceiling 
plans, electrical plans, wall eleva- 
tions, finish schedules and 
text/notes. The use of AutoCAD as 
a sketching tool for concept devel- 
opment is explored. Laboratory fee; 
3 credits. 

ID 314 CAD for Interiors II 

Prerequisite: ID 313 or consent of 
instructor. This course is a contin- 
uation of ID 313 with a focus on' 



226 



the use of AutoCAD for the design 
and development of retail and 
restaurant spaces. Students use 
AutoCAD to develop custom 
design furniture and cabinetry as 
well as three-dimensional images of 
interior spaces in a variety of para- 
line views. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

ID 315 History of Architecture 
and Interiors I 

This course is an overview of the 
history of design in architecture, 
interiors, and furniture from the 
ancient era through the end of the 
eighteenth century. Lectures, read- 
ings, and research focus on the 
development of major forms, peri- 
od st)'les, ornament, and the deco- 
rative arts from ancient Egypt, 
Greece, and Rome through the 
Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, and 
Neoclassical eras. 3 credits. 

ID 316 History of Architecture 
and Interiors II 

This course is a continuation ot ID 
315. The course explores the histo- 
ry of design in architecture, interi- 
ors, and furniture from the nine- 
teenth century to the present. Styles 
examined include nineteenth-centu- 
ry revival styles. Arts and Crafts, Art 
Deco European, American Mod- 
ernism, and the influence ot the 
Bauhaus. 3 credits. 

ID 318 Furniture Design and 
Specifications 

Prerequisites: ID 213, ID 216, ID 
311, and ID 317, or consent of 
instructor. This is an advanced 
course in furniture design and con- 
struction drawings concentrating 
on upholster)', furniture, and manu- 
facturing processes for residential 
and commercial furniture markets. 



Issues of markedng, qualifying 
designs with manufacturers, con- 
tracts, and negotiations are 
addressed. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. 

ID 317 Interior Products and 
Specifications 

Prerequisite: ID 212 or consent of 
instructor. Examination of interior 
textiles and products including 
fibers, upholstery and window fab- 
rics, and wall finishes. Manufactur- 
ing, measurement, and installation 
methods are explored. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

ID 450-459 Special Topics 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest in interior design. 3 credits. 

ID 400 Senior Portfolio 
Prerequisite: ID 300. This 
advanced course completes the pro- 
duction of the senior portfolio and 
incorporates career preparation 
activities. Job-search documents 
such as resumes, cover letters, and 
thank-you letters are prepared 
incorporating the student's brand 
identity. Inter\'iews and job con- 
tracts are explored, and the course 
culminates in a senior portfolio 
presentation and interview. Labora- 
tor)' fee; 1 credit. 

ID 41 1 Interior Design V 

Prerequisite: ID 312, ID 314, or 
consent of instructor. Advanced 
senior-level course in institutional 
interior design incorporating pro- 
fessional scope of services includ- 
ing programming, conceptual 
design, design development, con- 
tract documents, contract adminis- 
tration, and evaluation. Special 
attention is focused on individual 
user needs with respect to health. 



safety, and welfare issues within 
the interior environment. Labora- 
tory fee; 3 credits. 

ID 412 Interior Design VI 

Prerequisite: ID 41 1 or consent of 
instructor. Advanced senior-level 
course in historic preservation, sus- 
tainable design, and green design 
incorporating professional scope of 
services including programming, 
conceptual design, design develop- 
ment, contract documents, con- 
tract administration, and evalua- 
tion. Special attention is focused 
on environmental issues and inno- 
vative design solutions. Laboratory 
fee; 3 credits. 

ID 413 Professional Practices for 
Interior Designers 

Prerequisite: ID 312 or consent of 
instructor. Provides fundamental 
understanding of business practices 
for the design professional. Survey 
of business types, professional 
counsel and liability, ethics, mar- 
keting and selling of services and 
products, and fee structures. Exam- 
ination and preparation of business 
forms including letters of agree- 
ment, budget estimates, purchase 
orders, and invoices. Laboratory 
tee; 3 credits. 

ID 450-459 Special Topics 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest in interior design. 3 credits. 

ID 598 Internship for Interior 
Design and Allied Fields 

Prerequisite: ID 312 or consent of 
instructor. Students have the oppor- 
tunit)' to intern within interior 
design, architectural, or allied 
design and product industry firms. 



Courses 227 



Students may seek their own 
internship site, or the program will 
match students with firms appro- 
priate to their interests and skills. 
Mentors within the firms provide 
students with a broad range of 
learning opportunities. In addition, 
students maintain weekly email 
journals and research career oppor- 
tunities. 3 credits (135 internship 
contact hours). 

ID 599 Independent Study 
Prerequisite: senior standing or con- 
sent of instructor and department 
chair. Under the direction of a fac- 
ulty member and an outside men- 
tor, the student initiates develop- 
ment of a capstone project. The 
purpose of independent study is to 
further an area of special interest, to 
prepare for graduate school, or to 
meet the Honors Program thesis 
requirement. 3 credits (135 project 
documented hours). 



INDUSTRIAL 
ENGINEERING 

IE 204 Engineering Economics 

Prerequisites: M 1 17 and CS 107 
or equivalent. A quantitative analy- 
sis of applied economics in engi- 
neering design; the economy study 
for comparing alternatives; interest 
formulae; quantitative methods of 
comparing alternatives; intangible 
considerations; selection and 
replacement economy for machines 
and structures; break-even and min- 
imum cost points; depreciation; 
effect of income taxes on the econo- 
my; review of current industrial 
practices. Promotes logical decisions 
through the consideration ot alter- 
native courses of action. 3 credits. 



IE 243 Work Design 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing. 
Introductory course in the design 
and evaluation of efficient work 
methods and working environ- 
ments. Techniques usefiil in prob- 
lem definition; design of alternative 
work methods; and evaluation of 
alternative designs including 
process charting, operation analy- 
sis, and principles of motion econ- 
omy. Emphasis placed on human 
factors and safety implications of 
alternative work-method designs. 
Equitable time standards are devel- 
oped for work-method designs 
through the use of time-study pro- 
cedures including stopwatch time 
study, computerized predeter- 
mined-time systems, and work 
sampling. 3 credits. 

IE 302 Ergonomics 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Cov- 
ers basic terminology and applica- 
tion of ergonomic principles to the 
workplace. Topics include repetitive 
motion injuries, cumulative trauma 
disorders, carpal tunnel syndrome, 
anthropometry, human error analy- 
sis, channel capacity, reaction time, 
human-machine interaction, and 
current ergonomics news and appli- 
cations. 3 credits. 

IE 303 Cost Control 

Prerequisites: junior standing and 
M 1 18. Basic analysis of cost con- 
trol techniques. Designed to give 
members of the management team 
the underlying rudiments of cost 
estimating and control systems. 
Theory of standard costs, flexible 
budgeting, and overhead handling 
techniques emphasized by analytical 
problem solution. Life-cycle cost- 
ing. Value engineering. 3 credits. 



IE 304 Production Control 

Prerequisites: IE 243, M 1 18. The 
basic principles that govern the 
design of production control sys- 
tems in an industrial plant. The 
principles used in solving problems 
of procuring and controlling mate- 
rials in planning, routing, schedul- 
ing, and dispatching are considered. 
Familiarizes the student with estab- 
lished and new methods used in 
this field including MRP JIT, com- 
puter-aided process planning, and 
group technology. 3 credits. 

IE 31 1 Quality Assurance 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Quali- 
ty considerations in product design 
and manufacturing; product inspec- 
tion and process control; total qual- 
ity management principles as 
applied to process design, control, 
and improvement; product safety 
and liability issues. 3 credits. 

IE 344 Human Factors 
Engineering 

Prerequisite: SE 347 ot equivalent. 
Covers psychological and physio- 
logical aspects ot people at work, 
including work physiology, infor- 
mation processing, motor skills and 
movement control, signal detection 
theory, and anthropometry with the 
aim of improvements in workplace 
design. 3 credits. 

IE 348 Manufacturing Processes 

Corequisite: IE 304. Provides a 
basic understanding of manufactur- 
ing processes as applied to conven- 
tional manufacturing. Properties of 
material; machining Rindamentals; 
tool geomett)'; surface finish; forces; 
material removal processes; casting, 
forging, and extrusion processes; 
measurement and inspection; 



228 



process capability and quality con- 
trol; ferrous and nonferrous metals; 
chip/type machining processes; 
machining economics in turning, 
milling, and drilling. 3 credits. 

IE 408 Systems Analysis 
Prerequisites: senior standing and 
SE 347 or equivalent. Presents the 
analytical and conceptual tech- 
niques upon which systems analy- 
sis and development are based, as 
applications to business and 
industrial fields. Development ot 
case studies and their application, 
oriented to improved designs. 3 
credits. 

IE 414 Engineering Management 
Prerequisite: senior standing. Pro- 
vides insight into the elements of 
the managerial process and develops 
a rational approach to the problems 
of managing productive processes 
and the engineering function. 
Focusing largely on complex prob- 
lems of top and middle-level man- 
agement, students investigate the 
modern tools managers use under 
given circumstances, stressing the 
ongoing activities of management 
as part of an integrated, continuous 
process. 3 credits. 

IE 436 Quality Control 

Prerequisite: SE 347 or equivalent. 
Economics of quality control; mod- 
ern methods used by industry to 
achieve quality of product; prevent- 
ing defects; organizing for quality; 
locating chronic sources of trouble; 
coordinating specifications, manu- 
facturing and inspection; measuring 
process capability; using inspection 
data to regulate manufacturing 
processes; statistical methods; con- 
trol charts; selection of modern 
sampling plans. 3 credits. 



IE 437 Metrology and Inspection 
in Manufacturing 

Prerequisite: IE 436. The study ot 
metrology and inspection practices 
in manufacturing. Emphasis on the 
design and development of different 
types of gauging for inspection in 
manufacturing. 3 credits. 

IE 440 Synchronous 
Manufacturing 

Prerequisites: IE 204 and IE 304. 
Group technology in design and 
manufacturing; manufacturing 
environment, resources, products, 
constraints, and decisions; synchro- 
nized manufacturing operations 
and process improvement. 3 credits. 

IE 443 Facilities Planning 

Prerequisites: IE 243, IE 304 and 
senior standing. Factors in plant 
location, design, and layout of 
equipment. Techniques for obtain- 
ing information essential to the 
development and evaluation of 
iilternative facility layout designs are 
presented with an emphasis on 
environmental and safety considera- 
tions. Design of departmental areas, 
resource allocation and flow, mate- 
rials handling, storage, and the eco- 
nomic implications of alternative 
designs are discussed. Students 
work in small groups on the design 
of a manufacturing facility to pro- 
duce an actual consumer product. 
Project culminates in both written 
and oral presentations of the pro- 
posed facility design. CAD tech- 
niques are used extensively in the 
development of the final facility lay- 
out. 3 credits. 

IE 448 Advanced Manufacturing 
Engineering Operations 

Prerequisites: ME 200 and IE 348. 
A course for understanding 



machining economics and the basic 
principles of the theory of metal 
cutting and metal working to 
improve manufacturing engineering 
operations. Course emphasizes 
design and operation of better tool- 
ing for different types of manufac- 
turing operations. Experimental 
investigation of metal cutting and 
metal working methodologies 
stressed. 3 credits. 

IE 450^59 Special Topics in 
Industrial Engineering 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Selected topics of current interest in 
the field of industrial engineering. 3 
credits. 

IE 460 Computer-Aided 
Manufacturing 

Prerequisites: IE 348 and CS 107 
or equivalent. Topics covered 
include computer-aided manufac- 
turing (CAM), numerical control 
(NC), industrial robot applications, 
flexible manufacturing systems 
(FMS), group technology (GT), 
integration of CAD/ CAM, com- 
puter-aided process planning 
(CAPP), and applications software 
for manufacturing. 3 credits. 

IE 465 Robotics in 
Manufacturing 

Prerequisite: IE 460. Topics covered 
include applications of robotics in 
manufacturing, robot classification, 
introduction to a high-level robot 
language, task planning, and labo- 
ratory projects with industrial 
robots. 3 credits. 

IE 498 Internship 

Prerequisites: consent of faculty 
supervisor and approval of depart- 
ment chair Supervised work-project 
related to industrial engineering 



I 



with local industries. 3 credits. 

IE 504 Senior Project 

Prerequisites: senior standing and 
consent of department chair. The 
student, in conjunction with a fac- 
ulty adviser, selects and works on a 
project. Restilts are presented at a 
seminar at the end of the semester. 
3 credits. 

IE 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: junior standing. A 
planned program ol individual 
study under the supervision of a 
faculty member 3 credits. 



ITALIAN 

IT 101 Elementary Italian I 

Stresses pronunciation, oral and 
reading comprehension, basic con- 
versation, and the fundamental 
principles ot grammar. 3 credits. 

IT 102 Elementary Italian II 
Prerequisite: IT 101 or consent of 
instructor. This course builds on 
the skills learned in IT 101. Stresses 
pronunciation, oral and reading 
comprehension, basic conversation, 
and the fundamental principles of 
grammar through class practice and 
grammar exercises. 3 credits. 

IT 450-459 Special Topics in 
Italian 

Special topics of selected or current 
interest in the study of Italian. 3 
credits. 



JOURNALISM 

J 101 Journalism I 

A survey of journalism designed to 
acquaint students with the profes- 
sion. Includes the American news- 



paper as a social institution and a 
medium of communication. 3 
credits. 

J 201 News Writing and 
Reporting 

Prerequisite: CO 102 or consent of 
instructor. The elements of news, 
the style and the structure of news 
stories, news-gathering methods, 
copyreading and editing, reporting. 
3 credits. 

J 202 Advanced News Writing 
and Reporting 

Prerequisite: J 201. Intensive prac- 
tice in news writing and reporting. 
3 credits. 

J 311 Copy Desk 

Prerequisite: J 201. Intensive prac- 
tice in copyreading, editing and 
revising, headline writing, photo- 
graph selection, page make-up, and 
reporting. Regular critiques of the 
copy-desk work of major newspa- 
pers. 3 credits. 

J 351 Journalistic Performance 

Prerequisite: J 201. Students follow 
the coverage in the media given to 
selected topics and prepare to make 
judgments of the coverage by doing 
research and becoming knowledge- 
able about the particular topics. 
The course stresses analytic reading 
and responsible, informed criticism. 
3 credits. 

J 367 Interpretive and Editorial 
Writing 

Prerequisite: J 20 1 . Practice in the 
writing of considered and knowl- 
edgeable commentaries on current 
affairs and ot interpretive articles 
based on investigation, research, 
and interviews. 3 credits. 



Courses 229 

J 450-459 Special Topics in 
Journalism 

Selected topics in journalism that 
are of current or special interest. 3 
credits. 

J 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor 
and department chair. Opportunity 
for a student, under the direction of 
a faculty member, to explore an 
area of interest. 3 credits. 



BUSINESS LAW 

LA 101 Business Law and the 
Regulatory Environment 

An overview of the legal system as it 
relates to the operation of a busi- 
ness. Topics include those relating 
to the establishment and continuity 
of business relationships: contracts, 
sales, partnerships, corporations, 
agency law, and business ethics. 
Other topics are those regulating 
business activities: consumer pro- 
tection, environmental, employ- 
ment, and antitrust laws. 3 credits. 

LA 112 Accounting Business Law 

Prerequisite: LA 101. Law of 
agency, employer/employee, part- 
nerships, corporations, security and 
governmental regulation; real and 
person property law; creditors' 
rights and bankruptcy; wills and 
trusts. 3 credits. 

LA 450-459 Special Topics 

Prerequisite: LA 101. Selected top- 
ics in business law of special or cur- 
rent interest not covered by an 
existing course. 3 credits. 

LA 598 Internship 

Prerequisite: LA 101. On-the-job 
experience of business law in select- 
ed organizations. 3 credits. 



230 



LA 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: LA 101 and junior 
standing. A planned program of 
individual study under the supervi- 
sion of a faculty member. 3 credits. 



LOGISTICS 

LG 300 Defense Sector Logistics 

Prerequisites: EAS 345 and CS 107 
or equivalent. Introduction to logis- 
tics as practiced in the defense 
industry, the military, and multi- 
national corporations operating for- 
eign installations. Overview of 
logistics elements, nomenclature, 
techniques, management, and com- 
puter support. Survey of regula- 
tions, standards, and logistics prod- 
ucts. Identification of logistics and 
its place in defense-related systems. 
3 credits. 

LG 310 Introduction to Logistics 
Support Analysis 

Prerequisite: LG 300. Definition 
and description of logistics support 
analysis with reference to MIL- 
STD-1388-L\ and derivative 
requirements. Survey of integrated 
logistics support theory and practice 
and the role of LSA. The role of a 
logistics support analysis plan, its 
method of construction, and its use 
in real systems. 3 credits. 

LG 320 Reliability and 
Maintainability Fundamentals 

Prerequisite: LG 300. Basic 
description and analysis ot the 
concepts of reliability and main- 
tainability in large high-technology 
systems. Introduction to quantita- 
tive techniques and qualify assur- 
ance. Strategies for optimizing 
effectiveness and in-service sup- 
port. 3 credits. 



LG 410 Life Cycle Concepts 

Prerequisite: LG 320. Introduction 
to life cycle concepts in product 
design, quality engineering, field 
support, maintenance, training, 
and end-use disposal. Techniques 
of life cycle costing and the con- 
struction of life cycle forecasts. 
Product and system warranties, and 
their interface with logistics sup- 
port. 3 credits. 

LG 440 Data Management in 
Logistics Systems 

Prerequisite: LG 310. Review of 
the role of data collection, analysis, 
and report generation in logistics 
systems management. Uses of com- 
puter-aided management informa- 
tion systems, technical data acquisi- 
tion, and software support in logis- 
tics organizations. Requirements 
for documentation, data renewal, 
and the generation of integrated 
logistics support plans and reports. 
3 credits. 

LG 450-459 Special Topics 

Special topics of selected or current 
interest in the study of logistics. 3 
credits. 

LG 490 Logistics Seminar 

Upon completion of LG 300, LG 
310, LG 320, LG 410, and LG 440 
students pursuing the certificate in 
logistics are required to take this 
capstone seminar. Each student 
develops an experiential case study 
in conjunction with a faculty advis- 
er. This case study draws on materi- 
al learned in prerequisite courses 
and the student's work experience. 
Each student is required to present 
the case study for critique by col- 
leagues and industrial engineering 
faculty. 1 credit. 



LEGAL STUDIES 

LS 100 Introduction to Legal 
Concepts 

Overview of the American legal 
system in the context of historiciil 
underpinnings. Structural make- 
up, purpose, and functions of the 
legal system in American society; 
distinction between civil and crimi- 
nal law systems. Introduction to 
major civil law substantive areas, 
including torts, contracts and prop- 
erty, legal concepts, and reasoning. 
3 credits hours. 

LS 20 1 Legal Ethics and 
Professional Responsibilities 

Prerequisite: PL 222. Study of legal 
ethics, including codes of profes- 
sional responsibility in different 
types of organizations and occupa- 
tional settings. Analysis and discus- 
sion of case studies; role playing. 
3 credits. 

LS 226 Family Law 

A study of legal relations between 
husband and wife including mar- 
riage, annulment, divorce, alimony, 
separation, adoption, custody 
arrangements, and basic procedures 
of family law litigation. 3 credits. 

LS 229 Legal Communications 

Familiarization with the kinds of 
legal documents and written 
instruments employed by partici- 
pants in the legal process. Recogni- 
tion and understanding of the pur- 
pose of writs, complaints, briefs, 
memoranda, contracts, wills, and 
motions. 3 credits. 

LS 238 Civil Procedure I 

Prerequisite: LS 100. Study of pro- 
cedural law governing civil legal 



Courses 231 



actions. Includes overview of civil 
legal actions in state and teder;il 
courts with focus on legal principles 
that aftect commencing and main- 
taining lawsuits. 3 credits. 

LS 239 Civil Procedure II: 
Litigation 

Prerequisite: LS 238. An examina- 
tion of civil litigation from com- 
mencement of a lawsuit through 
trial, including pleadings, motions, 
discovery, and evidence. A combi- 
nation of theory and practice. 3 
credits. 

LS 240 Legal Research and 
Writing I 

Prerequisites: LS 100, E 105. An 
introduction to legal research and 
writing. Students learn to use pri- 
mary and secondary legal authority 
in the law library and computerized 
legal research databases to solve 
legal research problems and assign- 
ments. Further study of legal rea- 
soning and case and statutory 
analysis. 3 credits. 

LS 241 Legal Research and 
Writing II 

Prerequisites: LS 240, E 110. 
Through more advanced assign- 
ments, students further develop 
legal research, analytic, and writing 
skills. Includes research and analysis 
of realistic legal problems with 
preparation of opinion letters, legal 
memoranda, and briefs. 3 credits. 

LS 244 Estates and Trusts 

An examination of the legal princi- 
ples and techniques of effective 
estate planning and administration. 
Topics covered include inheritance 
statutes, preparation and execution 
of wills, and record-keeping prac- 
tices. 3 credits. 



LS 30 1 Administrative Law and 
Regulation 

Study of the basic principles of law 
for government agencies; structure 
of federal and Connecticut agen- 
cies; and major laws governing 
these agencies, including the state 
and federal Administrative Proce- 
dure Acts and Freedom of Informa- 
tion Acts. Overview of the role of 
legal professionals in administrative 
practice with practical applications. 
3 credits hours. 

LS 310 Business Organizations 

This course studies the various 
types of business organizations, 
including corporations, partner- 
ships, limited liability companies, 
sole proprietorships, and joint ven- 
tures, and the legal and documenta- 
tion requirements for their forma- 
tion, operation, and termination. 
Advantages and disadvantages of 
different forms of business entities 
are examined. 3 credits. 

LS 326 Real Estate Law 

A variet)' of legal skills in real estate 
law. Special attention given to title, 
operations, mortgages, deeds, leases, 
property taxes, closing procedures 
and documents. 3 credits. 

LS 328 Management and 
Administrative Skills 

An examination of the procedures 
and systems necessary to run a law 
office efficiently. Students learn 
administrative skills such as how to 
interview clients, conduct legal cor- 
respondence, and maintain legal 
records. Proven management tech- 
niques for keeping track of filing 
dates and fees, court dockets, and 
calendars are also examined. 3 
credits. 



LS 330 Legal Investigation 

Examines skills needed to conduct 
investigations that are a routine 
part of the practice of law, such as 
principles of fact-gathering in a 
wide range of cases (e.g., criminal, 
divorce, custody, housing). 3 
credits. 

LS 350 Global Legal Systems 

This course surveys and compares 
major legal systems in the world, 
focusing on common law systems 
of the U.S. and Britain, civil law 
systems of Europe, the laws of the 
European Union, Islamic law sys- 
tems, socialistic legal systems, and 
international law concepts. 3 
credits. 

LS 401 Alternative Dispute 
Resolution: Models and Practice 

Study of current models of conflict 
resolution, emphasizing mediation 
and restorative justice; applications 
in legal and organizational settings. 
Using simulations, students learn 
basic negotiation and mediation 
skills. 3 credits. 

LS 405 Environmental Law 

Study of environmental law and 
regulation at the federal, state, and 
local levels. Includes review of 
major federal environmental protec- 
tion laws, state common law pro- 
tections, local land use controls, 
and international law. Role of regu- 
latory agencies and the courts 
examined. 3 credits. 

LS 410 Counterterrorism and the 
Law 

This course studies the Patriot Act, 
FISA, and other counter-terrorism 
laws, the balance between security 
and protecting constitutional 
rights, including personal liberty, 



232 



and how the courts decide these 
cases. Historical context and public 
policy as well as legal issues are 
considered. 3 credits. 

LS 430 Cyberlaw 

Analysis of special problems arising 
from use of computers and the 
Internet. Exploration of topics such 
as the impact of mass data banks on 
the right to privacy, copyright 
infringement, personal and social 
security concerns, and the tension 
between the First Amendment and 
protecting vulnerable populations. 
3 credits. 

LS 450-459 Special Topics 

Prerequisite: consent of department 
chair. A study of selected issues of 
particular interest to the student 
and the instructor. 3 credits. 

LS 498 Research Project 

Prerequisites: senior standing and 
consent of department chair. The 
student carries out an original 
research project in a legal setting 
and reports findings. 1—6 credits. 

LS 500 Pre Internship 

Prerequisite: junior standing in legal 
studies. This course enables stu- 
dents to understand and prepare for 
the internship experience. Students 
explore internship and legal career 
opportunities, develop job applica- 
tion skills, review professional office 
procedures and ethical responsibili- 
ties, and select potential internship 
placements in an area of interest. 
Students are required to complete 
this course prior to enrolling in 
LS 501/502. 1 credit. 

LS 501/502 Legal Studies 
Internship I and II 

Prerequisites: senior standing and 



completion of common courses for 
the major. Pre-placement classroom 
review of professional office proce- 
dures including maintaining legal 
records and files, handling oral and 
written communications, ethical 
responsibilities, and time and work- 
flow management. The internship 
placement follows. Regtdar class 
discussion sessions for analysis, 
problem-solving, and skill building 
are held during the internship 
placement. 4 credits each semester. 

LS 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: consent of department 
chair. An opportunity for a student, 
under the direction of a faculty 
member, to explore and acquire 
competence in a special area of 
interest. 1-3 credits. 



MATHEMATICS 

All prerequisites for the following 
mathematics courses must be strict- 
ly observed unless waived by the 
Mathematics Department. Students 
who have successfully completed 
any mathematics course may not 
enroll in course prerequisite to the 
completed course without explicit 
consent of the Department. 

M 103 Fundamental 
Mathematics 

Required at the inception of the 
program of study for all students 
(day and evening) who do not show 
sufficient competency with funda- 
mental arithmetic and algebra, as 
determined by placement examina- 
tion. This course covers arithmetic 
operations, algebraic expressions, 
linear equations in one variable, 
exponents and polynomials, Carte- 
sian coordinates, equation of a 



straight line, and simultaneous lin- 
ear equations. (Students must suc- 
cessfiJly complete M 103 before 
taking any other course having 
mathematical content.) Students 
who take M 103 will have the total 
number of credits required for grad- 
uation increased by three. 3 credits 
(4 to 6 meeting hours per week). 

M 109 Intermediate Algebra 

Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher 
in M 103 or placement by the 
department. A review of the funda- 
mental operations and an extensive 
study of fiinctions, exponents, radi- 
cals, linear and quadratic equations. 
Additional topics include ratio, pro- 
portion, variation, progression, and 
the binomial theorem. This course 
is intended primarily for students 
whose program of study requires 
calciJus. Other students might take 
M 1 27. 3 credits. 

M 115 Pre-Calciilus 

Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher 
in M 109 or placement by the 
depanment. Offers the foundation 
needed for the study of calculus: 
polynomials, algebraic functions, 
elementary point geometry, plane 
analytic trigonometry, and proper- 
ties of exponential functions. 4 
credits. 

M 117 Calculus I 

Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher 
in M 1 15 or placement by the 
department. This first-year college 
course for majors in mathematics, 
science, and engineering is the basic 
prerequisite for all advanced mathe- 
matics. Introduces difl^erential and 
integral calculus for fiinctions of 
one variable, including algebraic 
and transcendental functions. 
Includes basic rules and properties 



Courses 233 



of limits and derivatives and appli- 
cations of derivatives. Studies the 
plane analytic geometry needed for 
calculus. 4 credits. 

M 118 Calculus II 

Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher 
in M 117. Continuation of first- 
year calculus, including the funda- 
mental theorem of calculus, meth- 
ods of integration, applications of 
the integral, improper integrals, 
infinite series, and polar coordi- 
nates. 4 credits. 

M 121 Algebraic Structures 

A first course in an orientation to 
abstract mathematics: elementary 
logic, sets, mappings, relations, 
operations, elementary group theo- 
ry. Open to all freshmen and soph- 
omores. 3 credits. 

M 127 Finite Mathematics 
Prerequisite: M 1 03 or placement 
by the department. Functions and 
lines, linear systems, linear pro- 
gramming, mathematics of finance, 
sets and counting, and an introduc- 
tion to probability. Numerous 
applications and an introduction to 
computing and computers. This 
course is intended primarily for stu- 
dents whose program of study does 
not require calculus. Students 
preparing to take calculus should 
take M 109. 3 credits. 

M 166 Discrete Mathematics for 
Computer Science 
Prerequisite: CS 1 10. A foundation 
course for computer science majors. 
Introduction to fiindamentals, 
including logic, sets, functions, and 
induction. Emphasis on the internal 
computer representations and com- 
putational properties of numbers. 3 
credits. (This course is cross-listed 



with CS 166 Discrete Mathematics 
tor Computing.) 

M 203 Calculus III 

Prerequisite: a grade of C or high- 
er in M 1 18. The calculus of mul- 
tiple variables covering three- 
dimensional topics in analysis and 
vector analysis, partial differentia- 
tion, maxima and minima for 
functions of several variables, line 
integrals, multiple integrals, spher- 
ical and cylindrical polar coordi- 
nates. 4 credits. 

M 204 Dififerential Equations 

Prerequisite: M 203. The solution 
of ordinary differential equations, 
including the use of Laplace trans- 
forms. Existence of solutions, series 
solutions, matrix methods, nonlin- 
ear equations, and varied applica- 
tions. 3 credits. 

M 227 Mathematics for 
Elementary Education Teachers 

Prerequisites: M 109 or M 127 or 
placement by the department. 
From the point of view of a teacher 
this is a review of the mathematics 
topics covered in elementary school, 
and it covers the mathematical 
underpinnings ot such topics as 
whole numbers, fractions, number 
theory, geometry, and measure- 
ment. Problem-solving is an under- 
lying theme to the course. 3 credits. 

M 228 Elementary Statistics 

Prerequisite: M 1 27. A non-calcu- 
lus-based course that includes basic 
probability theory, random variables 
and their distributions, estimation 
and hypothesis testing, regression 
and correlation. Emphasis on an 
applied approach to statistical theo- 
ry with applications chosen from 
the biological sciences and other 



fields ot study. Students are intro- 
duced to and make use of the com- 
puter package SPSS for data analy- 
sis. 4 credits. 

M 301 Geometry from a Modern 
Viewpoint 

Prerequisite: M 1 17. A modern 
approach to Euclidean geometry 
with emphasis on proofs; basic 
results on lines, planes, angles, poly- 
gons, circles, spheres; coordinate 
and vector viewpoints. 3 credits. 

M 303 Advanced Calculus 

Prerequisite: M 204. A survey 
course in applied mathematics. Vec- 
tor calculus: line and surface inte- 
grals, integral theorems of Green 
and Stokes, and the divergence the- 
orem. Complex variables: elemen- 
tary functions, Cauchy-Riemann 
equations, integration, Cauchy inte- 
gral theorem, infinite series, calcu- 
lus of residues and conformal map- 
ping. 3 credits. 

M 304 Using Technology to 
Teach Mathematics 

Prerequisites: M 117, CS 210 or 
MM 30 1 , or consent of depart- 
ment. Students are introduced to a 
variety of technological tools (calcu- 
lators, computer software, Internet 
resources) usefiil in improving 
mathematics instruction. Students 
investigate how technology can 
effectively be utilized in learning sit- 
uations. Lesson plans are developed 
incorporating technology. 3 credits. 

M 305 Discrete Structures 

Prerequisite: M 118. Corequisite: 
M 203. Methods of proof the inte- 
gers, induction, prime numbers, 
recursive algorithms, greatest com- 
mon divisors, the Euclidean algo- 
rithm, the fundamental theorem of 



234 



arithmetic, congruences. 3 credits. 

M 308 Introduction to Real 
Analysis 

Prerequisite: M 204. Sets and ftuic- 
tions, the real numbers, topology of 
the line, limits, continuity, com- 
pleteness, compactness, connected- 
ness, sequences and series, the 
derivative, the Riemann integral, 
the fundamental theorem of calcu- 
lus, sequences and series of fimc- 
tions. 3 credits. 

M 309 Advanced Differential 
Equations 

Prerequisite: M 204. Theoretical 
analysis and applications of non-lin- 
ear differential equations. Phase 
plane and space, perturbation theo- 
ry and techniques, series and related 
methods, stability theory and tech- 
niques, and relaxation phenomena. 
3 credits. 

M 3 11 Linear Algebra 

Prerequisite: M 203. Matrices, sys- 
tems of linear equations and their 
solutions, linear vector spaces, linear 
transformations, eigen values and 
eigenvectors. 3 credits. 

M 32 1 Modern Algebra 

Prerequisite: M 305 or M 3 11 . 
Groups, rings, integral domains, 
fields, polynomials. 3 credits. 

M 325 Number Theorj' 

Prerequisite: M 305. Topics are 
selected from the following: mathe- 
matical induction, Euclidean algo- 
rithm, integers, number theoretic 
functions, Euler-Fermat theorems, 
congruences, quadratic residues, 
and Peano axioms. 3 credits. 

M 331 Combinatorics 

Prerequisite: M 3 1 1 or consent of 



the department. Problem-solving 
using graph theory and combina- 
torical methods. Topics include 
counting methods, recurrence, gen- 
erating functions, enumeration, 
graphs, trees, coloring- problems, 
network flows and marchings. Spe- 
cial emphasis on reasoning that 
underlies combinatorical problem 
solving, algorithm development, 
and logical structure of programs. 3 
credits. 

M 338 Numerical Analysis 

Prerequisites: M 203 and a standard 
programming language. Topics 
include solutions of algebraic and 
transcendental equations by itera- 
tive methods; system of linear equa- 
tions (matrix inversion, etc.); inter- 
polation, numerical differentiation, 
and integration; solution of ordi- 
nary differential equations. Scientif- 
ic and engineering applications. 3 
credits. 

M 361 Mathematical Modeling 

Prerequisites: M 31 1, junior stand- 
ing. Problem-solving through 
mathematical model building. 
Emphasis on applications of mathe- 
matics to the social, life, and mana- 
gerial sciences. Topics are selected 
from probabilit)', graph theory, 
Markov processes, linear program- 
ming, optimization, and game the- 
ory, simulation. 3 credits. 

M 371 Probability and Statistics I 

Prerequisite: M 203. Axiomatic 
study of probability: sample spaces, 
combinatorical analysis, independ- 
ence and dependence, random vari- 
ables, distribution functions, 
moment-generating functions, cen- 
tral limit theorem. 3 credits. 



M 381 Real Analysis 

Prerequisite: M 308. Foundation of 
analysis, sets and functions, real and 
complex number systems, limits, 
convergence and continuity, 
sequences and infinite series, and 
differentiation. 3 credits. 

M 403 Techniques in Applied 
Mathematics 

Prerequisite: M 204. Techniques in 
applied analysis including Fourier 
series; orthogonal functions such as 
Bessel functions, Legendre polyno- 
mials, Chebychev polynomials, 
Laplace and Fourier transforms; 
product solutions of partial differ- 
ential equations and boundary 
value problems. 3 credits. 

M 423 Complex Variables 

Prerequisite: M 204. For mathe- 
matics, science, and engineering 
students. Review of elementar)' 
functions and Euler forms; holo- 
morphic functions, Laurent series, 
singularities, calculus of residues, 
contour integration, maximum 
modulus theorem, bilinear and 
inverse transformation, conformal 
mapping, and analytic continua- 
tion. 3 credits. 

M 441 Topology 

Prerequisite: M 381 or consent of 
department chair. Topics selected 
from the following: Hausdorff 
neighborhood relations: derived, 
open, and closed sets; closure; topo- 
logical space; bases; homeomor- 
phisms; relative topology; product 
spaces; separation axioms; metric 
spaces; connectedness and compact- 
ness. 3 credits. 

M 450-453 Special Topics in 

Mathematics 

Selected topics in mathematics of 



Courses 235 



special or current interest. 3 credits. 

M 472 Probability and Statistics 11 

Prerequisite: M 37 1 . Elements of 
the theor\' of point estimation, 
maximum likelihood estimates, the- 
ory ot testing hypotheses, power of 
a test, confidence intervals, linear 
regression, experimental design and 
analysis of variance, correlation, and 
nonparametric tests. 3 credits. 

M 473 Advanced Statistical 
Inference 

Prerequisite: M 472. This course is 
designed to provide an in-depth 
treatment of statistical inlerence. 
Topics include distribution of func- 
tions of one or several random vari- 
ables, N-P structure of tests of 
hypothesis, properties of "good" 
estimators, and the multivariate 
normal distribution. 3 credits. 

M 481 Linear Models I 

Prerequisite: M 472. This course is 
designed to provide a comprehen- 
sive study of linear regression. Top- 
ics include simple linear regression, 
inference in simple linear regres- 
sion, violations of model assump- 
tions, multiple linear regression, 
and the Extra Sum of Squares Prin- 
ciple. 3 credits. 

M 482 Linear Models II 

Prerequisite: M 481. Continuation 
of M 481, with an emphasis on 
experimental design. Topics include 
single-factor designs, two-factor 
designs, multiple-factor designs, 
and randomized block designs. 3 
credits. 

M 491-499 Department Seminar 

A study of a mathematical topic or 
topics not covered in the above 
courses. Subject of study is 
announced by the mathematics 



department in advance. A paper 
and/or seminar talk, suitable for 
presentation to all interested mathe- 
matics faculty, is required. 3 credits. 

M 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent of faculty 
member and department chair. 
Opportunity for the student, under 
the direction of a faculty member, 
to explore an area of interest. This 
course must be initiated by the stu- 
dent. 1-3 credits. 



MECHANICAL 
ENGINEERING 

Design elective/required choices are 
indicated by (D) following course 
title. 

ME 200 Engineering Materials 

Prerequisite: CH 103. A study of 
the properties of the principal engi- 
neering materials of modern tech- 
nology: steels and nonferrous alloys 
and their heat treatment, concrete, 
wood, ceramics, and plastics. Gives 
engineers sufficient background to 
aid them in selecting materials and 
setting specifications. 3 credits. 

ME 201 Engineering Graphics 

Prerequisites: EAS 107P EAS 109. 
Orthographic/multiview projec- 
tions; isometric, auxiliary, and sec- 
tional views; dimensioning and tol- 
erancing practices; working draw- 
ings; computer-aided drafting and 
solid modeling using contemporary 
software (e.g., AutoCAD, Solid- 
Works). 2 credits. 

ME 204 Dynamics 

Prerequisites: M 118, PH 150. 
Free-body diagrams, equilibrium of 
forces, friction. Kinematics and 



dynamics of particles and rigid bod- 
ies with emphasis on two-dimen- 
sional problems. Vector representa- 
tion of motion in rectangular, polar, 
and natural coordinates. Impulse- 
momentum and work-energy theo- 
rems. Rigid bodies in translation, 
rotation and general plane motion. 
3 credits. 

ME 215 Instrumentation 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: CE 205, E 225 (may 
be taken concurrently), ME Skills 
Workshop. Laboratory experiments 
introducing equipment and tech- 
niques used to measure force, static 
displacement, dynamic motion, 
stress, strain, fluid flow, pressure, 
and temperature. Introduction to 
statistical methods, data acquisition, 
data analysis and control using 
microcomputers. 2 credits. 

ME 222 Methods of Mechanical 
Design (D) 

Prerequisites: CE 205, ME 101. 
Introduction to the mechanical 
design process including planning, 
design phases, methods, and docu- 
mentation. Understanding the 
design problem, planning a project, 
concept generation and evaluation, 
design matrix and Pugh's method. 
Product design and generation, 
manufacturing processes, cost esti- 
mation, concurrent design. Product 
evaluation. Implementation of 
methods via hardware design proj- 
ect. 3 credits. 

ME 300 Rigid Body Dynamics 

Prerequisite: EAS 222. Planar and 
3-D kinematics and kinetics of 
rigid bodies. Work-energy methods, 
impulse-momentum theorem, iner- 
tia tensor, Euler angles, and gyro- 
scopic motion. 3 credits. 



236 



ME 301 Thermodynamics I 

Prerequisites: M 118, PH 150. 
Classical thermodynamics treat- 
ment oi first and second laws. 
Thermal and caloric equations of 
state. Closed and open systems and 
steady flow processes. Absolute 
temperature, entropy, combined 
first and second laws. Power and 
refi'igeration cycles. 3 credits. 

ME 302 Thermodynamics II 

Prerequisites: CS 110, M 203 
(may be taken concurrently), ME 
301. Extensions and applications 
of first and second laws; availabili- 
ty, combustion process, ideal gas 
mixtures. Maxwell's relations. 
HVAC topics. Advanced thermo- 
dynamic cycles. 3 credits. 

ME 304 Mechanical Behavior of 
Materials 

Prerequisite: ME 200. Detailed 
study of elastic and plastic deforma- 
tion of materials at room tempera- 
ture ;md elevated temperatures. 
Dislocation theor)' and microplas- 
ticity models considered. 3 credits. 

ME 305 Engineering 
Thermodynamics 

Prerequisite: EAS 224. Corequisite: 
M 203. Use of first and second laws 
of thermodynamics to investigate 
processes involving vapors and gxses 
in closed and open systems. Anal)'- 
sis of vapor and gas power and 
refrigeration cycles. Exergy analysis, 
psychometrics, and combustion 
processes. 4 credits. 

ME 307 Solid Mechanics 

Prerequisites: CE 205, M 203. Elas- 
tic behavior of structural elements 
such as beams, columns, and shafts. 
Stress and strain at a point. Plane 
stress and plane strain. Stress and 



strain transformations, Mohrs cir- 
cle. Theories of yielding and failure. 
Introduction to the finite element 
method of stress analysis and com- 
puter-aided engineering. 3 credits. 

ME 308 Applied Elasticity 

Prerequisites: EAS 222, M 203. 
Stress and strain tensors. Equilib- 
rium equations. Transformation 
equations for stress and strain. 
Principal stresses and maximum 
shear stress. Stress-strain relations. 
Measurement of strain. Theories of 
yielding and fracture. Introduction 
to matrix methods of structural 
analysis, the finite element 
method, and computer-aided engi- 
neering. 4 credits. 

ME 315 Mechanics Laboratory 

Prerequisites: EAS 222 or consent 
of instructor. Laboratory experi- 
ments in mechanics of materials, 
vibrational analysis, computer-aided 
data acquisition and analysis. 
Emphasis placed on measurement 
techniques, report writing, and 
error/statistical analysis. 2 credits. 

ME 321 Incompressible Fluid 
Flow 

Prerequisites: M 204, EAS 222 or 
consent of instructor. Fluid kine- 
matics, continuity equation, vector 
operations. Momentum equation 
for frictionless flow, Bernoulli equa- 
tion with applications. Irrotational 
flow, velocity potential, Laplace's 
equation, dynamic pressure and lift. 
Stream function for incompressible 
flows. Rotational flows, vorticity, 
circulation, lift and dr^. Integral 
momentum analysis. Navier-Stokes 
equation, stress tensor. Newtonian 
fluid. Boundary layer approxima- 
tions. 3 credits. 



ME 330 Fundamentals of 
Mechanical Design (D) 
Prerequisite: EAS 222 or consent 
of instructor. Review of methods 
of mechanical design. Develop- 
ment of fundamental engineering 
analysis involving static and fatigue 
failure. Topics include the maxi- 
mum shear and Von Mises' theo- 
ries of static design, safety factor, 
Soderberg and Goodman diagrams 
for latigue design, modified 
endurance limit, reliability analy- 
sis, statistical considerations, and 
stress concentration. Introduction 
to codes and standards. Practical 
applications. 3 credits. 

ME 343 Mechanisms (D) 

Prerequisite: ME 300. Graphic and 
analytic methods for determining 
displacements, velocities, and accel- 
erations of machine components. 
Applications to simple mechanisms 
such as linkages, cams, gears. 
Design project. 3 credits. 

ME 344 Mechanics of Vibration 

Prerequisites: M 204, ME 300. 
The mathematical relationships 
necessary for solving problems 
involving the vibration of lumped 
and continuous systems. Damping, 
free and forced motions, resonance, 
isolation, energy methods, balanc- 
ing. Single, two, and multiple 
degrees of freedom. Vibration 
measurement. 3 credits. 

ME 355 Interfacing and Control 
of Mechanical Devices (D) 

Prerequisites: EAS 230 or consent 
of instructor. A practical, hands-on 
approach to connecting, monitor- 
ing, and controling thermo sensors, 
motors, encoders, and other sensors 
and transducers using a PC and a 
multipurpose expansion board. 



Courses 237 



Topics include hardware connec- 
tions, voltage input and output, 
motor-generator and motor- 
encoder feedback, stepper motors, 
thermal control, and digital switch- 
ing. 3 credits. 

ME 404 Heat and Mass Transfer 

Prerequisites: M 204, ME 305, 
Corequisite: ME 321 or consent of 
instructor. Conduction in solids, 
solution of multidimensional con- 
duction problems, unsteady con- 
duction, radiation, boundary layer 
and convection. Introduction to 
mass transfer. Lectures include 
occasional demonstrations of con- 
vection, radiation, heat exchangers. 
3 credits. 

ME 407 Solar Energy Thermal 
Processes (D) 

Corequisite: ME 404. Introduction 
to the fundamentals of solar energy 
thermal processes including solar 
radiation, flat plate and focusing 
collectors, energy storage, hot water 
heating, cooling and auxiliary sys- 
tem components. Emphasis on the 
design and evaluation of systems as 
they pertain to commercial and res- 
idential buildings. 3 credits. 

ME 408 Advanced Mechanics 

Prerequisites: M 204, ME 300. 
Plane and spatial motion of parti- 
cles and rigid bodies, inertia tensor, 
relative motion, gyroscopes, central 
force motion. Lagrangian and 
Hamiltonian methods. 3 credits. 

ME 41 1 Fundamentals of 
Thermo/Fluid Design (D) 
Corequisites: ME 305, ME 330 or 
consent of instructor. Introduction 
to the design of specific thermal, 
heat, and fluid devices and systems 
as they apply to practical design 



problems. Review of design 
methodology and basic equations 
in thermal sciences. Group design 
studies in each of the three basic 
areas of heat exchangers, prime 
movers, and piping systems. 3 
credits. 

ME 415 Thermo/Fluids 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: ME 315, ME 321. 
Corequisite: ME 404. A survey of 
experiments and laboratory investi- 
gations covering the areas of fluid 
mechanics, thermodynamics, heat 
transfer, and gas dynamics. Analog 
and digital data acquisition and 
analysis. 2 credits. 

ME 422 Compressible Fluid 
Flow 

Prerequisites: ME 305, ME 321, 
ME 404 or consent of instructor. 
Compressible fluid flow with 
emphasis on one-dimensional duct- 
ed steady flows with heat transfer, 
frictional effects, shock waves, and 
combined effects. Introductory con- 
siderations of two- and three- 
dimensional flows. Applications to 
propulsive devices. Occasional 
demonstrations accompany the lec- 
tures. 3 credits. 

ME 426 Turbomachinery (D) 

Prerequisites: ME 305, ME 321 or 
consent of instructor. Review of 
basic thermodynamics and fluid 
mechanics. Dimensional analysis; 
specific speed; classification of tur- 
bomachines; cavitation; losses; def- 
initions of efficiency. Theories of 
turbomachines; design considera- 
tions for stator blades and rotor 
blades. Computer-aided design. 3 
credits. 



ME 427 Computer-Aided 
Engineering (D) 

Prerequisite: ME 308 or consent of 
instructor. Integration of computers 
into the design cycle. Interactive 
computer modeling and analysis. 
Geometrical modeling with wire 
frame, surface, and solid models. 
Finite element modeling and analy- 
sis. Problems solved involving struc- 
tural, dynamic, and thermal charac- 
teristics of mechanical devices. 3 
credits. 

ME 431 Mechanical Engineering 
Design I (D) 

Prerequisites: ME 330 and senior 
standing or consent of instructor's. 
Basic aspects of power transmission. 
Topics include friction train, belt 
and chain drives, gear drive, plane- 
tary and differential trains. Study of 
air and hydraulic components and 
analysis of machine elements 
including shafts, springs, clutches, 
bearings, and gears. In-house and 
industrial projects in solids and 
thermal/fluids areas. Student groups 
determine problem requirements 
and objectives and select the best 
design alternative. Oral project pre- 
sentations. Course offered only in 
Fall semester. 3 credits. 

ME 432 Mechanical Engineering 
Design II (D) 

Prerequisite: ME 431. Projects initi- 
ated in ME 431 are carried to com- 
pletion by the same groups. 
Detailed design drawings and pro- 
totype construction, testing, and 
evaluation. Midterm and final oral 
presentations and comprehensive 
written reports. Course offered only 
in Spring semester. 3 credits. 



238 



ME 435 Advanced Mechanical 
Design (D) 

Prerequisites; ME 321, ME 431. 
Selected advanced topics related to 
the design of machine elements 
such as hydrodynamic theory of 
lubrication and principles of 
hydraulic machines with applica- 
tion to hydraulic couplings. 3 
credits. 

ME 438 Systems Dynamics and 
Control 

'Prerequisite: ME 321. Modeling, 
analysis, and design ot dynamic 
systems with feedback. Response 
and stability analysis. Methods 
include Routh-Hurwitz, root locus, 
Bode plots, Nyquist stability crite- 
rion. Design and compensation 
methods. Applications in mechani- 
cal, thermal, electrical systems. Pro- 
ject. 3 credits. 

ME 443 Introduction to Flight 
Propulsion 

Prerequisite: ME 422 or consent of 
instructor. A senior course designed 
for those students who intend to 
work or pursue further studies in 
the aerospace field. Among the top- 
ics covered are detonation and 
deflagration, introductory one- 
dimensional nonsteady gas flows, 
basic concepts of turbomachinery, 
and survey of contemporary 
propulsive devices. Shock tube, 
supersonic wind tuiinel, and flame 
propagation demonstrations accom- 
pany the lectures. 3 credits. 

ME 450-459 Special Topics in 
Mechanical Engineering 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
In-depth study of topics chosen 
from areas of particular and current 
interest to mechanical engineering 
students. 1-6 credits. 



ME 512 Senior Seminar 

Open to seniors with coordinator's 
approval. Individual oral presenta- 
tions of material researched on 
topics selected by students and fac- 
ulty at the beginning of the term. 
3 credits. 

ME 599 Independent Study (D) 

Prerequisites: consent ot faculty 
supervisor and approval of program 
coordinator. Independent study 
provides an opportunity for the stu- 
dent to explore an area of special 
interest under faculty supervision. 
1—3 credits per semester, with a 
maximum of 12 credits. 



MANAGEMENT 

MG 115 Fundamentals of 
Management 

A course in introductory manage- 
ment that explores the basics of 
both theory and practice. Topics are 
related to the five functions of man- 
agement: planning, organizing, 
staffing, leading, and controlling. 
Enrollment limited to nonbusiness 
majors and/or A.S. business admin- 
istration students only. 3 credits. 

MG 120 Development of 
American Sports 

A survey of the American sports 
industry and how it relates to socie- 
t)': issues and problems in national 
and international sports activities. 
An analysis of current sports issues 
and trends. 3 credits. 

MG 210 Management and 
Organization 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing. 
A study of management systems as 
they apply to all organizations. 
Managerial functions, principles of 



management, and other aspects of 
the management process are exam- 
ined. 3 credits. 

MG 230 Management of Sports 
Industries 

Prerequisites: MG 120 and sopho- 
more standing. A survey of the 
principles of management applica- 
ble to the administration ot sports 
enterprises: planning, controlling, 
organizing, staffing, and directing 
various activities necessary for effec- 
tive functioning. 3 credits. 

MG 235 Marketing and Public 
Relations in Sports 

Prerequisites: MG 120 and sopho- 
more standing. This course intro- 
duces students to marketing and 
public relations skills crucial to suc- 
cess in every sports business, and 
examines the unique features of 
sports marketing and public rela- 
tions that set sports apart from 
other industries. Students develop a 
strategic sports marketing plan that 
includes an emphasis on public 
relations. 3 credits. 

MG 240 Business Ethics and 
Diversity 

Prerequisites: E 1 10 and sophomore 
standing. This course introduces 
the student to the complexities of 
ethical behavior within the business 
environment and examines the 
impact of different demographic 
groups on various types of organiza- 
tions. 3 credits. 

MG 317 Entrepreneurship and 
New Business Development 
Prerequisite: MG 210. Covers the 
entrepreneurial process from con- 
ception to operation of a new busi- 
ness. Concentrates on the character- 
istics of entrepreneurs and the 



Courses 239 



process by which they turn ideas 
into new business. Students also 
learn about the process of new busi- 
ness development in the large cor- 
poration and study the effect of 
corporate culture on the success of 
new ventures. 3 credits. 

MG 320 Sports Industries and 
the Law 

Prerequisite: MG 1 20. Legal aspects 
as they relate to professional and 
amateur sports institutions. An 
analysis ot legal problems ajid issues 
confronting the sports manager: 
suits against the organizational 
structure; safety; collective bargain- 
ing and arbitration; and antitrust 
violations. 3 credits. 

MG 325 Sports Facility 
Management 

Prerequisites: MG 120, MG 210. 
An examination ot how sports facil- 
ities like coliseums, municipal and 
college stadiums, and multi-purpose 
civic centers are managed. Among 
the topics included are financial 
management of sports facilities, 
booking and scheduling events, box 
office management, staging and 
event production, personnel man- 
agement, concessions and merchan- 
dising management. 3 credits. 

MG 327 Business Planning 

Prerequisite: MG 317. Covers the 
elements of planning for a new 
business. Identifies the goals, objec- 
tives and strategies that an entrepre- 
neur must articulate for fiilfillment 
of that entrepreneurial dream. The 
main focus ot the course is to high- 
light the milestones toward success 
of the new venture. 3 credits. 



MG 331 Management of Human 
Resources 

Prerequisite: MG 210. A survey ot 
the industrial relations and the per- 
sonnel management .system of an 
organization. Manpower planning/ 
forecasting, labor markets, selection 
and placement, training and devel- 
opment, compensation, govern- 
ment/employer and labor/manage- 
ment relations. 3 credits. 

MG 350 Management of 
Workforce Diversity 

Prerequisite: MG 210. This course 
explores issues of social identity, 
social and cultural diversity, and 
societal manifestations of oppres- 
sion as they relate to the workplace. 
Workforce demographics are rapid- 
ly evolving due to changes in 
birthrates, immigration, legal sys- 
tems, social attitudes, and economic 
expansion. Managing businesses 
and other organizations will require 
not just contemporary knowledge 
and technology but the expertise to 
manage increasing workforce diver- 
sity. 3 credits. 

MG 415 Multinational 
Management 

Prerequisite: MG 210. An analysis 
and examination of management 
and organizational behavior against 
a background of diversified cultural 
systems. 3 credits. 

MG 417 Managing an 
Entrepreneurial Venture 

Prerequisites: FI 213, MG 317. 
Covers the principles of managing a 
growing entrepreneurial business. 
Students learn how to anticipate 
and deal with problems peculiar to 
a growing business. The emphasis is 
on innovation, creativity, and man- 
aging opportunities, in contrast 



with management of ongoing busi- 
ness that is based on efficiency and 
effectiveness. 3 credits. 

MG 430 Financial Management 
for Sports Administration 

Prerequisites: Fl 213, MG 210. 
Methods and procedures as they 
apply to sports administration, tax- 
ation, purchasing, cost analysis, 
budgeting, and the financial prob- 
lems of dealing with mass media. 3 
credits. 

MG 450^54 Special Topics in 
Business 

Prerequisites: MG 210 and junior 
standing unless otherwise specified 
in course schedule description. Spe- 
cial studies in business and public 
administration. Work may include 
study and analysis ot specific prob- 
lems within units ot business or 
government and application ot the- 
ory to those problems; programs of 
research related to a student's disci- 
pline; or special projects. Several 
sessions may run concurrendy. 3 
credits. 

MG 457 Family Business 
Management 

Prerequisite: MG 210. Provides a 
fundamental understanding of fam- 
ily business management, including 
historical and theoretical rudiments, 
transition stages, conflict resolution, 
family systems, and succession. 
Case studies of classic family busi- 
nesses are used for discussion and 
analysis. 3 credits. 

MG 467 Franchising 

Prerequisites: Fl 213, MG 210. 
Covers the franchising operation 
from both the franchisers and fran- 
chisee's perspectives. Provides the 
student with a framework to evalu- 



240 



ate the feasibility of extending a 
new business into a franchise and 
the potential profitabilin,' of engag- 
ing in a franchise operation. 3 
credits. 

MG 475 Sports Event 
Management 

Prerequisite: MG 120 and junior 
standing. This course helps students 
to develop the skills necessary to 
manage virtually any aspect of a 
sporting event, including contin- 
gency planning, logistics, working 
with vendors, financing, ticketing 
and admissions, seating design and 
controls, sponsor and supplier 
agreements, risk management and 
insurance, marketing events and 
licensed merchandise, finding spon- 
sorship, working with governmental 
agencies, and scheduling tourna- 
ments and matches. Focuses on 
events ranging from cycling and 
running races to the Super Bowl 
and the World Series. A require- 
ment is that students be direcdy 
involved with organizing a sports 
event during the semester. 3 credits. 

MG 512 Contemporary Issues in 
Business and Society 

Prerequisites: MG 210 and senior 
standing. A rigorous examination 
of competing concepts of the role 
of business in societ)'. A capstone, 
integrative course relating the firm 
to its environment, including 
issues arising from aggregate social, 
political, legal, and economic fac- 
tors. 3 credits. 

MG 520 Current Issues in 
Human Resource Management 

Prerequisites: MG 210, MG 331. 
Examines research findings and cur- 
rent literature relevant to issues 
affecting personnel functions in the 
organization. 3 credits. 



MG 550 Business Policy 

Prerequisites: FI 213, MG 210, 
MK 200. An examination of orga- 
nizational policies from the view- 
point of top-level executives; devel- 
opment of analytic frameworks for 
achieving the goals of the total 
organization. Discussion of cases 
and development of oral and writ- 
ten skills. 3 credits. 

MG 597 Practicum 

Prerequisite: junior standing. A 
course of study designed especially 
for the supervised practical applica- 
tion of previously studied theor)' in 
a group setting. Completed under 
the supervision of a facult)' sponsor 
and coordinated with a business 
organization. 3 credits. 

MG 598 Internship 

Prerequisite: MG 320 or MG 210. 
On-the-job experience in selected 
organizations in management. 3 
credits. 

MG 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: MG 210. Independent 
study on a project of interest to the 
student under the direction of a fac- 
ulty member designated by the 
department chair. 3 credits. 



MARKETING 

MK 200 Principles of Marketing 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing. 
The fiandamental functions of mar- 
keting involving the flow of goods 
and services from producers to con- 
simiers. Marketing methods of pro- 
motion, pricing, product decisions, 
and distribution channels. 3 credits. 

MK 205 Consumer Behavior 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing. 



A study of the principal compre- 
hensive marketing models that 
focus on buyer decision processes. 
Topics include brand switching 
decisions, measures of media effec- 
tiveness, market segmentation, and 
other marketing techniques. 3 
credits. 

MK 302 Organizational 
Marketing 

Prerequisite: MK 200. Practices and 
policies in the distribution of indus- 
trial goods, including purchasing, 
market analysis, channels of distri- 
bution, pricing, competitive prac- 
tices, and operating costs. 3 credits. 

MK 307 Advertising and 
Promotion 

Prerequisite: MK 200. The design, 
management, and evaluation of the 
various communications programs 
involved in marketing and public 
relations. 3 credits. 

MK 316 Sales Management 

Prerequisite: MK 200. The manage- 
ment of a sales organization: 
recruiting, selecting, training, super- 
vising, motivating, and compensat- 
ing sales personnel. 3 credits. 

MK 321 Retail Management 

Prerequisite: MK 200. Survey of 
the problems and opportunities in 
the retail distribution field, includ- 
ing a basic understanding of buy- 
ing, selling, and promotion of the 
retail consumer market. 3 credits. 

MK 326 Overview of E-Commerce 

Prerequisites: MK 200 and junior 
standing. A review of issues in e- 
commerce. Technologies available 
for digitalization and transmission 
are surveyed. Different uses of 
Internet, intranets, extranets, and 



Courses 241 



web pages are discussed. B2B sales 
and supply chain management are 
introduced. Available security and 
payment systems are compared. 
The impacts ot e-commerce and e- 
taii on business structure, channel 
conflicts, and alliances are intro- 
duced. 3 credits. 

MK 402 Marketing of Services 

Prerequisite: MK 200. The market- 
ing of services, including service- 
based market planning, marketing 
mix, core marketing strategies and 
trends, and the essential differences 
between product and service-based 
marketing. 3 credits. 

MK 413 International Marketing 

Prerequisites: EC 133, MK 200. 
Applied marketing decision-making 
in international firms. The develop- 
ment of marketing strategy and 
techniques in foreign markets. 
Study of key multinational market- 
ing skills, especially research, prod- 
uct policy, pricing, promotion, and 
distribution. 3 credits. 

MK 442 Marketing Research in 
the Global Environment 

Prerequisites: MK 200, QA 216. 
Research as a component of the 
marketing information system. 
Research design, sampling methods, 
data interpretation, and manage- 
ment of the marketing research 
fimction. 3 credits. 

MK 450^59 Special Topics 

Prerequisites: MK 200 and junior 
standing. Coverage of new and 
emerging topics and applications in 
marketing theor)' and practice. The 
format may include both traditional 
classroom activities and innovative 
group projects. 3 credits. 



MK 515 Marketing Management 

Prerequisites: MK 200 and senior 
standing. The analysis, planning, 
and control of the marketing effort 
within the firm. Emphasis on case 
analysis. A marketing capstone 
course. 3 credits. 

MK 597 Practicum 

Prerequisite: MK 200 and senior 
standing. A course of study 
designed especially for the super- 
vised practical application of previ- 
ously studied theory in a group set- 
ting. Completed under the supervi- 
sion of a faculty sponsor and coor- 
dinated with a business organiza- 
tion. 3 credits. 

MK 598 Internship 

Prerequisite: MK 200. Supervised 
field experience for qualified stu- 
dents in areas related to their major. 
3 credits. 

MK 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: MK 200. A planned 
program of individual study under 
the supervision of a member of the 
faculty. 3 credits. 



MULTIMEDIA 

MM 301 Introduction to 
Multimedia 

The three goals of this course are 
(1) to provide students with the 
necessary multimedia background 
and theory; (2) to discuss the basic 
building blocks of multimedia — 
text, images, animation, video, and 
sound; and (3) to teach the practi- 
cal elements of making multimedia 
and the use of authoring software. 
3 credits. 



MM 311 Advanced Multimedia 

Prerequisite: MM 301. This course 
begins by covering the advanced 
elements of multimedia. Hardware 
and software tools are described in 
detail. Students are then introduced 
to the step-by-step creative and 
organizing process that results in a 
finished multimedia project: the 
technology, user interface design, 
and graphic production techniques. 
The course emphasizes such topics 
as how to structure information, 
how to anticipate user experience, 
and how to generate visually com- 
pelling interfaces. 3 credits. 

MM 312 Website Creation 

Prerequisite: MM 301 or consent of 
instructor. An introduction to web 
page creation and design. This 
course addresses some of the most 
important topics for website design- 
ers: site evaluation and design, con- 
tent, structure, layout, and audi- 
ence. 3 credits. 

MM 401 Multimedia Seminar 

Prerequisite: MM 311. This course 
covers more advanced elements of 
multimedia. Current technical 
advances and artistic trends are dis- 
cussed in detail. Students are rein- 
troduced to the creative and organ- 
izing process that results in a fin- 
ished multimedia project, and they 
become familiar with some of the 
software tools (HTML editors) 
used to design and implement an 
interactive web page. 3 credits. 

MM 450 Special Topics in 
Multimedia 

Study of selected topics of special or 
current interest. 3 credits. 



242 



MARINE BIOLOGY 

MR 101 Introduction to Marine 
Biology 

An introduction to the field of 
marine biology and the marine 
environments of southern Con- 
necticut. Students learn basic 
marine sampling techniques and 
basic organism identification. Stu- 
dents also explore the different 
components of the marine envi- 
ronment, in particular Long Island 
Sound. This course is intended for 
marine biology majors and other 
students interested in learning 
about the field. Students are 
required to have hip waders. 1 
credit. 

MR 102 Seminar in Marine 
Biology 

An introduction to careers and 
research topics in marine biolog)'. 
Every week students explore new 
scientific questions in marine biol- 
ogy and learn about potential 
occupations within the field. This 
course is intended for marine biol- 
ogy majors and other students 
interested in learning about ongo- 
ing issues in the field of marine 
biology. 2 credits. 

MR 200 Oceanography with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: BI 121-122 or HI 
253-254, Math 109 or higher, and 
high school chemistry. This course 
investigates the major aspects of 
physical, geological, chemical, and 
biological oceanography. Human 
impacts on the ocean environment 
are considered as well. The labora- 
tory component provides hands-on 
experience with marine sampling, 
mapping, and measurements, as 



well as with computer simulations 
of ocean currents, tides, waves, and 
other oceanographic phenomena. 
4 credits. 

MR 260 Marine Vertebrate 
Zoology with Laboratory 

Prerequisite: BI 122 or Bl 254. A 
survey of marine vertebrate phyla, 
focusing on taxonomy, evolutionary 
relationships, structure and func- 
tion, physiological adaptations, and 
life modes. Laborator)' includes real 
and virtual examination of the 
structure and anatomy of represen- 
tative taxa from the phyla, laborato- 
ry experiments, and observations on 
the behavioral responses of certain 
organisms to environmental stim- 
uli. 4 credits. 

MR 300 Marine Ecology with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: Bl 250, BI 320. 
Investigation of ecological structure 
and dynamics in marine and estuar- 
ine habitats at organismal, popula- 
tion, community, and ecosystem 
levels. Geographic aspects and 
human interactions with marine 
ecosystems are also considered. 
Designed around specific topics 
covered in lecture, the laboratory 
includes investigation of different 
types of estuarine and coastal habi- 
tats, field and laboratory tech- 
niques, and design of basic and 
applied marine ecological investiga- 
tions. Some required weekend field 
classes. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 

MR 310 Marine Botany with 
Laboratory 

Prerequisites: Bl 1 22 or BI 254; 
MR 200. A survey of plant and 
algae taxa inhabiting the marine 
and estuarine environment. 
Emphasis is placed on the form and 



fijnction of the major groups and 
their adaptation to the marine envi- 
ronment. The laboratory section 
includes exercises in lower plant 
taxonomy and morphology. Experi- 
ments in plant physiology and field 
trips to study intertidal plant com- 
munities are included. Laboratory 
fee; 4 credits. 

MR 320 Marine Pollution 

Prerequisite: MR 300. A classifica- 
tion of the different forms of pollu- 
tion in the marine environment. 
The fate and transport of different 
pollutants are discussed as are the 
effects of pollutants on coastal and 
open marine ecosystems. 3 credits. 

MR 330 Coastal Resources and 
Management 

Prerequisite: MR 300. Examination 
of natural coastal resources, human 
uses and alterations, federal and 
international regulations shaping 
activities in the coastal zone, and 
coastal management at the interna- 
tional, federal, state, and local lev- 
els. Some weekend field classes may 
be required. 3 credits. 

MR 331 Marine Conservation 
and Restoration 

Prerequisite: MR 300. An investiga- 
tion into the conservation of 
marine resources and the science ot 
habitat recovery and restoration. 
Topics include fisheries conserva- 
tion, case studies ol restored coastal 
habitats, assessment procedures, 
and evaluation of ecological func- 
tion in restored habitats. 3 credits. 

MR 410 Marine Aquaculture and 
Biotechnology 

Prerequisite: MR 300. An examina- 
tion of marine aquaculture and the 
use of marine resources in develop- 



Courses 243 



ing biotechnological products. The 
histor)' of aquaculture and current 
aquaculture practices throughout 
the world are reviewed. Lectures 
are augmented by visits to com- 
mercial establishments and aqua- 
culture research laboratories. The 
second portion ot the course focus- 
es on the development of marine 
biotechnology, marine products, 
and the relationship between aqua- 
culture and marine biotechnology. 
Some required weekend field class- 
es. 3 credits. 

MR 420 Marine Biogeochemistry 
with Laboratory 

Prerequisites: CH 115-118, MR 
300. A comprehensive study of the 
biogeochemistry of marine waters 
and sediments. Emphasis is on bio- 
geochemical cycling of key elements 
in marine and estuarine ecosystems 
and their role in global processes. 
Chemical analysis and field collec- 
tion techniques together with 
experimentation into the partition- 
ing ot chemical species among sedi- 
ment, water, and biota are conduct- 
ed in the laboratory portion of the 
class. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 

MR 501-502 Senior Project in 
Marine Biology I and II 

Prerequisites: marine biology 
major, senior standing. Individ- 
ual/group-based research in marine 
biology. Students develop specific 
research projects, conduct literature 
searches, plan and conduct experi- 
ments, analyze the data, and pres- 
ent their findings in a written 
report and at a student conference 
at the end of the second semester. 
3 credits each semester. 



MR 590 Special Topics 

Selected topics ol special or current 
interest in the study of marine biol- 
ogy. 3 credits. 

MR 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: marine biology 
major, consent of the department. 
Weekly conferences with adviser. 
Opportunity for the student, 
under the direction of a faculty 
member, to explore an area of per- 
sonal interest. A written report is 
required. 3 credits. 



MUSIC 

MU 106 Chorus 

Styles of group singing; survey of 
choral music literature from around 
the world. 3 credits. 

MU 111 Introduction to Music 

Basic forms and styles ol music in 
the Western world; music apprecia- 
tion. 3 credits. 

MU 1 12 Introduction to World 
Music 

Non-Western musical styles, their 
cultures and aesthetics; music of 
the indigenous cultures of the 
Americas and the advanced musics 
of the Near East and Far East; 
emphasis on India, the Orient, 
Southeast Asia, Africa, and 
Indonesia. 3 credits. 

MU 116 Performance 

Open to all students interested in 
ensembles or private instruction. 
Students with adequate scholastic 
standing may carry this course for 
credit in addition to a normal pro- 
gram. 1-8 credits; maximum 3 
credits per semester. 



MU 125 Elementary Music 
Theory 

A one-semester introduction to the 
basic principles ol music, primarily 
for students who wish to gain 
insight into the fundamental struc- 
tures and workings of the art form. 
Music majors who have not suc- 
cessfully passed the department 
placement examination must enroll 
in MU 125 and MU 126. Topics 
include notation, scales, key signa- 
tures, time signatures, staff recogni- 
tion, intervals, and triads. Non- 
music majors are not required to 
enroll in the laboratory. 3 credits. 

MU 126 Elementary Music 
Theory Laboratory 

Exercises in sight-singing, soltege, 
melodic and rhythmic dictation, 
and music notation. Should be 
taken concurrently with MU 125. 
1 credit. 

MU 150-151 Introduction to 
Music Theory I and II 

Fundamentals ot music: notation; 
physical and acoustical foundations; 
harmony and melody; modality, 
tonality, atonality; consonance and 
dissonance; tension; introductory 
composition; and ear training. 3 
credits each term. 

MU 175-176 Musicianship 
I and II 

Prerequisites: MU 111 or MU 112; 
MU 150. Development of practical 
skills essential to performers and 
ensemble directors: ear training, 
sight-singing, dictation, transcrip- 
tion, arranging, notation, score 
writing. 3 credits each term. 

MU 198-199 Introduction to 
American Music I and II 

Music of the North American con- 



244 



tinent from the Puritans to the 
present day; both European and 
non-European musical traditions, 
with emphasis on rwentieth-centur)' 
developments. 3 credits each term. 

MU 201-202 Analysis and 
History of European Art Music 1 
and II 

Prerequisites: MU 150, MU 151. 
The growth of Western art music 
from its beginnings to the present 
day. Analysis of musical master- 
pieces on a technical and conceptu- 
al basis. 3 credits each term. 

MU211 History of Rock 

Study of rock music as a musical 
tradition and as a social, political, 
and economic phenomenon. 
Ethno-musicological and historical 
examination of rock from its pre- 
1955 roots to the present. 3 credits. 

MU 221 Film Music 

Designed for both music and com- 
munication majors. Introduction 
to the art, science, and history of 
musical scores in film. Class work 
includes viewing and analysis of 
films with significant cuing and an 
introduction to the musical reper- 
toire available to the filmmaker. 3 
credits. 

MU 250-251 Theory and 
Composition I and II 

Investigation ot music theory in 
various parts of the world, includ- 
ing the Western art tradition. Exer- 
cises in the composition of music 
within these theoretical constructs. 
Ear training and keyboard harmo- 
ny. 3 credits each term. 



MU 261 Introduction to the 
Music Industr)' 
An introduction to die music 
industry from the artist's point of 
view. Provides guidance to musi- 
cians and/or songwriters tiying to 
break into the record industry. Top- 
ics include overview of the music 
industry, songwriting and publish- 
ing, the copyright law, music licens- 
ing, artist management, agents and 
attorneys, and recording contracts. 
3 credits. 

MU 299 Problems of Music 

Music as an art form throughout 
the world. Music aesthetics and its 
relationship to the performance and 
composition of music. 3 credits. 

MU 300 Studies in Music 1 
Area studies in music and its parent 
culture. Cultural theory as related 
to the music; instruments of the 
area and their etymologies; per- 
formance practices; the social role 
of music, both art and folk. Areas 
offered depend on availabilit)' of 
staff: China, Japan, the Near East, 
the Indian subcontinent, Africa, 
American Indian, Afro-American, 
Latin American, the Anglo-Celtic 
tradition, and others. 3 credits. 

MU 301 Recording 
Fundamentals 

Prerequisites: CO 103; PH 100 or 
PH 1 50. A study of the fiindamen- 
tals of sound recording technique 
and methodology: acoustics, basic 
electronics, the decibel, magnetism, 
microphones, microphone place- 
ment, tape recorders, tape formats, 
mixers, signal processing and moni- 
toring systems. This course also 
emphasizes the importance of 
sound aesthetics and ethics in the 
sound recording process. 3 credits. 



MU 311-312 Multitrack 
Recording I and II 

Prerequisite: MU 301. Two-semes- 
ter course in the technique and 
methodology of multitrack studio 
and live recording. Includes detailed 
study of multiple tracking, mixing 
consoles, microphones, tape 
recorders, signal processors, studio 
procedures, sound synthesis, MIDI 
and digital audio. Also emphasizes 
the use of computers in the record- 
ing studio. Laboratory fee; 3 credits 
per semester. 

MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDl 

Prerequisite: MU 301. A study of 
the use of synthesizers, drum 
machines, sound modules, and 
computers in the recording studio. 
Using a combination of lecture 
/demonstrations as well as lab 
hours, students explore the physics 
of sound, sound synthesis, instru- 
ment control, Musical Instruments 
Digital Interface (MIDI), and 
computers. Special emphasis is 
placed on current sequencing, 
notation, and printing software. 
3 credits. 

MU 322 Sound System Design 
and Maintenance 

Prerequisite: MU 311. This course 
covers the basics of sound system 
troubleshooting and maintenance. 
Topics include sound systems, the 
decibel, reading specs and diagrams, 
basic electronics, cabling, and test 
equipment. 3 credits. 

MU 350 Studies in Music II 

Area studies in musical forms; their 
history, evolution, and resultant 
metamorphoses; performance prac- 
tices and extant forms. Areas 
offered depend upon availabilit)' of 
staff. 3 credits. 



Courses 245 



MU 361 Production, Promotion, 
and Distribution 

Prerequisite: MU 261. An overview 
of the music industry from the 
record companys perspective. Pro- 
vides guidance to music enthusiasts 
who want to become record com- 
pany executives, sales managers, 
producers, etc. Topics include 
record company administration; 
business aspects ot record produc- 
tion; promotion, publicity, and dis- 
tribution; recording studio manage- 
ment; radio station programming 
and management; music videos; the 
retail music store. 3 credits. 

MU 362 Legal Issues, 
Copyrights, and Contracts 

Prerequisite: MU 261. A compre- 
hensive overview of the legal proce- 
dures, timings, and agreements used 
in the music industry. Includes 
detailed study of the current copy- 
right law, publishing contracts, 
licensing, the manager and/or agent 
agreement, the record company 
contract, AFM and AFTRA agree- 
ments, and ethical considerations in 
the music industry. 3 credits. 

MU 401^02 Recording 
Seminar/Project I and II 

Prerequisite: MU 312. Each stu- 
dent completes a professional-quali- 
ty recording production or research 
and development project. Work 
may consist ot internship or co-op 
experience in a professional record- 
ing studio. Seminar also includes 
presentations on areas of profession- 
al interest such as career opportuni- 
ties and new development in studio 
technique and technology. Labora- 
tory fee; 3 credits each term. 

MU 416 Advanced Performance 

Prerequisites: consent of the depart- 



ment staff and a facult)' adviser. 
Preparation and presentation of an 
instrumental or vocal performance 
indicating sufficient proficiency to 
warrant the awarding of a degree in 
music. 3 credits. 

MU 450 Special Topics in Music 

Study of selected topics of special or 
current interest. 3 credits. 

MU 461-462 Internship in the 
Music Industry I and II 

Prerequisites: MU 361 and MU 
362. The purpose of this course is 
to provide the student with 
advanced on-the-job training via 
placement as an apprentice/intern 
in music industry companies such 
as recording studios, radio stations, 
music stores, and record companies. 
3 credits each term. 

MU 500-502 Seminars in 
Advanced Research 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Bibliographical studies of major 
world music areas; investigation of 
current and historical musicological 
theories; analysis and criticism of 
musicological area literatures. 3 
credits each term. 

MU 550 Studies in Urban Ethnic 
Music 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
The music tradition of inner-city 
ethnic groups; emphasis on the 
operation of the oral tradition in 
the preservation of cultural values 
and customs as evidenced through 
music. Classroom discussion is bal- 
anced by field research in the urban 
vicinity. 3 credits. 

MU 599 Independent Study 
Opportunity for the student, under 
the direction of a faculty member. 



to explore an area of personal inter- 
est. This course must be initiated by 
the student. 1-3 credits per semes- 
ter, with a maximum of 1 2 hours. 



PSYCHOLOGY 

Pill Introduction to 
Psychology 

Understanding human behavior. 
Motivation, emotion, learning, 
personality development, and 
intelligence as they relate to nor- 
mal and deviant behavior. Apply- 
ing psychological knowledge to 
everyday personal and societal 
problems. 3 credits. 

P 205 Introduction to Forensic 
Psychology 

Prerequisites: CJ 100, PI 1 1. This 
course provides an overview of the 
various applications of psychology 
to forensic settings. Topics include 
criminal investigation and profil- 
ing, personnel selection, dynamics 
of violence and victimology, eye- 
witness testimony, trial processes, 
and a variety of other areas within 
the criminal and civil justice sys- 
tems. 3 credits. 

P 212 Business and Industrial 
Psychology 

Prerequisite: Pill. Psychological 
principles and research as they 
apply to the problems of working 
with people in organizations. 
Analysis of problems and decisions 
in this use of human resources, 
including selection and placement, 
criterion measurement, job design, 
and motivation. 3 credits. 

P 216 Psychology of Human 
Development 

Prerequisite: Pill. Human devel- 



246 



opment over the life cycle — from 
conception through death: the 
changing societal and institutional 
framework; key concepts and theo- 
retical approaches; understanding 
development through biography; 
child rearing and socialization here 
and abroad. 3 credits. 

P 218 Sensation and Perception 

Prerequisite: Pill .This course 
examines how humans process the 
stimuli that surround them (sensa- 
tion) and how the brain interprets 
these stimuli (perception). Further- 
more, it explores how our interpre- 
tations and our responses to envi- 
ronmental stimuli are influenced by 
our experiences, culture, physiology, 
emotional state, and the social situ- 
ation. 3 credits. 

P 220 Psychology of Language 
and Reading 

Prerequisite: Pill. This course 
introduces students to the princi- 
ples of how humans acquire and 
understand language. It examines 
the mental processes involved in 
different forms of language use 
(e.g., speech, conversation, writing, 
and thought) with a special focus 
on the processes involved in reading 
comprehension. Furthermore, the 
course includes an examination of 
some of the difficulties often 
encountered when processing lan- 
guage, including aphasia and 
dyslexia. 3 credits. 

P 261 Drugs and Behavior 

Prerequisites: Pill and BI 
121—122. This course introduces 
the student to the relationship 
between drugs (legal and illegal) 
and human behavior. The main 
topics include the role of drugs in 



today's society, drug abuse and 
addiction, the treatment of addic- 
tion, and the use of psychoactive 
drugs in treating psychological dis- 
orders. 3 credits. 

P 301 Statistics for the 
Behavioral Sciences 

Prerequisite: M 127. Concepts and 
assumptions underlying statistical 
methods essential to design and 
interpretation of research on 
human subjects. Fundamental 
descriptive and inferential methods. 
This course includes training in the 
use of a computer statistics pro- 
gram. 4 credits. 

P 305 Experimental Methods in 
Psychology 

Prerequisite: P 30 1 . Methods of 
designing and analyzing psychologi- 
cal experiments. The scientific 
method as applied to psychology. 
Consideration of research tech- 
niques, experimental variables, 
design problems, and data analysis. 
This course includes training in the 
use of a computer statistics pro- 
gram. 3 credits. 

P 306 Psychology Laboratory 

Prerequisite: P 305. Group and 
individual experiments to be carried 
out by students. Research tech- 
niques for studying learning, moti- 
vation, and concept formation. 
Data analysis and report writing. 3 
credits. 

P 312 Cognitive Psychology 

Prerequisites: Pill. This course 
introduces students to the impor- 
tant psychological theories concern- 
ing the way in which the human 
mind perceives, interprets, process- 
es, stores, and retrieves information 



about the world. Furthermore, the 
course illustrates how the mind's 
mental representations of objects 
and events serve as the basis lor 
learning and memory, pattern 
recognition, the use of language, 
and our ability to reason and solve 
problems. 3 credits. 

P 3 1 5 Human and Animal 
Learning 

Prerequisite: Pill. Different types 
of human and animal learning. 
Learning as an adaptive mecha- 
nism. Psychological principles 
underlying learning. Practical appli- 
cations of learning principles. 3 
credits. 

P 316 The Psychology of Health 
and Sports 

Prerequisite: Pill. The role ot psy- 
chological factors in the cause and 
prevention of physical illness. The 
modification of unhealthful behav- 
iors. The study of stress and the 
management of stress, particularly 
during athletic competition. The 
nature of pain and pain manage- 
ment. The role of emotion in ath- 
letic performance. The use of psy- 
chology in athletic performance 
enhancement. Threats to the health 
of athletes. 3 credits. 

P 321 Social Psychology 

Prerequisites: P 1 1 1, SO 1 13. The 
interdependence of social organiza- 
tions and behavior. The interrela- 
tionships between role systems and 
personality; attitude analysis, devel- 
opment, and modification; group 
interaction analysis; social con- 
formity; social class and human 
behavior. 3 credits. (Same course as 
SO 320) 



Courses 247 



P 330 Introduction to 
Community Psychology 

Prerequisite: Pill. Key concepts of 
community psychologj'/community 
mental health. Community prob- 
lems, needs, and resources. The 
helping relationship. Intervention 
techniques. Programming services. 
Understanding behavioral differ- 
ences. Careers in communit)' psy- 
chology. 3 credits. 

P 331-332 Undergraduate 
Practicum I and II in 
Community/Clinical Psychology 

Corequisite: P 330 or consent of 
instructor. Supervised field experi- 
ence in community psychology/ 
mental health settings. Exploration 
of service delivery. Development ot 
basic repertoire ot helping skills. 
Behavioral log. Project reporting. 
Understanding helping roles at 
individual, small-group, and institu- 
tional levels. 1—6 credits, with a 
maximum of 3 credits per semester. 

P 336 Abnormal Psychology 

Prerequisite: Pill. Psychological 
and organic factors in personality 
disorganization and deviant behav- 
ior. Psychodynamics and classifica- 
tions of abnormal behavior. Disor- 
ders of childhood, adolescence, and 
old age. Evaluation of therapeutic 
methods. 3 credits. 

P 341 Psychological Theory 
Prerequisite: Pill. Contemporary 
theory in psychology. Emphasis on 
those theories which have most 
influenced thinking and research 
in sensation, perception, learning, 
motivation, and personality. 3 
credits. 



P 345 Police and Investigative 
Psychology 

Prerequisite: P 205. This course 
focuses on the functions of the 
police psychologist such as candi- 
date screening, stress management 
and counseling, hostage negotia- 
tions, critical incident debriefing 
and fitness tor duty evaluations. 
Application of psychological princi- 
ples to investigation strategies such 
as profiling and forensic hypnosis 
will iilso be explored. 3 credits. 

P 350 Human Assessment 

Prerequisite: P 30 1 . Basic principles 
ot measurement, applied to prob- 
lems of the construction, adminis- 
tration, and interpretation of stan- 
dardized tests in psychological, edu- 
cational, and industrial settings. 3 
credits. 

P 351 Behavior Therapies 

Prerequisite: Pill. Principles of 
therapeutic behavior management. 
Alteration of maladaptive behavior 
patterns in institutional, neighbor- 
hood, home, educational, and social 
settings by operant and respondent 
reinforcement techniques. Habit 
management in oneselt and in one's 
children. 3 credits. 

P 357 Legal Psychology 

Prerequisite: P 205. This course 
focuses on the study of human 
behavior and cognitions within the 
legal and criminal justice system. 
Special emphasis is given to the 
contributions of legal and cognitive 
psychology in understanding the 
criminal and civil legal system. Top- 
ics includes eyewitness testimony, 
jury decision-making, confession 
evidence, and punishment and sen- 
tencing. 3 credits. 



P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience 
Prerequisite: Pill and BI 
121-122. This course explores the 
neurological underpinnings related 
to cognitive processes and their 
associated behaviors. Specifically, 
the course focuses on the brain's 
role in complex human behaviors 
such as attention, body move- 
ment, consciousness, emotions, 
decision-making, formation and 
retrieval of memories, and the 
production and understanding of 
language. 3 credits. 

P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience 

Prerequisites: P 1 1 1; BI 121 and BI 
122. Endocrinological, neural, sen- 
sory, and response mechanisms 
involved in learning, motivation, 
adjustment, emotion, and sensa- 
tion. 3 credits. 

P 365 Law, Psychology and the 
Mental Health System 

This class reviews the civil and 
criminal law as it relates to mental 
health issues. Particular emphasis is 
given to the justification ot mental 
health law concepts, such as civil 
commitment and parens patriae 
power. Topics include competence 
to stand trial, insanity, civil com- 
mitment, sexual predator commit- 
ment statutes, confidentiality, duty 
to warn, informed consent, mal- 
practice and issues of expert testi- 
mony. Legal cases are examined to 
give the students a foundation in 
actual legal case law. Ethical issues 
and issues of professional responsi- 
bility are covered. 

P 370 Psychology of Personality 

Prerequisites: Pill, junior stand- 
ing. Theory and method in the 
understanding of normal and 
deviant aspects of personality; theo- 



248 



Ties of Freud, Jung, Rogers, neo- 
Freudians, and others. 3 credits. 

P 375 Foundations of 
Clinical/Counseling Psychology 

Prerequisite: P 336. Course reviews 
the humanistic, psychoanalytic, and 
behaviorist views on the emergence 
and treatment of psychopathology. 
The fit between theory and tech- 
nique is explored. 3 credits. 

P 475 Senior Seminar in 
Psychology and Law 

Prerequisites: P 205, P 357, P 365, 
senior standing. This course 
explores a series of contemporary 
rotating research topics in law and 
psychology that allow students to 
take an in-depth examination of a 
single area of study. Areas explored 
may include jury decision-making 
models, forensic assessment, wrong- 
ful conviction, death penalty, and 
trial consulting. 3 credits. 

P 480^84 Special Topics in 
Psychology 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest. 3 credits. 

P 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent of faculty 
member and department chair. 
Opportunity for the student, under 
the direction of a faculty member, 
to explore an area of personal inter- 
est. This course must be initiated by 
the student after conferring with 
the faculty member who has agreed 
to supervise the project. 1-3 credits. 



PUBLIC 
ADMINISTRATION 

PA 101 Introduction to Public 
Administration 

The nature of and problems 
involved in the administration of 
public services at the federal, state, 
regional, and local levels. 3 credits. 

PA 302 Public Administration 
Systems and Procedures 

The major staff management fiinc- 
tions in government and in non- 
profit agencies: planning, budget- 
ing, scheduling, and work analysis. 
3 credits. 

PA 305 Institutional Budgeting 
and Planning 

Budgeting as an institutional plan- 
ning tool, as a cost control device, 
and as a program analysis mecha- 
nism is stressed. Attention is given 
to the salary expense budget, the 
revenue budget, the capital budget, 
and the cash budget. 3 credits. 

PA 307 Urban and Regional 
Management 

Methods and analysis of decision- 
making related to urban and 
regional problems. Topics include 
housing, land use, economic 
development, transportation, pol- 
lution, conservation, and urban 
renewal. 3 credits. 

PA 308 Health Care Delivery 
Systems 

An examination of the health care 
delivery systems in the U.S., includ- 
ing contemporary economic, orga- 
nizational, financing, manpower, 
cost, and national health insurance 
issues. 3 credits. 



PA 404 Public Policy Analysis 

Using the public perspective, exam- 
ines the nature of the public policy 
process from policy formation 
through policy termination. Major 
emphasis on the techniques com- 
monly used in analyzing public pol- 
icy, including cost/benefit analysis 
and comparison of expected and 
actual outcomes. An opportunity to 
gain hands-on experience in the 
analysis and evaluation of public 
policy. 3 credits. 

PA 405 Public Personnel 
Practices 

Study of the civil service systems of 
the federal, state and local govern- 
ments, including a systematic 
review of the methods of recruit- 
ment, evaluation, promotion, dis- 
cipline, control, and removal. 3 
credits. 

PA 408 Collective Bargaining in 
the Public Sector 

Analysis of collective bargaining in 
the public sector, with emphasis on 
legislation pertaining to government 
employees. 3 credits. 

PA 450^59 Special Topics 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest in the field of public man- 
agement. 3 credits. 

PA 490 Public Health 
Administration 

An examination of public health 
activities, including public health 
organization, environmental 
health, disease control, use of 
information systems, and social 
services. 3 credits. 



Courses 249 



PA 512 Seminar in Public 
Administration 

Selected topics related to public 
administration are chosen for study 
in depth. 3 credits. 

PA 597 Practicum 

Prerequisite: junior standing. A 
course of study designed especially 
for the supervised practical applica- 
tion ot previously studied theory in 
a group sening. Completed under 
the supervision of a faculty sponsor 
and coordinated with a business 
organization. 3 credits. 

PA 598 Internship 

Prerequisite: consent of the coordi- 
nator. Monitorial field experience 
with public and not-for-profit agen- 
cies. Minimum of 3 credits. 

PA 599 Independent Study 

Independent study on a project of 
interest to the student under the 
direction of a faculty member 
approved by the department chain 
3 credits. 



PHYSICS 

"+" denotes courses offered on an 
"as needed" basis. 

PH 100 Introductory Physics 
with Laboratory 

Prerequisite: M 109/M 127 or 
equivalent math competency. A 
one-semester introduction to the 
science of physics primarily for 
liberal arts, business, and hospital- 
ity/tourism students. The course 
provides a broad, algebra-based 
understanding of the basic laws of 
nature, their application to our 
everyday lives, and their impact 
on our technological society. Lab- 
oratory fee; 4 credits. 



+PH 101 Energy — Present and 
Future 

Prerequisite: M 109, M 127 or 
equivalent math competency. 
Intended primarily for business and 
liberal arts students. Explores the 
nature, role, and economic impact 
of energy in our society. Topics 
include the nature and growth of 
energy consumption, physical limits 
to energy production and con- 
sumption, environmental effects, 
and comparisons of energy alterna- 
tives. Special emphasis on the tech- 
nical, environmental, and economic 
aspects of nuclear power as well as 
energy sources of the future such as 
fast-breeder reactors, fusion, solar, 
and geothermal power. 3 credits. 

PH 103-104 General Physics I 
and II with Laboratory 

Prerequisite: M 109, M 127 or 
equivalent math competency. Pri- 
marily for lite-science majors with 
no calculus background. Basic con- 
cepts ot classical physics: funda- 
mental laws of mechanics, heat, 
electromagnetism, optics, and con- 
servation principles. Introduction to 
modern physics: relativity and 
quantum theory; atomic, nuclear, 
and solid-state physics. Application 
of the physical principles to life sci- 
ences. Laboratory fee; 4 credits per 
semester 

PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and 
Waves with Laboratory 

Prerequisite: M 117. Introductory 
course for physical science and 
engineering majors. Kinematics, 
Newton's laws, conservation princi- 
ples for momentum, energy, and 
angular momentum. Thermal 
physics. Basic properties ot waves, 
simple harmonic motion, superpo- 
sition principle, interference phe- 



nomena, and sound. Laboratory 
fee; 4 credits. 

PH 203 The Physics of Music 
and Sound with Laboratory 

Prerequisites: PH 100 or PH 103 
or PH 1 50 or equivalent. A second- 
semester course in physics for music 
and sound-recording majors and 
others with a special interest in 
music, acoustics, or sound and 
hearing. Study of the physics 
underlying such things as the pro- 
duction of sound by musical instru- 
ments, electromagnetic storage and 
reproduction of sound, human 
hearing, and acoustics of concert 
halls and other spaces. Integrated 
laboratory experiments provide 
hands-on experience of these phe- 
nomena. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 

PH 205 Electromagnetism and 
Optics with Laboratory 

Prerequisites: PH 150, M 118. 
Basic concepts of electricity and 
magnetism: Coulomb's law, electric 
field and potential. Gauss's law. 
Ohm's law, Kirchoft 's rules, capaci- 
tance, magnetic field. Ampere's law, 
Faraday's law of induction. 
Maxwell's equations, electromagnet- 
ic waves. Fundamentals ot optics: 
light, laws of reflection and refrac- 
tion, interference and diffraction 
phenomena, polarization, gratings, 
lenses and optical instruments. Lab- 
oratory fee; 4 credits. 

PH 207 Engineering Physics 

Prerequisites: one full year of non- 
calciJus physics with laboratories, 
two semesters of calculus. A one- 
semester course primarily for engi- 
neering transfer students who had a 
one-year non-calculus physics 
sequence in a two-year college or 
technical schools. All the major top- 



250 



ics of PH 150-PH 205 are covered 
with an ample use of calculus. PH 
207 should not be used as a techni- 
cal elective. 4 credits. 

PH 2 1 1 Modern Physics 

Prerequisite: PH 205. Modern 
physics fundamentals. Twentieth 
century developments in the theo- 
ry of relativity and the quantum 
theory. Atomic, nuclear, solid- 
state, and elementary particle 
physics. 3 credits. 

+PH 270 Thermal Physics 

Prerequisite: PH 103 or PH 150. 
Basic thermodynamics and its 
applications. Major emphasis on 
the efficiency of energy conversion 
and utilization. Topics include the 
laws of thermodynamics, entropy, 
efficiency of heat engines, solar 
energy, the energy balance of the 
earth, energy systems of the fiiture, 
economics of energy use. 3 credits. 

+PH 280 Lasers 

Prerequisite: PH 205. Laser theory, 
holography, construction, and 
application to latest engineering 
and scientific uses. 3 credits. 

+PH 285 Modern Optics 

Prerequisite: PH 205. Introduction 
to optical theories. Topics on the 
latest developments in optics. 
Application to life sciences and 
engineering. 3 credits. 

+PH 301 Analytical Mechanics 

Prerequisites: PH 150, M 204, or 
consent of instructor. This is an 
intermediate-level course in New- 
tonian mechanics. Selected topics 
include the formulation of the cen- 
tral force problem and its applica- 
tion to planetary motion and to 
scattering; theory of small oscilla- 



tions; dynamics of rigid body 
motion; and an introduction to 
Lagrangian and Hamiltonian for- 
malism. 3 credits. 

PH 303 Radioactivity and 
Radiation 

Prerequisite: a college chemistry 
course or consent of instructor. 
Intended for students in occupa- 
tional safety and health, fire science, 
forensic science, and related fields as 
well as for science and engineering 
students with interest in this area. 
Topics include the nature of radia- 
tion and radioactivity; the interac- 
tion of radiation with matter; bio- 
logical effects of radiation; detection 
and measurement of radiation; 
shielding considerations; dosimetry; 
and standards for personal protec- 
tion. 3 credits. 

+PH 401 Atomic Physics 

Prerequisite: PH 211. Structure and 
interactions of atomic systems 
including Schrodinger's equation, 
atomic bonding, scattering and 
mean free path, radiative transi- 
tions, and laser theory. 3 credits. 

+PH 406 Solid-State Physics 

Prerequisite: PH 211. Introduction 
to the physics of solids with emphasis 
on crystal structure, lattice vibrations, 
band theory, semiconduaors, mag- 
netism and superconductivity. 
Applications to semiconductor 
devices and metallurgy. 3 credits. 

+PH 415 Nuclear Physics 

Prerequisite: PH 21 1 or consent of 
instructor. Elementary nuclear 
physics. Nuclear structure, natural 
radioactivity, induced radioactivit)', 
nuclear forces and reactions, fission 
and fusion, reactors, and topics of 
special interest. 3 credits. 



PH 450 Special Topics in Physics 

Study of selected topics of special or 
current interest. 3 credits. 

+PH 451 Elementary Quantum 
Mechanics 

Prerequisite: PH 21 1 or consent of 
instructor. An elementary treatment 
of nonrelativistic quantum mechan- 
ics. Schrodinger's equation, with its 
applications to atomic and nuclear 
structure; collision theor)'; radia- 
tion; introductory perturbation the- 
ory. 3 credits. 

+PH 470 Theory of Relativity 

Prerequisite: PH 21 1 or consent of 
instructor. Introduction to Ein- 
stein's theory of relativity: special 
theory of relativity; Lorentz trans- 
formations, relativistic mechanics 
and electromagnetism. General 
theory of relativity: equivalence 
principle, Einstein's three tests, 
graviton, black hole, and cosmolo- 
gy. 3 credits. 

PH 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent of faculty 
member and department chair. 
Opportunity for the student, under 
the direction of a faculty member, 
to explore an area of personal inter- 
est. This course must be initiated by 
the student. 1-3 credits. 



PHILOSOPHY 

PL 101 Introduction to 
Philosophy 

The nature of reality and how it 
may be known, according to the 
great thinkers of the Occident and 
the Orient. 3 credits. 

PL 205 Classical Philosophy 

The origins of philosophy and the 



Courses 251 



continuing influence of classical 
thought on the development of 
ideas. 3 credits. 

PL 206 Modern Philosophy: 
Descartes to the Present 

Philosophical theories that have 
dominated the modern age. Focus 
on a central figure of the period. 3 
credits. 

PL 210 Logic 

Modern symboHc logic and its 
applications. 3 credits. 

PL 215 Nature of the Self 

Investigation of personal identity, 
human nature, and the mind from 
ancient, modern, Western, and 
Eastern perspectives. 3 credits. 

PL 222 Ethics 

How shall one live? Critical exami- 
nation of answers proposed by clas- 
sic and modern philosophers of the 
major world traditions. 3 credits. 

PL 240 Philosophy of Science 
and Technology 

Scientific method; the logic of sci- 
entific explanation; the application 
of science to practical problems and 
questions peculiar to the social sci- 
ences. 3 credits. 

PL 250 Philosophy of Religion 

An examination ol some philo- 
sophical notions used in religious 
discourse, such as meaning, truth, 
faith, being, God, and the sacred. 
3 credits. 

PL 333 Professional Ethics 

Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- 
ing or consent of instructor. What 
does it mean to be a professional? 
This course examines the relation- 
ship among technical competence, 



financial gain, and ethical responsi- 
bility. 3 credits. 

PL 356 Philosophy of Art 

Corequisite: a course in one of the 
arts or junior or senior standing. 
Comparative study of beliefs in 
cultures around the world about 
art, beauty, and aesthetics. Topics 
include definitions of art, natural 
beauty versus artifice, the nature 
of aesthetic experience, cultural 
relativism, and the value of art in 
an age of science and globaliza- 
tion. 3 credits. 

PL 450-459 Special Topics in 
Philosophy 

Study of selected topics of special or 
current interest. 3 credits. 

PL 599 Independent Study 

Opportunity tor the student, under 
the direction of a faculty member, 
to explore an area of interest. This 
course must be initiated by the stu- 
dent. 1-3 credits. 



POLITICAL 
SCIENCE 

"+" denotes Institute of Law and 
Public Affairs courses. 

PS 101 Introduction to Politics 

A basic course introducing stu- 
dents to the discipline ot political 
science and its subjects: political 
theory, law, national government, 
international relations, compara- 
tive government, and political 
economy. 3 credits. 

PS 121 American Government 
and Politics 

A basic study of the American 



political system. Constitutional 
foundations, the political culture. 
Congress, the Presidency, the judi- 
cial system, political parties, interest 
groups, news media, individual lib- 
erties, federalism, and the policy- 
making process. 3 credits. 

PS 122 State and Local 
Government and Politics 

Problems ot cities, revenue sharing, 
community power structures, wel- 
fare, public safety, the state political 
party, big-city political machines, 
interest groups, state legislatures, 
the governor, the mayor, courts, 
and judicial retorm. 3 credits. 

PS 203 American Political 
Thought 

Pre-Revolutionary and Revolu- 
tionary political thought; classical 
conservatism, liberalism, Jacksonian 
democracy, civil disobedience, social 
Darwinism, progressive individual- 
ism, and pluralism. 3 credits. 

PS 205 The Politics of the Black 
Movement in America 

The political development ot the 
Black Movement in America 
emphasizing ideological, legal, and 
cultural perspectives. 3 credits. 

PS 216 Urban Government and 
Politics 

A study of the urban political 
process. Structures and organiza- 
tions of urban governments, deci- 
sion-making, public policy, the 
"urban crisis," crime and law 
enforcement, party politics and 
elections, taxation and spending 
patterns, environmental problems, 
management of urban develop- 
ment. 3 credits. 



252 



PS 222 United States Foreign 
Policy 

An examination of tiie global for- 
eign policy of the United States 
and of the process of policy-mak- 
ing involving governmental and 
non-governmental actors. A review 
of the political, economic, military, 
and cultural tracks of policy. 3 
credits. 

+ PS 224 Public Attitudes and 
Public Policy 

A study of the sources of mass 
political attitudes and behavior and 
their effects upon public policy. The 
course examines the techniques for 
influencing opinion, including 
propaganda and mass media com- 
munications. 3 credits. 

+PS 228 Public Interest Groups 

Examination of group institutions 
of the American political culture. 
Emphasis on the legal nature, pur- 
pose, and function of each opera- 
tional organization in the political 
process. 3 credits. 

+PS 229 Legal Communications 

Familiarization with the kinds of 
legal documents and written instru- 
ments employed by participants in 
the legal process. Recognization and 
understanding of the purpose of 
writs, complaints, briefs, memoran- 
da, contracts, wills, and motions. 3 
credits. 

+PS 230 Anglo-American 
Jurisprudence 

Surveys ideas about the nature of 
law. Legal philosophers examined 
include Plato, Aristode, St. Thomas 
Aquinas, John Ausdn, William 
Blackstone, Benjamin Cardozo, 
L.A. Hart, and Oliver Wendell 
Holmes. The contribution to legal 



theory made by various schools of 
jurisprudence (e.g., positivism, legal 
realism). 3 credits. 

+PS 231 Judicial Behavior 

Examination of the American court 
system as a political policy-making 
body. Topics considered include the 
structure of the judicial system; the 
influence of sociological and psy- 
chological factors on judicial behav- 
ior; and the nature and impact of 
the judicial decision-making 
process. 3 credits. 

PS 232 The Politics of the First 
Amendment 

Prerequisite: PS 121. Examination 
of the political implications of the 
First Amendment freedoms of 
speech, press, and religion; Supreme 
Court adaptation of the First 
Amendment to changing political 
and social conditions. 3 credits. 

PS 241 International Relations 

Forces and structures operating in 
the modern nation-state system; the 
foreign policy process; decision- 
making process; the impact of 
decolonization on traditional inter- 
state behavior; economic and politi- 
cal developments since World War 
II. 3 credits. 

PS 243 International Law and 
Organization 

Prerequisite: PS 24 1 . Traditional 
and modern approaches to interna- 
tional law and organization. Major 
emphasis on the contribution of 
law and organization to the estab- 
lishment of a world law and world 
peace. The League of Nations sys- 
tem and the United Nadons system 
are analyzed. 3 credits. 



PS 261 Modern Political Analysis 

Introduction to political analysis, 
including quantitative and qualita- 
tive techniques, systems and data 
analysis, role and group theory, and 
simulations and projections using 
computerized models. 3 credits. 

PS 281 Comparative Political 
Systems: Asia 

Traditional and modern political 
and social structures of China, 
Japan, Korea, and other Asian 
states, including the fiinction of the 
political system within each coun- 
try. 3 credits. 

PS 282 Comparative Political 
Systems: Europe 

Political characteristics of modern 
European states. Emphasis on polit- 
ical, social, and economic institu- 
tions and structures. Special atten- 
tion to European integration and 
the European Union; changes in 
Eastern Europe and the former 
USSR. 3 credits. 

PS 283 Comparative Political 
Systems: Latin America 

Political modernization, develop- 
ment in Latin America, political 
institutions, national identity, 
leadership, integration, political 
socialization, and political ideolo- 
gies. 3 credits. 

PS 285 Comparative Political 
Systems: Middle East 

Analysis ot the Arab and non-Arab 
states in the region with particular 
attention to the political systems, 
violence, and the problems of tradi- 
tion vs. modernity. 3 credits. 

PS 304 Political Parties 

Prerequisite: PS 121. Voting and 
electoral behavior, nominations and 



Courses 253 



aimpaign strategy, pressure groups, 
political party structure, and func- 
tions of the parry system in the 
American political community. 3 
credits. 

PS 308 Legislative Process 

Prerequisite: PS 121. Legislative 
process in the American political 
system: legislative ftmction; leader- 
ship, norms, folkways and executive 
relations. Selection and recruitment 
of candidates; the committee sys- 
tem; lobbyists; and decision-mak- 
ing. 3 credits. 

PS 309 The American Presidency 

The role of the President as com- 
mander-in-chief, legislative leader, 
party leader, administrator, manager 
of the economy, director of foreign 
policy, and advocate of social jus- 
tice. Nature of presidential deci- 
sion-making, authority, power, 
influence, and personality. 3 credits. 

PS 331 Theory and the Supreme 
Court 

An examination of the ways in 
which the Supreme Court exercises 
judicial review with particular 
emphasis on the various theories of 
review as they have evolved from 
John Marshall to the present. 3 
credits. 

PS 332 Constitutional Law 

Prerequisite: PS 121. Principles and 
concepts of the United States Con- 
stitution as revealed in leading deci- 
sions of the Supreme Court and the 
process of judicial review. 3 credits. 

+PS 340 Campaign 
Management: Procedures and 
Operations 

A study of the procedures and oper- 
ations of the contemporary political 



campaign, including issue develop- 
ment, voter registration, canvassing, 
media usage, fundraising, schedul- 
ing, and campaign data. 3 credits. 

+PS 341 Campaign 
Management: Structure and 
Organization 

Exploration of the structure, organ- 
ization, and management of the 
campaign operation, and the han- 
dling, roles, and tasks of the cam- 
paign personnel. 3 credits. 

+ PS 344 Campaign 
Management: Survey Research, 
Polling, and Computers 

A study of the uses and interpreta- 
tion of survey research, polling 
projects, and computer techniques 
and their application to political 
campaigns. 3 credits. 

+PS 346 Campaign 
Management: Financing and 
Election Laws 

Exploration of the methods used 
to finance a political campaign; 
the nature of campaign costs; the 
role of political action committees; 
the effects of campaign finance 
laws; and the technical aspects and 
political implications of election 
laws at the federal, state, and local 
levels. 3 credits. 

PS 350 Public Policy: U.S. 
National Security 
The development and operation of 
U.S. military and national security 
policy from George Washington to 
the present, with major emphasis 
on the twentieth century and post- 
World War II era. 3 credits. 

PS 355 Terrorism 

Examination of the modern appli- 
cations of terrorism in international 



affairs, paying special attention to 
ideological and infrastructure deter- 
minants. 3 credits. 

PS 390 Political Modernization 

Comparative analysis of political 
change and development. Political 
transition, political integration, 
and nation building; institutional 
developments; political parties; 
military elites; youth; intellectuals; 
the bureaucracy; economic devel- 
opment; and political culture. 3 
credits. 

+PS 415 Internship in Legal and 
Public Affairs 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Students have the opportunity to 
work as paraprofessionals in legisla- 
tures, government agencies, and 
party organizations and to share 
their experiences with other interns 
in legal and public affairs. 3 credits. 

+ PS 450 Campaign 
Management: Internship 

Actual work experience in cam- 
paign management. 3 credits. 

PS 461 Political Theory: Ancient 
and Medieval 

Foundations of Western political 
thought from the Greek, Roman, 
and medieval experiences as they 
apply to the total discipline of poUt- 
ical science. 3 credits. 

PS 462 Political Theory: Modern 
and Contemporary 

A continuation of the study of 
political thought from the High 
Middle Ages to contemporary theo- 
rists. 3 credits. 

PS 494-498 Special Topics in 
Political Science 

Special studies on a variety of cur- 



254 



rent problems and specialized areas 
in the field not available in the reg- 
ular curriculum. 3 credits per 
course. 

PS 499-500 Senior Seminar in 
Political Science I and II 

Prerequisite: consent of department 
chair. Capstone course in which 
students use the tools of their disci- 
pline to examine a selected prob- 
lem. May be conducted as a pros- 
eminar. Required of all political sci- 
ence majors. 3 credits per term. 

PS 599 Independent Study 

Directed research on special topics 
to be selected in consultation with 
the department chair and a spon- 
soring faculty member. 3 credits. 



QUANTITATIVE 
ANALYSIS 

QA 118 Business Mathematics 

Prerequisite: M 1 09 or successful 
completion of qualifying placement 
test by the Mathematics Depart- 
ment. This course is designed to 
improve the quantitative reasoning 
skills of business students. It pro- 
vides an introduction to two 
important knowledge bases: linear 
fiinctions and systems, and the fun- 
damentals of the derivative and 
integration and their uses in busi- 
ness decision-making. The focus of 
the course is on the application of 
these mathematical concepts to per- 
sonal business, management, mar- 
keting, and finance issues. Excel 
spreadsheet applications are used 
extensively throughout the course. 
3 credits. 

QA 216 Business Statistics 

Prerequisite: QA 11 8 or equivalent. 



A course in elementary probability 
and statistical concepts and theory, 
with emphasis on data analysis and 
presentation; probability theory; 
sampling distributions; statistical 
inference; z-test, t-test, and chi- 
square test; and simple and multi- 
ple regression analysis. 3 credits. 

QA 328 Quantitative Techniques 
in Management 

Prerequisites: QA 216 and junior 
standing. An introduction to quan- 
titative techniques in management. 
Topics include linear programming, 
assignment problems, transporta- 
tion algorithms, network and 
inventory models, and decision the- 
ory. 3 credits. 

QA 343 Management 
Information Systems 
Prerequisite: QA 216. This course 
provides methodology of the 
design, analysis, and evaluation of 
management information systems 
(MIS). Topics include organization- 
al implications of information tech- 
nology, planning and control sys- 
tems, implementation of an inte- 
grated system, technical treatment 
of MIS management, and applica- 
tion of computers via computer 
packages in business environments. 
3 credits. 

QA 350 Quantitative Techniques 

Prerequisites: QA 216 and junior 
standing. Advanced applications of 
quantitative techniques to the solu- 
tion of business problems. Topics 
include classical optimization tech- 
niques, nonlinear programming, 
topics in mathematical program- 
ming, and graph theory. 3 credits. 

QA 380 Operations Management 

Prerequisite: QA 216. Basic review 



of service and production system 
designs and performance evalua- 
tion. Topics include operations 
strategy, staff and production sched- 
uling, Just-in-Time and time-based 
competition, project management, 
and the role of technology in serv- 
ice and manufacturing operations. 
3 credits. 

QA 428 Forecasting for Decision- 
Making 

Prerequisite: QA 216. Review of 
different approaches to forecasting 
used by management at different 
levels of decision-making. Tech- 
niques include smoothing and 
decomposition, causal and judg- 
mental methods. Computer appli- 
cations and modeling are empha- 
sized. 3 credits. 

QA 450-459 Special Topics 

Prerequisite: QA 216. Coverage of 
new and emerging topics and appli- 
cations in quantitative an;ilysis. 3 
credits. 

QA 480 Project Management 
Prerequisite: QA 216. Survey of 
management techniques applicable 
to a wide variety of business-related 
project types. Emphasis on the 
project management cycle, includ- 
ing selecting, scheduling, budget- 
ing, and controlling projects. 
Desired qualifications and roles of 
project managers. Extensive use of 
project management software. 3 
credits. 

QA 597 Practicum 

Prerequisite: junior standing. A 
course of study designed especially 
for the supervised practical applica- 
tion of previously studied theory in 
a group setting. Completed under 
the supervision of a faculty sponsor 



Courses 255 



and coordinated with a business 
orgiinization. 3 credits. 

QA 598 Internship 

Prerequisite: QA 216. Supervised 
field experience for qualified stu- 
dents in an area related to opera- 
tions management or quantitative 
analysis. 3 credits. 

QA 599 Independent Study 
Prerequisites: QA 1 18, QA 216, 
and junior standing. Independent 
research projects or other 
approved forms of independent 
study. 3 credits. 



RUSSIAN 

RU 101-102 Elementary Russian 
I and II 

Stresses pronunciation, aural and 
reading comprehension, basic con- 
versation, and the fundamental 
principles of grammar. 3 credits 
per term. 

RU 201-202 Intermediate 
Russian I and II 

Prerequisites: RU 101-102 or the 
equivalent. Stresses reading compre- 
hension ol modern prose texts and 
a review of grammar necessary for 
this reading. Students are encour- 
aged to read in their own areas of 
interest. 3 credits per semester. 

RU 450-459 Special Topics 

Selected topics ol special or current 
interest in the study of Russian. 3 
credits. 



SCIENCE 

"'" denotes courses usually sched- 
uled every other academic year. 



"+" denotes courses offered at the 
discretion ot the department. 

+SC 111-112 Physical Science I 
and II 

The meaning of scientific concepts 
and terms and their relation to 
other areas of learning and to daily 
living. Development and unity ol 
physical science as a field of knowl- 
edge. Includes astronomy, physics, 
chemistry, and geology. 3 credits 
per semester. 

*SC 126 Astronomy 

An introduction to present con- 
cepts concerning the nature and 
evolution ol planets, stars, galaxies, 
and other components of the uni- 
verse. The experimental and obser- 
vational bases for these concepts are 
examined. 3 credits. 

+SC 135 Earth Science 
A dynamic systems approach to 
phenomena ol geology, oceanogra- 
phy, and meteorology. Emphasis on 
interrelations of factors and process- 
es and on importance of subject 
matter to human affairs. Suitable 
for non-science as well as science 
majors. 3 credits. 

SC 450 Special Topics 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest in the study of science. 3 
credits. 



SYSTEM 
ENGINEERING 

SE 288 System Engineering 
Concepts and Principles 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing. 
Introduction to system engineering 
system thinking; structure ol mod- 
ern systems; development process 



and organization of development 
projects; life cycle and testing; sys- 
tem engineering management; risk 
and standards; needs analysis; con- 
cepts exploration and definition; 
developing of requirements; system 
development planning; and fiinc- 
tional specification. Case studies 
and plant tours are integrated in the 
course topics. 3 credits. 

SE 346 Probability Analysis 

Prerequisite: M 203. Develops the 
theory of probability and related 
applications. Covers combinations 
and permutations, probability 
space, law of large numbers, ran- 
dom variables, conditional proba- 
bility. Bayes' Theorem, Markov 
chains, and stochastic processes. 3 
credits. 

SE 347 Statistical Analysis 

Prerequisites: SE 346 and CS 1 07 
or equivalent. Provides an introduc- 
tion to the application of statistical 
techniques to engineering prob- 
lems. Measures of central tendency 
and dispersion, estimation, hypoth- 
esis testing, correlation and regres- 
sion, and elementary analysis of 
variance. 3 credits. 

SE 402 Operations Research 

Prerequisites: SE 346 and CS 107 
or equivalent. The operations 
research area is oriented to various 
mathematical methods for solving 
certain kinds of industrial prob- 
lems. Topics covered are linear pro- 
gramming, including simplex 
method; transportation and assign- 
ment problems; queuing; dynamic 
programming; simulation. 3 credits. 

SE 403 Operations Research II 

Prerequisite: SE 402 or equivalent. 
Advanced coverage of Bayesian 



256 



statistic, utility and game theory, 
logistics and distribution, schedul- 
ing theory, graph theor)', and sto- 
chastic processes. Includes applica- 
tions in manufacturing and service 
industries. 3 credits. 

SE 407 Reliabilit>' and 
Maintainability 

Prerequisite: SE 346 or equivalent. 
Reliability measures: hazard models 
and product life; reliability func- 
tion; static reliability models; infer- 
ence theory and reliability compu- 
tation; dynamic reliability models; 
and reliability design examples. 3 
credits. 

SE 428 Six Sigma Quality' 
Planning 

Prerequisite: SE 347 or consent of 
instructor. Improving quality and 
reducing cost through the use of 
statistical methods; statistical 
process control and basic experi- 
mental design techniques; well 
known quality systems, including 
concept and methodology of six 
sigma (a quality management pro- 
gram). DMAIC process, ISO stan- 
dards, quality project manage- 
ment, and commonly utilized six 
sigma tools are the focus of this 
course. Plant tours and six sigma 
implementation cases are includ- 
ed. 3 credits. 

SE 435 Simulation and 
Applications 

Prerequisites: SE 346 and CS 107 
or equivalent. Corequisite: SE 402. 
Techniques tor modeling of a sys- 
tem (business or scientific/engineer- 
ing) using computer simulation. 
SimiJation principles are empha- 
sized. Student exercises and design 
projects are run using a modern 
simulation package. 3 credits. 



SE 441: Supply Chain and 
Logistics Management 
Prerequisite: senior standing. The 
process of planning, implementing, 
and controlling flow and storage of 
goods, services, and related infor- 
mation from point to point of con- 
sumption with the customer 
requirements in mind. Topics 
include fundamentals of logistics 
and e-logistics, information systems 
and e-commerce, inventoty' con- 
cepts and management, material 
flow and transportation manage- 
ment, warehousing and material 
handling, the type and use of elec- 
tronic media in the daily functions 
of supply chain management, and 
global logistics. 3 credits. 

SE 449 Lean Principles and 
Practices 

Prerequisites: SE 441 or consent of 
instructor. Concepts of lean pro- 
duction, Japanese production sys- 
tems, push vs. pull production sys- 
tems, benchmarking and evalua- 
tion schemes, schedule manage- 
ment, overcoming bottlenecks, and 
performance and productivity 
improvement techniques applica- 
ble to ser\'ice and manufacturing 
systems. Workforce issues (affairs) 
including union acceptance, pro- 
ductivity, workforce education, 
training, and compensation. 3 
credits. 

SE 450-459 Special Topics 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Seleaed topics of current interest in 
the field of system engineering. 3 
credits. 

SE 488 System Engineering 
Design Process 

Prerequisite: SE288, SE347, 
SE407. Corequisite: SE 403. The 



process of system design and devel- 
opment to create a product or sen - 
ice. Includes stages of conceptual, 
preliminaty', and detail design and 
development; system testing, evalu- 
ation and validation. Also addresses 
design issues of reliability, maintain- 
ability, himian factors, serviceability, 
producibility and disposability. 
Team projects and extensive use of 
sofiNvare. 3 credits. 

SE 498 System Engineering 
Design Project I 

Prerequisite: SE 488 and consent of 
department. The first course in a 
two-course year-long design project. 
With a faculty adviser, the student 
works with two or more members 
on an industty-sponsored project. 
Includes project scoping and defini- 
tion; needs assessment and analysis; 
risks, standards and human factors 
evaluation; conceptual design; 
developing requirements, functional 
specification, and simulation of the 
conceptual design; testing and vali- 
dation. Work is presented through 
both a formal report and at a 
department seminar. Work conun- 
ues to the follow-up course, SE 
499. 3 credits. 

SE 499 System Engineering 
Design Project II 

Prerequisite: SE 498 and consent of 
department. Continuation of SE 
498. With faculty and industty- 
advisers, student continues to work 
on the industty-sponsored projea 
for end-delivety. Includes detailed 
design requirements and develop- 
ment, operational feasibility, S)'S- 
tems models and prototype devel- 
opment, testing, evaluation and val- 
idation, operational feasibility, relia- 
bility and other characterisdcs, 
preparation of life-cycle value cost, 



Courses 257 



and packaging tor final delivery to 
customer. Woriv is presented 
dirough both a formal report and at 
a department seminar. 3 credits. 

SE 599 Independent Study 

Preretjuisite: junior standing. A 
planned program ol individual 
study under the supervision of a 
member of the faculty. 3 credits. 



SOCIOLOGY 

so 113 Sociology 

The role ot culture in societ)', the 

person, and personality; groups and 

group behavior; institudons; social 

interaction and social change. 3 

credits. 

SO 114 Contemporary Social 
Problems 

Prerequisite: SO 1 13 or consent of 
instructor. The major problems that 
confront the present social order; 
the methods now in practice or 
being considered for dealing with 
these problems. 3 credits. 

SO 115 Women in Society 

An overview of women's role in the 
social system. Discussion includes 
myths and realities of sex differ- 
ences. Areas covered include analy- 
sis of the relationships of women to 
the economy, the arts, and the sci- 
ences, and how these affect the 
behavior of women in the contem- 
porary world. 3 credits. 

SO 214 Deviance 

Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of 
instructor (offered in the Spring 
semester only). Centered around 
deviance as a social product. The 
problematic nature of the stigmati- 
zation process is explored in areas 



such as alcoholism, crime, mental 
illness, and sexual behavior. 3 cred- 



SO 218 The Community 
Prerequisite: SO 1 13 or consent of 
instructor. The community and its 
provisions for health, education, 
recreation, safety, and welfare. The- 
oreticiil concepts of community, 
plus ethnographic studies of small- 
scale human communities. Intro- 
duces students to fundamental con- 
cepts of communit)'. 3 credits. 

SO 220 Physical Anthropology 
and Archaeology 

An introduction to the study of 
human evolution and of present 
physical variations among 
humankind. Includes geologic time, 
primate evolution, and early 
humans and their culture. 3 credits. 

SO 221 Cultural Anthropology 

A systematic study of the culture of 
preliterate and modern societies and 
of cultural change. Includes analysis 
of religion, economics, language, 
social and political organization, 
and urbanization. 3 credits. 

SO 231 Juvenile Delinquency 

Prerequisites: SO 1 13, P 1 1 1 . An 
analysis of delinquent behavior in 
American society; examination of 
the theories and social correlates of 
delinquency and the sociolegal 
processes and apparatus for dealing 
with it. 3 credits. (See also CJ 221.) 

SO 250 Research Methods 

Prerequisite: sophomore standing. 
The student develops the concepts 
necessary for selection and formula- 
tion of research problems in social 
science, research design and tech- 
niques, and analysis and interpreta- 



tion of research data. 3 credits. 

SO 310 Primary Group 
Interaction 

Prerequisite: SO 113. Exploration 
of communication in group 
process. Building a group and ana- 
lyzing group structure and interac- 
tion; the ways people communicate 
emotionally and intellectually. 3 
credits. 

SO 311 Criminology 

Prerequisites: P 1 1 1, SO 1 13. An 
introduction to the principles and 
concepts of criminology. Analysis of 
the social context of criminal 
behavior, including a review of 
criminological theory, the nature 
and distribution of crime, the soci- 
ology of criminal law, and the socie- 
tal reactions to crime and criminals. 
3 credits. (See also CJ 311.) 

SO 312 IVIarriage and the Family 
Prerequisite: SO 1 13 or consent of 
instructor. The formation, func- 
tioning, and dissolution of relation- 
ships in contemporary American 
society are examined from an 
applied sociology perspective. 3 
credits. 

SO 313 Sociology of Sport 

Prerequisite: SO 11 3 or consent of 
instructor. A study of the relation- 
ships atiiong sports, culture, and 
society. Emphasis is on both ama- 
teur and professional sports and 
their impact on the larger social 
order. Course examines sports from 
a comparative and historical per- 
spective but also focuses on prob- 
lems confronting the world of 
sports in contemporary American 
society. 3 credits. 



258 



SO 315 Social Change 

Prerequisite: SO 1 13 or consent of 
instructor. Sources, patterns, and 
processes of social change with 
examination of classical and mod- 
ern theories of major trends and 
developments, as well as studies of 
perspectives on microlevels of 
change in modern societ}'. 3 credits. 

SO 320 Social Psychology 
Prerequisites: P 1 1 1, SO 1 13. The 
interdependence of social organiza- 
tions and behavior. The interrela- 
tionships between role systems and 
personality; attitude analysis, devel- 
opment, and modification; group 
interaction analysis; social conform- 
ity; social class and human behav- 
ior. 3 credits. (See also P 321.) 

SO 321 Social Inequality 

Prerequisite: SO 1 1 3 or consent of 
instructor. Organization of social 
class: standing, power, and process 
of social mobility in contemporary 
society. Social stratification: its 
fiinctions and dysfunctions as it 
relates to the distribution of oppor- 
tunity, privilege, and power in soci- 
ety. 3 credits. 

SO 331 Population and Ecolog}' 

Prerequisite: SO 1 1 3 or consent of 
instructor. Societal implications of 
population changes and trends; 
impact of humans as social animals 
on natural resources, cultural values, 
and social structures; influence on 
environmental ethics. 3 credits. 

SO 333 Sociology of Aging 
Prerequisite: SO 1 1 3 or consent of 
instructor. The sociological phe- 
nomena connected with aging in 
America. Discussion of the connec- 
tions between personal troubles and 
social issues encountered by mem- 



bers of this society as they age. An 
examination of age stratification 
and the resultant problems of 
ageism, prejudice, and discrimina- 
tion. Systematic review of major 
theoretical framework and research 
studies; emphasis on the application 
of sociological theory and research 
in the field of aging. 3 credits. 

SO 337 Human Sexuality 

Prerequisite: SO 1 13 or consent of 
instructor. A scientific study of 
human sexual behavioral patterns, 
social class attitudes, and cultural 
myths. Topics include reproductive 
systems, sexual attitudes and behav- 
ioral patterns, abortion and sexual 
laws, and variations in sexual func- 
tioning. 3 credits. 

SO 340 Medical Sociology 
Prerequisite: SO 1 1 3 or consent of 
instructor. An analysis of a major 
social institution, the health care 
field. Emphasis placed on socio- 
cultural aspects of the field; gener- 
al overview of the organization 
and delivery of health care servic- 
es, and current problems and 
issues. 3 credits. 

SO 350 Social Survey Research 

Prerequisite: P 301 or M 228. 
Introduction to the logic of social 
science by a survey research project. 
Emphasis on the use of computer 
software in analyzing large data sets. 
Topics include theor)' development, 
survey design, sampling, methods 
of data collection, and statistical 
analysis of social science data. This 
course is part of the technolog)' 
component of the Universit)' Core 
Curriculum. 3 credits. 

SO 390 Sociolog)' of 

Organizations 

Prerequisite: SO 1 13 or consent of 



instructor. Classic sociological theo- 
ries of organization with emphasis 
on the concepts of bureaucracy, sci- 
entific management, human rela- 
tions, and decision theory. The rele- 
vance of these ideas to concrete 
organization contexts; e.g., civil 
service, business, social movements 
and political parties, charitable 
institutions, and hospitals. 3 credits. 

SO 400 Minorit)' Group 
Relations 

Prerequisite: SO 1 13 or consent of 
instructor. An interdisciplinary 
analysis of minority groups with 
particular attention paid to those 
regional, religious, and racial factors 
that influence interaction. Designed 
to promote an understanding of 
subgroup culture. 3 credits. 

SO 413 Social Theor>' 

Prerequisites: nine credits in sociol- 
ogy. An analysis of the develop- 
ment of sociology in the nineteenth 
and twentieth centuries with par- 
ticular emphasis on the theories of 
Comte, Durkheim, Simmel, 
Weber, Marx, deTocqueville, and 
others. 3 credits. 

SO 418 Public Opinion and 
Social Pressure 

Prerequisites: SO 1 13, P 1 11. An 
intensive analysis of the nature and 
development of public opinion 
with particular consideration of the 
roles, both actual and potential, of 
communication and influence. 3 
credits. 

SO 440 Undergraduate Seminar 

Prerequisite: consent of department 
chair. A detailed examination of 
selected topics in the field of sociol- 
ogy and a critical analysis of perti- 
nent theories with emphasis on 
modern social thought. 3 credits. 



Courses 259 



SO 441 Sociology of Death and 
Suicide 

Prerequisite: SO 1 13 or consent ot 
instructor. A confrontation with 
individual mortality and an aca- 
demic investigation of phenomena 
such as funerals, terminal illness, 
and crisis intervention, among 
many others. 3 credits. 

SO 450 Research Seminar 

Prerequisite: P 301 or M 228. The 
student develops and carries out an 
original research project in social 
science, reporting this procedure to 
the class. 3 credits. 

SO 451-455 Special Topics in 
Sociology, Social Services, 
Anthropology 

Prerequisites: SO 1 13, SO 221, or 
consent of instructor. Special topics 
in sociology, anthropology, or social 
welfare on a variety of current prob- 
lems and specialized areas not avail- 
able in the regular curriculum. 3 
credits. 

SO 501-502 Practicum I and II 

Prerequisite: consent of department 
chair. Field experience in sociology 
or anthropology. Seminars in con- 
junction with this experience before 
off-campus fieldwork is undertaken. 
Contact during the fieldwork expe- 
rience and guidance by the mentor 
provide an opportunity for under- 
standing group and individual 
dynamics and their repercussions. 
Follow-up seminars and a paper are 
required. 1-6 credits. 

SO 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor 
and department chair. Opportunity 
for the student, under the direction 
of a faculty member, to explore an 
area of personal interest. This 



course must be initiated by the stu- 
dent. 1-3 credits. 



SPANISH 

SP 101-102 Elementary Spanish 
I and 11 

Focuses on the fiindamental princi- 
ples of grammar. Extensive vocabu- 
lary and pronunciation exercises. In 
SP 102 aural comprehension and 
pronunciation are tested by oral 
examination. 3 credits per semester. 

SP 201-202 Intermediate 
Spanish I and II 

Prerequisites: SP 101-102 or equiv- 
alent. Stresses the reading compre- 
hension of modern prose texts and 
a review of grammar necessary for 
this reading. Students are encour- 
aged to read in their own areas of 
interest. 3 credits per semester. 

SP 450^59 Special Topics 

Selected topics of special or current 
interest in the study of Spanish. 3 
credits. 

SP 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: consent of faculty 
member and department chair. 
Opportunity for the student, under 
the direction of a faculty member, 
to explore an area of interest. This 
course must be initiated by the stu- 
dent. 1-3 credits. 



SOCIAL WELFARE 

SW 220 Introduction to Social 
Services 

Course explores two basic questions 
from a historical perspective: Why 
are people poor, and how have soci- 
eties responded to the conditions of 



poverty? Focus on how the different 
economic, political, psychological, 
and sociological arrangements of 
society and its social institutions 
create conditions which stimulate 
and necessitate differing social wel- 
fare responses. 3 credits. 

SW 340 Group Dynamics 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Designed for students who seek to 
develop their leadership skills in 
working with groups of various 
types. Explores cognitive and 
behavioral master)' of a range of 
complex variables for role effective- 
ness, including a working knowl- 
edge of personal, group, and orga- 
nizational dynamics; professional 
skills of facilitation; and values of 
one's professional identity. 3 credits. 

SW 401-402 Field Instruction I 
and II 

Supervised experience relevant to 
specific aspects of social services in 
human service agencies, institu- 
tions, and organizations at the local, 
state, and federal levels. Seminars to 
assist students with the integration 
of theoretical knowledge and field 
techniques through lectures and 
class presentations. Students are 
required to spend eight hours a 
week in the field. 3 credits each 
semester. 

SW 415-416 Methods of 
Intervention I and II 

Basic social work theory in con- 
junction with practice of skills to 
help students begin to develop pro- 
fessional techniques for intervention 
at both the macro and micro levels 
of practice. 3 credits each semester. 

SW 450-459 Special Topics 

Special topics of selected or current 



260 



interest in the study of social wel- 
fare. 3 credits. 

SW 599 Independent Study 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Designed to permit students to pur- 
sue specific areas of interest that 
may not be available in the regular 
curriculum. 1-3 credits. 



THEATRE ARTS 

T 131 Introduction to the 
Theatre 

Play analysis from a literary stand- 
point and as it relates to special 
problems of the actor, director, 
designers, and backstage personnel. 
Practical work in all phases within 
the classroom. Fall semester. 3 cred- 



T 132 Theatrical Style 

Study of dramatic genres and the- 
atrical conventions through script 
and critical reading, as well as prac- 
tical work in class. Spring semester. 
3 credits. 



T 342 Play Directing 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Fundamentals of directing, staging 
techniques, working with actors, 
and direction of a one-act play for 
workshop presentation. 3 credits. 

T 450 Special Topics 

Selected topics of special or cur- 
rent interest in the study of the- 
atre. 3 credits. 

T 491^92 Production 
Practicum I and II 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
Practicum in various areas of the- 
atre: acting, directing, administra- 
tion, technical theatre, and design. 
Will be directly related to depart- 
mental productions. 3 credits each. 

T 599 Independent Study 

Opportunity tor the student, under 
the direction of a faculty member, 
to explore an area of interest. This 
course must be initiated by the stu- 
dent. 3 credits. 



T 24 1 Early World Drama and 
Theatre 

Dramatic literature in theatrical 
contexts from Classical Greece 
through Restorauon England. 3 
credits. 

T 242 Modern World Drama and 
Theatre 

Dramatic literature in theatrical 
contexts from Realism through the 
present. Includes ethnic drama. 3 
credits. 



T 341 Acting 

Developing of acting skills for the 
stage through games, improvisation, 
and scene study. 3 credits. 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 261 

BOARD, ADMINISTRATION, 
AND FACULTY 



BOARD OF GOVERNORS 

Mary J. Barneby, Executive Director, UBS Private Wealth Management 

Philip H. Bartels, Vice Chairman, Attorney, Shipman & Goodwin, LLP 

Philip Batchelor, retired, former Senior Vice President, Prudential Securities 

Samuel S. Bergami, Jr., Chairman, President, Alinabal Incorporated 

Kenneth W. Biermacher, Director, Kane Russell Coleman & Logan, PC, Dallas, T.X. 

Gail L. Brekke, former Director of Distribution and Special Projects, LIN Television 

Corporation 
William L. Bucknall, Jr., retired, former Senior Vice President Human Resources & 

Organization, United Technologies Corporation 
Frank P. Carrubba, retired, former Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer, 

Royal Philips Electronics 
William J. Chowanec, President, Young & Company, Pasadena, C.A. 
K. Onl Chukwu, Chief Financial Officer, Triple Point Technology, Inc. 
Kenton J. Clarke, President and CEO, Computer Consulting Associates 
Ralph F. DellaCamera, Jr., Managing Member and Chief Investment Officer, DellaCamera 

Capital Partners, New York, N.Y. 

Richard J. Deslauriers, M.D., President and CEO, Doctors Research Group, Inc. 

Heidi S. Douglas, CEO and President, Mystic MD, Inc. 

Richard C. Flath, President, Flath & Associates Management Consultants, Inc. 

Colin J. Foster, CEO and President, Optherion, Inc. 

Armando Garcia, Vice President Systems Assurance, IBM Corporation, Somers, N.Y. 

Jeffery P. Hazell, President, Boston Lobster Feast Restaurants and Bar Harbor Lobster Co., 
Inc., Orlando, F.L. 

Paul D. Landino, Development Agent, Subway-Subcon, Inc. 

Robert M. Lee, Executive Vice President, The Lee Company 

Thomas K. Lewis, Jr., retired, former Chairman and CEO, APEX 



262 

Patrick G. O'Brien, President and CEO, MCM Engineering, Inc., Burlingame, C.A. 

James C. Reilly, Principal, The Reilly Group, South Salem, N.Y. 

Janice K. Sussman, Internet marketing distributor, Boca Raton, EL. 

Patricia B. Sweet, Director of External Relations for Connecticut, Achievement First 

Stephen P. Tagliatela, Co-Owner, Saybrook Point Inn and Spa 

Michael W. Toner, Executive Vice President Marine Systems Group, General Dynamics, 

Falls Church, V.A. 
Douglas D. Watts, retired, former Chief Financial Officer, Breed Technologies, Inc. 

EMERITUS BOARD 
Robert Alvine, Chairman and CEO, i-Ten Management Corporation 
Henry E. Bartels, retired, former President, MMRM Industries, Subsidiary of Insilco 

Corporation 
Roland M. Bixler, retired, former President and Co-Founder, J-B-T Instruments, Inc. 
Isabella Dodds, Co-Chair, Friends of the UNH Library 
OrestT. Dubno, Chief Financial Officer, Lex Atlantic Corporation 
John E. Echlin, Jr., retired, former Account Executive, Paine Webber 
John Aaron Frey, Chairman of the Board, Hershey Metal Products, Inc. 
Robert M. Gordon, retired, former President, Raybestos-Manhattan 
Jean M. Handley, Principal, Handley Consulting 
Henry C. Lee, Chief Emeritus of the Division of Scientific Services, State of Connecticut 

Department of Public Safety 
Mark S. Levy, President, Honeywell Fire Solutions Group 

Robert J. Lyons, Sn, retired, former Chairman of the Board, The Bilco Company 
Herbert H. Pearce, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, H. Pearce 

Company 
Charles E. Pompea, retired, former Chair, Board of Directors, Primary Steel, Inc. 
M. Wallace Rubin, retired, former Chairman, Wayside Furniture Shops, Inc. 
Francis A. Schneiders, retired, former President, Enthone-OMI, Inc. 
R. C. Taylor III, retired, former President, Tay-Mac Corporation 
Reuben W. Vine, President, Railroad Salvage Stores 
Robert F. Wilson, retired, former Chairman, Wallace International Silversmiths, Inc. 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 263 

EMERITUS FACULTY 

Joseph J. Arnold, Professor Emeritus, Industrial Engineering 

B.S., M.S., Southern Connecticut State College 
M. Hamdy Bechir, Professor Emeritus, Civil Engineering 

B.C.E., Cairo University; M.A.Sc, University of Toronto; Sc.D., Massachusetts 

Institute of Technology 
Srilekha Bell, Professor Emeritus, English 

B.A., M.A., University of Madras, India; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

Alfred D. Bradshaw, Professor Emeritus, Sociology 

B.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University 
Robert R Brody, Professor Emeritus, Marketing 

B.A., Wesieyan University; M.B.A., University of Chicago; D.B.A., Harvard 

University 
Ralf Carriuolo, Professor Emeritus, Music 

B.A., Yale University; M.M., Hartt School of Music; Ph.D., Wesieyan University 
Satish Chandra, Professor Emeritus, Law and International Business 

B.A., University of Delhi; M.A., Delhi School of Economics; L.L.B., Lucknow Law 

School, India; L.L.M., J.S.D., Yale University 

Joseph B. Chepaltis, Professor Emeritus, History 

A.B., Loyola College; M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University 

William S. DeMayo, Professor Emeritus, Accounting 

B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.B.A., New York University; C.P.A. 
Peter J. Desio, Professor Emeritus, Chemistry 

B.S., Boston College; Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 
Edward Downe, Professor Emeritus, Finance 

B.A., Bowling Green State University; M.A., Ph.D., New School for Social 

Research; A.P.C., New York University 
Faith Eikaas, Professor Emeritus, Sociology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University 
Lynn W. Ellis, Professor Emeritus, Management 

B.E.E., Cornell University; M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology; D.P.S., Pace 
University 
Donald Fridshal, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics 

B.E.E., M.S., New York University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut 
Joseph M. Gangler, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics 

B.S., University of Washington; Ph.D., Columbia University 



264 

Brad Garber, Professor Emeritus, Occupational Safety and Health 

B.S., M.S., Drexel University; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley 

William S. Gere, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Industrial Engineering 

B.M.E., M.S. I.E., Cornell University; M.S., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University 

Robert A. Glen, Professor Emeritus, History 

B.A., University of Washington; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley 
Darrell Horning, Professor Emeritus, Electrical and Computer Engineering 

B.S., South Dakota School of Mines; M.S., Ph.D., Universit)' of Illinois 
Arnold Hyman, Professor Emeritus, Psychology 

B.A., M.A., Brooklyn College; M.S., Cir\' College of New York; 
Ph.D., University of Cincinnati 
Thomas A. Johnson, Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice 

B.S., M.S., Michigan State University ; D.Crim., University of California, Berkeley 

Phillip Kaplan, Professor Emeritus, Economics 

B.A., University of Massachusetts; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins 
University 
Thomas Katsaros, Professor Emeritus; Global Studies, History, and Political Science 

B.A., M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., New York University 
Gerald J. Kirwin, Professor Emeritus, Electrical Engineering 

B.S., Northeastern University; M.S.E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; 

Ph.D., Syracuse University 
Ross M. Lanlus, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Civil Engineering 

B.S.C.E., University of Delaware; M.S., University of New Haven; 

M.S.C.E., University of Connecticut 

Joel H. Marks, Professor Emeritus, Philosophy 

B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

John C. Martin, Professor Emeritus, Civil Engineering 

B.E., M.E., Yale University 
Paul Marx, Professor Emeritus, English 

B.A., University of Michigan; M.F.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., New York 
University 
David A. Maxwell, Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice 

M.A., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; B.B.A., J.D., University of Miami 

Elizabeth J. Moflfitt, Professor Emeritus, Visual and Performing Arts 

B.F.A., Yale University; M.A., Hunter College 
David J. Morris, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Marketing 

B.S., M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 265 

Judith Neal, Professor Emeritus, Management 

B.S., Quinnipiac College; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University 
L. Craig Parker, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice 

A.B., Bates College; M.Ed., Springfield College; Ph.D., State University of Nevi^ 

York at Buffalo 
Douglas Robillard, Professor Emeritus, English 

B.S., M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Wayne State University 
Gerald D. Robin, Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice 

B.A., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 
Warren J. Smith, Professor Emeritus, Management and Quantitative Analysis 

B.S., University of Connecticut; M.B.A., Northeastern University 
Burton C. Staugaard, Professor Emeritus, Science and Biology, 

A.B., Brown University; M.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of 

Connecticut 
Kantilal K. Surti, Professor Emeritus, Electrical and Computer Engineering 

B.E., University of Gujarat, India; M.E.E., University of Delaware; 

Ph.D., University of Connecticut 
Ward Theilman, Professor Emeritus, Economics 

B.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 
Bruce Tyndall, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics 

B.A., M.S., University of Iowa 
Elisabeth van Dyke, Professor Emeritus, Tourism and Travel Administration 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University 

Shirley Wakin, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics 

B.A., University of Bridgeport; M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts 

Thomas C. Warner, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Mechanical Engineering 

B.E., Yale University; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology 

H. Fessenden Wright, Professor Emeritus, Science and Biology 
A.B., Oberlin College; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

ADMINISTRATION 



OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT 

Steven H. Kaplan, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., President 

Gayle S. Tagliatela, B.S., M.B.A., Executive Assistant to the President and University 
Secretary 



266 

Evelyn R. Miller, Assistant to the President and to the Chairman of the Board 
Joanne Roy, Executive Secretary 

OFFICE OF THE PROVOST/SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT FOR ACADEMIC AND 
STUDENT AFFAIRS 

David P. Dauwalder, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Provost and Senior Vice President for Academic 
and Student Afifairs 

Silvia I. Hyde, Executive Assistant to the Provost and Vice President for Academic and 
Student Affairs 

Marilou McLaughlin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., President, UNH Foundation 
Ira H. Kleinfeld, B.S., M.S., Eng.Sc.D., Associate Provost for Graduate Studies, Research, 
and Faculty Development 

Gordon R. Simerson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Provost for Undergraduate Studies, 
Accreditation, and Assessment 

Janice P. Sanderson, Assistant to the Provost 

Susan B. Turner, B.G.S., M.P.H., Administrative Operations Analyst 

OFFICE OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 

Vincent Mangiacapra, B.S., M.S., Associate Vice President for Information Technology 
and Chief Information Officer 

Gregory Bartholomew, Director of Networking/Systems Operation 

Joseph Gleason, B.S., Director of Administrative Computing 

Lisa Scranton, Senior Administrative Assistant 

Alan MacDougall, B.A., Director of Academic Computing 

John Mitchell, M.P.A., Telecommunications Systems Administrator 

MARVIN K. PETERSON LIBRARY 

Hanko H. Dobi, B.A., M.L.S., University Librarian 

Anne O'Connor, B.A., M.A., M.L.S., Head of Access Services and Reference 

Marion Hamilton Sachdeva, B.A., M.S.L.S., Head of Technical Services 

Robert Belletzkie, A.L.B., M.L.S., Reference Librarian 

Christine Archambeault, B.L.A., M.L.S., Reference Librarian 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 267 

ACADEMIC SERVICES 

Kathryn H. Cuozzo, B.S., M.S., Director of Academic Services 

Rosalie S. Swift, B.S., Coordinator of Academic Services; University Ombudsperson 

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Ronald H. Nowaczyk, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Dean 

Angela J. Flynn, Assistant to the Dean 

Vladimir Shpitalnik, B.F.A., M.F.A., Director, Seton Art Gallery 

DEPARTMENT CHAIRS/DIRECTORS 

Roman Zajac, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Biology and Environmental Science 

Sandra D'Amato-Palumbo, B.S., M.P.S., R.D.H., Director, Dental Hygiene 

Rosa A. Mo, B.S., M.S., R.D., Chair, Division of Health Professions 

Paillette L. Pepin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Education 

Donald M. Smith, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, English 

Brett McCormick, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director, Global Studies 

Ronald H. Nowaczyk, B.A., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Acting Chair, Global Studies, History, 
and Political Science 

James Uebelacker, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Mathematics 

Guillermo E. Mager, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Visual and Performing Arts 

GRADUATE PROGRAM DIRECTORS AND COORDINATORS 

Eva Sapi, B.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Cellular and Molecular Biology 
Phyllis Gwatkin, B.S., M.S., C.A.G.S., Chief Certification Officer, Education 
Nicholas Maiorino, B.S., Fifth Year Certificate, M.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Coordinator of 
Interns, Education 

Michael A. Morris, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Arts in Community 
Psychology 

Suzanne Murphy, B.A., M.A., M.S., P.D., C.A.G.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Director of 
Student Teaching, Education 

Rosa A. Mo, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., R.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Human Nutrition 
Stuart D. Sidle, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Arts in 
Industrial/Organizational Psychology 



268 

Roman N. Zajac, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Graduate Environmental Science 
Program 

FACULTY OF THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Jerry L. Allen, Associate Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences, 

B.S., Southeast Missouri State College, M.S. and Ph.D., Southern Illinois University- 

Carbondale 
John Arabolos, Assistant Professor and Professional-in-Residence, Visual and Performing 

Arts, B.A., University of Hartford; M.A., Pratt Institute of Design 
James Ayers, Lecturer, Biology and Environmental Science 

B.S., Southern Connecticut State University; M.S., Purdue University 

Robert C. Boles, Lecturer, Communication, Film and Theatre 

B.F.A., New York University, M.F.A., Sarah Lawrence College 

David Brubaker, Lecturer, Philosophy 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.F.A., Art Institute of Chicago; 
Ph.D., University of Illinois 

W. Amory Carr, Assistant Professor, Psychology 

B.A., Morehouse College; Ph.D., Fordham University; M.A., John Jay College of 

Criminal Justice 
Maurice Gayer, Lecturer, Psychology 

B.A., University of Bridgeport; Ph.D., New York University 

Albert G. Celotto, Assistant Professor, Visual and Performing Arts 

B.M., Western Connecticut State College; M.M., Indiana University School of Music 

Georgia Chavent, Assistant Professor, Nutrition and Dietetics 

B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Columbia University; 

R.D., Medical College of Virginia 
John Ciochlne, Lecturer, Education 

B.S., Southern Connecticut State College; M.A., Sixth Year Certificate, Fairfield 

University 
Carmela Cuomo, Associate Professor, Biology and Environmental Science 

B.A., Adelphi University; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University 
Sandra D'Amato-Palumbo, Assistant Professor, Dental Hygiene 

B.S., University of Bridgeport; M.P.S., Quinnipiac College 
R. Laurence Davis, Professor, Earth and Environmental Science 

A.B., A.M., Washington University; Ph.D., University of Rochester 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 269 

Wesley J. Davis, Senior Lecturer, English 

B.A., M.A., Southern Connecticut State University 

Lawrence J. DeNardis, Professor, PoHtical Science 

B.S., College of the Holy Cross; M.A., Ph.D., New York University 
James W. Dull, Professor, Political Science 

B.A., Wilkes College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; 

M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University 
Richard J. Farrell, Senior Lecturer, English 

B.A., University of Notre Dame; M.A., University of Virginia; 

M.Phil., Yale University 
Natalie J. Ferringer, Professor, Political Science 

B.S., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia 
Roger Fiondella, Lecturer, Mathematics 

B.A., Sacred Heart University; M.S., University of Bridgeport; 

Sixth Year Certificate, Southern Connecticut State University 
Nina Flay, Lecturer, Biology and Environmental Science 

B.S., College of Mount Saint Vincent; M.S., Texas Christian University; 

Ph.D., Finch University of Health Sciences/Chicago Medical School 
Jose Garcia-Leon, Assistant Professor, Music 

B.A., Binghamton University; M.M., D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music 
Matthew Griffiths, Associate Professor, Physics 

B.S.C., Ph.D., University of Edinburgh 
Gwen Grosso, Assistant Professor, Dental Hygiene 

A.S., Hudson Valley Community College; B.S., University of New Haven; 

M.S., University of Bridgeport 
Alexandria E. Guzman, Assistant Professor, Psychology 

B.S., Seton Hall University; M.S., Fordham University; 

M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton 
Ali A. Jafarian, Professor, Mathematics 

B.S., Tehran University, Iran; M.S., Pahlavi (Shiraz) University, Iran; 

Ph.D., University of Toronto 

Todd Jokl, Assistant Professor, Graphic Design, Department of Visual and Performing Arts 

B.A., Yale University; M.F.A., University of Connecticut 
Mark Kacerik, Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene 

B.S., M.S., University of Bridgeport 
Michael G. Kaloyanides, Professor, Visual and Performing Arts 

B.A., Ph.D., Wesleyan University 



270 

Steven H. Kaplan, Professor, English 

B.A., University of California at Los Angeles; 

M.A., Ph.D., Eberhard-Karls Universitat (Germany) 
Murray Krugman, Lecturer, Visual and Performing Arts 

B.A., Wesleyan University; J.D., Vermont Law School 
Tara L'Heureux-Barrett, Assistant Professor, Psychology 

B.A., State University of New York College at Plattsburgh; 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 
Stephen Listro, Lecturer, English 

B.S., M.S., Southern Connecticut State University; M.F.A., University of Miami; 

Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
Guillermo E. Mager, Associate Professor, Visual and Performing Arts 

B.S., M.A., Ph.D., New York University 
Victor Markiw, Lecturer, Visual and Performing Arts 

B.M., Hartt School of Music; M.EA., State University of New York at Purchase 

Conservatory 
Brett McCormick, Assistant Professor, Global Studies, History and Political Science; 

B.A., SUNY Stony Brook; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University 
Marc H. Mehlman, Associate Professor, Mathematics 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., 

Ph.D., University of California, Riverside 

Teal Mercer, Assistant Professor, Dental Hygiene 

A.S., University of Bridgeport; B.S., Pennsylvania State University; 
M.P.H., University of Connecticut 

Rosa A. Mo, Lecturer, Nutrition and Dietetics 

B.S., College of the Holy Spirit; M.S., Ed.D., Columbia University; 

R.D., Yale-New Haven Hospital 
Michael A. Morris, Professor, Psychology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Boston College 

Suzanne Murphy, Lecturer, Education 

B.A., Fordham University; M.A., Yale University; M.S., P.D., Sixth Year Certificate, 
Southern Connecticut State University 

Ronald H. Nowac2yk, Professor, Psychology 

B.A., Northwestern University; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio 

Paulette L. Pepin, Associate Professor, Education 

B.A., Western Connecticut State University; M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 271 

Renee Prajer, Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene 

B.S., M.S., University of Bridgeport 
Judi Randi, Associate Professor, Education 

M.A., Wesleyan University; M.L.S., Southern Connecticut State University; 

C.A.S., Fairfield University; Ed.D., Teachers College of Columbia University 
Steven Raucher, Professor, Communication, Film and Theater 

A. A., Queensborough Commimity College, CUNY; B.A., Queens College; 

M.S., Brooklyn College, City University of New York; J.D., Bridgeport School of Law 

at Quinnipiac College; Ph.D., Wayne State University; 
Erik Rosenthal, Professor, Mathematics 

B.A., Queens College, City University of New York; M.S., State University of New 

York at Albany; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley 
Michael J. Rossi, Associate Professor, Biology and Environmental Science 

B.S., Xavier University; Ph.D., University of Kentucky 
Diane Russo, Lecturer, English 

B.A., Manhattan College; M.A., Indiana State University; 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
Joshua H. Sandman, Professor, Political Science 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University 
Eva Sapi, Associate Professor, Biology and Environmental Science 

B.S., Vorosmarty Gymnasium; Ph.D., Eotvos Lorand University (Fiungary) 
Ramesh Sharma, Professor, Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Banaras Fiindu University, India; Ph.D., University of Windsor 
Stuart D. Sidle, Assistant Professor, Psychology 

B.A., The American University; M.A., Ph.D., DePaul University 
Gordon R. Simerson, Professor, Psychology 

B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 
Saion K. Sinha, Associate Professor, Physics 

B.S., M.S., Indian Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Kentucky 
David E. E. Sloane, Professor, English 

B.A., Wesleyan Universit}'; M.A., Ph.D., Duke University 
Donald C. Smith, Professor, Communication, Film and Theater 

B.A., Southern Connecticut State University; M.S., Emerson College; 

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts 
Donald M. Smith, Professor, English 

A.B., Guilford College; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D., New York University 



272 

Louise M. Scares, Professor, Education 

B.A., M.A., Boston University; Ph.D., University of Illinois 
Christy A, Somerville, Assistant Professor, Art and Interior Design 

B.S., M.A., California State University, Long Beach 
Edmund N. Todd, Associate Professor, History 

B.A., M.A., University of Florida; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 
James W. Uebelacker, Professor, Mathematics 

B.A., LeMoyne College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University 
Charles L. Vigue, Professor, Biology and Environmental Science 

B.A., M.S., University of Maine; Ph.D., North Carolina State University 
Henry E. Voegeli, Professor, Biolog}' and Environmental Science 

B.A., Universit)' of Connecticut; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island 
W. Thurmon Whitley, Professor, Mathematics 

B.S., Stetson University; M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University 
Brenda Williams, Professor, Education, English 

B.A., Howard University; M.A., Ph.D., Washington University 
Bradley Woodworth, Lecturer, Histor)' 

B.A., Brigham Young Universit}'; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Indiana University 
Roman N. Zajac, Professor, Biology and Environmental Science 

B.S., Tufts Universit}'; M.S., Ph.D., Universit)' of Connecticut 

FACULTY PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION 

John Arabolos, Registered Interior Designer 

Georgia Chavent, Registered Dietitian, American Dietetic Association; 

Certified Dietitian/Nutritionist, Connecticut 
Sandra D'Amato-Palumbo, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut 
R. Laurence Davis, Professional Geologist, New Hampshire, South Carolina, Kentucky; 

Certified Professional Geologist, American Institute of Professional Geologists; 

Certified Professional Hydrogeologist, American Institute of Hydrology; Certified, 

Wilderness First Aid 
Gwen Grosso, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut 
Robert J. Hofiiiung, Clinical Psychologist, Connecticut 
Mark Kacerik, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut 
Murray Krugman, Law License, State of Vermont 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 273 

Teal Mercer, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut 

Rosa A. Mo, Registered Dietitian, American Dietetic Association; Certified Dietitian/ 
Nutritionist, Connecticut 

Denis Ouimette, Licensed Architect, Connecticut, Province of Quebec Registered Interior 
Designer, Connecticut 

Renee Prajer, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut 

Christy Somerville, Registered Interior Designer, Connecticut 

PRACTITIONERS-IN-RESIDENCE 

Norman Abell, Biology and Environmental Science 

B.S., Villanova University; D.P.M., Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine 
Margaret Antenucci, English 

B.A., M.A., Ohio State University 

Roger Arnold, Visual and Performing Arts, Recording Studio Manager 
B.A., University ol New Haven 

Pamela Asmus, English 

B.A., Albertus Magnus College; M.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., Brown University 
Brian Bellamy, Philosophy and Sociology 

B.A., Morehouse College; M.A., Yale University 
Patricia Bello, English 

B.S., Central Connecticut State University; M.S., Universit)' of Bridgeport 
James Bonnefond, Visual and Performing Arts 

B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University; M.A., William Patterson University 
Kimberly Browe, English 

B.A., M.Ed., University of Florida 
Daniel DePodesta, Biology and Environmental Science 

B.S.E.E., University of New Haven; M.B.A., Quinnipiac University 
Gary Fetzer, Political Science 

B.A., Eastern Connecticut State University; M.S., Columbia University 
Ramon Funcia, Modern Languages 

D.S., French Alliance (Havana); Fifth Year Certificate, University of Havana (Cuba) 
Yasir Hamed, Modern Languages 

B.A., Beirut Arab University; M.S., Hamilton University; 

M.Ed., American Intercontinental University 



274 

Robert Law, Education 

B.S., Quinnipiac College; M.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Southern Connecticut State 

Universit)' 

Patricia Maiorino, Education 

B.A., Marymount College; M.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Southern Connecticut State 

University 
Dennis McGough, Psychology 

B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Universit}^ of New Haven; 

Ph.D., Union Institute in Cincinnati 

Anthony Melillo, Biology and Environmental Science 

B.S., University of Connecticut; M.S., University of New Haven 

George Muench, Physics 

B.S.E., Universit)' of Central Florida; M.S., Ph.D., Clarkson University 
Denis R. Ouimette, Architecture and E-Media 

B.A., University of Montreal; M.S., Quinnipiac University 
David Perry, Education 

B.A., University of Connecticut; M.S.Ed, Hofstra University; 

Ed.D., Columbia University 

Holly Salmon, Education 

B.A., Purdue University; M.A., University of North Texas 

Neil Sherman, Education 

B.A., University of Toronto; M.B.A., Universit}' of Delaware 

Joseph Smolinski, Fine Art 

B.F.A., University of Wisconsin; M.F.A., Universit)' of Connecticut 

Edward Waggoner, Philosophy and Sociology 

B.A., Willamette University; M.A.R., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University 

Matthew Wranovix, History 

B.A., Rice University; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University 

Chien Yu, Modern Languages 

B.A., Beijing Foreign Languages Universit)'; B.A., Davidson College; 
M.B.A., Wake Forest University 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS 

Richard A. Highfield, B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Dean 
Selene Loughlin, B.A., Assistant to the Dean 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 275 

DEPARTMENT CHAIRS 

Robert E. Wnek, B.S.B.A., J.D., L.L.M., C.P.A., Chair, Accounting 

Ben Judd, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Marketing 

Kamal Upadhyaya, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Economics and Finance 

Gil B. Fried, B.S., M.A., J.D., Chair, Sports Management/HospitaHty and Tourism 

William S. Y. Pan, B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., Chair, Management 

Charles N. Coleman, B.A., M.B.A., Chair, PubHc Administration 

GRADUATE PROGRAM DIRECTORS AND COORDINATORS 

Linda Carlone, B.A., M.S., Director, Executive M.B.A. and Graduate Cohort Programs 

Charles N. Coleman, B.A., M.P.A., Coordinator, Master of Business Administration 

(M.B.A.), Master of Pubhc Administration (M.P.A.), Master of Science in Health Care 

Administration, and Master of Science in Labor Relations 
Allen L. Sack, Ph.D., Director, Management of Sports Industries Programs 

FACULTY OF THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS 

Peter I, Berman, Professor, Finance 

A.B., Cornell University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University 
Gregory J. Blosick, Lecturer, Economics and Finance 

B.S., Bucknell University; M.B.A., University of New Haven; 

Ph.D., Ohio State University 

Wentworth Boynton, Associate Professor, Finance 

B.A., Colby College; A.M., Brown University; 

M.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Rhode Island 
Tony Carter, Professor, Management 

B.A., Hofstra University; M.B.A.,Wagner College Graduate School of Business; 

J.D., University of Denver, College of Law 
Maurice Cayer, Lecturer, Management 

B.A., University of Bridgeport; Ph.D., New York University 
Charles N. Coleman, Assistant Professor, Public Management 

B.A., University of Maryland; M.P.A., West Virginia University 
Cynthia Conrad, Associate Professor, Public Management 

B.A., Southern Illinois University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington 
Alireza Daneshfar, Associate Professor, Accounting 

B.A., National University; M.S., Tehran University; Ph.D., Concordia University 



276 

David P. Dauwalder, Professor, Management 

B.S., Northern Arizona Universit)'; M.A., Ph.D., Arizona State University 
Demissew D. Ejara, Associate Professor, Finance 

B.A., Addis Ababa University; M.B.A., University of Texas-Pan America; 

Ph.D., University of Connecticut 
Dale M. Finn, Associate Professor, Management 

B.S., M.Ed., University of Delaware; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts 
Gil B. Fried, Professor, Sports Management 

B.S., California State University-Sacramento; M.A., J.D., Ohio State University 
Martin A. Goldberg, Associate Professor, Accounting 

B.A., Clark University; M.S., Boston University; J.D., University of Connecticut; 

L.L.M., New York Universit}' 

George T. Haley, Professor, Marketing 

B.A., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 
Usha C. V. Haley, Professor, College of Business 

B.A., Elphinstone College, Bombay; M.A., University of Illinois at 

Urbana-Champaign; M.Phil., Ph.D., Stern School, New York Universit)' 
Richard A. Highfield, Professor, Economics and Finance 

B.A., Stanford University; M.B.A., Santa Clara University; Ph.D., University of 

Chicago 
Ben B. Judd, Professor, Marketing 

B.A., University of Texas; M.S., Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington 
Michael Kublin, Professor, College of Business 

B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., Indiana University; M.B.A., Pace University; 

Ph.D., New York University 
Scott G. Lane, Associate Professor, Accounting 

B.S.B.A., Universit)' of Massachusetts at Lowell; M.S., Texas A & M University; 

Ph.D., University of Kentucky 

Jiajuan Liang, Associate Professor, Quantitative Analysis 

B.S., M.S., Nankai University, PRC; Ph.D., Hong Kong Baptist University 
Ming-Lun Lee, Assistant Professor, Department of Sports Management/Hospitality and 

Tourism Management 

B.S., Chung-Shan Medical College, Taiwan; M.S., Purdue University; 

M.S., DePaul University 
Linda R. Martin, Professor, Quantitative Analysis 

B.A., Regis College; Ph.D., University of South Carolina 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 277 

Robert G. McDonald, Associate Professor, Accounting 

B.S., City College of New York; M.B.A., New York University; C.M.A., C.I.A., C.F.A., 

C.P.A. 
Pawel Mensz, Associate Professor, Management and Quantitative Analysis 

B.S., M.E., M.S., Warsaw Polytechnic; Ph.D., Systems Research Institute of the Polish 

Academy of Sciences 
Mary Miller, Lecturer, Accounting 

B.S., M.B.A., University of New Haven; C.RA. 
Juline Mills, Associate Professor, Department of Sports Management/Hospitality and 

Tourism Management 

B.S., University of the West Indies, Kingston, Jamaica; M.S., University of North 

Texas; Ph.D., Purdue University 
Abbas Nadim, Professor, Management 

B.A., Abadan Institute of Technology, Iran; M.B.A., University of California-Berkeley; 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 
William S. Y. Pan, Professor, Quantitative Analysis 

B.S., National Cheng Kung University, Taiwan; M.B.A., Auburn University; 

Ph.D., Columbia University 
John J. Phelan, Associate Professor, Economics 

B.S., M.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., George Washington University 
Anshuman Prasad, Professor, Management 

B.A., University of Delhi; M.B.A., University of Jamshedpur; 

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts 
Christina Reis, Associate Professor, Management 

B.S., University of Canada-Ottawa; Graduate Academic Certificate, Harvard 

University; Ph.D., Univeristy of London, U.K. 
Robert Rainish, Professor, Finance 

B.A., City College, New York; M.B.A., Bernard M. Baruch College; 

Ph.D., City University of New York 

Armando Rodriguez, Associate Professor, Economics 
B.S., Ph.D., University of Texas 

Michael Rolleri, Associate Professor, Accounting 

B.S., University of Bridgeport; M.B.A., University of Connecticut; C.P.A. 

Subroto Roy, Associate Professor, Marketing 

M.S., Birla Institute of Technology and Science; Postgraduate Diploma, 

Institute of Rural Management, India; Ph.D., University of Western Sydney, Australia 



278 

Allen L. Sack, Professor, Management and Sociology 

B.A., University of Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
Steven J. Shapiro, Associate Professor, Economics and Finance 

B.A., University of Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University 
Kamal Upadhyaya, Professor, Economics 

B.A., Tribhuvan University, Nepal; M.A., Thammasat University, Thailand; 

Ph.D., Auburn University 

Cheng Lu Wang, Professor, Marketing and International Business 

B.A., Shanghai Teacher's University; M.A., Southeast Missouri State University; 

Ed.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University 
Jack Werblow, Professor, Public Administration 

B.A., Cornell University; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania; 

Ph.D., University of Cincinnati 
Robert E. Wnek, Professor, Tax Law, Accounting and Business Law 

B.S.B.A., Villanova University; J.D., Delaware Law School of Widener University; 

L.L.M., Boston University School of Law; C.P.A. 

TAGLIATELA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 

Barry J. Farbrother, B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D., C.Eng., Dean 
M. Ali Montazer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean 
Barbara Hayslip, Assistant to the Dean 

DEPARTMENT CHAIRPERSONS 

W. David Harding, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Department of Chemistry and Chemical 
Engineering 

Ali Golbazi, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering 

and Computer Science 
Gregory P. Broderick, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Department of Mechanical, Civil and 

Environmental Engineering 
Michael A. CoUura, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Multidisciplinary Engineering Systems 

Division 

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS 

W. David Harding, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chemical Engineering 

Arthur S. Gow, B.S., Ph.D., Chemistry 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 279 

Gregory P. Broderick, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Civil Engineering 

Bijan Karimi, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Computer Engineering 

Alice E. Fischer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Computer Science 

Ali Golbazi, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Electrical Engineering 

Samuel D. Daniels, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., General Engineering 

David Eggert, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Information Technology 

John J. Sarris, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Mechanical Engineering 

M. Ali Montazer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., System Engineering 

Jean Nocito-Gobel, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., First Year Engineering Program 

GRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS 

Tahany Fergany, B.S.E.E., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Computer 

Science 
Bouzid Aliane, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Electrical Engineering 

Barry J. Farbrother, B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D., C.Eng., Coordinator, Master of Science in 
Engineering Management (M.S.E.M.) 

Agamemnon D. Koutsospyros, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in 

Environmental Engineering 
Alexis N. Sommers, B.M.E., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Industrial 

Engineering 

Konstantine C. Lambrakis, B.S.E.E., M.S.M.E., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in 
Mechanical Engineering 

FACULTY OF THE TAGLIATELA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 

William R. Adams, Associate Professor, Computer Science 

B.S.E.E., M.S., University of New Haven; Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

Bouzid Aliane, Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering 

B.S.E.E., Ecole Polytechnique d'Alger; M.S.E.E., Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of New 
York 

Carl Barratt, Professor, Mechanical Engineering 

B.Sc, University of Bristol, England; Ph.D., University of Cambridge, England 
Gregory P. Broderick, Professor, Civil Engineering 

B.S., M.S., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of Texas 



280 

Barun Chandra, Associate Professor, Computer Science 

B.S., St. Stephen's College; M.S., Colorado State University; 
M.S., University of Rochester; Ph.D., University of Chicago 

Michael A. Collura, Professor, Chemical Engineering 

B.S., Lafayette College; M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University 
Samuel D. Daniels, Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Boston University 
Eddie Del Valle, Lecturer, Chemistry 

B.S., Inter American University of Puerto Rico; M.S., Pontifical Catholic University of 

Puerto Rico 

David Eggert, Associate Professor, Computer Science 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of South Florida 
Barry J. Farbrother, Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering 

B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D., University of Hertfordshire, United Kingdom 
Tahany Fergany, Professor, Computer Science 

B.S.E.E., Cairo University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 
Alice E. Fischer, Professor, Computer Science 

B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University 
Andrew J. Fish, Jr., Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering 

B.S.E.E., Worcester Polytechnic Institute; M.S., University of Iowa; 

M.S., St. Mary's University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

Ali M. Golbazi, Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering 

B.S., Detroit Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., Wayne State University 
Arthur S. Gow III, Associate Professor, Chemistry and Chemical Engineering 

B.A., Muhlenberg College; B.A., B.S., University of Rhode Island; 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
John G. Haggerty, Lecturer, Department of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering 

B.S., Boston College; Ph.D., Dartmouth College 
W. David Harding, Professor, Chemical Engineering 

B.S., M.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Tiffany Hesser, Lecturer, Chemistry 

A.S., Middlesex Community College; B.S., M.S., University of New Haven 
Bijan Karimi, Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering 

B.S., Aryamehr University of Technology, Iran; M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma State 

University 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 28 1 

Ira H. Kleinfeld, Professor, Industrial Engineering 

B.S., M.S., Eng.Sc.D., Columbia University 
Agamemnon D. Koutsospyros, Professor, Civil and Environmental Engineering 

B.S., M.S., National Technical University, Athens; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of New 

York; Ph.D., Polytechnic University 
Konstantine C. Lambrakis, Professor, Mechanical Engineering 

B.S.E.E., M.S.M.E., University of Bridgeport; Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 
Eddie D. Luzik, Associate Professor, Chemistry 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College 
M. Ali Montazer, Professor, Industrial Engineering, Associate Dean 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University at Buffalo: State University of New York 
Jean Nocito-Gobel, Associate Professor, Civil and Environmental Engineering 

B.S., Manhattan College; M.S., Ohio State University; Ph.D., University of 

Massachusetts 
Ismail Orabi, Professor, Mechanical Engineering 

B.S., Helwan University, Egypt; M.S., State University of New York at Buffalo; 

Ph.D., Clarkson University 
Stephen M. Ross, Professor, Mechanical Engineering 

B.E., New York University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University 
Michael J. Saliby, Professor, Chemistry 

B.S., Union College; Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton 
John J. Sarris, Professor, Mechanical Engineering 

B.A., Hamilton College; M.S., Ph.D., Tufts University 
Nancy Savage-Ortins, Assistant Professor, Chemistry 

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., Ohio State University 
Pauline M. Schwartz, Professor, Chemistry 

B.S., Drexel University, M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan 
Alexis N. Sommers, Professor, Industrial Engineering 

B.M.E., Cornell University; M.S., Rutgers University; Ph.D., Purdue University 
Richard M. Stanley, Professor, Mechanical Engineering 

B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University; M.S., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University 
David J. Wall, Professor, Civil and Environmental Engineering 

B.S.C.E., M.S.C.E., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 



282 

FACULTY PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION 

Gregory R Broderick, EIT, Massachusetts 

Michael A. Collura, Professional Engineer, Pennsylvania 

Samuel D. Daniels, Professional Engineer, Connecticut 

Barry J, Farbrother, C.Eng., United Kingdom; Eur. Ing., European Economic Community 

W. David Harding, Professional Engineer, Indiana 

Agamemnon D. Koutsospyros, Professional Engineer, Greece 

Jean Nocito-Gobel, EIT, New York 

Amy Thompson, Assistant Professor, Multidisciplinary Engineering Systems 

B.S., M.S., University of Rhode Island 
David J. Wall, Professional Engineer, Connecticut, Pennsylvania 

HENRY C. LEE COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL TUSTICE AND FORENSIC SCIENCES 
Richard H. Ward, B.S., M.Crim., D.Crim., Dean 
William M. Norton, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., J.D., Associate Dean 

DEPARTMENT CHAIRS/DIRECTORS 

James J. Cassidy, B.A., J.D., Ph.D., Director, Master of Science in Criminal Justice 

Mario T. Gaboury, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., J.D., Chair, Criminal Justice Department 

Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., B.S., M.S., Chair, Fire Science and Professional Studies 
Department 

Donna Decker Morris, B.S., J.D., Director, Legal Studies 

Timothy Palmbach, B.S., M.S., J.D., Chair, Forensic Science Department 

William L. Tafoya, B.S., M.P.A., Ph.D., Director, National Security and Public Safety 

GRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS 

Sorin Iliescu, B.S.M.E., M.S., Coordinator, Master of Science in Fire Science 

James O. Matschulat, A.B., M.B.A., Coordinator, Master of Science in National Security 

and Public Safet)' 
Timothy Palmbach, Coordinator, Master of Science, Forensic Science 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 283 

FACULTY OF THE HENRY C. LEE COLLGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND 
FORENSIC SCIENCES 

James M. Adcock, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.A., Lambuth College; M.P.A., Jacksonville State University; 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 

Katherine M. Brown, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.A., University of Texas at Austin; M.A., Ph.D., Sam Houston State University 

James J. Cassidy, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.A., California State University; J.D., Villanova School of Law; 

Ph.D., Hahnemann University Graduate School 
Howard J. Cohen, Professor, Occupational Safety and Health 

B.A., Boston University; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Michigan 
Heather Coyle, Assistant Professor, Forensic Science 

B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburg; 

M.S., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 
Ernest W. Dorling, Senior Lecturer, Criminal Justice 

M.P.A., Troy State University, European Campus 
Nelson Dunston, Assistant Professor, Fire Science 

B.A., St. Marys College of Maryland; M.S., University of Maryland College Park 
Leila Dutton, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.A., Siena College; M.S., Old Dominion LJniversity; Ph.D., University of Rhode 

Island 
Mario T. Gaboury, Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., University of Maryland; 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University; J.D., Georgetown University Law Center 

Azriel Gorski, Associate Professor, Forensic Science 

M.S., The Bloomsburg State College; Ph.D., The Hebrew University of Jerusalem 
Howard A, Harris, Professor, Forensic Science 

A.B., Western Reserve University; M.S., Ph.D., Yale University; 

J.D., St. Louis University Law School 
Sorin Iliescu, Assistant Professor, Fire Science 

B.S.M.E., University of Bucharest, Romania; M.S., University of New Haven 
Robert D. Keppel, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice 

M.E., Seattle University; Ph.D., University of Washington-Seattle 



284 

Michael P. Lawlor, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., University of London, England; 

J.D., George Washington University National Law Center; State Representative, 

Connecticut 
Henry C. Lee, Professor, Forensic Science 

B.A., Taiwan Central Police College; B.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; 

M.S., Ph.D., New York University 
Peter Massey, Lecturer, Forensic Science 

B.S., Eastern Connecticut State College; M.S., University of New Haven 
Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., Assistant Professor, Fire Science 

B.S., M.S., University of New Haven 
James O. Matschulat, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice and National Security 

M.B.A., St. Johns University, A.B., Colgate University 
Daniel K. Maxwell, Instructor, Criminal Justice 

M.S., M.P.A., University of New Haven 
Virginia M. Maxwell, Lecturer, Forensic Science 

B.Sc, Liverpool University, England; D.Phil., The Queen's College, Oxford University 
James Monahan, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.S., University of New Haven; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University 

Lynn Hunt Monahan, Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.A., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon 

Donna Decker Morris, Associate Professor, Legal Studies 
B.S., Tufts University; J.D., Yale Law School 

Fadia Narchet, Assistant Professor, Forensic Science 

B.S., Barry University; M.S., Ph.D., Florida International University 

William M. Norton, Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.S., Louisiana State University; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi; 

M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law 
Martin J. O'Connor, Associate Professor, Fire Science 

B.A., University of New Haven; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law; 

M.Div., Yale Divinity School 
Timothy Palmbach, Associate Professor, Forensic Science 

B.S., M.S., University of New Haven; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law 
David Schroeder, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.A., University of California, Irvine; M.A., University of Hull; 

M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate School of the City of New York 



Board, Administration, and Faculrv' 285 

Christopher M. Sedelmaier, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.S., The College of New Jersey; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University 

Frederick P. Smith, Professor, Forensic Science 

B.A., Antioch College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

William L. Tafoya, Professor, Criminal Justice and National Security 

B.S., San Jose State University; M.P.A., University of Southern California; 

Ph.D., University of Maryland 
Tracy L. Tamborra, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.A., M.S., University of New Haven 
Bruce J. Varga, Lecturer, Fire Science 

B.S., Southern Connecticut State University; M.S., University of New Haven 
Richard H. Ward, Professor, Criminal Justice 

B.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; M.Crim., D.Crim., University of 

California— Berkeley 

CLINICAL INSTRUCTOR 

Joseph Polio, Criminal Justice 

B.S., M.S., University of New Haven 

FACULTY PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION 

James Cassidy, Licensed Psychologist, Connecticut; Attorney at Law, Connecticut 

Nelson Dunston, Hazardous Materials Technician, HAZWOPER Certification 

Mario T. Gaboury, Attorney at Law, Connecticut 

Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., State of Connecticut Certified Hazardous Materials Inspector, 

Certified Fire Investigator, Certified Fire Code Inspector, Certified Fire Officer, 

Hazardous Materials Technician, Safety Officer, National Fire Academy, 

Executive Fire Officer 
James Monahan, Licensed Psychologist, Connecticut 
Lynn Hunt Monahan, Licensed Psychologist, Connecticut 
Donna Decker Morris, Attorney at Law, Connecticut; American and Connecticut Bar 

Associations; Certified Mediator 

William M. Norton, Attorney at Law, Connecticut, Georgia; Georgia Bar Association 



286 



PRACTITIONERS-IN-RESIDENCE 

William H. Carbone, Criminal Justice 

B.A., Providence College; M.P.A., University of New Haven; Executive Director, 

Court Support Services Division, Judicial Branch, State of Connecticut 
Martin Looney, Criminal Justice 

B.A., Fairfield University; M.A., University of Connecticut; 

J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law; State Senator, Connecticut 
David San Pietro, Forensic Science 

B.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; M.S., Hunter College/CUNY 
Maximilian Thiel, Criminal Justice 

B.A., St. Mary's Universit)'; Deput)' Chief^ oi Police, Waterford, Connecticut 

OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR 
ENROLLMENT MANAGEMENT 

Dennis Nostrand, B.A., M.A., Vice President for Enrollment Management 
Linda Morris, Executive Secretary 

ATHLETICS 

Deborah Chin, B.S.E., M.S., Director of Athletics 

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS 

Kevin J. Phillips, B.S., B.A., Director of Undergraduate Admissions 

Pauline M. Hill, Director of Operations 

Stephan D. Brown, Jr., B.S., Associate Director 

Felecia A. Edwards, B.S., Assistant Director 

Jeffrey R. Gootman, B.S., Assistant Director 

Shauntel J. Hampton, B.S., Assistant Director 

Whitney L. Kolwicz, B.A., Associate Director 

Alick Letang, B.A., M.B.A., M.S., Associate Director 

Melissa N. Laskowski, B.S., M.B.A.., Associate Director 

Gilbert R. Rogers III, B.S., Assistant Director 

Stephanie Romano, B.S., MBA, Assistant Director 

Terrence Greaves, B.S., Admissions Counselor 

Monique Bolt, A.S., Admissions Representative 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 287 

INTERNATIONAL ADMISSIONS 

Joseph F. Spellman, B.S., M.A., Director of International Admissions 

Karen M. Ludington, Associate Director 

Ashraf Zawaideh, B.S., Assistant Director 

FINANCIAL AID 

Karen M. Flynn, B.A., M.A., Director, Financial Aid 

Christopher Maclean, B.A., M.A., Associate Director, Financial Aid 

Daniel Brewer, B.A., Assistant Director 

Maryann Giovanni, B.S., Assistant Director 

Jill Stone, B.A., Assistant Director 

Bambi-Lynne Bush, Counselor 

GRADUATE ADMISSIONS 

Eloise M. Gormley, B.A., M.S., Director of Graduate Admissions 

Marcus Hanscom, B.S., Assistant Director 

Michael Wnek, B.A., Counselor 

GRADUATE RECORDS 
Virginia D. Klump, Graduate Registrar 
Michaela H. Apotrias, Assistant Registrar 
Alice R Perrelli, Assistant Registrar 

UNDERGRADUATE RECORDS 

Nancy A. Baker, B.S., M.S., Undergraduate Registrar 

Sally A. Belbusti, Assistant Registrar 

UNrVERSITY MARKETING AND PUBLICATIONS 

Sandra v. Abbagnaro, A.S., Director of Operations 

Barbara J. Hoyt, B.A., B.F.A., Graphic Designer 

Susan L. Pranulis, B.S., M.S., Manager of Publications 

Ruth M. Somers-Phillips, B.A., M.S., Website Assistant/Advertising Copywriter 

Gregory Soltesz, B.S., Web Developer 



288 

CAMPUS BOOKSTORE 
Cheryl Cartler, Manager 

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 

Arthur D, Goon, B.S., M.S., Dean of University College 

Jane C. Sangeloty, B.A., Assistant Dean of University College, Director of Continuing and 
Professional Studies 

Michelle Mason, M.S., M.B.A., Assistant Dean of University College, Director of 

Southeastern Campus 
Ellen Buley, B.S., Enrollment Advisor, Center for Adult and Professional Studies 

Richard J. Farrell, B.A., M.A.Phil., Enrollment Adviser, Center for Adult and Professional 
Studies 

Kathleen M. Farren, B.B.A., Associate Director of Adult Student Services and Special 

Projects 
Eloise M. Gormley, B.A., M.S., Director of Craduate Admissions 
Susan Griswold, B.S., Assistant Director, Center for Adult and Professional Studies 
Marcus Hanscom, B.S., Assistant Director of Graduate Admissions 
Richard Laria, B.S., M.B.A., Director of Graduate Cohort Program Recruitment 
Jessica Linicus, B.A., M.A., Assistant Direcor of Recruitment, Southeastern Campus 
Monica SutclifFe, B.A., Marketing Assistant, Southeastern Campus 
Andre Yap, B.A., M.S., M.B.A., Director of CUBED 
Rosemary deWarga, Executive Secretary 
Michael Wnek, B.A., Graduate Admissions Counselor 

OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR FACILITIES 
Julia K. Parker, Vice President for Facilities 
University Police 

Henry A. Starkel, B.S., M.S., Chief 
University Dining Services 

Bryan Davis, General Manager 



Board, Administration, and Faculty 289 

OFFICE OF STUDENT 7VFFAIRS 
Associate Provost and Dean of Students 

Rebecca D. Johnson, B.A., M.A., Dean 

Frederic Baker, B.A., M.S., Ed.D, Assistant Dean of Students 

Marie Jackowicz, Executive Secretary 

Residential Life 

Patricia Christiano, B.A., M.S., Director 

Rebecca Kitchell, B.A., M.Ed. Assistant Director 
Counseling Center 

Deborah Everhart, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director 

Shannon Jackson, B.A., M.A., M.A. Psyd, M.S. Ed., Staff Psychologist 
Disability Services and Resources 

Linda Copney-Okeke, B.S., M.A., Director 
Health Services 

Paula Cappuccia, R.N., Director 

Martha DeMennato, R.N., Assistant Director 

Judith Deshpande, B.S.N., M.S.N., A.RR.N., BC-Part-time 
International Services Offices 

Andrea Hogan, B.A., M.S., Director 
International Relations 

Wanda Tyler, B.S., M.A., Director 
Student Activities 

Gregory Overend, B.S., M.A., Director 

Lisa Saverese, B.A., M.Ed., Assistant Director 

OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR FINANCE 

George S. Synodi, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Finance and Treasurer of the University 

Donna M. Cerami, Assistant to the Vice President for Finance 

Deborah Flonc, B.S., Budget Coordinator 

Patrick M, Torre, B.S., M.B.A., Associate Vice President for Finance 

Donald E Barton, B.A., M.B.A., Controller 

Vincent J. Lugo, B.S., Associate Controller 

Marc P. Maniatis, B.S., M.S., Director of Student Accounts and Risk Manager 

David Roberts, B.A., Director of Purchasing 



290 

OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR UNIVERSITY ADVANCEMENT 

Catherine Spinelli, B.S., Executive Director of Leadership Gifts and Campaign Planning 

Timothy R. Stanton, B.A., J.D., Associate Vice President for Advancement Operations 

Jacqueline Koral, B.A., M.A., Director of Development 

Virginia Zawoy, B.A., Director of Development 

Christopher Lukowski, M.A., M.B.A., Associate Development Officer 

Scott Davis, B.S., Director of the Annual Fund 

Marya Neary, B.A., Annual Fund Officer 

Carl Pitruzzello, B.S., MBA, Director of Advancement Services 

Michelle Norman, Coordinator of Research and Prospect Management 

Ellen Criscuolo, Data Communications Specialist 

Andrea Lender, A.S., Administrative Secretary II 

Judi Yale, A.S., B.S., Development Project Coordinator 

Jennifer Pjatak, B.S., Director of Alumni Relations 

Paula Mortali, B.S., Alumni Relations Associate 

Heather Alpaugh, B.S., Alumni Relations Associate 

Juli Roebuck, B.A., Associate Vice President for Communications and Government 

Relations 
Jane Gordon, B.A., Director of Advancement Communications 
Julie Winkel, Director of Media Relations 

DEPARTMENTS AND SERVICES FOR STUDENTS 

Athletics 

Deborah Chin, B.S.E., M.S., Director of Athletics 

Audiovisual Services 

Paul Falcone, B.S., M.B.A., Coordinator 

Bursar's Office 

Marc P. Maniatis, B.S., M.S., Director of Student Accounts and Risk Manager 

Campus Bookstore 

Dawn Cronin, Manager 

Campus Card 

Alan MacDougall, B.A., Director of Academic Computing 

Campus Police 

Henry A. Starkel, B.S., M.S., Chief 



Board, Administration and Faculty 291 



Career Services 

Christine Montgomery-Boronico, Ph.D., Director 
Center for Learning Resources 

Kathryn H. Cuozzo, B.S., M.S., Director 
Counseling Center 

Deborah Everhart, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director 

Danielle I. Moreggi, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Director/PIR 
Dining Services 

Bryan Davis, General Manager 
Disability Services and Resources 

Linda Copney-Okeke, B.S., M.A., Director 
Financial Aid 

Karen M. Flynn, B.A., M.A., Director of Financial Aid 
Health Services 

Paula Cappuccia, R.N., Director 
International Student Services 

Andrea Hogan, B.A., M.S., Director 
Intercultural Relations 

Wanda Tyler, B.S., M.A., Director 
Office of Academic Services 

Kathryn H. Cuozzo, B.S., M.S., Director 
Re gistrar 

Nancy A. Baker, B.S., M.S., Undergraduate Registrar 
Residential Life 

Patricia Christiano, B.A., M.S., Director 

Rebecca Kitchell, B.A., M.Ed., Assistant Director 
Student Activities 

Greg Overend, B.S., M.A., Director 
Study Abroad 

Christine Montgomery-Boronico, Ph.D., Director 
UNH Website 

Veterans' Aifairs Officer 

Virginia D. Klump, Graduate Registrar 
WNHU Radio Station 

Henry K. Yaggi IH, B.A., General Manager 



292 

UNDERGRADUATE 

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

2008-2009 

FALL SEMESTER 2008 

August Tuition and residence charges due Friday, Aug. 1 

Residence halls open for new students at 10 a.m. Sunday, Aug. 24 

Orientation Sunday-Tuesday, Aug. 24—26 

Residence halls open for returning students Tuesday, Aug. 26 

Classes begin Wednesday, Aug. 27 

September Labor Day-no classes Monday, Sept. 1 

Last day to add a course Wednesday, Sept. 10 

October Last day to drop a course Friday, Oct. 10 

No classes Monday-Tuesday, Oct. 13-14 

Last day to petition for Januar}' graduation Wednesday, Oct. 15 

November Residence halls close at 10 a.m. Wednesday, Nov. 26 

Thanksgiving weekend-no classes Wednesday-Saturday, Nov. 26-29 

December Wednesday Dec. 10 classes on Monday schedule/Classes end Wednesday, Dec. 10 
Reading day Thursday, Dec. 1 1 

Exams begin Friday, Dec. 12 

Exams end Thursday, Dec. 18 

Last day of the semester Thursday, Dec. 18 

Residence halls close at 10 a.m. Friday, Dec. 19 

January 2009 Commencement, 2 p.m. Saturday, Jan. 17, 2009 



INTERSESSION 2009 



January Classes begin 

Martin Luther King Day-no classes 
Classes end 



SPRING SEMESTER 2009 



Academic Calendar 293 



Monday, Jan. 5 

Monday, Jan. 19 

Friday, Jan. 23 



January 



February 



March 



April 
May 



Tuition and residence charges due 

Residence halls open for new students 

Orientation 

Residence halls open for returning students 

Classes begin 

Last day to add a course 
Presidents' Day— no classes 

Last day to petition for May graduation 
Last day to drop a course 
Residence halls close at 5:30 p.m. 
Spring Recess-no classes 
Classes resume 

No classes 



Friday, Jan. 2 

Thursday, Jan. 22 

Friday, Jan. 23 

Sunday, Jan. 25 

Monday, Jan. 26 

Thursday, Feb. 5 
Monday, Feb. 16 

Monday, Mar. 2 

Friday, Mar. 13 

Friday, Mar. 13 

Monday-Saturday, Mar. 16-21 

Monday, Mar. 23 



Tuesday, May 12 classes on Friday schedule/Classes end 

Reading day 

Exams begin 

Exams end 

Last day of the semester 

Residence halls close at 10 a.m. 

Commencement, 10 a.m. 



Friday, Apr. 10 

Tuesday, May 12 

Wednesday, May, 13 

Thursday, May 14 

Wednesday, May 20 

Wednesday, May 20 

Thursday, May 21 

Saturday, May 23 



294 



Academic Calendar 294 



SUMMER SESSIONS 2009 



May 
June 

July 



First Summer Session classes begin 
Memorial Day-no classes 

Last day to petition for August awarding of degrees 



Thursday, May 21 
Monday, May 25 

Monday, June 1 5 



Thursday, July 2 classes on Monday/Wednesday schedule/ 

First Summer Session ends Thursday, July 2 

Second Summer Session classes begin Monday, July 6 



August 



Second Summer Session ends 



Thursday, Aug. 1 3 



INDEX 



Index 295 



Absence, Leave of . 
Academic Advising 
Academic Calendar 
Academic Credit . . 



. . . .46 
.18,38 
. . .292 
. . . .39 



Academic Honesty 47 

Academic Regulations 39 

Academic Requirements, 

Financial Aid 56 

Academic Scr%'iccs, Office of. 21 

Academic Support Systems 21 

Academic Standing and Progress 41 

Academic Worksheets 41 

Accounting Courses (A) 172 

Accounting, Department of 108 

Accreditation 9 

Adding a Class 45 

Administration 265 

Admission to the University 34 

Admission Procedures 35 

Full-Time Admi,ssions 34 

New Full-Time Students/ 

Freshmen 35 

Full-Time Transfer Students 35 

International Students 35 

Part-Time Admissions 37 

Degree Seeking 37 

Non-Degree Seeking 37 

Admission, Policy 34 

Adult and Professional Studies, 

Center for 167 

Advanced Placement 40 

Aid, Financial 55 

Alpha Phi Sigma-Alpha Tau Chapter .153 

Alumni Audits 38 

Alumni Magazine, University. 23, 52 

Alumni Relations 31 

American Societ)' of Civil 

Engineers, Student Chapter 141 

American Society of Mechanical 

Engineers, see ASME 

Applied Mathematics 92 

Arabic Courses (AR) 173 

Art, B.A 101 

Art Courses (AT) 173 

Arts and Sciences, Cifllege of 65 

ASCE, see American Society 

of Civil Engineers 
ASME (American Society of 

Mechanical Engineers) 144 

Associate's Degrees 12 

Associate's Degree Core Requirements . .18 

Athletic Facilities 27 

Athletic Grants-in-Aid 58 



Athletics 26 

Attendance Regulations 47 

B 

Bachelor's Degrees 12 

Bachelor's Degree Core Requirements . .15 

Battels Hall 31 

Beckerman Recreation Center, 

David A 27 

Biochemistry Concentration 70 

Bioengineering 147 

Biology and Environmental Science, 

Department ot 69 

Biology Courses (Bl) 175 

Biotechnology B.S 71 

Black Studies 81 

Board, Administration, and Faculty . .261 

Board Fees 52 

Board of Governors 26 1 

Bookstore, see Campus Bookstore 
Business Administration Courses (BA) 175 

Business Law Courses (LA) 229 

Business, College of 105 

c 

Calendar, Actdemic 292 

Campaign Management, see 

Public Policy 

Campus Card 22 

Campus Facilities 29 

Campus Recreation 27 

Campus Security Act 14 

Campus Bookstore 31 

Career Services Center 23 

Center for Adult 

and Professional Studies 167 

Center for Dispute Resolution 32 

Center for Learning Resources 21 

Center for Family Business 32 

Center for the Study of Crime Victims' 

Rights, Remedies, and Resources . . .33 

Certificates 12 

Changes 45 

Changing a Major 45 

Charger Bulletin, The 23, 28 

Charger Gymnasium 27 

Chariot, The 28 

Chemical Engineering ( 122 

Chemical Engineering Club 125 

Chemical Engineering Courses (CM) .189 

Chemistry (Arts and Sciences) 74 

Chemistry (Engineering) 126 



Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, 

Department of 1 24 

Chemistry and Chemical Engineering .122 
Chemistry and Forensic Science Club .127 

Chemistry Courses (CH) 181 

Chi Epsilon 141 

Chinese Courses (CN) 191 

Civil, and Environmental Engineering, 

Department of Mechanical, 138 

Civil Engineering 139 

Civil Engineering Courses (CE) 178 

Civil Engineers, American 

Society of 141 

Class (student class level) 41 

Class, Dropping/ Adding a 45 

Class, Withdrawal from a 45 

Clubs and Organizations 28 

College of Arts & Sciences 65 

College of Business 105 

College of Criminal Justice and Forensic 

Sciences, The Henry C. Lee 151 

College of Engineering, Tagliatela ... .1 19 

College Work Study Program 58 

Colleges of the University. 10 

Commencement, see Graduation 

Communication Certificates 77 

Communication Courses (CO) 191 

Communication, Film and Theater, 

Department of (Arts & Sciences) . . .75 

Community-Clinical Psychology 95 

Computer Engineering Courses (CEN) 181 

Computer Engineering 129 

Computer Engineering, and Computer 

Science, Department of Electrical, . 127 

Computer Facilities 29 

Computer Science Courses (CS) 194 

Computer Science, Department of 

Electrical, Computer 

Engineering and 127 

Computer Science (Mathematics) 91 

Computer Science 131 

Connecticut Independent Colleges 

Student Grant Program 57 

Coordinated Course 39 

Core Curriculum 15 

Corrections 154 

Counseling Center 24 

Councils (Student Government) 28 

Courses (Descriptions) 171 

Coursework Expectations 47 

Courses Available at Other Colleges . . .39 

Credit, Academic 39 

Credit by Examination 40 

Credit, Transfer 39 

Credit, Ways of Earning 39 

Crime Analysis 1 54 



296 



Crime Analysis Certificate 156 

Criminal Justice Certificates 156 

Criminal Justice Club 153 

Criminal Justice Courses (CJ) 183 

Criminal Justice, Department of 153 

Curricula, University 15 

CWSP, see College Work Study Program 

D 

Dean's List 44 

Degrees Offered by the University 

(see also Programs of Study listing on 

pages 6-7) 12 

Dental Hygiene 86 

Dental Hygiene Courses (DH) 197 

Developmental Studies Program . . .20, 21 
Dietetics, see Nutrition and Dietetics 

Dietetics, General Courses (Dl) 199 

Disabilities Services and Resources ... .24 

Dismissal/Readmission Procedure 44 

Dining Services 26 

Dispute Resolution concentration ... .160 

Diversity policy 13 

Dropping/Adding a Cla.ss 45 

Drug Polity 14 

E 

Economics Courses (EC) 205 

Economics and Finance, Department ot 

(Business) 109 

Education, Department of 78 

Education Courses 206 

Electrical, Computer Engineering, and 

Computer Science, Department of . 1 27 

Electrical Engineering 134 

Electrical Engineering Courses (EE) . .206 

ELS Language Center 168 

Employment, Student 23, 58 

Engineering and Applied Science 

Courses 204 

Engineering, College of 119 

Engineering Tuition Differential 50 

English Courses (E) 201 

English, Deparment of 79 

Entrepreneurship, Minor in 112 

Environmental Engineering. Department 

of Mechanical, Civil, and 138 

Environmental Science Program 72 

Environmental Science Courses (EN) .210 
Evening Accelerated Business 

Program 1 06 

Evening Student Council 29 

Event Management, Tourism and . . . .115 



Expenses, Tuition. Fees and 50 

Experiential Education, Office of ... .168 
External Credit Examinations 40 

F 

Facilities, Athletic 27 

Facilities, Campus 29 

Faculty 267 

Family Educational Rights 

& Privacy Act (FERPA) 13 

Fees and Expenses, Tuition 50 

Field Experiences 40 

Film and Theater, Department of 

Communication (Arts & Sciences) . .75 

Finance 109 

Finance Courses (Fl) 212 

Finance, Department of Econimoics and 

(Business) 109 

Financial Aid 55 

Fire and Occupational Safety 165 

Fire Administration 163 

Fire/ Arson Investigation 

Certificate 163, 166 

Fire Prevention Certificate 1 66 

Fire Protection Engineering 164 

Fire Science 1 62 

Fire Science and Professional Studies, 

Department of 162 

Fire Science Club 162 

Fire Science Courses (FS) 215 

Fire Science Technology 1 64 

Foreign Students, see 

International Students 
Forensic Computer Investigation 

Certificate 156 

Forensic Psychology 1 54 

Forensic Science 158 

Forensic Science Club, Chemistry and . 1 27 

Forensic Science Courses (FOR) 213 

Fraternities and Sororities 28 

French Courses (FR) 215 

Freshman Experience Course (FE) . . .212 

Freshman Experience Seminar 20, 22 

Full-time Students, Academic Standing 

and Progress 41 

G 

General Biology 71 

General Engineering 145 

General Psychology 95 

General Studies, A.S 68 

German Courses (GR) 218 



Global Studies, History, and Political 

Science 81 

Global Studies 81 

Global Studies Courses (GLS) 218 

Government, Student 28 

Grade Point Average 43 

Grade Reports 43 

Grading System 42 

Graduate Degrees 13 

Graduate School 11 

Graduation Fees 52 

Graduation Criteria 48 

Grants 57 

Grants-in-Aid (Universit)' 

and Athletic) 57, 58 

Graphic Design 101 

Gymnasium 27 

H 

Hazardous Materials Certificate 166 

Health Professions 86 

Health Services Center 25 

History and Political 

Science, Global Studies 81 

History Courses (HS) 218 

History, Department ot 81 

History (of the University) 10 

Honors 49 

Honors Program 18 

Hospitality and Tourism Management, 

Department of Sports 

Management 114 

Hotel and Tourism Management 

Courses (HTM) 220 

Hotel and Restaurant 

Management, B.S 115 

Housing, see Residential Life 

Humanities Courses (HU) 223 

I _^ 

IEEE, see Institute of Electrical and 

Electronics Engineers 

Independent Study 40 

Industrial Engineering 150 

Industrial Engineering Courses (IE) . .227 

Industrial Fire Protection 166 

Information Protection and Security 

Certificate 157 

Information Technolgy 136 

Institute of Electrical and 

Electronics Engineers 131, 136 

Institute of Law and 

Public Affairs, The 161 

Intercollegiate Athletics 26 



Index 297 



Intercultural Relations, Office of 25 

Interior Design 102 

Interior Design Courses (ID) 224 

International Business 110 

International Business Courses (IB) . .223 
International Credential 

Assessment and Services 168 

International Justice and Security ... .1 54 

International Services 25 

International Student 

Acceptance Fee 50 

International Students, 

Admission Procedure 35 

Internships and Employer 

Relations Office 23 

Intersession 293 

Intramural Programs (Sports) 28 

Investigative Services 155 

Italian (IT) 229 

J-K 

journalism Certificate 77 

Journalism Courses (J) 229 

Juvenile and Family Justice 155 

L 

Laborator)' Fees 52 

Language Center, ELS 168 

Late payment fees 52 

Law Enforcement Administration ... .155 
Law Enforcement Science 

Certificate 157 

Learning Resources, Center for 21 

Leave of Absence 46 

Legal Studies 158 

Liberal Studies, B.A 67 

Library, Marvin K. Peterson 30 

Literary Club 80 

Loans 58 

Logistics Certificate 1 50 

Logistics Courses (LG) 230 

Legal Studies Courses (LS) 168 

M 

Major 42 

Major Aid Programs 57 

Major, Changing a 45 

Make-up Policy 48 

Management Courses (MG) 238 

Management, Department of 110 

Management of Spons 

Industries Ill, 115 



Marine Biology 73 

Marine Biology Courses (MR) 242 

Marketing, Department of 113 

Marketing Courses (MK) 240 

Mass Communication Certificate 77 

Mathematics Courses (M) 232 

Mathematics, Department of 90 

Matriculation 41 

Meal Plans 26,52 

Measles 25 

Mechanical Engineering, B.S 141 

Mechanical Engineering 

Courses (ME) 235 

Mechanical, Civil, and Environmental 

Engineering, Department of 138 

Mechanical Engineers, American Society 

of (Student Chapter), see ASME 

Minor 42 

Minority Affairs, see Intercultural Relations 

Modern Language Study 80 

Modern Languages 83 

Multidisciplinary Engineering 

Systems 144 

Multimedia Courses (MM) 241 

Multimedia/Web Creation Studies . . . .97 

Music 97 

Music Industry 99 

Music and Sound Recording 99 

Music Courses (MU) 243 

N 

New Students, Admission Procedure . . .35 
Newspaper (The Charger Bulletin) ... .28 

Nondiscrimination Statement 13 

Nutrition and Dietetics 88 

Nutrition and Dietetics Courses 199 

o 

Occupational Safety, Fire and 165 

Oft-Campus Activities 28 

Office of Academic Services 21 

Organizations, Clubs and 28 

P 

Paralegal Studies Certificate 161 

Paralegal Studies Concentration 160 

Parent Loans for Undergraduate 

Students (PLUS) 58 

Parking Permits 22 

Part-time Students Academic 

Standing and Progress 41 



Payments 53 

Pell Grams 57 

Performing Arts, Department of 

Visual and 97 

Perkins Loan Program 58 

Peterson Library, Marvin K 30 

Phi Alpha Theta 83 

Philosophy 84 

Philosophy (of the University) 10 

Philosophy Courses (PL) 250 

Physics Courses (PH) 249 

Physics, Department of 93 

Placement 34 

Placement, Advanced 40 

PLUS, see Parent Loans for 

Undergraduate Students 

Police, University 22 

Political Science Courses (PS) 251 

Political Science, Department of 81 

Political Science, Global Studies, 

History and 81 

Prearchitecture (Interior Design) 103 

Premedical/Prcdental/Preveterinary . . . .70 

Private Security Certificate 157 

Probation and Dismissal 44 

Procedure, Dismissal/Readmission . . . .44 
Professional Studies, Center for 

Adult and 167 

Professional Studies, Department of 

Fire Science and 162 

Proficiency Examination, Writing 49 

Programs of Study, Listing 6 

Programs, Major Aid (Financial) 57 

Psi Chi Honor Society 94 

Psychology Club 94 

Psychology Courses (P) 245 

Psychology, Department of 93 

Psychology, Forensic 154 

Public Administration 1 16 

Public Affairs Concentration 159 

Public Affairs, The Institute 

of Law and 161 

Public Administration Courses (PA) . .248 
Public Policy (Campaign 

Management) 85 

Publications (Student) 28 



Quantitative Analysis Courses (QA) . .254 



298 



R 

Radio, WNHU 29 

Readmission Procedure 44 

Recording Facilities 98 

Recreation Center. 

David A. Beckerman 27 

Refund Policy, Residence Hall 54 

Refund Policy, Tuition 53 

Registration 38 

Repetition of Work 45 

Research and Professional Facilities . . . .32 
Residence Hall Fee and 

Withdrawal Policies 54 

Residency Requirement 48 

Residential Life 26 

Restaurant Management, Hotel and ..115 

Return of Title IV Funds 56 

Room Fees 52 

Rubella 25 

Russian Courses (RU) 255 

s 

Satisfaaory Progress 43 

Scholarships 59 

School, Graduate 11 

Science Courses (SC) 255 

Security Act, Campus 14 

Seamless Five-Years BS/MS in Electrical 

and Computer Engineering 128 

Smoke-Free Policy 14 

Social Welfare Courses (SW) 259 

Society of Fire Protection 

Engineers (SFPE) 162 

Sociology Courses (SO) 257 

Sociology, Department of 96 

Sororities, Fraternities and 28 

Sound Recording, Music and 99 

Southeastern Connecticut, UNH . . . .168 

Spanish Courses (SP) 259 

Sports (Intramural and Varsity) 27 

Sports Man.agemcnt, Hospitalit)' 

and Tourism Management, 

Department of 114 

Stafford Student Loans (SSL) 58 

State Scholarships 58 

Statistics (Mathematics) 92 

Student Activities 26 

Student Activity Fee 50 

Student Center (Barrels Hall) 31 

Student Employment 23, 58 

Student Government 28 

Student Loans 58 

Student Omsbudsman 24 

Student Publications 28 



Student Right-to-Know and Campus 
Security Act 14 

Student Services 22 

Student Status, Transfer of 

Full-time 41 

Part-time 41 

Study Abroad 169 

Summer Sessions 294 

Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 57 

System Engineering 148 

System Engineering Courses (SE) . . . .255 

T 

Tagiiatela College of Engineering ... .1 19 

Theatre Arts 77 

Theatre Arts Courses (T) 260 

Theater. Department of Communication, 

Film, and {Arts & Sciences) 75 

Theatre Productions 77 

Tourism and Event Management 1 IS 

Tourism Management, Department of 

Sports Management. 

Hospitality and 114 

Transfer Credit for Writing Courses . . .80 
Transfer of Credit to the Universit)' . . . .39 

Transfer of Student Status 42 

Transfer Students. Admission Procedure 35 

Tuition Differential 50 

Tuition Management Services 58 

Tuition Refund Policy 53 

Tuition, Fees, and Expenses 50 

Tutoring, see Center for Learning 

Resources 

u 

Undeclared Major 68 

Undergraduate Degrees 12 

Undergraduate Student Government 

Association (USGA) 28 

University Advancement, Office of ... .31 

University Alumni Magazine 23, 32 

University College 167 

University Core Curriculum 15 

Universit)' Community 21 

Universit)' Dining Services 26 

University Grants-in-Aid 57 

University Mission 8 

University Vision 8 

University Guiding Principles 8 

University Values 8 

University Philosophy 10 

Universirv Policies 13 



V 

Varsity Sports 27 

Victim Services Administration 156 

Victim Services Certificate 157 

Visual Arts 100 

Visual and Performing Arts, 

Department of 97 

w 

Ways of Earning Credit 39 

Web Creation Studies, Multimedia/ . . .97 

Withdrawal from a Class 45 

Withdrawal from the University 46 

WNHU Radio '. 29 

Work, Repetition of 45 

Work-Study Program 58 

Worksheets, Academic 41 

Writing Proficiency Examination 49 

Y 

Yearbook (The Chariot) 28 



299 



Notes 



300 



Notes 



301 



Notes 



302 



Notes 



303 



Notes 



304 



Notes 



305 



Notes 



306 



Notes 



307 



Notes 



308 



Notes 



309 



Notes 



310 



Notes 



311 



Notes 



312 



Notes 



^^'-^'^Wh 



''•' ''^mam 



,»'.X.>1', 



o'^'^' 



I 

fmm i 
_ 



^^MGE we 



^OP' 






9 



9 






^> 



1 g 


E 


\ 









•rH 
to 

> 

• i-H 

a 



: p tr — 



bo: S 



^ H ^ = ^ 5 S li ? S i . 

li!"lilcll^ll^ 

o ^CNjro^inuDr^coa^OvHCN 

CN CN(NCNrNCN(NCNCNCMromcO 



ll i E s illlf i| 

2CtU=30Z<Q:(/)Q.QX< 



5i i 

'■ => o 



O 0. 

00 01 



;c/) : 



c/) 



S m S (5) 



5 a, £ ^6 






UNIVERSITY OF 

NEW HAVEN 

300 Boston Post Road 

West Haven, Connecticut 06516 



CALL TOLL FREE 

1.800.DIALUNH 

ADMISSIONS OFFICE 

Undergraduate 
203.932.7319 

WEB 

www.newhaven.edu